tm2113965-8_s1a - block - 26.3751108s
TABLE OF CONTENTS
As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on July 26, 2021.
Registration No. 333-257810
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
Amendment No. 1 to
FORM S-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
MaxCyte, Inc.
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)
Delaware
8731
52-2210438
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
(Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)
22 Firstfield Road, Suite 110
Gaithersburg, Maryland 20878
(301) 944-1700
(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including
area code, of Registrant’s principal executive offices)
Doug Doerfler
President and Chief Executive Officer
MaxCyte, Inc.
22 Firstfield Road, Suite 110
Gaithersburg, Maryland 20878
(301) 944-1700
(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including
area code, of agent for service)
Copies to:
Brian F. Leaf
Christian E. Plaza
Katie A. Kazem
Cooley LLP
One Freedom Square
Reston Town Center
11951 Freedom Drive
Reston, Virginia 20190
(703) 456-8000
Maher Masoud
EVP and General Counsel
MaxCyte, Inc.
22 Firstfield Road, Suite 110
Gaithersburg, Maryland 20878
(301) 944-1700
Michael D. Maline
Patrick O’Malley
Kathryn Fortin
DLA Piper LLP (US)
1251 Avenue of the Americas
New York, New York 10020
(212) 335-4500
Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after this registration statement is declared effective.
If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box. ☐
If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ☐
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ☐
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ☐
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
Large accelerated filer
Accelerated filer
Non-accelerated filer
Smaller reporting company
Emerging growth company
If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act. ☐
CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
Title of each Class of Securities to be Registered
Amount to be
Registered(1)
Proposed
Maximum
Offering Price
Per Share
Proposed
Maximum
Aggregate
Offering Price(1)(2)
Amount of
Registration Fee(2)(3)
Common stock, par value $0.01 per share
13,800,000
$13.50
$186,300,000
$20,325.33
(1)
Includes 1,800,000 shares of common stock that the underwriters have the option to purchase.
(2)
Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee in accordance with Rule 457(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
(3)
Of this amount, $10,910.00 was previously paid.
The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

TABLE OF CONTENTS
The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell nor does it seek an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.
Subject to Completion, Dated July 26, 2021
12,000,000 Shares
[MISSING IMAGE: lg_maxcyte-4c.jpg]
COMMON STOCK
This is the U.S. initial public offering of shares of common stock of MaxCyte, Inc. We are offering 12,000,000 shares of our common stock.
Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock in the United States. It is currently estimated that the public offering price for our common stock will be between $11.50 and $13.50 per share. We have applied to list our common stock on the Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol “MXCT.” Our common stock trades on AIM, a market operated by the London Stock Exchange, under the symbols “MXCT” and “MXCN.” We will apply to list the shares of common stock being offered by this prospectus on the AIM market. The last reported sale price of our common stock on the AIM market on July 23, 2021 was £10.00 per share, or approximately $13.79 per share based on the noon buying rate for British pounds sterling of £1.00 = $1.3785 on July 16, 2021.
We are an “emerging growth company” as defined under the federal securities laws and, as such, we have elected to comply with certain reduced reporting requirements for this prospectus and may elect to do so in future filings.
Investing in our common stock involves risks. See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 12 to read about factors you should consider before buying our common stock.
Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any other regulatory body has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
Per Share
Total
Public offering price
$ $
Underwriting discounts and commissions(1)
$ $
Proceeds, before expenses, to MaxCyte, Inc.
$       $      
(1)
See the section titled “Underwriting” for additional information regarding compensation payable to the underwriters.
We have granted the underwriters an option for a period of 30 days from the date of this prospectus to purchase up to an additional 1,800,000 shares of common stock at the public offering price, less the underwriting discounts and commissions.
The underwriters expect to deliver the shares of common stock to purchasers on or about           , 2021.
Joint Book-Running Managers
Cowen      Stifel William Blair
Co-Managers
         BTIG Stephens Inc.         
Prospectus dated           , 2021.

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page
1
12
52
54
55
56
57
58
60
61
83
114
121
134
136
138
142
144
148
155
155
155
F-1
None of us or any of the underwriters have authorized anyone to provide any information or to make any representations other than those contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectuses we have prepared. None of us nor any of the underwriters take responsibility for, or can provide any assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you. We and the underwriters are offering to sell, and seeking offers to buy, shares of our common stock only under circumstances and in jurisdictions where offers and sales are permitted. The information contained in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or of any sale of our common stock.
For investors outside the United States: None of us or any of the underwriters have done anything that would permit this offering or the possession or distribution of this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required, other than in the United States. Persons outside of the United States who come into possession of this prospectus must inform themselves about, and observe any restrictions relating to, this offering and the possession and distribution of this prospectus outside of the United States.
Any discrepancies included in this prospectus between totals and the sums of the percentages and dollar amounts presented are due to rounding.
 
i

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
This summary highlights selected information included elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary does not contain all of the information you should consider before investing in our common stock. You should read this entire prospectus carefully, including the sections titled “Risk Factors,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” “Business,” and our financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus, before making an investment decision. Unless the context otherwise requires, all references in this prospectus to “MaxCyte,” the “company,” “we,” “our,” “us” or similar terms refer to MaxCyte, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiary.
Our Mission
We believe in the vast potential of next-generation cell therapies to have a meaningful impact on the millions of patients worldwide who, despite medical advancement, live with unmet medical needs across a variety of diseases. Our aim is to be the premier cell engineering platform technology to support the development of advanced therapeutics.
Overview
We are a leading commercial cell engineering company focused on providing enabling platform technologies to advance innovative cell-based research as well as next-generation cell therapeutic discovery, development and commercialization. Over the past twenty years, we have developed and commercialized our proprietary Flow Electroporation platform, which facilitates complex engineering of a wide variety of cells. Electroporation is a method of transfection, or the process of deliberately introducing molecules into cells, that involves applying an electric field in order to temporarily increase the permeability of the cell membrane. This precisely controlled increase in permeability allows the intracellular delivery of molecules, such as genetic material and proteins, that would not normally be able to cross the cell membrane as easily.
With increased knowledge of cell complexity and systems biology in the scientific community, researchers have sought to leverage or repurpose cell functions and/or machinery for research or therapeutic purposes. The ability to engineer living cells by introducing foreign molecules, such as gene editing systems and transgenes, has led to a revolution in biological research and resulted in numerous biological discoveries. Living human cells can also be engineered ex vivo, or outside the body, where they are repaired or reprogrammed to fight disease. In this case, the engineered cell itself is the drug.
Cell therapy has emerged as one of the fastest growing and most promising treatment modalities to address a host of human diseases. Over the past few years, the success of multiple U.S. Food and Drug Administration, or FDA, approved cell therapies providing long-lasting amelioration of symptoms or presence of disease has catalyzed tremendous investment — leading to exponential growth in cell-based therapies being evaluated for therapeutic applications. According to the Alliance for Regenerative Medicine, the combination of gene, cell, and tissue-based therapeutic developers raised an aggregate of $19.9 billion in 2020, up from $13.3 billion in 2018. According to the American Society of Gene and Cell Therapy, or ASGCT, there are now more than 3,400 gene, cell and RNA therapies in development globally, with gene therapy including genetically-modified chimeric antigen receptor T cells, or CAR-Ts, accounting for 53% of those candidates.
Our ExPERT platform, which is based on our Flow Electroporation technology, has been designed to address this rapidly expanding cell therapy market and can be utilized across the continuum of the high-growth cell therapy sector, from discovery and development through commercialization of next-generation, cell-based medicines. The ExPERT family of products includes: three instruments, the ATx, STx and GTx; portfolio of proprietary related processing assemblies, or disposables; and software protocols. We have garnered meaningful expertise in cell engineering via our internal research and development efforts as well as our customer-focused commercial approach, which includes a growing application scientist team. The platform is also supported by a robust intellectual property portfolio with 50 granted U.S. and foreign patents and 76 pending patent applications worldwide.
From leading commercial cell therapy drug developers and top biopharmaceutical companies to top academic and government research institutions, including the U.S. National Institutes of Health, or
 
1

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
NIH, our customers have extensively validated our technology. We believe the features and performance of our platform have led to sustained customer engagement. Our existing customer base ranges from large biopharmaceutical companies, including all of the top 10, and 20 of the top 25, pharmaceutical companies based on 2020 global revenue, to hundreds of biotechnology companies and academic centers focused on translational research. As of June 30, 2021, we have placed more than 400 of our electroporation instruments worldwide. During the year ended December 31, 2020, we sold a total of 70 instruments and leased an additional 16 instruments to our customers.
We believe our ExPERT platform offers a compelling value proposition to our academic and biopharmaceutical customers due to: (i) the ability to use our technology to deliver almost any molecule into almost any cell type, including hard-to-transfect human primary cells, while maintaining high cell viability and function; (ii) the capacity to introduce larger and more diverse payloads compared to other intracellular delivery technologies, such as viral vectors; and (iii) the flexibility to scale up from research to current good manufacturing practices, or cGMP, manufacturing on a single platform — enabling the engineering of cells ranging from tens of thousands of cells to tens of billions of cells in a single transfection run in 30 minutes or less.
Our ExPERT technology platform is being used in the clinic to support the development of next-generation cell therapy approaches to treat human disease. Following the successful clinical development leading to FDA approvals of CAR-T cell therapies in blood-based cancer, developers have focused on improving efficacy, lowering the cost of manufacturing and/or expanding engineered cell therapies into new indications, such as solid tumors. To address these goals, the ex vivo cell therapy industry has trended towards developing more complex therapies that require sophisticated engineering and gene manipulation as well as the use of different starting cell types.
We believe we are well positioned in this market given the manufacturing supply constraints and payload size limitations of other delivery methods, such as viral vectors. Given our value proposition in non-viral delivery, we have established strategic relationships in the form of Strategic Platform Licenses, or SPLs, with a growing number of leading cell therapy developers as they work to bring next-generation cell therapies into and through the clinic and advance those candidates to potential commercialization. These SPLs provide us with the ability to secure downstream program-related pre-commercial milestones and, in most cases, commercial sales-based payments. In addition, from our SPL customers, we receive both annual research and clinical license fees as well as payments from sales of our proprietary disposables as recurring revenue streams.
We have entered into 13 SPLs with commercial cell therapy developers, which include: CRISPR/Casebia Therapeutics; CRISPR Therapeutics; Kite Pharma (now Gilead); Precision Biosciences; Editas Medicine; VOR Biopharma; KSQ; Allogene Therapeutics; Caribou Biosciences; Apeiron Biologics; Celularity; and Myeloid Therapeutics.
In addition to SPLs, we provide some customers, which could be academic institutions or commercial entities, with access to our instruments through licenses for research-only purposes, without the rights or ability to produce material for clinical use, or for use in the clinical evaluation and development of a therapeutic product intended for human use. We refer to these agreements as research licenses and clinical licenses, respectively. When referring to clinical agreements we sometimes include SPLs along with the clinical licenses, as the licenses granted cover ongoing or contemplated future clinical development programs being conducted by our customers.
Under these SPLs and other license agreements with our customers, in exchange for an annual license fee per instrument, we provide our customers with non-exclusive access to our:

cGMP-compatible platform, which enables early-optimization and scale-up from preclinical research into clinical development using our intellectual property portfolio;

FDA Master File and equivalent foreign Technical Files, which may accelerate and streamline development and reduce regulatory risk in the creation and development of our partners’ therapeutic drug candidates;

experienced commercial team of sales personnel and application scientists who work directly with our customers to solve cell engineering problems; and

continuous know-how and cell engineering process improvements.
 
2

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Of the over 75 clinical program licenses associated with our existing SPLs, more than 15% are in the clinic, meaning they have at least an FDA-cleared investigational new drug application, or IND. Our 13 SPLs have the potential to generate over $950 million in pre-commercial milestone payments if all of the licensed programs were to achieve regulatory approvals. In addition, under the SPLs, we typically have the potential to receive significant, sales-based commercial payments for approved products.
For the year ended December 31, 2020, one cell therapy company with which we have entered in to an SPL accounted for 15% of our total revenue, and our six largest SPL customers accounted for an aggregate of approximately 40% of our total revenue for the year through a combination of instrument license fees, milestones realized and processing assembly revenue.
Our current strategic partners have demonstrated success progressing next-generation cell therapies through the clinic, which has provided growing validation supporting our ability to facilitate complex cell engineering in a clinical setting. Further, our platform is supported by an FDA Master File. A Master File is a submission to the FDA with confidential detailed information about our products, methods, processes and data, which can be referenced by our customers to support their own regulatory filings, which we believe has the potential to reduce certain risks and challenges in connection with our customers’ regulatory submissions and development timelines. Outside of the United States, similar Technical Files are in place or being pursued to support our customers’ regulatory processes.
We aim to build a large, diversified portfolio of SPLs that enable us to participate in the economics of the near-term and long-term success of our partners’ drug candidates. We estimate that the total addressable market opportunity for our ExPERT platform, based on the potential for current SPLs, was approximately $9 billion in 2020. We expect this market to grow to over $24 billion by 2026 driven by growth in the ex vivo cell therapy pipeline and a shift to use of non-viral delivery technologies as described in more detail under “Business — Our Market Opportunity.”
Our Competitive Strengths
We believe our industry leadership position and continued growth will be driven by the following competitive strengths:

Our proprietary technology platform unlocks the significant potential of advanced therapeutics.   We have built our ExPERT platform to advance the growing demands for non-viral delivery and next-generation cell and gene engineering approaches. Our platform technology enables delivery of almost any molecule into almost any cell type. We believe our platform leads the industry in performance (measured by consistency, efficiency, viability, flexibility and scale). Our platform is further supported by a robust intellectual property portfolio with 50 issued patents and 76 pending patent applications worldwide.

Comprehensive, high-performance transfection platform.   We believe our ExPERT platform offers a unique value proposition given the flexibility to scale up from research to cGMP manufacturing on a single platform — enabling the engineering of cells ranging from tens of thousands of cells to tens of billions of cells in a single transfection run in 30 minutes or less. Our long-term internal engineering expertise is supplemented by our customer focused approach — with a growing application scientist team working with our customers across increasingly diverse applications.

Positioned as a leader in the large and growing next-generation cell therapy market with the ability to capitalize on rising demand for non-viral approaches.   We believe we are well positioned to capture increased market share within the large and growing next- generation cell therapy market. Since the FDA approved the first engineered CAR-T cell therapies to treat cancer in 2017, the number of cell therapy candidates being evaluated pre-clinically and clinically has grown exponentially. We expect growth to continue given the remaining high unmet medical need in cancer and other chronic conditions and predict increased investments in cell therapy product development across a variety of human diseases. We expect to grow our market share given the high performance of our platform and regulatory support through our FDA Master File as well as the ongoing shift to non-viral delivery as the industry has trended towards developing advanced cell-based therapies with complex engineering strategies to improve efficacy, reduce time to patient treatment and expand into new indications.
 
3

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 

Innovative partnership business model focused on value creation and shared success. Our SPLs allow us to participate in the value creation of our customers’ programs via pre-commercial milestones and in nearly all cases commercial sales-based payments. We intend to continue to build a portfolio of strategic partnerships with cell therapy developers, which provide us with a growing, diversified source of potential downstream revenue.
In addition to the high performance and flexibility of the ExPERT platform, we believe our partnership model further reduces clinical risk and development timelines for our cell therapy partners. By entering into an SPL with us, for example, our partners gain access to our FDA Master File to support their IND-enabling studies and potentially shorten clinical development. Our FDA Master File was originally established in 2002 and has been continuously updated as platform improvements are implemented to support different applications and cell types. The FDA Master File and equivalent Technical Files in other countries can be referenced by our partners to support their own regulatory submissions with the goal of accelerating regulatory submissions processes for our partners. To date, our FDA Master File and Technical Files have been referenced by our customers in over 30 clinical trials.

First-mover advantage has yielded broad-based adoption, with commercial model supported by top-tier customers.   Our business model is supported by more than 20 years of investment and experience and has enabled us to cultivate long-standing and collaborative relationships with our significant and growing customer base. From leading commercial cell therapy drug developers and top biopharmaceutical companies to top academic and government research institutions, including the NIH, our customers have extensively validated our technology. We believe the features and performance of our platform have led to sustained customer engagement. Our existing customer base includes large biopharmaceutical companies, including all of the top 10, and 20 of the top 25, pharmaceutical companies based on 2020 global revenue. We now have 13 SPLs with commercial cell therapy developers, which together provide licenses for over 75 programs, of which currently more than 15% have advanced into clinical trials.

Recurring revenue model provides high visibility, with drivers of potential long-term upside.   Our business model enables us to generate substantial revenue from five sources: sales of instruments and disposables to new customers; additional sales of instruments and disposables to our existing installed base; annual instrument license fees from cell therapy customers; pre-commercial milestones under SPLs; and future potential commercial sales-based payments under SPLs. We generate high recurring revenue from our ExPERT instrumentation licenses and disposable sales, which provides visibility into future near-term revenue. Over the last three years, annual renewals of instrument licenses were greater than 80% on average — and for our SPLs were near 100%. In addition to recurring revenue, we have the potential to receive meaningful pre-commercial and commercial payments under SPLs if our customers are successful in advancing programs through the clinic and into the commercial stage. In aggregate, we have the potential to receive over $950 million in pre-commercial milestone payments under our current SPLs, if all of the covered programs were to receive regulatory approvals.

Founder-led leadership team and workforce with deep domain knowledge.   Our management team combines strong and broad subject matter expertise with a demonstrated history of commercial and operational execution. Moreover, our workforce has deep domain knowledge across a range of scientific, engineering, regulatory and business disciplines. We have supplemented our diverse technical experience by assembling a deep operational team with expertise in manufacturing, legal, sales, marketing, customer service and finance. We believe the team we have assembled with talent from multiple disciplines and a science- and customer-focused culture represents a significant competitive advantage for us. As of March 31, 2021, of our 65 full-time employees, 45 have advanced degrees, including 19 with Ph.D. degrees.
Our Growth Strategies
The key elements of our growth strategy include:

Establish ExPERT as the standard of non-viral delivery technology in the rapidly growing cell therapy market.   We are committed to continued investment in technology and
 
4

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
scientific innovation to maintain our market leadership position. We believe that the adaptability of, and continuous improvement in, our single-use disposable product portfolio via recent product launches exemplifies our partnership with our customers to meet varying processing volume requirements, for example. We plan to further invest in our current platform and potentially introduce new instruments and processing assemblies, or PAs, that allow us to meet the evolving needs of customers and move into new applications to better serve high-growth segments of the cell therapy market.

Drive customer adoption and accelerate revenue growth through execution and expansion of our strategic marketing initiatives.   We aim to accelerate our revenue growth by investing in our sales and application scientist teams to fuel growth in our underlying ExPERT platform and foster and develop new customer and SPL opportunities. We also see opportunity for geographic expansion, particularly in Asia, and the potential to further penetrate non-commercial customer accounts, including translational academic centers globally, which we believe will represent “hotspots” driving innovation that favor non-viral extracellular delivery technology. Finally, we expect to continue to cultivate academic collaborations and grow our application scientist team to gain exposure to and experience with up and coming cell and gene engineering approaches.

Increase our number of SPLs.   We plan to continue to pursue SPLs with target customers, including leading biopharmaceutical companies focused on cell therapies. We believe that there are a substantial number of potential SPL opportunities in the market and have seen a commensurate increase in our SPL discussions over the past several years. Given growth in the cell therapy pipeline and increased investment in the space, we estimate that the number of potential SPLs for us will increase from approximately 50 today, based on our estimate of the companies that are currently developing engineered cell therapies, to almost 140 by 2026, based on our estimates of growth in the cell therapy pipeline, growth in the number of therapeutic delivery entrants into the market and ongoing shift to non-viral delivery. We plan to aggressively pursue these opportunities and establish new SPLs by increasing business development activities and demonstrating our technological advantages over alternative methods.

Commercialize our VLX Large-Scale Transfection System under the ExPERT brand to expand our capabilities into additional attractive market verticals, including large-scale bioprocessing and cell therapy applications.   Our VLX Large-Scale Transfection System provides the ability to transfect up to approximately 200 billion cells, or ten times the number of cells and/or volume of the GTx/STx, in less than 30 minutes. The VLX has been sold to a limited number of customers for specific large-scale applications in a first generation design. We plan to align the current design of the VLX with the design, capabilities and branding of our ExPERT instruments, as well as make specific product enhancements that would be unique to the VLX. As part of this initiative, the VLX will be rebranded under the ExPERT brand as the “VLx.” We believe that improving the design of the VLX and commercializing it under the ExPERT brand with an updated state-of-the art design, adding an on-board user interface, and developing associated cGMP compatible large-scale disposables and software protocols, would allow us to enter into large-scale bioprocessing applications including viral vector production in suspension cell cultures and rapid production of proteins, including monoclonal antibodies — as well as facilitate further scale up in allogeneic (or donor-derived) cell therapy approaches.

Enhance manufacturing and research and development capabilities by investing in capacity as well as automation and process development.   We intend to expand our manufacturing infrastructure. We plan to invest in our capacity to support increased demand for our instruments and disposables as our customers move further through the clinic and toward commercialization. We also plan to invest in the automation and final assembly of our PAs for greater control and for enhanced flexibility as our partners expand the use of our technology. Additionally, we plan to expand our research and development capabilities by investing in process development via expanding laboratory space, increasing capital investment in laboratory equipment and supplies and growing our scientific team — to continue to align our capabilities with the requirements of our customers and potentially support new product development.
 
5

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 

Opportunistically pursue strategic investments, partnerships and acquisitions.   Our revenue growth to date has been organically driven by the addition of customers to our growing installed base of ExPERT users and expansion of our product offerings to those customers. We may consider opportunistic investments, partnerships and acquisitions that we believe will complement our product platform, allowing us to enter new markets and applications to enhance our growth profile. We also intend to establish new industry partnerships, enabling us to remain at the forefront of cell engineering trends and continue to collaborate with customers to accelerate the development and commercialization of new medicines.
Risk Factors Summary
Our business is subject to numerous risks that you should be aware of before making an investment decision. These risks are more fully described in the section titled “Risk Factors.” These risks include, among others:

We have incurred significant losses since our inception, we expect to incur losses for the foreseeable future and we may never achieve or maintain profitability.

We are highly dependent on a limited number of product offerings that require a substantial sales cycle and as a result we are prone to quarterly fluctuations in revenue. If we fail to maintain significant market acceptance in existing markets or fail to successfully increase our penetration in new and expanding markets, we will not generate expected revenue and our prospects may be harmed.

We operate in a highly competitive market characterized by rapid technological change, evolving industry standards, changes in customer needs, emerging competition, new product introductions and strong price competition. Our success depends, in part, on our ability to maintain a competitive position in the development of technologies, enhancements and products for use by our customers.

Our business currently depends significantly on research and development spending by biopharmaceutical companies and academic institutions, a reduction in which could limit demand for our products and adversely affect our business and operating results.

We must develop new products, as well as enhancements to existing products, and adapt to rapid and significant technological change to remain competitive.

If we cannot maintain and expand current partnerships and enter into new partnerships, including internationally, that generate marketed licensed products, our business could be adversely affected.

The failure of our partners to meet their contractual obligations to us could adversely affect our business.

Our partners may not achieve projected discovery and development milestones and other anticipated key events in the expected timelines or at all, or may discontinue some or all of their programs, which could have an adverse impact on our business.

In recent periods, we have depended on a limited number of partners for our revenue, the loss of any of which could have an adverse impact on our business.

We depend on continued supply of components and raw materials for our ExPERT instruments and PAs from third-party suppliers, and if shortages of these components or raw materials arise, we may not be able to secure enough components to build new products to meet customer demand or we may be forced to pay higher prices for these components. As such, we must also accurately forecast customer demand for our products and manage our inventory.

Our FDA Master File, and equivalent Technical Files in foreign jurisdictions, are an important part of our strategic offering which allows our partners to expedite their cellular therapies into and through the clinic. Delays in filing or obtaining, or our inability to obtain or retain, acceptance of such filings in individual countries could negatively impact the progress of our partners if they intend to run clinical trials in such countries, and as a result, could negatively affect our reputation and revenues or require disclosure of confidential information to our partners.
 
6

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 

We may need additional funding beyond the proceeds of this offering and may be unable to raise capital when needed, which would force us to delay, reduce, eliminate or abandon our commercialization efforts or product development programs.

The COVID-19 pandemic has had and could continue to have an adverse impact on our business, operations, and the markets and communities in which we, our partners and our customers operate.

Upon the completion of this offering, our common stock will be traded on two separate stock markets and investors seeking to take advantage of price differences between such markets may create unexpected volatility in our share price; in addition, investors may not be able to easily move shares for trading between such markets.
Our Corporate Information
We were incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware in July 1998 under the name Theramed, Inc. On December 31, 2001, we changed our name to MaxCyte, Inc. Our principal executive offices are located at 22 Firstfield Road, Suite 110, Gaithersburg, Maryland 20878, and our telephone number is (301) 944-1700. Our website address is www.maxcyte.com. Information contained on, or that can be accessed through, our website is not incorporated by reference into this prospectus, and you should not consider information on our website to be part of this prospectus or in deciding to purchase our common stock.
Trademarks and Service Marks
We have proprietary rights to a number of trademarks used in this prospectus which are important to our business. “MaxCyte,” “ExPERT,” “CARMA,” “Flow Electroporation,” “ATx,” “STx,” “GTx,” “VLX Large-Scale Transfection System” and our other registered and common law trade names, trademarks and service marks are the property of MaxCyte, Inc. Other trade names, trademarks and service marks used in this prospectus are the property of their respective owners. Solely for convenience, the trademarks and trade names in this prospectus may be referred to without the ® and ™ symbols, but such references should not be construed as any indicator that their respective owners will not assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, their rights thereto.
Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company
We are an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act. We may take advantage of certain exemptions from various public company reporting requirements, including not being required to have our internal control over financial reporting audited by our independent registered public accounting firm under Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements and exemptions from the requirements of holding a non-binding advisory vote on executive compensation and any golden parachute payments. We may take advantage of these exemptions until the last day of our fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the completion of this offering. However, if certain events occur prior to the end of such five-year period, including if we become a “large accelerated filer,” our annual gross revenues exceed $1.07 billion or we issue more than $1.0 billion of non-convertible debt in any three-year period, we will cease to be an emerging growth company prior to the end of such five-year period. In addition, the JOBS Act provides that an emerging growth company can delay adopting new or revised accounting standards until those standards apply to private companies. We have elected to use the extended transition period under the JOBS Act. Accordingly, our financial statements may not be comparable to the financial statements of public companies that comply with such new or revised accounting standards.
 
7

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
THE OFFERING
Common stock offered by us
12,000,000 shares
Option to purchase additional shares of common stock offered by us
We have granted the underwriters an option, exercisable for 30 days after the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to an additional 1,800,000 shares from us. See the section of this prospectus titled “Underwriting.”
Common stock to be outstanding after this
offering
96,689,559 shares (98,489,559 shares if the option to purchase additional shares from us is exercised in full).
Use of proceeds
We estimate that our net proceeds from the sale of our common stock that we are offering will be approximately $136.5 million (or approximately $157.4 million if the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of our common stock from us is exercised in full), assuming a public offering price of $12.50 per share, the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.
The principal purposes of this offering are to obtain additional capital to increase our financial flexibility, to support our operations and growth, to create a public market for our common stock in the United States and to enable access to the U.S. public equity markets for us and our stockholders. However, we currently intend to use the net proceeds we receive from this offering for research and development initiatives, to expand our manufacturing capabilities and invest in manufacturing automation, to expand our sales and marketing, business development and field application scientist teams, and for working capital and general corporate purposes.
See the section titled “Use of Proceeds” for additional information.
Risk factors
You should carefully read the section titled “Risk Factors” beginning on page 12 and the other information included in this prospectus for a discussion of facts that you should consider before deciding to invest in shares of our common stock.
Proposed Nasdaq Global Market symbol
“MXCT”
AIM trading symbols
“MXCT”, “MXCN”
 
8

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
The number of shares of common stock that will be outstanding after this offering is based on 84,689,559 shares of common stock outstanding as of March 31, 2021, and excludes:

12,071,923 shares of common stock issuable on the exercise of outstanding stock options as of March 31, 2021 under our Long-Term Incentive Plan, or our LTIP, with a weighted average exercise price of $4.41 per share;

4,131,667 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance as of March 31, 2021 under our LTIP; and

71,168 shares of common stock issuable on the exercise of an outstanding common stock warrant at an exercise price of $£1.09081 ($1.50477 based on the exchange rate of £1.00 to $1.3795, the exchange rate on March 31, 2021) per share.
In addition, unless we specifically state otherwise, the information in this prospectus assumes:

no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of common stock from us in this offering; and

no exercise of the outstanding stock options and warrant described above.
 
9

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
The summary consolidated statement of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020 and the summary consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2020 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The summary consolidated statement of operations data for the three months ended March 31, 2020 and 2021 and the summary consolidated balance sheet data as of March 31, 2021 have been derived from our unaudited interim financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. You should read the financial data set forth below in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes and the information in the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for any period in the future.
Years Ended December 31,
Three Months Ended March 31,
2019
2020
2020
2021
Consolidated Statement of Operations Data:
Revenue
$ 21,620,700 $ 26,168,900 $  5,742,000 $  6,494,900
Costs of goods sold
2,499,200 2,767,000 659,000 693,100
Gross profit
19,121,500 23,401,900 5,083,000 5,801,800
Operating expenses:
Research and development
17,601,200 17,744,300 4,244,700 6,077,700
Sales and marketing
7,852,100 8,328,700 2,050,100 2,789,100
General and administrative
6,088,200 8,385,600 1,776,500 3,308,100
Total operating expenses
31,541,500 34,458,600 8,071,300 12,174,900
Operating loss
(12,420,000) (11,056,700) (2,988,300) (6,373,100)
Other income (expense):
Interest and other expense
(681,100) (825,600) (116,300) (742,300)
Interest and other income
206,100 65,900 42,700 9,800
Total other income (expense)
(475,000) (759,700) (73,600) (732,500)
Net loss
$ (12,895,000) $ (11,816,400) $ (3,061,900) $ (7,105,600)
Net loss per share, basic and diluted
$ (0.23) $ (0.17) $ (0.05) $ (0.09)
Weighted-average common shares outstanding, basic and diluted
56,397,524 69,464,751 57,403,583 81,004,081
As of March 31, 2021
Actual
As Adjusted(1)(2)
Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:
Cash and cash equivalents
$ 78,703,700 $ 215,203,700
Working capital(3)
77,015,100 213,515,100
Total assets
95,007,800 231,507,800
Total liabilities
13,722,200 13,722,200
Additional paid-in capital
182,766,600 319,146,600
Accumulated deficit
(102,327,900) (102,327,900)
Total stockholders’ equity
81,285,600 217,785,600
 
10

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
(1)
The as adjusted balance sheet data gives effect to our receipt of estimated net proceeds from the sale of 12,000,000 shares of common stock that we are offering at an assumed public offering price of $12.50 per share, the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.
(2)
A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed public offering price of $12.50 per share, the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) each of cash and cash equivalents, working capital, total assets, and total stockholders’ equity by $11.2 million, assuming that the number of shares of common stock offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same. Each increase (decrease) of 1,000,000 shares in the number of shares of common stock offered by us would increase (decrease) each of cash and cash equivalents, working capital, total assets, and total stockholders’ equity by $11.6 million, assuming the assumed public offering price of $12.50 per share of common stock remains the same.
(3)
Working capital is defined as current assets less current liabilities.
 
11

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
RISK FACTORS
An investment in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should consider carefully the following risks and other information contained in this prospectus before you decide whether to buy our common stock. If any of the events contemplated by the following discussion of risks should occur, our business, results of operations, financial condition and growth prospects could suffer significantly. As a result, the market price of our common stock could decline, and you may lose all or part of the money you paid to buy our common stock. The risks below are not the only ones we face. Additional risks that we currently do not know about or that we currently believe to be immaterial may also impair our business. Certain statements below are forward-looking statements. See “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” in this prospectus.
Risks Related to Our Business and Growth Strategy
We are a cell engineering and life sciences company and have incurred significant losses since our inception, and we expect to incur losses for the foreseeable future. We have limited product offerings approved for commercial sale and may never achieve or maintain profitability.
We are a cell engineering and life sciences company focused on advancing the discovery, development and commercialization of next-generation cell-based medicines. The biopharmaceutical development industry, where the majority of our customers operate, is a highly speculative undertaking and involves a substantial degree of risk. We have incurred significant losses since inception and have financed our operations principally through private financings and sales of our securities in our initial public offering on AIM, a market operated by the London Stock Exchange, in March 2016. We have historically relied on sales and licensing of our ATx, STx and GTx instruments, as well as sales of our portfolio of single-use disposable processing assemblies, or PAs, for nearly all of our revenue. We may be unable to sell or license our instruments to new customers and existing customers may cease or reduce their utilization of our instruments or fail to renew licenses of our instruments. Our net losses were $12.9 million and $11.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020, respectively, and for the three months ended March 31, 2021, we had a net loss of $7.1 million. As of March 31, 2021, we had an accumulated deficit of $102.3 million. Our losses have resulted principally from expenses incurred for the research and clinical development of our proprietary cell therapy CARMA platform clinical candidate MCY-M11 and, to a lesser extent, our ex vivo cell engineering platforms and from sales and marketing costs, manufacturing expenses, management and administrative costs and other expenses that we have incurred while building our business infrastructure.
We concluded clinical activities associated with CARMA in the first half of 2021. We expect our expenses and operating losses, excluding CARMA, will continue to increase substantially for the foreseeable future as we expand our research and development efforts, expand the capabilities of our cell engineering platforms and operate as a public company in the United States. We anticipate that our expenses will increase substantially as we:

continue to advance our ex vivo cell engineering platforms and develop new technologies related to our platform;

acquire and license technologies aligned with our ex vivo cell engineering platforms;

expand our operational, financial and management systems and increase personnel, including personnel to support our research and development, manufacturing and commercialization efforts;

continue to develop, perfect and defend our intellectual property portfolio; and

incur additional legal, accounting and other expenses in operating our business, including the additional costs associated with operating as a public company in the United States.
We have devoted a significant portion of our financial resources and efforts to building our organization, developing our ex vivo cell engineering platforms, acquiring technology, building out our manufacturing capabilities, organizing and staffing the company, business planning, establishing our intellectual property portfolio, raising capital, securing license and partnership arrangements with customers and providing general and administrative support for these operations.
 
12

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
To become and remain profitable, we must succeed in realizing meaningful pre-commercial milestone payments from our current SPLs and potentially secure future commercial partnership, licensing or collaboration arrangements for use of our cell engineering platforms and similar arrangements for future platforms in development that have not yet been partnered. This will require us to be successful in a range of challenging activities, including continuing to develop our technology and products, accessing, developing and advancing manufacturing capacity, advancing our sales and marketing capabilities and commercializing and selling our products. We may never succeed in any or all of these activities and, even if we do, we may never generate a level of revenue that is sufficient to achieve profitability. Even if we do achieve profitability, we may not be able to sustain profitability or meet outside expectations for our financial results, including profitability. If we are unable to achieve or sustain profitability or to meet outside expectations for our financial results, the value of our shares of common stock could be materially adversely affected.
We are highly dependent on a limited number of product offerings. Our revenue has been primarily generated from the sale and licensing of our ATx, STx and GTx instruments, as well as sales of single-use disposable PAs, which require a substantial sales cycle and are prone to quarterly fluctuations in revenue.
Our ExPERT technology platform and family of instruments — the ATx, STx and GTx, representing next-generation technology for complex cellular engineering, was commercially launched in April 2019. Sales and licensing of ExPERT technology systems and related instruments together accounted for 50% and 51% of our revenue for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020, respectively. We expect that, for at least the foreseeable future, sales and licensing of our ExPERT technology systems will continue to account for a substantial portion of our revenue. The sales cycle for our cell engineering instruments is complex and can take up to 12 months or longer to complete. Material, one-time milestones earned as Strategic Platform License, or SPL, customers achieve clinical progress may also, from time to time be a significant portion of our revenue, are not in our control, are unpredictable and because of the early-stage nature of the cell therapy clinical development, may contribute materially to the volatility of our revenue. As a result of our lengthy and unpredictable sales cycle, we will be prone to quarterly fluctuations in our revenue. Quarterly fluctuations may make it difficult for us to predict our future operating results. Consequently, comparisons of our operating results on a period-to-period basis may not be meaningful. Investors should not rely on our past results as an indication of our future performance.
As a result of variability and unpredictability, we may also fail to meet the expectations of industry or financial analysts or investors for any period. If our revenue or operating results fall short of the expectations of analysts or investors or any guidance we may provide, or if the guidance we provide falls short of the expectations of analysts or investors, the price of our common stock could decline substantially. Such a stock price decline could occur even when we have met or exceeded any previously publicly stated guidance we may have provided.
We may be unable to successfully execute on our growth strategy.
We intend to grow our business and market opportunity by continuing to invest in technology and scientific innovation, broadening our distribution capabilities to expand our installed base of ExPERT products, pursuing SPLs with target customers, commercializing our VLX Large-Scale Transfection System under the ExPERT brand, expanding our commercial infrastructure and considering opportunistic investments, partnerships and acquisitions, among other initiatives. Each of these growth strategies will require considerable time and resources, and we may not be successful in executing on any or all of these strategies.
One of the components of our growth strategy is to develop and commercialize our novel VLX platform for large-scale bioprocessing applications including viral vector production in suspension cell cultures and rapid production of proteins. The VLX has been sold to a limited number of customers for specific large-scale applications in a first-generation design. We intend to align the current design of the VLX with the design, capabilities and branding of our ExPERT instruments (the STx, ATx and GTx) as well as to make specific product enhancements unique to the VLX to enable expansion into new applications such as large-scale bioprocessing and large-scale cell therapy. To improve the VLX platform and successfully penetrate new markets, we will be required to invest significant time, resources and capital investment in the development, production and launch of the VLX platform, which could divert our
 
13

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
resources from other parts of our business and growth strategy. In addition, the success of the redesigned ExPERT VLx, including new engineering modifications to the platform, may depend in part on the availability, compatibility and capability of appropriate technologies upstream and downstream of electroporation to support potential large-scale applications enabled by the VLX platform and willingness of customers to adopt the ExPERT VLx for new applications. Further, we could encounter delays and setbacks in the launch of the ExPERT VLx platform, including implementing engineering modifications necessary for certain large-scale applications, resulting in delayed acceptance by future customers and partners of such a large-scale system. In addition, the sales and implementation cycles of customers for such a large-scale platform may require more time than originally assumed, which could delay or negatively impact forecasted revenues.
Another component of our growth strategy is expanding our SPL model, through which we build collaborative relationships with our customers as we facilitate their efforts to bring critical cell-based medicines to the market. Even if we are able to enter into additional future SPL arrangements and similar arrangements for future therapeutic products that have not yet been partnered, there can be no assurance that any of the therapeutic products that are being or might be developed by our partners using our technology will continue to advance through clinical development, receive regulatory approvals or be successfully developed into commercially viable products. As a result, we may suffer setbacks in increasing awareness and adoption of our products in addition to the material impact on our financial results as a result of milestones not being realized and leased instruments being returned. Further, setbacks in the clinical trials of our current or future partners, such as serious adverse events, including patient deaths, could significantly impact capital available to customers and our ability to enter into future SPL agreements with new therapeutic product companies.
Our growth strategy also involves expanding our international operations. In addition to risks associated with international operations in general, we will also need to navigate complex foreign regulatory requirements with which we may not be familiar or have experience. To operate successfully in or obtain regulatory approval in other countries, we must comply with numerous and varying regulatory requirements of such countries regarding safety, efficacy, manufacturing, clinical trials, commercial sales, pricing and distribution of our products. Although our partners have repeatedly been able to reference our FDA Master File in the United States and our Technical Files in some other countries in the course of clinical development of their therapeutic products, we cannot ensure that we will obtain or establish a regulatory Technical File in other countries. If we fail to establish a regulatory Technical File in any jurisdiction, this could make customers in such jurisdictions less likely to adopt our instruments, and the geographic market for our products could be limited.
We believe there are several opportunities to grow our sales and product line. However, we have limited financial and managerial resources, and we may forego or delay pursuit of growth opportunities that later prove to have greater value to our business. Our resource allocation decisions may cause us to fail to capitalize on viable opportunities, and we could spend resources on strategies that are not ultimately successful.
The estimates of market opportunity and forecasts of market growth included in this prospectus or that we develop internally may prove to be inaccurate, and even if the markets in which we compete are as large as we estimate or achieve their forecasted growth, our business could fail to grow at projected rates, if at all.
Market opportunity estimates and growth forecasts included in this prospectus, including those we have generated ourselves, are subject to significant uncertainty and are based on assumptions and estimates that may not prove to be accurate. The variables that go into the calculation of our market opportunity are subject to change over time, and there is no guarantee that any particular number or percentage of customers covered by our market opportunity estimates will purchase our products at all or generate any particular level of revenue for us. Any expansion in our market depends on a number of factors, including the cost and perceived value associated with our products and those of our competitors. Even if the markets in which we compete meet the size estimates and growth forecast in this prospectus, our business could fail to grow at projected rates, if at all. Our growth is subject to many factors, including our success in implementing our business strategy, which is subject to many risks and uncertainties. Accordingly, the forecasts of market size and growth included in this prospectus should not be taken as indicative of our future growth.
 
14

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
We rely on assumptions and estimates and data to calculate certain of our key metrics, and real or perceived inaccuracies in such metrics may harm our reputation and negatively affect our business.
In addition to our financial results, our management regularly reviews a number of operating and financial metrics, including a breakdown of product and leased revenue into instrument sales, PAs, and leased revenue (recurring revenue), product placements, cumulative product placements, revenue by customer market (cell therapy and drug discovery), and status or number of installed instruments, SPLs, program licenses (research, clinical and SPL) and potential pre-commercial milestones, to evaluate our business, measure our performance, identify trends affecting our business, formulate financial projections and make strategic decisions. As both the industry in which we operate and our businesses continue to evolve, so too might the metrics by which we evaluate our businesses. In addition, while the calculation of the metrics we use is based on what we believe to be reasonable estimates, our internal tools are not independently verified by a third party and have a number of limitations and, furthermore, our methodologies for tracking these metrics may change over time, for example, the industry breakdown of our customer revenue. Accordingly, investors should not place undue reliance on these metrics.
Our future success is dependent upon our ability to increase penetration in our existing markets and expand into adjacent markets.
Our customer base includes biopharmaceutical and biotechnology companies and academic institutions focused on cell-based therapeutics. Our success will depend in part upon our ability to increase our market penetration by expanding sales to existing customers and acquiring new customers and partnerships within our existing markets, and our ability to market new products and applications to existing and new customers as we develop such products and applications. Attracting new customers and introducing new products and applications require substantial time and expense. For example, it may be difficult to identify, engage and market to customers who are unfamiliar with our current products. We cannot guarantee that we will be able to further penetrate our existing markets or that these markets will be able to sustain our current and future product and service offerings. Any failure to increase penetration in our existing markets would adversely affect our ability to improve our operating results.
Our success will also depend on our ability to further expand into adjacent markets, such as penetrating non-commercial customer opportunities, including translational academic centers. Our failure to further expand in adjacent markets and attract new customers could adversely affect our ability to improve our operating results.
Due to the significant resources required to enable access in new markets, we must make strategic and operational decisions to prioritize certain markets, technology offerings and partnerships, and there can be no assurance that we will expend our resources successfully or in a way that results in meaningful revenue or capitalizes on potential new markets.
We believe our platform has potential applications across a wide range of markets and we have targeted certain markets in which we believe we have a higher probability of success or revenue opportunity or for which the path to commercialize products and realizing or achieving revenue is shorter. For example, we believe our products have applications in markets for engineered cell therapies in immuno-oncology and inherited disorders. We seek to continue to prioritize opportunities and allocate our resources among our programs to maintain a balance between advancing near-term opportunities and exploring additional markets for our technology. However, due to the significant resources required for the development for new markets, we must make decisions regarding which markets to pursue and the amount of resources to allocate to each. Our decisions concerning the allocation of research, development, collaboration, management and financial resources toward particular markets or workflows may not lead to the development of any viable product and may divert resources away from better opportunities. Similarly, our potential decisions to delay, terminate or collaborate with third parties in respect of certain markets may subsequently also prove to be suboptimal and could cause us to miss valuable opportunities. In particular, if we are unable to develop additional relevant products and applications for markets such as cell therapy or large-scale bio-processing, it could slow or stop our business growth and negatively impact our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
 
15

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Our business is dependent on adoption of our products by biopharmaceutical companies and academic institutions for their research and development activities focused on cell-based therapeutics. If biopharmaceutical companies and academic institutions are unwilling to change current practices to adopt our products it will negatively affect our business, financial condition, prospects and results of operations.
Our primary strategy to grow our revenue is to market our products across key stakeholders in cell-based therapeutics, such as biopharmaceutical companies and academic institutions. Most of our potential customers already use expensive research systems in their laboratories and may be reluctant to replace those systems. While the number of customers using our products has increased in recent years, many biopharmaceutical companies and academic institutions have not yet adopted our products, and such institutions and companies may choose not to adopt our products for a number of reasons, including:

inability to convince potential customers that our products are an attractive alternative to existing technologies and reluctance of potential customers to replace those existing technologies;

inadequate recruiting or training of talented sales force and field application scientists in existing and new markets to facilitate outreach and further adoption and awareness of our products;

lack of experience of potential customers with our products for cell engineering;

perceived inadequacy of evidence supporting benefits or cost-effectiveness of our products over existing alternatives or negative publicity regarding cell engineering technologies;

liability risks generally associated with the use of new products and processes;

the time and training required for potential customers to use and validate our products;

a decrease or delay in the research and development activities using our products as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic;

competing products and alternatives; and

introduction of other novel alternative products for cell engineering.
In addition, our customers may experience a change of control or otherwise consolidate with other biopharmaceutical companies and academic institutions. If as a result of such change of control, our customers choose or are forced to adopt other products, or otherwise reduce their use of our products, our ability to execute our growth strategy will be impaired and it will negatively affect our business, financial condition, prospects and results of operations.
We believe that educating notable industry key opinion leaders, or KOLs, and representatives of biopharmaceutical companies and academic institutions about the merits and benefits of our products for Flow Electroporation and cell engineering is one of the key elements of increasing the adoption of our products. If these KOLs, institutions and companies do not adopt our products for any reason, including those listed above, acceptance and adoption of our products will be slowed, our ability to execute our growth strategy will be impaired, and it will negatively affect our business, financial condition, prospects and results of operations.
We may be unable to compete successfully against our existing or future competitors.
We operate in a highly competitive market characterized by rapid technological change, evolving industry standards, changes in customer needs, emerging competition, new product introductions and strong price competition. We currently compete with both established and early-stage life sciences technologies companies that design, manufacture and market electroporation and other non-viral cell engineering technology based on efficacy, price, ease of use, reimbursement and customer support services.
Our success depends, in part, on our ability to maintain a competitive position in the development of technologies, enhancements and products for use by our customers. Many of the companies developing or marketing competing or alternative products have competitive advantages when compared to us, including:

greater financial and human resources for product development, sales and marketing;
 
16

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 

greater domestic and international name recognition and more product familiarity among users;

broader and more established relationships with pharmaceutical companies and academic institutions;

broader product lines and the ability to offer lower prices or rebates, integrate technologies more successfully to offer better workflow solutions, bundle products to offer greater discounts or incentives or offer more attractive milestone and partnership terms;

broader intellectual property protection for their technology and products;

broader and more established domestic and international sales and marketing and distribution networks; and

more experience in conducting research and development, manufacturing and preparing regulatory submissions, both in the United States and in foreign jurisdictions.
We primarily compete against products marketed by Lonza Group AG, Thermo Fisher Scientific Inc., Miltenyi Biotec, Bio-Rad Laboratories, Inc. and Harvard Bioscience, Inc. (BTX).
In addition to already marketed products, we also face competition from products that are or could be under development and that target the same applications as our products or applications that we may address in the future. Such product candidates may be developed by the above-mentioned entities and others, including life sciences tools companies, biotechnology companies, pharmaceutical companies, private and public research institutions and academic institutions or may come about as the result of consolidation in our industry. Our competitors may develop and patent processes or products earlier than we can, obtain regulatory clearance or approvals for competing products more rapidly than we can and develop more effective and/or less expensive products or technologies that render our technology or products obsolete or non-competitive. Despite the steps we have taken to maintain and protect our intellectual property, competitors may nevertheless attempt to, or succeed in, developing similar electroporation technology, including Flow Electroporation. We also compete with other organizations in recruiting and retaining qualified scientific and management personnel. If our competitors are more successful than us in these matters, we may be unable to compete successfully against our existing or future competitors.
Our business currently depends significantly on research and development spending by biopharmaceutical companies, a reduction in which could limit demand for our products and adversely affect our business and operating results.
A portion of our revenue is derived from sales to biopharmaceutical companies and academic institutions. Much of their funding is, in turn, provided by public and private financings, including investments from venture capital funds and, for public companies, the capital markets. In the near term, we expect that a portion of our revenue will continue to be derived from sales to biopharmaceutical companies and academic institutions. Accordingly, the spending policies and practices of these customers — which have been impacted by the COVID-19 pandemic and may additionally be impacted by other factors — could have a significant effect on the demand for our products. In addition, the demand for our products may depend upon the research and development budgets of these customers, which are impacted by factors beyond our control, such as:

macroeconomic conditions and the political climate;

investor confidence in the biopharmaceutical industry and the amount of capital such investors provide to our potential customers;

reduced pricing of approved therapeutics;

scientists’ and customers’ opinions of the utility of new products or services;

changes in the regulatory environment;

differences in budgetary cycles;

competitor product offerings or pricing;

merger and acquisition activity within the industry;

market-driven pressures to consolidate operations and reduce costs;

market acceptance of relatively new technologies, such as ours;
 
17

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 

clinical trial or milestone failures that impact our customers’ ability to raise capital; and

inability to sustain capital requirements or bankruptcy.
In addition, while the majority of our revenues are derived from biopharmaceutical customers, various state, federal and foreign agencies that provide grants and other funding may be subject to stringent budgetary constraints that could result in spending reductions, reduced grant making, reduced allocations or budget cutbacks, which could jeopardize the ability of these customers, or the customers to whom they provide funding, to purchase our products. For example, congressional appropriations to the National Institutes of Health, or NIH, have generally increased year-over-year in recent years, but the NIH also experiences occasional year-over-year decreases in appropriations. There is no guarantee that NIH appropriations will not decrease or cease in the future. A decrease in the amount of, or delay in the approval of, appropriations to NIH or other similar United States or foreign organizations, such as the Medical Research Council in the United Kingdom, could result in fewer grants benefiting life sciences research. These reductions or delays could also result in a decrease in the aggregate amount of grants awarded for life sciences research or the redirection of existing funding to other projects or priorities, any of which in turn could cause our customers and potential customers to reduce or delay purchases or licensing of our products.
Our operating results may fluctuate substantially due to the potential changes in our customers' resources as described above. Any decrease in our customers’ budgets or expenditures, or in the size, scope or frequency of their capital or operating expenditures, could materially and adversely affect our business, operating results and financial condition.
Our current research and development efforts may not produce significant revenue for several years, if at all.
Developing our products is expensive, and the investment in product development may involve a long payback cycle. Our investment in research and development may not result in the data we hope to develop to support marketing of our products or in marketable products or may result in products that take longer to generate revenue, or generate less revenue, than we anticipate. For the year ended December 31, 2020 and the three months ended March 31, 2021, our research and development expenses were $17.7 million and $6.1 million, respectively, or approximately 68% and 94%, respectively, of our total revenue, These amounts included $11.1 million and $3.9 million, respectively, of investment in our CARMA platform including the clinical investment in our wholly-owned cell therapy candidate, MCY-M11. Our future plans include significant investments in research and development of product opportunities for expansion of our products and new application areas for our products. We believe that we must continue to dedicate a significant amount of resources to our research and development efforts to maintain our competitive position. However, we may not receive significant revenue from these investments for several years, if at all.
Our international operations may raise additional risks, which could have an adverse effect on our operating results.
International customers have typically accounted for a meaningful portion of our revenue. For the year ended December 31, 2020, approximately 27% of our revenue was derived from international customers, with the most significant markets being Switzerland and the United Kingdom. We expect our international revenue and operations will continue to expand in the future. Our international operations are subject to a variety of risks that we do not face in the United States, including:

the difficulty of increased travel, infrastructure and legal compliance costs associated with developing international revenue;

difficulties in enforcing contracts, collecting accounts receivable and longer payment cycles, especially in emerging markets;

general economic conditions in the countries in which we operate;

additional withholding taxes or other taxes on our foreign income, and tariffs or other restrictions on foreign trade or investment;

compliance with privacy and data security requirements in foreign jurisdictions in which we operate;

imposition of, or unexpected adverse changes in, foreign laws or regulatory requirements, many of which differ from those in the United States;
 
18

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 

costs and delays associated with developing products or technology in multiple languages, such as the software embedded in our products;

compliance with foreign technical standards;

increased length of time for shipping and acceptance of our products;

increased exposure to foreign currency exchange rate risk;

uncertainties related to the political and economic environments, including related to the recent withdrawal of the United Kingdom from the European Union;

reduced protection for intellectual property rights in some countries, particularly China; and

political unrest, war, incidents of terrorism, or responses to such events.
As we continue to expand our business globally, our success will depend, in large part, on our ability to anticipate and effectively manage these and other risks associated with our international operations.
Our overall success in international markets depends, in part, on our ability to succeed in differing legal, regulatory, economic, social and political conditions. We may not be successful in developing and implementing policies and strategies that will be effective in managing these risks in each country where we do business. Our failure to manage these risks successfully could harm our international operations, reduce our international sales and increase our costs, thus adversely affecting our business, operating results and financial condition.
If we fail to offer high-quality customer service, our business and reputation could suffer.
We differentiate ourselves from our competition through our commitment to an exceptional customer experience. Accordingly, high-quality customer service is important for the growth of our business and any failure to maintain such standards of customer service, or a related market perception, could affect our ability to sell products to existing and prospective customers. The number of our customers has grown significantly and such growth, as well as any future growth, will put additional pressure on our field application scientists and customer service organization. We may be unable to hire qualified staff quickly enough or to the extent necessary to accommodate increases in demand. Providing an exceptional customer experience requires significant time and resources from our customer service team. Therefore, failure to scale our customer service organization adequately may adversely impact our business results and financial condition.
Customers utilize our service teams and online content for help with a variety of topics, including how to use our products efficiently, how to integrate our products into existing workflows, and how to resolve technical, analysis and operational issues if and when they arise. While we have developed significant resources for remote training and customer service, including our virtual product demonstration process, if our customers do not adopt these resources, we may be required to increase the staffing of our customer service team, which would increase our costs. Also, as our business scales, we may need to engage third-party customer service providers, which could increase our costs and negatively impact the quality of the customer experience if such third parties are unable to provide service levels equivalent to ours.
In addition, as we continue to grow our operations and reach a global customer base, we need to be able to provide efficient customer service that meets our customers’ needs globally at scale. In geographies where we sell through distributors, we often rely on those distributors to provide customer service. If these third-party distributors do not provide a high-quality customer experience, our business operations and reputation may suffer.
If we cannot maintain and expand current partnerships and enter into new partnerships that generate marketed licensed products, our business could be adversely affected.
We do not have our own pipeline of therapeutic candidates, and instead we focus our efforts on the development of our cell engineering offerings, including our ExPERT platform. Our partners then use our instruments and PAs for cell engineering to develop their own therapeutic candidates without our direct involvement. As a result, our success depends on our ability to expand the number and scope of our partnerships. Many factors may impact the success of these partnerships, including our ability to perform our obligations, our partners’ satisfaction with our products, competitive offerings of other
 
19

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
companies, our partners’ ability to successfully develop, secure regulatory approval for and commercialize therapeutic candidates using our products, our partners’ internal priorities (including fluctuations in research and developments budgets), our partners’ resource allocation decisions and competitive opportunities, disagreements with partners, the costs required of either party to the partnerships and related financing needs, and operating, legal and other risks in any relevant jurisdiction, as well as severe adverse events in cell therapy trials regardless of association with our partners.
We engage in conversations with companies regarding potential partnerships on an ongoing basis. These conversations may not result in a commercial agreement. Even if an agreement is reached, the resulting relationship may not be successful, including due to factors beyond our control, such as our partners’ inability to successfully develop or commercialize their therapeutic candidates. In such circumstances, we would not generate any substantial revenues from such a collaboration in the form of milestone payments, royalties or otherwise. Speculation in the industry about our existing or potential partnerships can be a catalyst for adverse speculation about us which can adversely affect our reputation and our business.
Further, our customers are subject to the extensive risks and uncertainties that apply to product candidates in this area including those associated with preclinical and clinical research and development and related regulatory and Institutional Review Board authorization and oversight, manufacturing challenges and compliance standards, the data requirements and review process for seeking marketing authorization, and the potential for safety and efficacy concerns to emerge at any stage of product development and even after approval.
If the quality or delivery of our products does not meet our customers’ expectations and needs relative to their regulatory obligations, our reputation could suffer and ultimately our sales and financial results could be negatively impacted.
Our customers operate in a highly regulated industry. In the course of conducting our business, our customers will expect us to adequately address any quality issues suspected to be associated with our products, including defects in our engineering, design, manufacturing and delivery processes, as well as defects in third-party components included in our products. The occurrence of defects in our products may increase as we continue to introduce new products and as we rapidly scale up manufacturing to meet potentially increased customer demand. Although we have established internal procedures designed to reduce the risks of product quality issues that may arise, there can be no assurance that we will be able to eliminate or mitigate occurrences of these issues and associated potential liabilities. In addition, identifying the root cause of quality issues may be difficult, which increases the time needed to address quality issues as they arise and increases the risk that similar problems could recur. Finding solutions to quality issues can be expensive and we may incur significant costs or lost revenue in connection with, for example, shipment holds, product recalls or other service obligations. In addition, quality issues can impair our relationships with new or existing customers and adversely affect our brand image, and our reputation could suffer, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and prospects.
The failure of our partners to meet their contractual obligations to us could adversely affect our business.
Our reliance on our partners poses a number of additional risks, including the risk that they may not perform their contractual obligations to us to our standards, in compliance with applicable legal or contractual requirements, in a timely manner or at all; they may not maintain the confidentiality of our proprietary information; and disagreements or disputes could arise that could cause delays in, or termination of, the research, development or commercialization of therapeutic candidates produced using our instruments and PAs.
In addition, certain of our partners are large, multinational organizations that run many programs concurrently, and we are dependent on their ability to accurately track and make milestone payments to us pursuant to the terms of our agreements with them. Any failure by them to inform us when milestones are reached and make related payments to us could adversely affect our results of operations.
Some of our partners are located in markets subject to political and social risk, corruption, infrastructure problems and natural disasters, and are often subject to country-specific privacy and
 
20

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
data security risk as well as burdensome legal and regulatory requirements. Any of these factors could adversely impact their financial condition and results of operations, which could impair their ability to meet their contractual obligations to us, which may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Our partners have significant discretion in determining when and whether to make announcements, if any, about the status of their clinical developments and timelines for advancing collaborative programs, and the price of our common stock may decline as a result of announcements of unexpected results or developments.
Our partners have significant discretion in determining when and whether to make announcements about the status of their programs that use our technology, including their preclinical and clinical programs, such as setbacks or terminations, and timelines for advancing therapeutic candidates developed using our platform. We do not plan to disclose the development status and progress of individual therapeutic candidates of our partners. Our partners may wish to report such information more or less frequently than we prefer or may not wish to report such information at all. In addition, if partners choose to announce a collaboration with us or their progress, there is no guarantee that we will concurrently recognize any fees or that such announcement will be indicative of future fees to us, as such fees are not due to us until our partner reaches certain specific activities or clinical progress events, for example investigational new drug, or IND, submissions or start of pivotal trials. The price of our common stock may decline as a result of the public announcement of unexpected results or developments in our partnerships, or as a result of our partners withholding such information.
Our partners may not achieve projected development and regulatory milestones and other anticipated key events in the expected timelines or at all, or may discontinue some or all of their programs, which could have an adverse impact on our business and could cause the price of our common stock to decline.
From time to time, we may make public statements regarding the expected timing of certain milestones and key events, as well as regarding developments and milestones under our partnerships, to the extent that our partners have publicly disclosed such information or permit us to make such disclosures. Certain of our partners have also made public statements regarding their expectations for the development of programs under partnership with us and they and other partners may in the future make additional statements about their goals and expectations for the progress of their programs and/or their partnerships with us. The actual timing of these events and any resultant revenue to us can vary dramatically due to a number of factors such as delays or failures in our or our current and future partners’ therapeutic discovery and development programs and the numerous uncertainties inherent in the development of therapeutics. As a result, there can be no assurance that our partners’ current and future programs will advance or be completed in the time frames we or they expect, or at all. In addition, we have very little visibility into, or advance notice of, any changes in our partners’ development timelines and expectations, which means that we may not be able to swiftly react and adapt to changed expectations related to the achievement and payment of milestones under our agreements. If our partners fail to achieve one or more of these milestones or other key events as we or they expect, our business could be materially adversely affected and the price of our common stock could decline.
Biopharmaceutical drug and therapeutics development is inherently uncertain, and it is possible that none of the drug or therapeutic candidates discovered using our platform that are further developed by our partners will receive marketing approval or become viable commercial products, on a timely basis or at all.
We offer our cell engineering platform to partners who are engaged in drug and therapeutics discovery and development. These partners include large pharmaceutical companies, biotechnology companies of all sizes and non-profit and academic institutions. While we receive early payments generated through sales of our ExPERT instruments and PAs and recurring revenue through the annual licenses of the ExPERT instrument to our partners, we estimate that the vast majority of the economic value of the SPLs that we enter into with our partners is in the downstream payments that are payable if certain milestones are met or approved products are sold. As a result, our future growth is dependent on the ability of our partners to successfully develop and commercialize therapies discovered or produced using our platform. Due to our reliance on our partners, the risks relating to product development, regulatory clearance, authorization or approval and commercialization apply to us
 
21

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
derivatively through the activities of our partners. There can be no assurance that our partners will successfully develop, secure marketing approvals for and commercialize any drug or therapeutic candidates discovered or produced with our instruments. As a result, we may not realize the intended benefits of our partnerships. Since 2017, we have entered into 13 SPLs resulting in a growing number of clinical milestone payments, but we have not yet had a licensed program receive regulatory marketing approval.
Due to the uncertain, time-consuming and costly clinical development and regulatory approval process, our partners may not successfully develop any drug or therapeutic candidates with our platform, or our partners may choose to discontinue the development of these drug candidates for a variety of reasons, including due to safety, risk versus benefit profile, exclusivity, competitive landscape, manufacturing challenges, commercialization potential, production limitations or prioritization of their resources. For product candidates of the type expected to be developed using our technology, there is the potential they could create a safety risk to patients and can also limit product efficacy. It is possible that none of these drug or therapeutic candidates will ever receive regulatory approval and, even if approved, such drug candidates may never be successfully commercialized resulting in clinical progress milestones and commercial sales-based payments not being earned.
Regulatory authorities have substantial discretion in the review and approval process and may refuse to accept any application or may decide that our partners’ data are insufficient to support progression to further stages of preclinical or clinical development or for marketing approval and require additional preclinical, clinical or other studies. The number and types of preclinical studies and clinical trials that will be required for regulatory approval also varies depending on the product candidate (including cell therapies, for which development is inherently challenging), the disease or condition that the product candidate is designed to address, and the regulations applicable to any particular product candidate. Application of the legal and regulatory standards for approval, and the type and amount of clinical data and data supporting Chemistry, Manufacturing and Control necessary to gain approval may change during the course of a product candidate’s clinical development and may vary among jurisdictions. It is possible that any product candidates our partners may seek to develop in the future will never obtain the appropriate, necessary regulatory approvals.
In addition, even if these drug or therapeutic candidates receive regulatory approval in the United States, our partners may never obtain approval or commercialize such drugs outside of the United States, which would limit their full market potential and therefore our ability to realize their potential downstream value. Furthermore, approved drugs or therapeutics may not achieve broad market acceptance among physicians, patients, the medical community and third-party payors, in which case revenue generated from their sales would be limited. Third-party payers may opt to implement efficacy-based payment mechanisms over a multi-year period, which could impact potential product sales in any given year. Likewise, our partners have to make decisions about which clinical stage and pre-clinical drug and therapeutic candidates to develop and advance, and our partners may not have the resources to invest in all of the drug or therapeutic candidates that are produced using our platform, or clinical data and other development considerations may not support the advancement of one or more drug candidates developed using our platform. Decision-making about which drug or therapeutic candidates to prioritize involves inherent uncertainty, and our partners’ development program decision-making and resource prioritization decisions, which are outside of our control, may adversely affect the potential value of those partnerships. Additionally, subject to its contractual obligations to us, if one or more of our partners is involved in a business combination, the partner might deemphasize or terminate the development or commercialization of any drug or therapeutic candidate that utilizes our platform. If one of our SPL customers terminates its agreement with us, we may find it more difficult to attract new partners.
Our partners, and therefore our potential financial outcomes under our agreements, are also subject to inherent industry-wide FDA and other regulatory risk. The number of new drug applications and biologics license applications approved by the FDA varies significantly over time and if there were to be an extended reduction in the number of new drug applications and biologics license applications approved by the FDA, the industry would contract and our business would be materially harmed. Furthermore, regulatory agencies may introduce new submission requirements or implement new
 
22

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
regulations for cell and gene therapies which could result in extended timelines for our partners, creating uncertainty or delays in achieving milestones. Such delays in these milestones will materially affect our ability to forecast and receive milestone payments outlined in our license agreements.
Our partners’ failure to effectively advance, market and sell suitable drug and therapeutic candidates developed using our platform could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects, and cause the market price of our common stock to decline. In addition to the inherent uncertainty in drug development addressed above, our ability to forecast our future revenues may be limited.
In recent periods, we have depended on a limited number of partners for our revenue, the loss of any of which could have an adverse impact on our business.
For the year ended December 31, 2020, one cell therapy company with which we have entered into an SPL accounted for 15% of our total revenue, and our six largest such customers accounted for an aggregate of approximately 40% of our total revenue for the year through a combination of instrument license fees, milestones realized and processing assembly revenue. These partnerships cover a large number of programs under contract, and therefore represent a large portion of potential downstream value. In addition, our partnership agreements are typically terminable at will. As a result, if we fail to maintain our relationships with our partners or if any of our partners discontinue their programs or transition to alternative cell engineering technologies, our future results of operations could be materially and adversely affected.
Similarly, in recent periods, a portion of our revenue has been derived from milestone payments from a limited number of SPL customers. Accordingly, we are more dependent on the success of a limited number of our customers’ programs than we would be if our revenue was derived more broadly from many customer contracts. The loss of any of our large customers, or significant delays or discontinuations in our customers’ programs, would have an adverse effect on our ability to generate revenue.
Our customers’ products or product candidates may cause undesirable side effects or have other properties that could delay or prevent their regulatory approval, limit their commercial potential or result in significant negative consequences following any potential marketing approval, which could cause our future results of operations to be materially and adversely affected.
Serious adverse events or undesirable side effects caused by our customers’ products or product candidates could cause regulatory authorities to interrupt, delay or halt clinical trials and could result in a more restrictive label or the delay or denial of regulatory approval by the FDA, the European Medicines Agency or other authorities. Results of our customers’ clinical trials could reveal a high and unacceptable severity and prevalence of side effects, toxicities or unexpected characteristics, including death.
If unacceptable side effects or deaths arise in the development of our customers’ product candidates, the Institutional Review Boards at the institutions in which their studies are conducted, the FDA or any comparable foreign regulatory authority could suspend or terminate our customers’ clinical trials or the FDA or other regulatory authorities could order them to cease clinical trials or deny approval of their product candidates for any or all targeted indications. Undesirable side effects or deaths in clinical trials with our customers’ product candidates may cause the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities to place a clinical hold on the associated clinical trials, to require additional studies, or otherwise to delay or deny approval of our customers’ product candidates for any or all targeted indications. Treatment-related side effects could also affect patient recruitment or the ability of enrolled patients to complete the trial or result in potential product liability claims. In addition, these side effects may not be appropriately recognized or managed by the treating medical staff. Any of these occurrences could negatively impact the availability of capital for the broader cell therapy development market, reduce the demand for our products and harm our business, financial condition and prospects significantly.
We may continue to pursue collaborations or licensing arrangements, joint ventures, strategic alliances, partnerships or other strategic investment or arrangements, which may fail to produce anticipated benefits and adversely affect our operations.
We may continue to pursue opportunities for collaboration, out-license, joint ventures, acquisitions of products, assets or technology, strategic alliances, or partnerships that we believe would advance
 
23

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
our development. We may consider pursuing growth through the acquisition of technology, assets or other businesses that may enable us to enhance our technologies and capabilities. Proposing, negotiating and implementing these opportunities may be a lengthy and complex process. Other companies, including those with substantially greater financial, marketing, technology, or other business resources, may compete with us for these opportunities or arrangements. We may not be able to identify, secure, or complete any such transactions or arrangements in a timely manner, on a cost-effective basis, on acceptable terms, or at all.
We have limited experience with respect to these business development activities. Management and integration of a licensing arrangement, collaboration, joint venture or other strategic arrangement may disrupt our current operations, decrease our profitability, result in significant expenses, or divert management resources that otherwise would be available for our existing business. We may not realize the anticipated benefits of any such transaction or arrangement.
Furthermore, partners, collaborators, or other parties to such transactions or arrangements may fail to fully perform their obligations or meet our expectations or cooperate with us satisfactorily for various reasons and subject us to potential risks, including the followings:

partners, collaborators, or other parties have significant discretion in determining the efforts and resources that they will apply to a transaction or arrangement;

partners, collaborators, or other parties could independently develop, or develop with third parties, services and products that compete directly or indirectly with our product candidates;

partners, collaborators, or other parties may stop, delay or discontinue clinical trials as well as repeat clinical trials or conduct new clinical trials by using our intellectual property or proprietary information;

partners, collaborators, or other parties may not properly maintain or defend our intellectual property rights or may use our intellectual property or proprietary information in a way that gives rise to actual or threatened litigation that could jeopardize or invalidate our intellectual property or proprietary information or expose us to potential liabilities;

disputes may arise between us and partners, collaborators, or other parties that cause the delay or termination of the research, development or commercialization of our product candidates, or that result in costly litigation or arbitration that diverts management’s attention and resources;

partners, collaborators, or other parties may be terminated and, if terminated, may result in a need for additional capital to pursue further development or commercialization of the applicable services and products; and

partners, collaborators, or other parties may own or co-own intellectual properties covering our product candidates that results from our collaborating with them, and in such cases, we would not have the exclusive right to commercialize such intellectual properties.
Any such transactions or arrangements may also require actions, consents, approval, waiver, participation or involvement of various degrees from third parties, such as regulators, government authorities, creditors, licensors or licensees, related individuals, suppliers, distributors, shareholders or other stakeholders or interested parties. There is no assurance that such third parties will be cooperative as we desire, or at all, in which case we may be unable to carry out the relevant transactions or arrangements.
We may engage in future acquisitions that could disrupt our business, cause dilution to our stockholders and harm our financial condition and operating results.
In the future, we may acquire companies, assets or technologies in an effort to complement our existing offerings to enhance our market position. We have not made any acquisitions to date and we currently have no plans, proposals or arrangements with respect to any acquisition. Should we choose to pursue an acquisition in the future, we may not be able to find suitable acquisition candidates and we may not be able to complete acquisitions on favorable terms, if at all. Any future acquisitions we make could subject us to a number of risks, including:

the purchase price we pay could significantly deplete our cash reserves, impair our future operating flexibility or result in dilution to our existing stockholders;
 
24

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 

we may find that the acquired company, assets or technology does not further improve our financial and strategic position as planned;

we may find that we overpaid for the company, asset or technology, or that the economic conditions underlying our acquisition have changed;

we may have difficulty integrating the operations and personnel of the acquired company;

we may have difficulty retaining the employees with the technical skills needed to enhance and provide services with respect to the acquired assets or technologies;

the acquisition may be viewed negatively by customers, financial markets, or investors;

we may have difficulty incorporating the acquired technologies or products with our existing products;

we may encounter difficulty entering and competing in new product or geographic markets;

we may encounter a competitive response, including price competition or intellectual property litigation;

we may have product liability, customer liability or intellectual property liability associated with the sale of the acquired company’s products;

we may be subject to litigation by terminated employees or third parties;

we may incur debt and restructuring charges;

we may acquire goodwill and other intangible assets that are subject to impairment tests, which could result in future impairment charges;

our ongoing business and management’s attention may be disrupted or diverted by transition or integration issues and the complexity of managing geographically or culturally diverse enterprises; and

our due diligence process may fail to identify significant existing issues with the target company’s product quality, product architecture, financial disclosures, accounting practices, internal controls, legal contingencies, intellectual property and other matters.
Any acquisitions may not generate sufficient revenue to offset the associated costs of the transactions or may result in other adverse effects, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results, and financial condition. In addition, negotiations for acquisitions, collaborations or investments that are not ultimately consummated could result in significant diversion of management time, as well as substantial out-of-pocket costs, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition.
Risks Related to the Supply and Manufacturing of Our Products
We depend on continued supply of components and raw materials for our ExPERT instruments and PAs from third-party suppliers, and if shortages of these components or raw materials arise, we may not be able to secure enough components to build new products to meet customer demand or we may be forced to pay higher prices for these components.
We rely on a limited number of suppliers for certain key components utilized in the assembly of our ExPERT instruments and manufacture of our PAs and buffer, and in some cases, such as certain instrument components, for example CPU chips or PA electrodes, we rely on a single supplier for a particular component, subassembly or consumable. Approximately 47% of our inventory held at December 31, 2020 was purchased from one supplier. Although in many cases we use standard components in our products, in some cases, components may only be purchased from a limited number of suppliers or a single supplier. Identifying and qualifying alternate sources may take time and involve additional expense, and there is no guarantee that current suppliers or alternate sources will timely deliver materials that meet our needs. If our customers experience a shortage or delay in delivery of our ExPERT instruments, PAs or buffers our business could be materially and adversely impacted.
Neither we nor our contract manufacturers enter into long-term supply contracts for these components, and none of our third-party suppliers is obligated to supply products to us for any specific period or in any specific quantities, except as may be provided for in submitted and accepted purchase orders. We are not a major customer of many of our suppliers, and these suppliers may therefore give other customers’ needs higher priority than ours. Our industry has experienced component shortages
 
25

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
and delivery delays in the past, and we may experience shortages or delays of critical components in the future as a result of strong demand in the industry, high demand in unrelated industries (e.g. shortages of electronic components due to digitization in the automotive industry), or other factors. Many of the other components required to build our ExPERT instruments are also occasionally in short supply. Therefore, if shortages or delays arise, we may not be able to timely secure enough components at reasonable prices or of acceptable quality to build new products, resulting in an inability to meet customer demand or our own operating goals, which could adversely affect our customer relationships, business, operating results and financial condition.
Many of the components that we use are part of the global supply chain and may be manufactured overseas. Therefore, our access to, or ability to acquire, components may be impacted by trade disputes or importation restrictions resulting from such trade disputes between governments. These disputes may result in increased tariffs, duties or taxes that will increase the cost of the components and we may have to increase the price of our products, or incur an impact on our margins, both of which can materially affect customer demand and resulting revenues.
Additionally, damage to a manufacturing facility or other property of any of our suppliers or their distribution channels due to fire, flood or other natural disaster or casualty event may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
We have limited experience manufacturing our PAs and if we move manufacturing of our PAs in-house in the future and are unable to manufacture our PAs in high-quality commercial quantities successfully and consistently to meet demand, our growth will be limited.
We have limited experience manufacturing our products. We do not currently manufacture our PAs in-house but may choose to do so in the future. To manufacture our PAs in the quantities that we believe will be required to meet the currently anticipated market demand, we will need to increase manufacturing capacity, which will involve significant challenges and may require additional quality controls. We may not successfully complete any required increase to existing manufacturing capacity in a timely manner, or at all.
If there is a disruption to our manufacturing operations, we will have no other means of producing our products until we resolve such issues with our manufacturing facilities, develop alternative manufacturing facilities, or contract with third-party manufacturers capable of producing our PAs. Additionally, any damage to or destruction of our manufacturing facilities or equipment may significantly impair our ability to supply PAs on a timely basis. There may also be unforeseen occurrences that increase our costs, such as increased prices of the components of our PAs, changes to labor costs or less favorable terms with third-party suppliers. There can be no assurance that we will not encounter such problems in the future.
If we are unable to manufacture PAs consistently and in sufficient quantities to meet anticipated customer demand, our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects would be harmed. If we choose to scale the commercial production of our PA and increase our manufacturing capacity, we may encounter quality issues that could result in product defects, errors or recalls. Manufacturing delays related to quality control could negatively impact our ability to bring our PAs to market, harm our reputation and decrease our revenue. Any defects, errors or recalls could be expensive and generate negative publicity, which could impair our ability to market or sell our PAs, and adversely affect our results of operations. Our inability, or that of our suppliers, to find and retain the necessary qualified employees to achieve our manufacturing goals would also negatively impact our ability to meet customer needs.
In addition, we have historically sourced and for the foreseeable future will continue to source components for our PAs from a limited number of manufacturers and, in some cases, sole source manufacturers. With respect to our PA manufacturers, we are neither a major customer, nor do we have long-term supply contracts. These manufacturers may therefore give other customers’ needs higher priority than ours, and we may not be able to obtain adequate supply in a timely manner or on commercially reasonable terms. While we are in the process of qualifying additional manufacturers, qualifications can take many months. If we were to lose one or more of our sole or single source manufacturers and suppliers, it would take significant time and effort to qualify alternative suppliers, if
 
26

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
available. Moreover, in the event that we transition to a new manufacturer, particularly from any of our single source manufacturers, doing so could be time-consuming and expensive, may result in interruptions in our ability to supply our products to the market and could affect the performance of our PAs, resulting in increased costs and negative customer perception and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Our results of operations will be harmed if we are unable to accurately forecast customer demand for our products and manage our inventory.
To ensure adequate supply of our instruments, PAs and other products, we must forecast the inventory needs of our current and prospective customers and manufacture our products based on our estimates of future demand. Our ability to accurately forecast demand for our products could be negatively affected by many factors, many of which are beyond our control, including our failure to accurately manage our expansion strategy, product introductions or failures by competitors, an increase or decrease in customer demand for our products or for products of our competitors, the availability of capital for our customers, our failure to accurately forecast the success of our customers’ therapeutic products, market acceptance of new products, changes in general market conditions, including as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, seasonal demands, regulatory matters or strengthening or weakening of general economic conditions.
We seek to maintain sufficient levels of inventory of our instruments and other products to protect ourselves from supply interruptions. We rely in part on our commercial team and distributors to supply forecasts of anticipated product orders in their respective territories. If we fail to accurately estimate customer demand for our products, our inventory forecasts may be inaccurate, resulting in shortages or excesses of inventory. Inventory levels in excess of customer demand may result in inventory write-downs or write-offs, which could negatively impact our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations. Conversely, if we underestimate customer demand for our products, we may not be able to deliver products in a timely manner or at all, and this could result in reduced revenue and damage to our reputation and customer relationships. In addition, if we experience a significant increase in demand, we may not have adequate manufacturing capacity to meet such demand, and additional supplies may not be available when required on terms that are acceptable to us, or at all, or suppliers may not be able to allocate sufficient capacity in order to meet our increased requirements, all of which would negatively affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. If we are unable to meet customer demand, we could lose our existing customers or lose our ability to acquire new customers, which would also negatively impact our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Risks Related to Our Product Sales
Our future success depends on our ability to develop and successfully introduce new and enhanced products that meet the needs of our customers.
Our offerings include products such as instruments, single-use disposables and the provision of support services to our customers with the goal to support the advancement of our customers’ cell-therapies and/or drug discovery activities. We aim to collectively provide our customers with a single, integrated platform to discover, develop and manufacture safer, more targeted and increasingly complex cell-based therapies, designed for integration into customers’ current good manufacturing practices environments. We cannot guarantee that the market for our current products will continue to generate significant or consistent demand. Demand for our current products could be significantly diminished by competitive technologies or products that replace them or render them obsolete or less desirable. Accordingly, we must continue to invest in research and development to develop competitive products. Restrictions resulting from the COVID-19 pandemic have had a negative impact on the work of some of our, and our customers’, research and development programs due to limitations on in-person lab work.
Our future success depends on our ability to anticipate our customers’ needs and develop new products and enhance current products to address those needs. Introduction of new products and product enhancements will require that we effectively transfer production processes from research and development to manufacturing and coordinate our efforts with those of our suppliers to achieve the desired level of production. If we fail to transfer production processes effectively, develop product
 
27

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
enhancements or introduce new products or enabling services in sufficient quantities to meet the needs of our customers, or effectively coordinate with our suppliers, our sales may be reduced and our business would be harmed.
The commercial success of all of our products will depend upon their acceptance by the life science and biopharmaceutical industries. Some of the products that we are developing are based upon new technologies or approaches. As a result, there can be no assurance that these new products, even if successfully developed and introduced, will be accepted by customers. If customers do not adopt our new products, services and technologies, our results of operations may suffer and, as a result, the market price of our common stock may decline.
If we are unable to successfully develop new products, adapt to rapid and significant technological change, respond to introductions of new products by competitors, make strategic and operational decisions to prioritize certain markets, technology offerings or partnerships, and develop and capitalize on markets, technologies or partnerships, our business could suffer.
We currently sell and license our products primarily in the cell therapy market, which is characterized by significant enhancements and evolving industry and regulatory standards and a high degree of regulatory scrutiny. As a result, our customers’ needs are rapidly evolving. If we do not appropriately innovate and offer our customers comprehensive solutions and otherwise invest in new technologies, our offerings may become less desirable in the markets we serve, and our customers could move to new technologies offered by our competitors or make products themselves. Without the timely introduction of new instruments, single-use disposables software, services, enhancements and new product integrations with electroporation, our offerings may become less competitive over time, in which case our competitive position and operating results could suffer. Accordingly, we focus significant efforts and resources on the development and identification of new products and applications to further drive adoption of our platform. To the extent we fail to timely introduce new and innovative products, offer enhancements to our existing products, adequately predict our customers’ needs or fail to obtain desired levels of market acceptance, our business may suffer and our operating results could be adversely affected.
We believe our products have potential applications across a wide range of markets and we have targeted certain markets in which we believe our technology has significant advantages, or for which we believe we have a higher probability of success or significant revenue opportunity. For example, we are committed to developing our platform’s applications within the life sciences market, including research, discovery, development, and manufacturing of next-generation autologous and allogeneic cell-based therapeutics, as well as drug discovery, including protein production for biological therapeutics, viral vectors, vaccines and for the discovery of small molecule drugs. We seek to maintain a process of prioritization and resource allocation among our programs to maintain a balance between advancing near-term opportunities and exploring additional markets and uses for our technology. However, due to the significant resources required for the development of applications data for our products or services for new markets, we must make decisions on which markets to pursue and the amount of resources to allocate to each. Our decisions concerning the allocation of research, development, collaboration, management and financial resources toward particular markets, products or services may not lead to the development of any viable products or services and may divert resources away from better opportunities. Similarly, our potential decisions to delay, terminate or collaborate with third parties in respect of certain markets may subsequently also prove to be suboptimal and could cause us to miss valuable opportunities. In particular, if we are unable to successfully achieve on-going adoption of our electroporation platform technology, it could slow or stop our business growth and negatively impact our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
New product development involves a lengthy and complex process and we may be unable to develop or commercialize products on a timely basis, or at all.
Products from our research and development programs will take time and considerable resources to develop, and may include improvements or changes to our current products, and we may not be able to complete development and commercialization of new or enhanced products on a timely basis, or at all. There can be no assurance that our research and development efforts will produce commercially viable products and solutions and before we can commercialize any new products, we will need to expend significant funds in order to, for example:
 
28

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 

conduct substantial research and development;

in some cases, obtain necessary regulatory clearance or approval;

further develop and scale our laboratory, engineering and manufacturing processes to accommodate different products;

source and enter into agreements with new suppliers and manufacturers; and

further develop and scale our infrastructure.
Our product development processes involve a high degree of risk, and these efforts may be delayed or fail for many reasons, including failure of the product to perform as expected and failure to reliably demonstrate the advantages of the product.
Even if we are successful in developing new products, it will require us to make significant additional investments in marketing and selling resources to commercialize any such products. As a result, we may be unsuccessful in commercializing new products that we develop, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
Our systems are complex in design and may contain defects that are not detected until deployed by our customers, which could harm our reputation, increase our costs and reduce our sales. If our products do not perform as expected or the reliability of the technology on which our products are based is questioned, our operating results, reputation and business will suffer.
Our success depends on our ability to provide reliable, high-quality products that enable high performance cell engineering through flexible, efficient and cost-effective solutions. Our systems are complex in design and involve a highly complex and precise manufacturing process. As a result of the technological complexity of our systems, changes in our suppliers’ manufacturing processes or the inadvertent use of defective materials by us or our suppliers could result in a product recall, or an adverse effect on our ability to achieve acceptable manufacturing quality and product reliability. To the extent that we do not achieve and maintain our projected quality or product reliability, our reputation, business, operating results, financial condition and customer relationships would be adversely affected.
Our customers may discover defects in our products after the products have been fully installed and operated. In addition, some of our products include components from other vendors, which may contain defects. As a result, should problems occur, it may be difficult to identify the source of the problem. If we are unable to identify and fix defects or other problems, we could experience, among other things:

product recalls and replacement costs;

loss of customers or orders;

damage to our brand reputation;

failure to attract new customers;

diversion of development, engineering and manufacturing resources;

regulatory actions by governmental authorities; and

legal actions by our customers.
We believe that customers in our target markets are likely to be particularly sensitive to product defects and errors. Our reputation and the image of our products, services and technologies in our target markets may be impaired if our products or services fail to perform as expected. If our products do not perform, or are perceived to not have performed, as expected or favorably in comparison to competitive products, our operating results, reputation, and business will suffer, and we may also be subject to legal claims arising from product limitations, errors, or inaccuracies. Any of the foregoing could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Although our products are tested in accordance with industry standards prior to shipment, defects or errors could nonetheless occur. For example, our instruments or PAs could fail or our partners could use our technology improperly and blame a failure on our systems, resulting in customer complaints and significant resources dedicated to finding the cause of the failure and/or developing a solution. Our operating results depend on our ability to execute and, when necessary, improve our quality management strategy and systems and our ability to effectively train and maintain our employees with
 
29

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
respect to quality management. A failure of our quality control systems could result in problems with facility operations or preparation or provision of products. In each case, such problems could arise for a variety of reasons, including equipment malfunction, failure to follow specific protocols and procedures, problems with raw materials or environmental factors and damage to, or loss of, manufacturing operations.
We provide a standard one-year warranty on sold instruments. Existing and future warranties place us at the risk of incurring future repair and/or replacement costs. Since a large portion of our revenue is derived from sales of our PAs, which can only be used when our instruments are functioning, if our instruments fail to function and our customers choose to use alternative cell engineering methods our financial condition and results of operations would suffer. In addition, even after any underlying concerns or problems are resolved, any lingering concerns in our target markets regarding our technology or any manufacturing defects or performance errors, either actual or simply perceived, in our products or services could continue to result in lost revenue, delayed market acceptance, damage to our reputation and claims against us.
If we are unable to successfully expand our commercial operations, including hiring additional qualified sales representatives, application scientists, engineers, scientific personnel, and customer support staff, our business may be adversely affected.
Our future sales will depend, in large part, on our ability to develop and substantially expand our sales and applications scientist infrastructure, particularly as we enter into new markets, rollout new products and platforms and manage inbound interest from new customers. We sell our products through our direct sales force and field application scientists located in North America, the United Kingdom and Europe, and have field application scientists located in the Asia-Pacific region where sales are currently managed by distributors. Our sales and marketing efforts are targeted at pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies and academic institutions focused on cell engineering and drug discovery. To continue driving adoption of our products and to support our global brand, we will need to further expand our field sales and application scientist infrastructure by hiring additional, highly qualified sales representatives, field application scientists, engineers and scientific personnel and customer support staff, in addition to increasing our marketing efforts.
Identifying and recruiting qualified personnel globally with sufficient industry experience and training them requires significant time, expense and attention. If we provide inadequate training, fail to increase our sales and marketing capabilities or fail to develop broad brand awareness in our target markets in a cost-effective manner, our business may be harmed. In addition, if our efforts to expand do not generate a corresponding increase in revenue or result in a decrease in our operating margin, our financial results will be adversely impacted. If we are unable to hire, develop and retain talented sales personnel or if new sales personnel are unable to achieve desired productivity levels in a reasonable period of time, we may not be able to realize the expected benefits of this investment or increase our revenue.
Additionally, our highly specialized application scientists and scientific personnel work closely with researchers, clinicians and current and prospective customers to optimize and implement cell engineering methods, processes and applications to meet their specific needs. Hiring these highly skilled application scientists and scientific personnel is competitive due to the limited number of people available with the necessary scientific and technical backgrounds and ability to understand our products at a technical level, and training such individuals requires significant time, expense and attention. Furthermore, we face intense competition in the labor market for such highly skilled specialists from competitors in our industry, our customers and companies in other industries, particularly because of the recent rapid growth in the cell therapy field. To effectively support current and potential customers, we will need to hire, maintain, train and grow globally the number of our applications scientists and add to our customer support staff. If we are unable to maintain, attract, train or retain the number of qualified support personnel that our business needs, our business and prospects will suffer.
If we are unable to expand or leverage the number of peer-reviewed articles published using data generated through the use of our products or otherwise increase brand awareness in our target markets, the demand for our products and our business may be adversely affected.
We rely on a significant base of peer-reviewed publications to showcase and validate the application of our technology in academic and clinical research settings. To date, there have been multiple peer-reviewed articles published, including in prominent journals, using data generated through the use of our
 
30

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
technology across a wide range of key scientific research areas, including research, discovery, development, and manufacturing of next-generation, cell-based therapeutics, as well as drug discovery including protein production for biological therapeutics, viral vectors, vaccines and small molecule discovery. We believe that expanding the number and breadth of these publications, and otherwise developing and maintaining awareness of our brand in our target markets in a cost-effective, manner is critical to achieving broad acceptance of our products and attracting new customers. Such publications and other brand promotion activities may not generate customer awareness or increase revenue and, even if they do, any increase in revenue may not offset the costs and expenses we incur in building our brand. If we fail to successfully promote, maintain and protect our brand, we may fail to attract or retain the customers necessary to realize a sufficient return on our brand-building efforts, or to achieve the reputation and widespread brand awareness that is critical for broad customer adoption of our products.
Risks Related to Our Regulatory Environment and Our Industry
Changes in tariffs or other government trade policies may materially adversely affect our business and results of operations, including by reducing demand for our products.
The imposition of tariffs and trade restrictions as a result of international trade disputes or changes in trade policies may adversely affect our sales and profitability. For example, in 2018 and 2019, the U.S. government imposed and proposed, among other actions, new or higher tariffs on specified imported products originating from China in response to what it characterized as unfair trade practices, and China responded by imposing and proposing new or higher tariffs on specified U.S. products. There can be no assurance that a broader trade agreement will be successfully negotiated between the United States and China to reduce or eliminate these tariffs. These tariffs, and the related geopolitical uncertainty between the United States and China, may cause decreased demand for our products or increase cost of components used in our products, which could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations. For example, certain of our foreign customers may respond to the imposition of tariffs or threat of tariffs on products we produce by delaying purchase orders or purchasing products from our competitors. Ongoing international trade disputes and changes in trade policies could also impact economic activity and lead to a general contraction of customer demand. In addition, tariffs on components that we may import from China or other nations will adversely affect our profitability unless we are able to exclude such components from the tariffs or we raise prices for our products, which may result in our products becoming less attractive relative to products offered by our competitors. Future actions or escalations by either the United States or China that affect trade relations may also negatively affect our business, or that of our suppliers or customers, and we cannot provide any assurances as to whether such actions will occur or the form that they may take. To the extent that our sales or profitability are negatively affected by any such tariffs or other trade actions, our business and results of operations may be materially adversely affected.
We are subject to governmental export controls that could impair our ability to compete in international markets due to licensing requirements and subject us to liability if we are not in compliance with applicable laws.
Exports of our products are subject to export controls and sanctions laws and regulations imposed by the U.S. government and administered by the U.S. Departments of State, Commerce, and Treasury. U.S. export control laws may require a license or other authorization to export products to certain destinations and end users. In addition, U.S. economic sanctions laws include restrictions or prohibitions on the sale or supply of certain products to U.S. embargoed or sanctioned countries, governments, persons and entities. Obtaining export licenses can be difficult, costly and time-consuming and we may not always be successful in obtaining necessary export licenses, and our failure to obtain required export approval for our products or limitations on our ability to export or sell our products imposed by export control or sanctions laws may harm our revenues and adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations. Noncompliance with these laws could have negative consequences, including government investigations, penalties and reputational harm.
 
31

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Compliance with global privacy and data security requirements could result in additional costs and liabilities to us or inhibit our ability to collect and process data globally, and the failure to comply with such requirements could subject us to significant fines and penalties, which may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.
The regulatory framework for the collection, use, safeguarding, retention, disclosure, transfer and other processing of personal data worldwide is rapidly evolving and is likely to remain uncertain for the foreseeable future. We are, and will increasingly become as we seek to expand our business, subject to numerous foreign laws, regulations, rules and standards, as well as associated industry standards, policies and contractual or other obligations, relating to the collection, use, retention, security, disclosure, transfer and other processing of personal data in the jurisdictions in which we operate, collectively, Data Protection Requirements. If we fail, or are perceived to have failed, to address or comply with any such Data Protection Requirements, this could result in enforcement actions against us that could include investigations, fines, penalties, audits and inspections, additional reporting requirements and/or oversight, temporary or permanent bans on all or some processing of personal data or orders to destroy or not use personal data. Further, individuals or other relevant stakeholders could bring a variety of claims against us for our actual or perceived failure to comply with the Data Protection Requirements. Any of these events could have a material adverse effect on our reputation, business, or financial condition, and could lead to a loss of actual or prospective customers, collaborators or partners; interrupt or stop clinical trials; result in an inability to process personal data or to operate in certain jurisdictions; limit our ability to develop or commercialize our products; or require us to revise or restructure our operations.
For example, the European Union’s General Data Protection Regulation, or GDPR, applies to any processing operations carried out in the context of the activities of an establishment in the EEA, as well as to any other processing operations relating to the offering of goods or services to individuals in the EEA and/or the monitoring of individuals’ behavior in the EEA. Also, notwithstanding the United Kingdom’s withdrawal from the EU, by operation of the so called “UK GDPR” ​(i.e., the GDPR as it continues to form part of the law of the United Kingdom by virtue of section 3 of the EU (Withdrawal) Act 2018 and as subsequently amended), or UK GDPR, the GDPR continues to apply in substantially equivalent form to processing operations carried out in the context of the activities of an establishment in the United Kingdom and any other processing relating to the offering of goods or services to individuals in the United Kingdom and/or monitoring of individuals’ behavior in the United Kingdom. Therefore, reference to the GDPR herein also refers to the UK GDPR in the context of the United Kingdom, unless the context requires otherwise.
Furthermore, the GDPR provides that EEA Member States may introduce specific requirements related to the processing of “special categories of personal data”, including the personal data related to health and genetic information, which we may process in connection with clinical trials or otherwise; as well as personal data related to criminal offences or convictions. In the United Kingdom, the UK Data Protection Act 2018 complements the UK GDPR in this regard. This fact may lead to greater divergence on the law that applies to the processing of such personal data across the EEA and/or United Kingdom, which may increase our costs and overall compliance risk.
The GDPR itself imposes stringent data privacy and security requirements on both processors and controllers of personal data, including personal data related to health and genetic information, which we may process in connection with clinical trials. In particular, the GDPR imposes several requirements relating to ensuring there is a lawful basis for processing personal data, extends the rights of individuals to whom the personal data relates, materially expands the definition of what is expressly noted to constitute personal data (including expanding the relevant definition to capture expressly the ‘pseudonymized’ or key-coded data that is commonly processed in a clinical trial-related context), requires additional disclosures about how personal data is to be used, imposes limitations on retention of personal data, imposes strict rules on the transfer of personal data out of the EEA to most third countries, creates mandatory data breach notification requirements in certain circumstances and establishes onerous new obligations on service providers, or processors, who process personal data simply on behalf of others.
A particular issue presented by certain European data protection laws, including the GDPR, is that they generally restrict transfers of personal data from Europe, including the EEA, the United Kingdom
 
32

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
and Switzerland, to the United States and most other countries unless specific safeguards to protect the transferred personal data have been implemented. A July 2020 decision of the European Union’s highest court, and subsequent regulatory guidance, have made complying with these requirements even more challenging — particularly in respect of transfers of personal data to the United States. Certain previously available safeguards have been invalidated, and reliance on alternative and commonly used safeguards may be complex or not possible in certain circumstances, following a recent ruling of the Court of Justice of the European Union and subsequent regulatory guidance. If we are unable to implement a valid solution for personal data transfers from Europe, we will face increased exposure to regulatory actions, substantial fines and injunctions. Inability to import/export personal data from Europe may also: restrict our activities in Europe; limit our ability to collaborate with partners as well as other service providers, contractors and other companies in Europe; and/or require us to increase our processing capabilities within Europe at significant expense or otherwise cause us to change the geographical location or segregation of our relevant systems and operations — any or all of which could adversely affect our operations or financial results. Additionally, other countries outside of Europe have enacted or are considering enacting similar cross-border data transfer restrictions and laws requiring local data residency, which could increase the cost and complexity of delivering our services and operating our business.
Following the United Kingdom’s withdrawal from the EU on January 31, 2020 and end of the post-Brexit transition period on December 31, 2020, as noted above, the United Kingdom has introduced the UK GDPR which currently makes the privacy regimes of the EEA and United Kingdom similar, though it is possible that either the EU, and consequently those further states that make up the remainder of the EEA, or United Kingdom could elect to change their approach and create differences in legal requirements and regulation in this area. This could expose us to two parallel regimes, each of which potentially authorizes similar fines and other potentially duplicative and/or divergent enforcement actions for the same violations. Furthermore, under the post-Brexit Trade and Cooperation Agreement between the EU and the United Kingdom, the United Kingdom and EU have agreed that personal data transfers to the United Kingdom from EEA Member States will not be treated as ‘restricted transfers’ to a non-EEA country for an initial period of up to six months from the end of the post-Brexit transition period. If the European Commission does not adopt an ‘adequacy decision’ in respect of the United Kingdom during this period, from that point onwards the United Kingdom will be an ‘inadequate third country’ under the GDPR and transfers of personal data from the EEA to the United Kingdom will require a valid ‘transfer mechanism’ (such as entry into the then-current form of the European Commission-issued Standard Contractual Clauses). In general terms, the relationship between the United Kingdom and the EEA in relation to certain aspects of data protection law remains unclear, and there will now be increasing scope for divergence in application, interpretation and enforcement of the data protection law as between the United Kingdom and EEA.
While we have taken steps to comply with the GDPR and implementing legislation in applicable Member States, and the UK GDPR and Data Protection Act 2018 in the United Kingdom, we cannot assure you that our efforts to achieve and remain in compliance have been and/or will continue to be, fully successful.
Failure to comply with the requirements of the GDPR and the applicable national data protection laws of the EEA Member States/the United Kingdom may result in fines of up to €20,000,000 / £17,500,000 or up to 4% of the total worldwide annual turnover of the preceding financial year, whichever is higher. In addition to administrative fines, a wide variety of other potential enforcement powers are available to competent authorities in respect of potential and suspected violations of the GDPR, including extensive audit and inspection rights, and powers to order temporary or permanent bans on all or some processing of personal data carried out by non-compliant actors.
All of these evolving compliance and operational requirements may require us to modify our data processing practices and policies, which in turn could distract management or divert resources from other initiatives and projects and may interrupt or delay our development activities. Any failure or perceived failure by us to comply with any applicable laws and regulations relating to data privacy and security could result in damage to our reputation, as well as proceedings or litigation by governmental agencies or other third parties, including class action privacy litigation in certain jurisdictions, which would
 
33

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
subject us to significant fines, sanctions, awards, penalties or judgments, all of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects.
We are subject to U.S. and certain foreign anti-corruption and anti-money laundering laws and regulations. We can face criminal liability and other serious consequences for violations, which can harm our business.
We are subject to anti-corruption and anti-money laundering laws and regulations, including Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, or the FCPA, the U.S. domestic bribery statute contained in 18 U.S.C. § 201, the U.S. Travel Act, the USA PATRIOT Act, and other state and national anti-bribery and anti-money laundering laws in the countries in which we conduct or may in the future conduct activities. Anti-corruption laws are interpreted broadly and prohibit companies and their employees, agents, contractors and other third-party collaborators from authorizing, promising, offering, providing, soliciting or receiving, directly or indirectly, improper payments or anything else of value to or from persons in the public or private sector. The FCPA also requires public companies to make and keep books and records that accurately and fairly reflect the transactions of the corporation and to devise and maintain an adequate system of internal accounting controls.
In addition to selling our products internationally directly through our sales teams, we currently engage third parties outside of the United States, and may engage additional third parties outside of the United States, to sell our products internationally and to obtain necessary permits, licenses, patent registrations and other regulatory approvals. We have direct or indirect interactions with officials and employees of government agencies or government-affiliated hospitals, universities and other organizations. We can be held liable for the corrupt or other illegal activities of our employees, agents, contractors and other third-party collaborators, even if we do not explicitly authorize or have actual knowledge of such activities. Any violations of the laws and regulations described above may result in substantial civil and criminal fines and penalties, imprisonment, the loss of export or import privileges, debarment, tax reassessments, breach of contract and fraud litigation, reputational harm, and other consequences.
Our customers who use our platform and we, if we develop a product, may be exposed to broadly applicable U.S. federal and state healthcare laws and regulations, including those relating to kickbacks and false claims, transparency, and health information privacy and security law. Failure to comply with such laws and regulations may result in substantial penalties.
Our customers who use our platform and we, if we develop a product, may be subject to broadly applicable healthcare laws and regulations that may constrain the business or financial arrangements and relationships through which we research, market, sell, and distribute our products. Such laws include federal and state anti-kickback laws, false claims laws, transparency laws, and health information privacy and security laws.
Violations of such laws may result in substantial criminal, civil and administrative penalties, including imprisonment, exclusion from participation in federal healthcare programs, such as Medicare and Medicaid, and significant fines, monetary penalties, forfeiture, disgorgement and damages, contractual damages, reputational harm, administrative burdens, diminished profits and future earnings and the curtailment or restructuring of operations.
Additionally, in the United States and some foreign jurisdictions there have been, and continue to be, several legislative and regulatory changes and proposed reforms of the healthcare system in an effort to contain costs, improve quality, and expand access to care, including the proposed modification to some of the aforementioned laws. In the United States, there have been and continue to be a number of healthcare-related legislative initiatives that have significantly affected the healthcare industry. These reform initiatives may, among other things, result in modifications to the aforementioned laws and/or the implementation of new laws affecting the healthcare industry. Similarly, a significant trend in the healthcare industry is cost containment. Third-party payors have attempted to control costs by limiting coverage and the amount of reimbursement for particular medications. Our ability to commercialize any of our products successfully, and our customers and collaborators’ ability to commercialize their products successfully, will depend in part on the extent to which coverage and adequate reimbursement for these products and will be available from third-party payors. As such, cost containment reform efforts may result in an adverse effect on our operations.
 
34

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Our business is subject to environmental regulation and regulations relating to the protection of health and safety matters that could result in compliance costs. Any violation or liability under environmental laws or health and safety regulations could harm our business.
We are subject to environmental and safety laws and regulations governing the use, storage and disposal of hazardous substances or wastes and imposing liability for the cleanup of contamination from these substances. We handle hazardous substances in our manufacturing processes, and we could be liable for any improper use, storage, or disposal of such substances. We cannot completely eliminate the risk of contamination or injury from hazardous substances or wastes, and, in the event of such an incident, we could be held liable for any damages that result. In addition, we may be required to incur significant additional costs to comply with environmental laws and regulations in the future.
The Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970, or OSHA, establishes certain employer responsibilities, including maintenance of a workplace free of recognized hazards likely to cause death or serious injury, compliance with standards promulgated by the Occupational Safety and Health Administration and various record keeping, disclosure and procedural requirements. Various OSHA standards may apply to our operations. We have incurred, and will continue to incur, capital and operating expenditures and other costs in the ordinary course of our business in complying with OSHA and other state and local laws and regulations.
The failure to comply with these regulations could result in fines by government authorities and payment of damages to private litigants, which could harm our business.
Our FDA Master File, and equivalent Technical Files in foreign jurisdictions, are an important part of our strategic offering which allows our partners to expedite their cellular therapies into and through the clinic. Delays in filing or obtaining (as applicable in a given jurisdiction), or our inability to obtain or retain, acceptance of such filings in individual countries could negatively impact the progress of our partners if they intend to run clinical trials in such countries, and as a result, could negatively affect our reputation and revenues or require disclosure of confidential information to our partners. Further, changes that we are required to make from time to time, or changes to regulations or negative data or adverse events for our partners, could impact references to our FDA Master File and Technical Files by our partners.
Providing our customers with an established regulatory path for use of our technology in the development of their therapeutics is an important value we provide to our customers. We have established and maintained an FDA Master File and equivalent Technical Files in certain other countries to provide that regulatory path. We may be unable in a timely manner, or at all, to provide similar filings in all countries where our customers desire to perform clinical trials, and regulators may refuse to accept such filings or may change their approach to such filings in a manner that weakens our ability to support our customers. If regulators at any point find that such filings have not been sufficiently maintained, or are insufficient to support clinical trials or drug approvals, as a result we may need to disclose confidential information to our partners to allow them to include such information in their filings. In addition, while we believe our FDA Master File and equivalent Technical Files have the potential to create certain efficiencies and reduce certain regulatory development risks for our customers, there is no guarantee that referencing our FDA Master File or Technical File, as applicable, will result in success in customers’ submissions seeking authorization for clinical trials or marketing authorization. We cannot be certain that the FDA or foreign regulators will not require audits of and information on our ExPERT systems used in the clinic as our partners advance their cellular therapies from preclinical through clinical development toward marketing approval. Such additional information requests and audits of our facilities could result in delays in the development and potential regulatory approval of our partners’ cellular therapy product candidates, affecting timing of milestone payments and our future ability to enter into new SPL agreements. Failure to adequately respond to any such regulatory requests could result in the regulator preventing our electroporation system from being utilized for a partner’s cellular therapy. This could result in our partners not utilizing our ExPERT system for their other clinical programs and negatively impact our ability to enter into partnership agreements with other cellular therapy developers.
 
35

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Risks Related to Our Financial Position and Capital Requirements
We may need additional funding beyond the proceeds of this offering and may be unable to raise capital when needed, which would force us to delay, reduce, eliminate or abandon our commercialization efforts or product development programs.
We cannot be certain that our anticipated cash flow from operations will be sufficient to meet all of our cash requirements or our growth plan. We intend to continue to make investments to support our business growth and may require additional funds to:

expand the commercialization of our products and execute on our growth strategy;

fund our operations and product development;

finance the expansion into new international markets;

expand our manufacturing capabilities;

defend, in litigation or otherwise, any claims that we infringe, misappropriate or otherwise violate third-party patents or other intellectual property rights;

commercialize our new products, if any such products receive regulatory clearance or approval for commercial sale; and

acquire companies and in-license products or intellectual property.
We believe that the net proceeds from this offering, together with our existing cash balances and cash receipts generated from sales of our products, will be sufficient to meet our anticipated cash requirements for the foreseeable future. However, we may need additional funding sooner than expected and our business and future funding requirements can change unpredictably due to a variety of factors, including acquisitions, which could affect our funding needs or cash flows from operations. We may be unable to raise additional funds in a timely manner or on terms that are acceptable to us. If we do not have, or are not able to obtain, sufficient funds, we may have to delay the further development or commercialization of our products. We also may have to reduce marketing, customer support or other resources devoted to our products.
Our results of operations and liquidity needs could be materially and adversely affected by market fluctuations and economic downturn.
Our results of operations and liquidity could be materially and adversely affected by economic conditions generally, both in the United States and elsewhere around the world. Domestic and international equity and debt markets have experienced and may continue to experience heightened volatility and turmoil based on domestic and international economic policies, conditions and concerns. In the event the markets continue to remain volatile, our results of operations and liquidity could be adversely affected by those factors in many ways, including making it more difficult for us to raise funds if necessary, and our stock price may decline. In addition, we maintain significant amounts of cash and cash equivalents at one or more financial institutions, some of which may not be federally insured. If economic instability were to occur, we cannot be certain that we will not experience losses on these cash and cash equivalents.
Our operating results may fluctuate significantly, which makes our future operating results difficult to predict and could cause our operating results to fall below expectations or any guidance we may provide.
Our quarterly and annual operating results may fluctuate significantly, which makes it difficult for us to predict our future operating results. These fluctuations may occur due to a variety of factors, many of which are outside of our control, including, but not limited to:

the level of demand for any of our products, which may vary significantly;

the timing and cost of, and level of investment in, research, development, manufacturing, regulatory approval and commercialization activities relating to our products, which may change from time to time;

the size, seasonality and customer mix of the cell engineering market;

the start, milestone attainment and completion of programs in which our platform is utilized;

sales and marketing efforts and expenses;

the rate at which we grow our sales force and the speed at which newly-hired salespeople become effective;
 
36

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 

changes in the productivity of our sales force;

positive or negative coverage in the media or publications of our products or competitive products;

the cost of manufacturing our products, which may vary depending on the quantity of production and the terms of our arrangements with our suppliers;

the degree of competition in our industry and any change in the competitive landscape of our industry, including the introduction of new products or enhancements or technologies by us or others in the cell engineering market and competition-related pricing pressures;

changes in governmental regulations or in the status of our regulatory approvals or applications;

future accounting pronouncements or changes in our accounting policies;

disruptions to our business and operations or to the business and operations of our suppliers, distributors, and other third parties with whom we conduct business resulting from the COVID-19 pandemic or other widespread health crises;

future global financial crises and economic downturns, including those caused by widespread public health crises; and

general market conditions and other factors, including factors unrelated to our operating performance or the operating performance of our competitors.
The cumulative effects of factors discussed above could result in large fluctuations and unpredictability in our quarterly and annual operating results. As a result, comparing our operating results on a period-to-period basis may not be meaningful. Investors should not rely on our past results as an indication of our future performance. This variability and unpredictability could also result in our failing to meet the expectations of industry or financial analysts or investors for any period. If our revenue or operating results fall below the expectations of analysts or investors or below any guidance we may provide, or if the guidance we provide is below the expectations of analysts or investors, the price of our common stock could decline substantially. Such a stock price decline could occur even when we have met any previously publicly stated guidance we may provide.
Our ability to use our net operating losses, business tax credits and similar tax attributes to offset future taxable income or taxes may be subject to certain limitations.
As of December 31, 2020, we had U.S. federal and state net operating loss carryforwards of $57.8 million and $43.0 million, respectively, and federal research credit carryforwards of $0.9 million. Under current law, U.S. federal net operating losses incurred in tax years beginning after December 31, 2017, may be carried forward indefinitely, but the deductibility of such federal net operating losses in tax years beginning after December 31, 2020 is limited to 80% of taxable income. It is uncertain if and to what extent various states will conform to federal tax laws. In addition, under Sections 382 and 383 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the IRC, and corresponding provisions of state law, if a corporation undergoes an “ownership change,” which generally is defined as a greater than 50% change, by value, in its equity ownership over a three-year period, the corporation’s ability to use its pre-change net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards to offset its post-change income or taxes may be limited. We have experienced ownership changes in the past and we may experience additional ownership changes in the future as a result of subsequent shifts in our stock ownership, including pursuant to this offering, some of which may be outside of our control. If an ownership change occurs and our ability to use our net operating loss carryforwards is materially limited, it would harm our future operating results by effectively increasing our future tax obligations. Similar provisions of state law also may apply to limit the use of our state net operating loss carryforwards. In addition, at the state level, there may be periods during which the use of net operating losses is suspended or otherwise limited, which could accelerate or permanently increase state taxes owed.
Risks Related to Our Operations
A pandemic, epidemic or outbreak of an infectious disease in the United States or worldwide could adversely affect our business and the businesses of our partners. The COVID-19 pandemic has had and could continue to have an adverse impact on our business, operations, and the markets and communities in which we, our partners, and customers operate.
If a pandemic, epidemic or outbreak of an infectious disease occurs in the United States or worldwide, our business may be adversely affected, by, among other things, disrupting the research
 
37

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
and development activities of our customers, disrupting the development of our collaboration partners’ product candidates, disrupting our ability to enter into new collaborations with potential partners in a timely manner, causing disruptions in the operations of our third-party manufacturing organizations upon whom we rely for the production and supply of our products, and causing other disruptions to our operations. The COVID-19 pandemic has caused general business disruption worldwide. As a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, we temporarily closed our headquarters and other offices, and our employees and contractors who are able to perform their duties remotely continue to do so. We have also implemented travel restrictions and other significant changes in how we operate our business. The operations of our partners and customers have likewise been altered. While the duration and extent of the COVID-19 pandemic depends on future developments and potential resurgences that cannot be accurately predicted at this time, such as the extent and effectiveness of containment actions and available vaccines, the pandemic has had an adverse effect on the global economy and the ultimate societal and economic impact of the COVID-19 pandemic remains unknown. The potential impact and duration of the COVID-19 pandemic on the global economy and our business are difficult to assess or predict. Potential impacts, some of which we have already experienced, include:

our customer prospects and our existing customers may experience slowdowns in their businesses, and our academic institution customers may experience decreases in government funding of research and development, which in turn may result in reduced demand for our products, lengthening of sales cycles, loss of customers, difficulties in collections, and inaccurate inventory forecasting;

limitations on our business operations by local, state, provincial and/or federal governments that could impact our ability to sell products to customers, and visit customers for process optimization of their cellular therapies;

delays in negotiations with partners and potential partners;

interruption of or delays in receiving supplies from the third parties we rely on to manufacture components to our products, which may impair our ability to sell our products;

interruption of or delays in installation of our products for our customers and partners;

interruption of or delays in the shipments of purchased products to customers or to our distribution partners;

decreased employee productivity and morale, with increased employee attrition and risk of a cyberattack resulting from our employees working from home;

disruptions and significant costs to our growth planning, such as for facilities and international expansion;

costs in fully returning to work from our facilities around the world, including changes to the workplace, such as space planning, food service and amenities;

legal liability for safe workplace claims;

loss of critical vendors or third-party partners, which may go out of business; and

continued cancellation of in-person marketing events, including industry conferences, and prolonged delays in our ability to reschedule or conduct in-person marketing events and other sales and marketing activities.
The impact of any of the foregoing, individually or collectively, could adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations. Moreover, to the extent the COVID-19 pandemic adversely affects our business, financial condition, and results of operations, it may also have the effect of heightening many of the other risks described in this “Risk Factors” section.
Significant disruptions of information technology systems or breaches of information security could adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.
We rely to a large extent upon sophisticated information technology systems to operate our business. In the ordinary course of business, we collect, store and transmit large amounts of information (including but not limited to, confidential information, employee data, customer information, personal data and intellectual property). We also have outsourced significant elements of our operations to third parties, including significant elements of our information technology infrastructure and, as a result, we are managing many independent vendor relationships with third parties who may or could have access to our information. The size and complexity of our information security systems, and those of our
 
38

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
third-party vendors with whom we contract (and the large amounts of information that is present on them), make such systems potentially vulnerable to service interruptions or to security breaches from inadvertent or intentional actions by our employees or vendors, or from malicious attacks by third parties.
Cyberattacks could include the deployment of harmful malware, ransomware, denial-of-service attacks, social engineering and other means to affect service reliability and threaten the confidentiality, integrity and availability of information. Cyberattacks also could include phishing attempts or e-mail fraud to cause unauthorized payments or information to be transmitted to an unintended recipient, or to permit unauthorized access to systems. Such attacks are of ever-increasing levels of sophistication and are made by groups and individuals with a wide range of motives (including, but not limited to, industrial espionage and market manipulation) and expertise. While we have invested significantly in the protection of data and information technology, there can be no assurance that our efforts will prevent service interruptions or security breaches. Any cyberattack or security incident that leads to unauthorized access, acquisition, use or disclosure of personal or proprietary information could harm our reputation, cause us not to comply with U.S. federal and/or state, or non-U.S., data breach notification laws, or our contractual obligations, and otherwise subject us to liability under laws and regulations that protect the privacy and security of personal information. In addition, we could be subject to regulatory actions and/or claims made by individuals and groups in private litigation related to data collection and use practices and other data privacy laws and regulations, including claims for misuse or inappropriate disclosure of data, as well as unfair or deceptive practices. Although we have cyber-insurance coverage that may cover certain events described above, this insurance is subject to deductibles and coverage limitations and we may not be able to maintain this insurance. Also, it is possible that claims could exceed the limits of our coverage. Any interruption or breach in our systems could adversely affect our business operations and/or result in the loss of information, including confidential information, employee data, customer information, personal information or intellectual property, and could result in financial, legal, business and reputational harm to us or allow third parties to gain material, inside information that they use to trade in our securities.
We are highly dependent on our senior management team and key personnel and our business could be harmed if we are unable to attract and retain personnel necessary for our success.
We are highly dependent on our senior management team and key personnel. Our success will depend on our ability to retain senior management and to attract and retain qualified personnel in the future, including sales, marketing, scientific and technical professionals, and to integrate current and additional personnel in all departments. The loss of members of our senior management, sales, marketing, scientific and technical professionals could result in lower than expected sales and delays in product development. If we are not successful in attracting and retaining highly qualified personnel, it would have a negative impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Competition for skilled personnel in our market is intense and may limit our ability to hire and retain highly qualified personnel on acceptable terms, or at all. To induce valuable employees to remain at our company, in addition to salary and cash incentives, we have issued, and will in the future issue, equity awards that vest over time. The value to employees of equity awards that vest over time may be significantly affected by movements in our stock price that are beyond our control and may at any time be insufficient to counteract more lucrative offers from other companies. Despite our efforts to retain valuable employees, they may terminate their employment with us on short notice. Our employment arrangements with our employees provide for at-will employment, which means that any of our employees could leave our employment at any time, with or without notice.
Many of the other cell engineering or therapeutic development companies that we compete against for qualified personnel have greater financial and other resources, different risk profiles and a longer history in the industry than we do. They may also provide more diverse opportunities, better chances for career advancement and higher compensation. Some of these characteristics are more appealing to high-quality candidates than what we can offer. Further, if we hire employees from competitors or other companies, their former employers may attempt to assert that these employees or we have breached legal obligations, resulting in a diversion of our time and resources and, potentially, damages.
 
39

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
In addition, job candidates and existing employees often consider the value of the equity awards they receive in connection with their employment. If the perceived benefits of our stock awards decline, either because we are a public company or for other reasons, it may harm our ability to recruit and retain highly skilled employees. Many of our employees have become or will soon become vested in a substantial amount of their equity awards. Our employees may be more likely to leave us if the equity they own have significantly appreciated in value relative to the original purchase prices of the shares, or if the exercise prices of the options that they hold are significantly below the market price of our common stock, particularly after the expiration of the lock-up agreements described herein.
Our future success also depends on our ability to continue to attract and retain additional executive officers and other key employees as we expand our business and operations. If we fail to attract new personnel or fail to retain and motivate our current personnel, it will negatively affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
We have increased the size of our organization and expect to further increase it in the future, and we may experience difficulties in managing our growth. If we are unable to manage the anticipated growth of our business, our future revenue and operating results may be harmed.
As of March 31, 2021, we had 65 full-time employees. As our sales and marketing strategies develop and as we transition into operating as a public company on a U.S. exchange, we expect to need additional managerial, operational, sales, marketing, financial and other personnel. Future growth would impose significant added responsibilities on members of management, including:

identifying, recruiting, integrating, maintaining and motivating additional employees;

managing our internal development efforts effectively, while complying with our contractual obligations to contractors and other third parties; and

improving our operational, financial and management controls, reporting systems and procedures.
Since our inception, we have experienced growth and anticipate further growth in our business operations both inside and outside the United States. This future growth could strain our organizational, administrative and operational infrastructure, including quality control, operational, finance, customer service and sales organization management. We expect to continue to increase our headcount and to hire more specialized personnel in the future as we grow our business. We will need to continue to hire, train and manage additional qualified scientists, engineers, technical personnel and sales and marketing staff and improve and maintain our products to properly manage our growth. Rapid expansion in personnel could mean that less experienced people develop, market and sell our products, which could result in inefficiencies and unanticipated costs, reduced quality and disruptions to our operations. If our new hires perform poorly, if we are unsuccessful in hiring, training, managing and integrating these new employees or if we are not successful in retaining our employees, our business may be harmed. We may not be able to maintain the quality or expected turnaround times of our products or satisfy customer demand as it grows. Our ability to manage our growth properly will require us to continue to improve our operational, financial and management controls, as well as our reporting systems and procedures. The time and resources required to implement these new systems and procedures is uncertain, and failure to complete this in a timely, efficient and effective manner could adversely affect our operations.
Our officers, employees, independent contractors, consultants and commercial partners may engage in misconduct or activities that are improper under other laws and regulations, or make significant errors, which would create liability for us.
We are exposed to the risk that our officers, employees, independent contractors, consultants, commercial partners, suppliers, and third-party distributors may engage in fraudulent conduct or other illegal activity. Misconduct by these parties could include intentional, reckless or negligent conduct or disclosure of unauthorized activities to us. These laws and regulations may restrict or prohibit a wide range of pricing, discounting, marketing and promotion, sales commission, customer incentive programs and other business arrangements. Misconduct by these parties could also involve the improper use of individually identifiable information, which could result in regulatory sanctions and serious harm to our reputation. While we have programs in place to address this conduct, it is not always possible to identify and deter misconduct, and the precautions we take to detect and prevent this activity may not
 
40

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
be effective in controlling unknown or unmanaged risks or losses or in protecting us from governmental investigations or other actions or lawsuits stemming from a failure to be in compliance with such laws or regulations. If any such actions are instituted against us, and we are not successful in defending ourselves or asserting our rights, those actions could have a significant impact on our business, including the imposition of significant civil, criminal, and administrative penalties, including without limitation, damages, fines, imprisonment, exclusion from participation in government healthcare programs, and the curtailment or restructuring of our operations.
If we were to be sued for product liability, we could face substantial liabilities that exceed our resources, limit sales of our existing products and limit commercialization of any products that we may develop.
The marketing, sale and use of our products could lead to the filing of product liability claims where someone may allege that our products identified inaccurate or incomplete information or otherwise failed to perform as designed. We may also be subject to liability for errors in, a misunderstanding of or inappropriate reliance upon, the information we provide in the ordinary course of our business activities. A product liability claim could result in substantial damages and be costly and time-consuming for us to defend. If we cannot successfully defend ourselves against product liability claims, we will incur substantial liabilities and reputational harm. In addition, regardless of merit or eventual outcome, product liability claims may result in:

substantial litigation costs;

distraction of management’s attention from our primary business;

the inability to commercialize our products or new products;

decreased demand for our products;

damage to our business reputation;

product recalls or withdrawals from the market;

loss of sales; or

termination of existing agreements by our partners and potential partners failing to partner with us.
We maintain product liability insurance, but this insurance may not fully protect us from the financial impact of defending against product liability claims. Any product liability claim brought against us, with or without merit, could increase our insurance rates or prevent us from securing insurance coverage in the future.
While we may attempt to manage our product liability exposure by proactively recalling or withdrawing from the market any defective products, any recall or market withdrawal of our products may delay the supply of those products to our customers and may impact our reputation. We may not be successful in initiating appropriate market recall or market withdrawal efforts that may be required in the future and these efforts may not have the intended effect of preventing product malfunctions and the accompanying product liability that may result. Such recalls and withdrawals may also harm our reputation with customers, which could negatively affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
If our customers fail to safely and appropriately use our products, or if we are unable to train our customers on the safe and appropriate use of our products, our reputation may be negatively impacted and we may be unable to achieve our expected sales, growth or profitability.
An important part of our sales process includes training our customers on how to safely and appropriately use our products. If our customers are not properly trained, they may misuse or ineffectively use our products. Any improper use of our products may result in unsatisfactory outcomes, negative publicity or lawsuits against us, any of which could harm our reputation and affect future product sales. Even if our products are used improperly by customers, we may face reputational damage if our products are associated with negative outcomes or injuries. Damage to our reputation could make it more difficult for us to sell our products and enter into new partnerships. Accordingly, if our customers fail to safely and appropriately use our products or if we are unable to train our customers on the safe and appropriate use of our products, our reputation may be negatively impacted and we may be unable to achieve our expected sales, growth or profitability.
 
41

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Litigation and other legal proceedings may harm our business.
While we have never been involved in legal proceedings relating to patent and other intellectual property matters, product liability claims, employee claims, tort or contract claims, federal or state regulatory investigations, securities class actions and other legal proceedings or investigations, we may become involved in such legal proceedings which could have a negative impact on our reputation, business and financial condition and divert the attention of our management from the operation of our business. Litigation is inherently unpredictable and can result in excessive or unanticipated verdicts and/or injunctive relief that affect how we operate our business. We could incur judgments or enter into settlements of claims for monetary damages or for agreements to change the way we operate our business, or both. There may be an increase in the scope of these matters or there may be additional lawsuits, claims, proceedings or investigations in the future, which could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations. Adverse publicity about regulatory or legal action against us could damage our reputation and brand image, undermine our customers’ confidence and reduce long-term demand for our products, even if the regulatory or legal action is unfounded or not material to our operations.
Business disruptions could seriously harm our future revenue and financial condition and increase our costs and expenses.
Our operations (including our manufacturing operations) and the operations of our distribution partners could be subject to earthquakes, power shortages, telecommunications failures, water shortages, floods, hurricanes, typhoons, fires, extreme weather conditions, medical epidemics and pandemics, including the COVID-19 pandemic, and other natural or man-made disasters or business interruptions, for which we are predominantly self-insured. Our ability to obtain components for our products could be disrupted if the operations of our suppliers were affected by a man-made or natural disaster or other business interruption, including interruptions related to the COVID-19 pandemic. The occurrence of any of these business disruptions could seriously harm our operations and financial condition and increase our costs and expenses.
We manufacture our ExPERT instruments at our manufacturing facilities located in Maryland, and we rely on various suppliers in the United States. Should our manufacturing facilities or the facilities of our suppliers be damaged or destroyed by natural or man-made disasters, such as earthquakes, fires or other events, or should events such as political unrest unfold, it could take months to relocate or rebuild, during which time our manufacturing and the operations of our suppliers would cease or be delayed and our products may be unavailable. The inability to perform our manufacturing activities, combined with our limited inventory of materials and components and manufactured products, or the inability of our suppliers to continue their operations, may cause us to be unable to meet customer demand or harm our reputation, and we may be unable to reestablish relationships with such customers in the future. Consequently, a catastrophic event or business interruption at our manufacturing facilities or at our suppliers’ facilities could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Our insurance policies are expensive and protect us only from some business risks, which leaves us exposed to significant uninsured liabilities.
We do not carry insurance for all categories of risk that our business may encounter. Although we have general and product liability insurance that we believe is appropriate, this insurance is subject to deductibles and coverage limitations. Our current product liability insurance may not continue to be available to us on acceptable terms, if at all, and, if available, coverage may not be adequate to protect us against any future product liability claims. If we are unable to obtain insurance at an acceptable cost or on acceptable terms or otherwise protect against potential product liability claims, we could be exposed to significant liabilities. A product liability claim, recall or other claim with respect to uninsured liabilities or for amounts in excess of insured liabilities could negatively affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. We do not carry specific hazardous waste insurance coverage, and our property, casualty and general liability insurance policies specifically exclude coverage for damages and fines arising from hazardous waste exposure or contamination. Accordingly, in the event of contamination or injury, we could be held liable for damages or be penalized with fines in an amount exceeding our resources, and our clinical trials or regulatory approvals could be suspended. Although we carry cyber insurance, the coverage may not be sufficient to cover our losses in the event of a security
 
42

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
incident that results in any data loss, deletion or destruction; unauthorized access to, or acquisition, disclosure or exposure of information; or compromise related to the security, confidentiality, integrity or availability of information technology, software, services, communications or data.
We also expect that operating as a public company in the United States will make it more difficult and more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required to accept reduced policy limits and coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain the same or similar coverage. As a result, it may be more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified people to serve on our board of directors, on our board committees or as executive officers. We do not know, however, if we will be able to maintain existing insurance with adequate levels of coverage. Any significant uninsured liability may require us to pay substantial amounts, which would negatively affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
The majority of our operations are currently conducted at a single location and any disruption at our facility could negatively impact our operations and increase our expenses.
Our headquarters in Maryland contains most of our corporate and administrative functions, the majority of our research, and all of our in-house manufacturing, inventory and distribution functions. A natural or other disaster, such as a fire or flood, could cause substantial delays in our operations, damage or destroy our manufacturing equipment or inventory, and cause us to incur additional expenses. The insurance we maintain against fires, floods and other natural disasters may not be adequate to cover our losses in any particular case. With or without insurance, damage to our manufacturing facility or our other property, or to any of our suppliers, due to fire, flood or other natural disaster or casualty event may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
We may face exposure to foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations.
Our results of operations and cash flows are subject to fluctuations due to changes in foreign currency exchange rates, particularly changes in the Euro and the British pound. We expect our non-U.S. operations to continue to grow in the near term and we are continually monitoring our foreign currency exposure to determine if we should consider a hedging program. Today, our non-U.S. contracts are generally denominated in U.S. dollars, while our non-U.S. operating expenses are often denominated in local currencies. Additionally, as we expand our non-U.S. operations, a larger portion of our operating expenses may be denominated in local currencies. Therefore, increases in the value of the U.S. dollar and decreases in the value of foreign currencies could result in the dollar equivalent of our revenue being lower, which would negatively affect our reported results of operations.
Risks Related to our Intellectual Property
Our ability to compete and the success of our business could be jeopardized if we are unable to protect our intellectual property adequately.
Our success depends to a degree upon the protection of our proprietary technology and obtaining, maintaining and enforcing our intellectual property and other proprietary rights. We rely on a combination of trade secrets, patents, copyrights, trademarks and contractual provisions with employees, contract manufacturers, consultants, customers and other third parties to establish and protect our intellectual property rights, all of which offer only limited protection. Other parties may not comply with the terms of their agreements with us, and we may not be able to enforce our rights adequately against these parties.
Although we enter into confidentiality, assignments of proprietary rights and license agreements, as appropriate, with our employees and third parties, including our contract manufacturers, contract engineering firms, and generally control access to and distribution of our technologies, documentation and other proprietary information, we cannot be certain that the steps we take to prevent unauthorized use of our intellectual property rights are sufficient to prevent their misappropriation, particularly in foreign countries where laws or law enforcement practices may not protect our intellectual property rights as fully as in the United States. In addition, we rely on trade secrets and know-how to protect certain of our technologies, especially where we do not believe patent protection is appropriate or obtainable. However, trade secrets and know-how are difficult to protect, as trade secrets do not protect against independent development of a technology by third parties. Although we use reasonable efforts to protect our trade secrets and know-how, our employees and third parties to whom our trade secrets
 
43

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
and know-how are disclosed may unintentionally or willfully disclose our information to competitors. Enforcing a claim that a third-party entity illegally obtained and is using any of our trade secrets is expensive and time-consuming, and the outcome is unpredictable. In addition, courts outside the United States are sometimes less willing to protect trade secrets. Moreover, our competitors may independently develop equivalent knowledge, methods and know-how.
If competitors are able to use our technology, our ability to compete effectively could be harmed. For example, if a competitor were to gain use of certain of our proprietary technology, it might be able to develop and manufacture similarly designed solutions at a reduced cost, which would result in a decrease in demand for our products.
Furthermore, we have adopted a strategy of seeking limited patent protection both in the United States and in foreign countries with respect to the technologies used in or relating to our products. Although we generally apply for patents in those countries where we expect to have material sales of our patented products, we may not accurately predict all of the countries where patent protection will ultimately be desirable. If we fail to timely file a patent application in any such country, we may be precluded from doing so at a later date. We do not know whether any of our pending patent applications will result in the issuance of patents or whether the examination process will require us to narrow our claims, and even if patents are issued, they may be contested, circumvented, modified, revoked, found to be unenforceable, or invalidated over the course of our business. Moreover, the rights granted under any issued patents may not provide us with proprietary protection, barriers to entry or competitive advantages, and, as with any technology, competitors may be able to develop and obtain patents for technologies that are similar to or superior to our technologies. If that happens, we may need to license these technologies and we may not be able to obtain licenses on reasonable terms, if at all, thereby causing great harm to our business. Additionally, the determination that a patent application or patent claim meets all of the requirements for patentability is a subjective determination based on the application of law and jurisprudence. The ultimate determination by the United States Patent and Trademark Office, or the USPTO, or by a court or other trier of fact in the United States, or corresponding foreign national patent offices or courts, on whether a claim meets all requirements of patentability cannot be assured. Accordingly, we cannot predict the breadth of claims that may be allowed or enforced in our patents or patent applications, in our licensed patents or patent applications or in third-party patents. Moreover, patents have a limited term, and certain of our patents have recently or will expire in the near future.
We rely on our trademarks, trade names, and brand names to distinguish our products from the products of our competitors and have registered or applied to register many of these trademarks. We cannot assure you that our trademark applications will be approved. Third parties may also oppose our trademark applications, or otherwise challenge our use of the trademarks. In the event that our trademarks are successfully challenged, we could be forced to rebrand our products, which could result in loss of brand recognition, and could require us to devote resources to the advertising and marketing of new brands.
Legal proceedings to assert our intellectual property rights could be costly and could impair our operations.
Even in those instances where we have determined that another party is breaching our intellectual property and other proprietary rights, enforcing our legal rights with respect to such breach may be expensive and difficult. We may need to engage in litigation to enforce or defend our intellectual property and other proprietary rights, which could result in substantial costs and diversion of management resources. Further, many of our current and potential competitors are substantially larger than we are and have the ability to dedicate substantially greater resources to defending any claims by us that they have breached our intellectual property rights. If we are unsuccessful in enforcing our intellectual property rights, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
We may be sued by third parties for alleged infringement of their proprietary rights, which could be costly, time-consuming and limit our ability to use certain technologies in the future or to develop future products.
We may be subject to claims that our technologies infringe upon the intellectual property or other proprietary rights of third parties. Any claims, even those without merit, could be time-consuming and
 
44

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
expensive, and could divert our management’s attention away from the execution of our business plan. Moreover, any settlement or adverse judgment resulting from the claim could require us to pay substantial amounts or obtain a license to continue to use the technology that is the subject of the claim, or otherwise restrict or prohibit our use of the technology. There can be no assurance that we would be able to obtain a license from the third party asserting the claim on commercially reasonable terms, if at all, that we would be able to develop alternative technology on a timely basis, if at all, or that we would be able to obtain a license to use a suitable alternative technology to permit us to continue offering, and our customers to continue using, our affected product.
Changes in U.S. patent law could diminish the value of patents in general, thereby impairing our ability to protect our products.
Depending on future actions by the U.S. Congress, the federal courts, and the USPTO, the laws and regulations governing patents could change in unpredictable ways that could weaken our ability to obtain new patents or to enforce our existing patents and patents that we might obtain in the future. We cannot predict how this and future decisions by the courts, the U.S. Congress or the USPTO may impact the value of our patents. Any similar adverse changes in the patent laws of other jurisdictions could also harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
We may be obligated to disclose our proprietary technology to our customers, which may limit our ability to protect our intellectual property.
Certain customer agreements contain provisions permitting the customer to become a party to, or a beneficiary of, a technology escrow agreement under which we place proprietary know-how and source code for our products in escrow with a third party. Under these escrow agreements, the know-how and source code to the applicable product may be released to the customer, typically for its use to further develop, maintain, modify and enhance the product, upon the occurrence of specified events, such as our filing for bankruptcy and breaching our representations, warranties or covenants of our agreements with our customers. Disclosing this know-how and source code may limit the intellectual property protection we can obtain or maintain for that know-how or source code or the products embodying or containing that know-how or source code and may facilitate intellectual property infringement claims against us. Each of these could harm our business, results of operations and financial condition.
Risks Related to This Offering and Our Common Stock
There has been no prior market for our common stock in the United States and an active trading market for our common stock may not develop in the United States.
Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for shares of our common stock in the United States. However, since 2016, our common stock has traded on AIM under the symbol “MXCT,” as well as other symbols, of which “MXCN” is currently active, and following this offering will continue to trade on AIM. We cannot predict when or whether investor interest in our common stock might lead to an increase in its market price or the development of a more active trading market. The U.S. initial public offering price for our common stock will be determined through negotiations with the underwriters based on a number of factors, including the historic trading prices of our common stock on AIM, that might not be indicative of prices that will prevail in the trading market for our common stock in the United States. While we have applied to list our shares of common stock on the Nasdaq Global Market, an active trading market for our shares in the United States may never develop or be sustained following this offering. If an active market for our common stock does not develop, it may be difficult to sell shares purchased in this offering without depressing the market price for the shares, or at all.
In addition, the stock markets have experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that have affected and continue to affect the market prices of equity securities of listed companies. Stock prices of many newly public companies have fluctuated in a manner unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of those companies. In the past, stockholders have instituted securities class action litigation following periods of market volatility. If we were to become involved in securities litigation, it could subject us to substantial costs, divert resources and the attention of management from our business and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
45

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Upon the completion of this offering, our common stock will be traded on two separate stock markets and investors seeking to take advantage of price differences between such markets may create unexpected volatility in our share price; in addition, investors may not be able to easily move shares for trading between such markets.
Our shares of common stock are already admitted to and traded on AIM and we have applied to list our common stock on The Nasdaq Global Market. Price levels for our common stock may fluctuate significantly on either market, independent of our common stock price on the other market. Investors could seek to sell or buy our common stock to take advantage of any price differences between the two markets through a practice referred to as arbitrage. Any arbitrage activity could create unexpected volatility in both our common stock prices on either exchange and the volumes of shares of our common stock available for trading on either exchange. In addition, holders of common stock on either market will not be immediately able to transfer such common stock for trading on the other market without effecting necessary procedures with our transfer agent. This could result in time delays and additional cost for our stockholders. Further, if we are unable to continue to meet the regulatory requirements for admission to AIM or listing on the Nasdaq Global Market, we may lose our admission to AIM or listing on the Nasdaq Global Market, which could impair the liquidity of shares of our common stock. Investors whose source of funds for the purchase of shares of our common stock is denominated in a currency other than U.S. Dollars may also be adversely affected by fluctuations in the exchange rate between such currency and the U.S. Dollar.
Securities traded on AIM may carry a higher risk than securities traded on other exchanges, which may impact the value of your investment.
Our shares of common stock are currently traded on AIM. Investment in equities traded on AIM is sometimes perceived to carry a higher risk than an investment in equities quoted on exchanges with more stringent listing requirements, such as the main market of the London Stock Exchange, New York Stock Exchange or Nasdaq. This is because AIM is less heavily regulated, imposes less stringent corporate governance and ongoing reporting requirements than those other exchanges. In addition, AIM requires only half-yearly, rather than quarterly, financial reporting. You should be aware that the value of our shares of common stock may be influenced by many factors, some of which may be specific to us and some of which may affect AIM companies generally, including the depth and liquidity of the market, our performance, a large or small volume of trading in our shares of common stock, legislative changes and general economic, political or regulatory conditions, and that the prices may be volatile and subject to extensive fluctuations. Therefore, the current market price of our shares of common stock may not reflect the underlying value of our company.
The price of our common stock is likely to be volatile and may fluctuate due to factors beyond our control.
The market price of our common stock may be highly volatile and may fluctuate or decline substantially as a result of a variety of factors, some of which are beyond our control, including:

actual or anticipated fluctuations in our financial condition or results of operations;

variance in our financial performance from expectations of securities analysts;

changes in our projected operating and financial results;

announcements by us or our competitors of significant business developments, acquisitions, or new offerings;

announcements by our partners on clinical development delays for products being enabled by our technology;

announcements or concerns regarding real or perceived safety or efficacy issues with our products or similar products of our competitors;

adoption of new regulations applicable to our industry or the expectations concerning future regulatory developments;

our involvement in litigation;

future sales of our common stock by us or our stockholders, as well as the anticipation of lock-up releases;

changes in senior management or key personnel;

the trading volume of our common stock;
 
46

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 

changes in the anticipated future size and growth rate of our market; and

general economic and market conditions.
Broad market and industry fluctuations, as well as general economic, political, regulatory and market conditions, may also negatively impact the market price of our common stock.
If securities or industry analysts do not publish research, or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research, about our business, the price of our common stock and our trading volume could decline.
The trading market for our common stock will depend in part on the research and reports that securities or industry analysts publish about us or our business. If no or too few securities or industry analysts commence coverage of us, the trading price for our common stock could be negatively affected. In the event securities or industry analysts initiate coverage, if one or more of the analysts who cover us downgrade our common stock or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, the price of our common stock could decline. If one or more of these analysts cease coverage of us or fail to publish reports on us regularly, demand for our common stock could decrease, which might cause the price of our common stock and trading volume to decline.
We will incur increased costs as a result of operating as a U.S.-listed public company, and our management and board of directors will be required to devote substantial time to new compliance initiatives and corporate governance practices.
As a U.S.-listed public company, we will incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company or as a company with shares traded only on AIM. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, the listing requirements of the Nasdaq Global Market, and other applicable securities rules and regulations impose various requirements on public companies, including the establishment and maintenance of effective disclosure and financial controls and corporate governance practices. In addition, our shares of common stock are currently traded on AIM and will continue to be subject to AIM’s admission and compliance requirements, which differ in many respects from the requirements of the Nasdaq Global Market and U.S. securities rules.
Our management, board of directors and other personnel will need to devote a substantial amount of time to these compliance initiatives. Moreover, these rules and regulations will increase our legal and financial compliance costs and will make some activities more time-consuming and costly. For example, we expect that these rules and regulations may make it more difficult and more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, which in turn could make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified members of our management and board of directors. However, these rules and regulations are often subject to varying interpretations, in many cases due to their lack of specificity, and, as a result, their application in practice may evolve over time as new guidance is provided by regulatory and governing bodies. This could result in continuing uncertainty regarding compliance matters and higher costs necessitated by ongoing revisions to disclosure and governance practices.
Future sales of our common stock in the public market could cause our share price to fall.
Sales of a substantial number of shares of our common stock in the public market after this offering, or the perception that these sales might occur, could depress the market price of our common stock and could impair our ability to raise capital through the sale of additional equity securities. Upon the closing of this offering, we will have 96,689,559 shares of common stock outstanding, assuming no exercise of outstanding options or the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares.
All of the shares of common stock sold in this offering will be freely tradable without restrictions or further registration under the Securities Act of 1933, or the Securities Act, as amended, except for any shares held by our affiliates as defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. A total of 1,487,486 shares of common stock outstanding immediately after this offering, or 1.5%, will be restricted as a result of securities laws, lock-up agreements or other contractual restrictions that restrict transfers for 90 days after the date of this prospectus. Of the remaining shares outstanding, 94,872,073 shares will remain freely tradeable and 330,000 shares will become freely tradeable after the distribution compliance period pursuant to Regulation S under the Securities Act.
 
47

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Cowen and Company, LLC, Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated and William Blair & Company, L.L.C. may, in their sole discretion, release all or some portion of the shares subject to lock-up agreements with the underwriters prior to expiration of the lock-up period. See “Shares Eligible for Future Sale.”
We intend to file a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register shares for issuance under our equity incentive plans, including our Long-Term Incentive Plan, or LTIP, 2021 Equity Incentive Plan and employee stock purchase plan. Each of these plans provides for automatic increases in the shares reserved for issuance under the plan which could result in additional dilution to our stockholders. Once we register these shares, they can be freely sold in the public market upon issuance and vesting, subject to any lock-up restrictions of the holder.
Because we do not expect to pay dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future, capital appreciation, if any, would be your sole source of gain.
We have never declared or paid any dividends on our common stock. We currently anticipate that we will retain future earnings for the development, operation and expansion of our business and do not anticipate declaring or paying any cash dividends for the foreseeable future. The decision to pay future dividends to stockholders will be at the discretion of our board of directors after taking into account various factors including our business prospects, cash requirements, financial performance and new product development. Accordingly, investors cannot rely on dividend income from our common stock and any returns on an investment in our common stock will likely depend entirely upon any future appreciation in the price of our common stock.
If you purchase common stock in this offering, you will suffer immediate dilution of your investment.
The assumed initial public offering price of our common stock is substantially higher than the net tangible book value per share. Therefore, if you purchase common stock in this offering, you will pay a price per share that substantially exceeds the book value of our tangible assets, after subtracting our liabilities, after this offering. Based on the assumed initial public offering price of $12.50 per share, which is the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, you will experience immediate dilution of $10.25 per share, representing the difference between our net tangible book value per share after giving effect to this offering and the assumed initial public offering price. In addition, purchasers of common stock in this offering will have contributed approximately 51.4% of the aggregate price paid by all purchasers of our common stock in the last five years but will own only approximately 17.8% of the shares of our common stock purchased in the last five years. To the extent options are exercised, you will incur further dilution. See the section of this prospectus titled “Dilution” for more information.
Provisions in our governing documents will require disclosure of information about stockholders that would not otherwise be required to be disclosed under applicable U.S. state or federal laws.
In accordance with the AIM Rules for Companies published by the London Stock Exchange, or the AIM Rules, we are required to disclose information regarding the legal and beneficial owners of three percent or more of our outstanding common stock. In order to allow us to comply with the AIM Rules, our certificate of incorporation contains a provision requiring any legal or beneficial owner of three percent or more of the voting power attributable to our outstanding common stock to notify us of his, her or its holdings, as well as of any change in his, her or its legal or beneficial ownership above three percent of our outstanding common stock, which increases or decreases his, her or its holding through any single percentage. Comparatively, none of the U.S. state or federal laws that will be applicable to us after the offering or the rules of Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC, or the Nasdaq Global Market require stockholders to report this beneficial ownership information to us or us to disclose this information to the public or a regulatory body. We are required to make this information public in the United Kingdom under the AIM Rules.
We have broad discretion in the use of the net proceeds from this offering and may not use them effectively.
Our management will have broad discretion in the application of the net proceeds from this offering and could spend the proceeds in ways that do not improve our results of operations or enhance the value of our common stock. We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering to:
 
48

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
(i) continue making investments in research and development efforts; (ii) continue making investments in building our business development, sales and applications teams and marketing our products to new and existing partners in attractive global markets, as well as for general corporate purposes, including working capital, operating expenses and capital expenditures; (iii) further invest to in-source and automate manufacturing to support our cell therapy customers; (iv) scale our process development capabilities via investment in laboratory space, equipment and addition of scientific resources; and (v) commercialize our VLX Large-Scale Transfection System under the ExPERT family of products to facilitate potential expansion into adjacent markets. The failure by our management to apply these funds effectively could result in financial losses that could have an adverse effect on our business, cause the price of our common stock to decline and delay the development of our product candidates. Pending their use, we may invest the net proceeds from this offering in a manner that does not produce income or that loses value.
We are an “emerging growth company,” and we cannot be certain if the reduced reporting requirements applicable to “emerging growth companies” will make our common stock less attractive to investors.
We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act, and we may take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not “emerging growth companies,” including the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, or Section 404, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. Pursuant to Section 107 of the JOBS Act, as an emerging growth company, we have elected to use the extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. As a result, our financial statements may not be comparable to the financial statements of issuers who are required to comply with the effective dates for new or revised accounting standards that are applicable to public companies, which may make our common stock less attractive to investors. In addition, if we cease to be an emerging growth company, we will no longer be able to use the extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards.
We will remain an emerging growth company until the earliest of: (1) the last day of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of this offering; (2) the last day of the first fiscal year in which our annual gross revenue is $1.07 billion or more; (3) the date on which we have, during the previous rolling three-year period, issued more than $1 billion in non-convertible debt securities; and (4) the last day of the fiscal year in which the market value of our common stock held by non-affiliates exceeded $700 million as of June 30 of such fiscal year.
We cannot predict if investors will find our common stock less attractive if we choose to rely on these exemptions. For example, if we do not adopt a new or revised accounting standard, our future results of operations may not be as comparable to the results of operations of certain other companies in our industry that adopted such standards. If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock, and our stock price may be more volatile.
If we fail to maintain an effective system of internal control over financial reporting, we may not be able to accurately report our financial results or prevent fraud. As a result, stockholders could lose confidence in our financial and other public reporting, which would harm our business and the trading price of our common stock.
Effective internal controls over financial reporting are necessary for us to provide reliable financial reports and, together with adequate disclosure controls and procedures, are designed to prevent fraud. Any failure to implement required new or improved controls, or difficulties encountered in their implementation could cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations. In addition, any testing by us conducted in connection with Section 404, or any subsequent testing by our independent registered public accounting firm, may reveal deficiencies in our internal controls over financial reporting that are deemed to be material weaknesses or that may require prospective or retroactive changes to our financial statements or identify other areas for further attention or improvement. Inferior internal controls
 
49

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
could also cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial information, which could have a negative effect on the trading price of our common stock.
We will be required to disclose changes made in our internal controls and procedures on a quarterly basis and our management will be required to assess the effectiveness of these controls annually. However, for as long as we are an “emerging growth company” under the JOBS Act, our independent registered public accounting firm will not be required to attest to the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404. We could be an “emerging growth company” for up to five years. An independent assessment of the effectiveness of our internal controls could detect problems that our management’s assessment might not. Undetected material weaknesses in our internal controls could lead to financial statement restatements and require us to incur the expense of remediation.
Anti-takeover provisions in our charter documents and under Delaware law could make an acquisition of our company more difficult, limit attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management and limit the market price of our common stock.
Provisions in our fifteenth amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, as they will be in effect upon the completion of this offering, and provisions of Delaware law applicable to us, may have the effect of delaying or preventing a change of control or changes in our management. Our fifteenth amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will include provisions that:

authorize our board of directors to issue, without further action by the stockholders, shares of undesignated preferred stock with terms, rights, and preferences determined by our board of directors that may be senior to our common stock;

require that any action to be taken by our stockholders be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting and not by written consent;

specify that special meetings of our stockholders can be called only by our board of directors, the chairperson of our board of directors, or our chief executive officer;

establish an advance notice procedure for stockholder proposals to be brought before an annual meeting, including proposed nominations of persons for election to our board of directors;

establish that our board of directors is divided into three classes, with each class serving three-year staggered terms;

prohibit cumulative voting in the election of directors;

provide that our directors may be removed (i) with or without cause, upon the vote of at least 50% of the outstanding shares of voting stock or (ii) with cause, by the affirmative vote or consent of at least two-thirds of the other members of our board of directors; and

provide that vacancies on our board of directors may be filled only by a majority of directors then in office, even though less than a quorum.
These provisions may frustrate or prevent any attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management by making it more difficult for stockholders to replace members of our board of directors, which is responsible for appointing the members of our management. In addition, because we are incorporated in Delaware, we are governed by the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which generally, subject to certain exceptions, prohibits a Delaware corporation from engaging in any of a broad range of business combinations with any “interested” stockholder for a period of three years following the date on which the stockholder became an “interested” stockholder.
Our fifteenth amended and restated certificate of incorporation designates the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware and, to the extent enforceable, the federal district courts of the United States of America as the exclusive forums for substantially all disputes between us and our stockholders, which will restrict our stockholders’ ability to choose the judicial forum for disputes with us or our directors, officers, or employees.
Our fifteenth amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware (or, if and only if the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware lacks subject matter jurisdiction, any state court located within the State of Delaware or, if and only if all such state
 
50

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
courts lack subject matter jurisdiction, the federal district court for the District of Delaware) is the exclusive forum for the following types of actions or proceedings under Delaware statutory or common law:

any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf;

any action asserting a breach of a fiduciary duty;

any action asserting a claim against us arising pursuant to the Delaware General Corporation Law, our fifteenth amended and restated certificate of incorporation, or our amended and restated bylaws; or

any action asserting a claim against us that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine.
The provisions would not apply to suits brought to enforce a duty or liability created by the Securities Act or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. Furthermore, Section 22 of the Securities Act creates concurrent jurisdiction for federal and state courts over all such Securities Act actions. Accordingly, both state and federal courts have jurisdiction to entertain such claims. To prevent having to litigate claims in multiple jurisdictions and the threat of inconsistent or contrary rulings by different courts, among other considerations, our fifteenth amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that the federal district courts of the United States of America will be the exclusive forum for resolving any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act. While the Delaware courts have determined that such choice of forum provisions are facially valid, a stockholder may nevertheless seek to bring a claim in a venue other than those designated in the exclusive forum provisions. In such instance, we would expect to vigorously assert the validity and enforceability of the exclusive forum provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation. This may require significant additional costs associated with resolving such action in other jurisdictions and there can be no assurance that the provisions will be enforced by a court in those other jurisdictions.
These choice of forum provisions may limit a stockholder’s ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that it finds favorable for disputes with us or our directors, officers or other employees. If a court were to find either choice of forum provision contained in our fifteenth amended and restated certificate of incorporation to be inapplicable or unenforceable in an action, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving such action in other jurisdictions, which could seriously harm our business.
 
51

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
This prospectus contains forward-looking statements about us and our industry that involve substantial risks, uncertainties, and assumptions, including those described in “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus. All statements other than statements of historical facts contained in this prospectus, including statements regarding our future results of operations or financial condition, business strategy and plans and objectives of management for future operations, are forward-looking statements. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements because they contain words such as “anticipate,” “believe,” “contemplate,” “continue,” “could,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend,” “may,” “plan,” “potential,” “predict,” “project,” “should,” “target,” “will” or “would” or the negative of these words or other similar terms or expressions. These forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, statements concerning the following:

our expected future growth and the success of our business model;

the potential payments we may receive pursuant to our SPLs;

the size and growth potential of the markets for our products, and our ability to serve those markets, increase our market share and achieve and maintain industry leadership;

the rate and degree of market acceptance of our products within the cell engineering market;

the expected future growth of our manufacturing capabilities and sales, support and marketing capabilities;

our ability to expand our customer base and enter into additional SPLs;

our ability to accurately forecast and manufacture appropriate quantities of our products to meet commercial demand;

our expectations regarding development of the cell therapy market, including projected growth in adoption of non-viral delivery approaches and gene editing manipulation technologies;

our ability to maintain our FDA Master File and Technical Files;

our research and development for any future products, including our intention to introduce new instruments and PAs and move into new applications;

the development, regulatory approval, and commercialization of competing products and our ability to compete with the companies that develop and sell such products;

our ability to retain and hire senior management and key personnel;

regulatory developments in the United States and foreign countries;

our expectations regarding the period during which we qualify as an emerging growth company under the JOBS Act;

our ability to develop and maintain our corporate infrastructure, including our internal controls;

our financial performance and capital requirements;

our expectations regarding our ability to obtain and maintain intellectual property protection for our products, as well as our ability to operate our business without infringing the intellectual property rights of others; and

our use of the net proceeds from this offering.
You should not rely on forward-looking statements as predictions of future events. We have based the forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus primarily on our current expectations and projections about future events and trends that we believe may affect our business, financial condition and operating results. The outcome of the events described in these forward-looking statements is subject to risks, uncertainties and other factors described in the section titled “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus. Moreover, we operate in a very competitive and rapidly changing environment. New risks and uncertainties emerge from time to time, and it is not possible for us to predict all risks and uncertainties that could have an impact on the forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus. The results, events and circumstances reflected in the forward-looking statements may not be achieved or occur, and actual results, events or circumstances could differ materially from those described in the forward-looking statements.
 
52

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
In addition, statements that “we believe” and similar statements reflect our beliefs and opinions on the relevant subject. These statements are based on information available to us as of the date of this prospectus. And while we believe that information provides a reasonable basis for these statements, that information may be limited or incomplete. Our statements should not be read to indicate that we have conducted an exhaustive inquiry into, or review of, all relevant information. These statements are inherently uncertain, and investors are cautioned not to unduly rely on these statements.
The forward-looking statements made in this prospectus relate only to events as of the date on which the statements are made. We undertake no obligation to update any forward-looking statements made in this prospectus to reflect events or circumstances after the date of this prospectus or to reflect new information or the occurrence of unanticipated events, except as required by law. We may not actually achieve the plans, intentions or expectations disclosed in our forward-looking statements, and you should not place undue reliance on our forward-looking statements. Our forward-looking statements do not reflect the potential impact of any future acquisitions, mergers, dispositions, joint ventures or investments.
You should read this prospectus and the documents that we reference in this prospectus and have filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part with the understanding that our actual future results, levels of activity, performance and events and circumstances may be materially different from what we expect.
 
53

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
MARKET, INDUSTRY AND OTHER DATA
This prospectus contains estimates, projections and other information concerning our industry, our business and the markets for our products. Some market data and statistical information contained in this prospectus are also based on management’s estimates and calculations, which are derived from our review and interpretation of independent sources and our internal research and knowledge of our market. This information involves a number of assumptions and limitations, and you are cautioned not to give undue weight to these estimates. In addition, projections, assumptions and estimates of the future performance of the industry in which we operate and our future performance are necessarily subject to uncertainty and risk due to a variety of factors, including those described in the sections titled “Risk Factors” and “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.” These and other factors could cause results to differ materially from those expressed in the projections and estimates made by independent third parties and us.
Unless otherwise expressly stated, we obtained industry, business, market and other data from our own internal estimates and research as well as from reports, research surveys, studies and similar data prepared by market research firms and other third parties, industry, medical and general publications, government data and similar sources.
In some cases, we do not expressly refer to the sources from which this data is derived. In that regard, when we refer to one or more sources of this type of data in any paragraph, you should assume that other data of this type appearing in the same paragraph is derived from the same sources, unless otherwise expressly stated or the context otherwise requires.
 
54

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
USE OF PROCEEDS
We estimate that we will receive net proceeds from this offering of approximately $136.5 million (or approximately $157.4 million if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares of our common stock from us in full) based on an assumed public offering price of $12.50 per share of common stock, the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.
A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed public offering price of $12.50 per share of common stock, the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $11.2 million, assuming the number of shares of common stock offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same. An increase (decrease) of 1,000,000 shares in the number of shares of common stock offered by us would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $11.6 million, assuming the assumed public offering price of $12.50 per share of common stock remains the same.
The principal purposes of this offering are to obtain additional capital to increase our financial flexibility, to support our operations and growth, to create a public market for our common stock in the United States and to enable access to the U.S. public equity markets for us and our stockholders.
We currently intend to use the net proceeds from this offering, together with our existing cash and cash equivalents, as follows:

approximately $20 million to $30 million for research and development initiatives, including commercialization of the VLX platform under the ExPERT umbrella and introducing next-generation versions of our ExPERT platform;

approximately $20 million to $30 million to expand our manufacturing capabilities and invest in manufacturing automation;

approximately $10 million to $20 million to expand our sales and marketing, business development, and field application scientist teams; and

the remainder for working capital and general corporate purposes.
We may also use a portion of the net proceeds from this offering for the acquisition of businesses, technologies, services or other assets that we believe are complementary to our own. However, we do not currently have agreements or commitments to enter into any acquisitions.
The amount and timing of these expenditures will vary depending on a number of factors, including competitive and technological developments and the rate of growth of our business and our potential acquisition activities. Based on our current plans, we believe that the net proceeds from this offering, together with our existing cash and cash equivalents, will be sufficient to fund our operating expenses and capital expenditure requirements for the foreseeable future.
We have based this estimate on assumptions that may prove to be wrong, and we could use our available capital resources sooner than we currently expect. This expected use of the net proceeds from this offering represents our intentions based upon our current plans and business conditions, which could change in the future as our plans and business conditions evolve.
 
55

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
DIVIDEND POLICY
We have never declared or paid any dividends on our common stock. We currently intend to retain all available funds and future earnings, if any, to fund the development and expansion of our business, and we do not anticipate declaring or paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future.
 
56

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
CAPITALIZATION
The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents and capitalization as of March 31, 2021:

on an actual basis; and

on an as adjusted basis, giving effect to our receipt of estimated net proceeds of $136.5 million from the sale of 12,000,000 shares of common stock that we are offering at an assumed public offering price of $12.50 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.
The information below is illustrative only and our capitalization following this offering will be adjusted based on the actual public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing. Cash and cash equivalents are not components of our total capitalization. You should read this table together with the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.
March 31, 2021
Actual
As Adjusted
Cash and cash equivalents
$ 78,703,700 $ 215,203,700
Stockholders’ equity:
Common stock, $0.01 par value, 200,000,000 authorized,
84,689,559 shares issued and outstanding, actual; 400,000,000
shares authorized, 96,689,559 shares issued and outstanding, as
adjusted
846,900 966,900
Additional paid-in capital
182,766,600 319,146,600
Accumulated deficit
(102,327,900) (102,327,900)
Total stockholders’ equity
81,285,600 217,785,600
Total capitalization
$ 81,285,600 $ 217,785,600
A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed public offering price of $12.50 per share of common stock, the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) each of our as adjusted cash and cash equivalents, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders’ equity and total capitalization by approximately $11.2 million, assuming the number of shares of common stock offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same. Similarly, each increase (decrease) of 1,000,000 shares in the number of shares of common stock offered by us would increase (decrease) each of our as adjusted cash and cash equivalents, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders’ equity and total capitalization by approximately $11.6 million, assuming the assumed public offering price of $12.50 per share of common stock remains the same.
The number of shares of common stock that will be outstanding after this offering is based on 84,689,559 shares of common stock outstanding as of March 31, 2021, and excludes:

12,071,923 shares of common stock issuable on the exercise of outstanding stock options as of March 31, 2021 under our LTIP with a weighted average exercise price of $4.41 per share;

4,131,667 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance as of March 31, 2021 under our LTIP; and

71,168 shares of common stock issuable on the exercise of an outstanding common stock warrant at an exercise price of £1.09081 ($1.50477 based on the exchange rate of £1.00 to $1.3795, the exchange rate on March 31, 2021) per share.
 
57

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
DILUTION
If you invest in our common stock in this offering, your interest will be diluted to the extent of the difference between the public offering price per share of common stock and the as adjusted net tangible book value per share immediately after this offering.
Our net tangible book value as of March 31, 2021 was $81.3 million, or $0.96 per share of common stock. Our net tangible book value per share represents the amount of our total tangible assets less our total liabilities, divided by the number of our shares of common stock outstanding as of March 31, 2021.
After giving effect to the sale by us of 12,000,000 shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed public offering price of $12.50 per share, the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, our as adjusted net tangible book value as of March 31, 2021 would have been $217.8 million, or $2.25 per share. This amount represents an immediate increase in net tangible book value of $1.29 per share to our existing stockholders and an immediate dilution of $10.25 per share to new investors purchasing common stock in this offering. We determine dilution by subtracting the as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering from the public offering price per share paid by investors purchasing common stock in this offering. The following table illustrates this dilution on a per share basis:
Assumed public offering price per share
$ 12.50
Historical net tangible book value per share as of March 31, 2021
$ 0.96
Increase in net tangible book value per share attributable to new investors purchasing shares in this offering
1.29
As adjusted net tangible book value per share after giving effect to this offering
2.25
Dilution per share to new investors in this offering
$ 10.25
The dilution information discussed above is illustrative only and may change based on the actual public offering price and other terms of this offering. A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed public offering price of $12.50 per share of common stock, the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) our as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering by $0.12 per share and increase (decrease) the dilution to new investors by $0.88 per share, in each case assuming the number of shares of common stock offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same. An increase of 1,000,000 shares in the number of shares of common stock offered by us would increase our as adjusted net tangible book value by approximately $0.10 per share and decrease the dilution to new investors by approximately $0.10 per share and a decrease of 1,000,000 shares in the number of shares of common stock offered by us would decrease our as adjusted net tangible book value by approximately $0.10 per share and increase the dilution to new investors by approximately $0.10 per share, in each case assuming the assumed public offering price of $12.50 per share of common stock remains the same.
If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares of common stock from us in full, our as adjusted net tangible book value would be $2.42 per share, and the dilution in net tangible book value per share to new investors in this offering would be $10.08 per share.
The following table summarizes, as of March 31, 2021, on the as adjusted basis described above, the number of shares of our common stock, the total consideration and the average price per share (1) paid to us by existing stockholders for shares purchased in the last five years and (2) to be paid by new investors acquiring our common stock in this offering at an assumed public offering price of $12.50 per share, the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, before deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.
 
58

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Shares Purchased
Total Consideration
Average Price
Per Share
Number
Percent
Amount
Percent
Existing stockholders
55,504,812 82.2% $ 141,953,649 48.6% $ 2.56
New investors
12,000,000 17.8 150,000,000 51.4 $ 12.50
Total
67,504,812 100.0% $ 291,953,649 100.0%
Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed public offering price of $12.50 per share, the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the total consideration paid by new investors and total consideration paid by all stockholders by approximately $12.0 million, assuming that the number of shares of common stock offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same.
The number of shares of common stock that will be outstanding after this offering is based on 84,689,559 shares of common stock outstanding as of March 31, 2021, and excludes:

12,071,923 shares of common stock issuable on the exercise of outstanding stock options as of March 31, 2021 under our LTIP with a weighted average exercise price of $4.41 per share;

4,131,667 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance as of March 31, 2021 under our LTIP; and

71,168 shares of common stock issuable on the exercise of an outstanding common stock warrant at an exercise price of £1.09081 ($1.50477 based on the exchange rate of £1.00 to $1.3795, the exchange rate on March 31, 2021) per share.
To the extent that stock options or warrants are exercised, new stock options or other equity awards are issued under our equity incentive plans, or we issue additional shares of common stock in the future, there will be further dilution to investors participating in this offering. In addition, we may choose to raise additional capital because of market conditions or strategic considerations, even if we believe that we have sufficient funds for our current or future operating plans. If we raise additional capital through the sale of equity or convertible debt securities, the issuance of these securities could result in further dilution to our stockholders.
 
59

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
The selected consolidated statement of operations data for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020 and the selected consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2019 and 2020 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The summary consolidated statement of operations data for the three months ended March 31, 2020 and 2021 and the summary consolidated balance sheet data as of March 31, 2021 have been derived from our unaudited interim financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. You should read the financial data set forth below in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes and the information in the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for any period in the future.
Year Ended December 31,
Three Months Ended March 31,
2019
2020
2020
2021
Consolidated Statement of Operations Data:
Revenue
$ 21,620,700 $ 26,168,900 $ 5,742,000 $ 6,494,900
Costs of goods sold
2,499,200 2,767,000 659,000 693,100
Gross profit
19,121,500 23,401,900 5,083,000 5,801,800
Operating expenses:
Research and development
17,601,200 17,744,300 4,244,700 6,077,700
Sales and marketing
7,852,100 8,328,700 2,050,100 2,789,100
General and administrative
6,088,200 8,385,600 1,776,500 3,308,100
Total operating expenses
31,541,500 34,458,600 8,071,300 12,174,900
Operating loss
(12,420,000) (11,056,700) (2,988,300) (6,373,100)
Other income (expense):
Interest and other expense
(681,100) (825,600) (116,300) (742,300)
Interest and other income
206,100 65,900 42,700 9,800
Total other income (expense)
(475,000) (759,700) (73,600) (732,500)
Net loss
$ (12,895,000) $ (11,816,400) $ (3,061,900) $ (7,105,600)
Net loss per share, basic and diluted
$ (0.23) $ (0.17) $ (0.05) $ (0.09)
Weighted-average common shares outstanding, basic and diluted
56,397,524 69,464,751 57,403,583 81,004,081
As of December 31,
As of March 31,
2019
2020
2021
Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:
Cash and cash equivalents
$ 15,210,800 $ 18,755,200 $ 78,703,700
Working capital(1)
15,108,900 33,639,100 77,015,100
Total assets
29,985,400 51,780,100 95,007,800
Total liabilities
16,383,600 18,554,700 13,722,200
Additional paid-in capital
96,433,700 127,673,900 182,766,600
Accumulated deficit
(83,405,900) (95,222,300) (102,327,900)
Total stockholders’ equity
13,601,800 33,225,400 81,285,600
(1)
Working capital is defined as current assets less current liabilities.
 
60

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
You should read the following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations together with the section of this prospectus titled “Selected consolidated financial data” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes appearing at the end of this prospectus. Some of the information contained in this discussion and analysis or set forth elsewhere in this prospectus, including information with respect to our plans and business strategy, include forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. As a result of many factors, our actual results could differ materially from those discussed in or implied by these forward-looking statements. Factors that could cause or contribute to such differences include, but are not limited to, those discussed in the section of this prospectus titled “Risk factors.” Please also see the section titled “Special note regarding forward-looking statements.”
Overview
We are a leading commercial cell engineering company focused on providing enabling platform technologies to advance innovative cell-based research as well as next-generation cell therapeutic discovery, development and commercialization. Over the past twenty years, we have developed and commercialized our proprietary Flow Electroporation platform, which facilitates complex engineering of a wide variety of cells. Electroporation is a method of transfection, or the process of deliberately introducing molecules into cells, that involves applying an electric field in order to temporarily increase the permeability of the cell membrane. This precisely controlled increase in permeability allows the intracellular delivery of molecules, such as genetic material and proteins, that would not normally be able to cross the cell membrane as easily.
Our ExPERT platform, which is based on our Flow Electroporation technology, has been designed to address this rapidly expanding cell therapy market and can be utilized across the continuum of the high-growth cell therapy sector, from discovery and development through commercialization of next-generation, cell-based medicines. The ExPERT family of products includes: three instruments, the ATx, STx and GTx; portfolio of proprietary related processing assemblies, or disposables; and software protocols. We have garnered meaningful expertise in cell engineering via our internal research and development efforts as well as our customer-focused commercial approach, which includes a growing application scientist team. The platform is also supported by a robust intellectual property portfolio with 50 granted U.S. and foreign patents and 76 pending patent applications worldwide.
From leading commercial cell therapy drug developers and top biopharmaceutical companies to top academic and government research institutions, including the U.S. National Institutes of Health, or NIH, our customers have extensively validated our technology. We believe the features and performance of our platform have led to sustained customer engagement. Our existing customer base ranges from large biopharmaceutical companies, including all of the top 10, and 20 of the top 25, pharmaceutical companies based on 2020 global revenue, to hundreds of biotechnology companies and academic centers focused on translational research. As of June 30, 2021, we have placed more than 400 of our electroporation instruments worldwide. During the year ended December 31, 2020, we sold a total of 70 instruments and leased an additional 16 instruments to our customers.
Since our inception, we have incurred significant operating losses. Our ability to generate revenue sufficient to achieve profitability will depend on the successful further development and commercialization of our products. We generated revenue of $21.6 million and $26.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020, respectively, and incurred net losses of $12.9 million and $11.8 million for those same years. As of December 31, 2020, we had an accumulated deficit of $95.2 million. We generated revenue of $6.5 million and incurred a net loss of $7.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2021. As of March 31, 2021, we had an accumulated deficit of $102.3 million. We expect to continue to incur net losses as we focus on growing commercial sales of our products in both the United States and international markets, including growing our sales teams, scaling our manufacturing operations, continuing research and development efforts to develop new products and further enhance
 
61

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
our existing products. Further, following the closing of this offering, we expect to incur additional costs associated with operating as a public company in the United States.
We believe we have an attractive, diversified revenue model with revenue generated from multiple sources including instrument leases with recurring license fees, sales of instruments and related disposables and participation in the clinical and commercial success of some of our customers through milestone and sales-based payments under agreements that we refer to as Strategic Platform Licenses, or SPLs. In addition to our ExPERT products, we previously developed CARMA, a proprietary therapeutic platform based on transfecting mRNA into unstimulated cells for the development of immune cell therapies. In the first quarter of 2021, we conducted a strategic review of our CARMA activities and made the decision to cease further research and clinical development activities with respect to the CARMA platform for our own internal purposes and instead to focus on out-licensing the CARMA platform manufacturing processes and associated intellectual property to third-party customers. During the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020 and the three months ended March 31, 2021, our CARMA-related expenses were $11.7 million, $11.1 million and $3.9 million, respectively. As a result of our strategic decision to focus on out-licensing this platform, we will no longer incur these expenses in future periods.
We believe that the net proceeds from this offering, together with our existing cash, will enable us to fund our operating expenses and capital expenditure requirements for the foreseeable future. We have based this estimate on assumptions that may prove to be wrong, however, and we could exhaust our available capital resources sooner than we expect. See “Liquidity and Capital Resources” for more information about our current capital resources.
Impact of COVID-19 on Our Business
In December 2019, a novel strain of coronavirus, which led to the disease known as COVID-19, emerged in Wuhan, Hubei Province, China. Less than four months later, in March 2020, the World Health Organization declared COVID-19 a pandemic, and the virus has now spread to most other countries and regions and every state within the United States, including Maryland, where our primary offices and instrument assembly facility are located. The impact of this pandemic has been and will likely continue to be extensive in many aspects of society, which has resulted in and will likely continue to result in significant disruptions to the global economy, as well as businesses and capital markets around the world.
Impacts to our business as a result of COVID-19 have included disruptions to our manufacturing operations and supply chain caused by facility closures, reductions in operating hours, staggered shifts and other social distancing efforts, decreased productivity and unavailability of materials or components, limitations on our employees’ and customers’ ability to travel, and delays in product installations, demonstrations, trainings or shipments to and from affected countries and within the United States. In light of the uncertain and rapidly evolving situation relating to the spread of COVID-19, we have taken precautionary measures intended to minimize the risk of the virus to our employees, our customers and the communities in which we operate, including temporarily closing our offices to visitors and limiting the number of employees in our offices to those that are deemed essential for manufacturing and research purposes, as well as virtualizing, postponing or canceling customer, employee and industry events.
Disruptions in our customers’ operations have impacted and may continue to impact our business. For example, customers have experienced delays in the progress of their clinical programs, shutdowns or slowdowns in their research laboratory operations, cessation of equipment purchases, and closing of their facilities to outsiders, which have disrupted our ability to conduct product demonstrations that are a key part of our selling process. We are focused on navigating the challenges presented by COVID-19, which includes increased focus on inventory levels of finished goods and parts to reduce the risk of COVID-related supply constraints.
We do not yet know the net impact that the COVID-19 pandemic may have on our business and cannot guarantee that it will not be materially negative. Although we continue to monitor the situation and may adjust our current policies as more information and public health guidance become available,
 
62

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
the ongoing effects of the COVID-19 pandemic and/or the precautionary measures that we or our customers have implemented or may adopt may create operational and other challenges, any of which could harm our business and results of operations. While we maintain an inventory of finished products and raw materials used in our products, a prolonged pandemic could lead to shortages and/or extended lead times for the raw materials necessary to manufacture our products. If we experience a prolonged disruption in our manufacturing, supply chains or commercial operations, or if demand for our products is significantly reduced as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, we would expect to experience a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
Historically, a significant portion of our field sales, product demonstrations and user support have been conducted in person, and the marketing of our products, sourcing of potential new customers and rollout of our new products has historically been supported by our participation at industry conferences. Currently, as a result of the work and travel restrictions related to the COVID-19 pandemic, and the precautionary measures that we have adopted, substantially all of our field sales and professional services activities are being conducted remotely, which has resulted in a decrease in our travel and conference-related marketing expenditures. However, we expect these expenditures to increase in the future, which could negatively impact our financial condition and results of operations. As of the date of this prospectus, we do not yet know the extent of the negative impact of such restrictions and precautionary measures on our ability to attract new customers or retain and expand our relationships with existing customers over the near and long term.
Key Factors Affecting Our Performance
We believe that our financial performance has been, and in the foreseeable future will continue to be, primarily driven by the following factors. While each of these factors presents significant opportunities for our business, they also pose challenges that we must successfully address in order to sustain our growth and improve our results of operations. Our ability to successfully address the factors below is subject to various risks and uncertainties, including those described in this prospectus under the heading “Risk Factors.”
Sales and Leases of Instruments
Our financial performance has largely been driven by, and in the future will continue to be impacted by, the rate of sales and leases of our ExPERT family of proprietary flow electroporation instruments to existing and new customers. We currently market three versions of our instruments, the ATx, the STx, and the GTx, and we plan to introduce and market a fourth version called the VLX under the EXPERT brand. While the ATx and STx are primarily sold to end users for research and drug discovery purposes, the GTx is sold, typically to academic centers, for research or clinical use as well as leased to customers for research, clinical or commercial use. We view the demand for our instruments, whether in the form of sales or leases, as an indicator of the health of our current business and as a predictor of future instrument sale and lease revenue. As described below, we separately sell proprietary single-use disposables, which we call processing assemblies, or PAs, that are necessary for our customers to use our electroporation instruments. Therefore, depending on the number of instruments that have been sold or are under active lease, we have insight into the demand for PAs that will also translate to future revenue for us.
Our sales model varies based on the activity of the end customer, such as whether they are a translational research center, an academic center, a company focused on drug discovery, or a company engaged in cell therapy development, and the customer’s intended use of our platform. If our customer intends to use our platform for research or drug discovery only, we typically sell the instrument outright. Each of the ATx, STx and GTx have different prices based on the instrument’s features, with the GTx being the most expensive. When we sell an instrument, we also provide a non-exclusive license to our intellectual property for the customer to use the instrument broadly for research or drug discovery, as applicable. In the case of a sale, title to the instrument conveys to the buyer, but we retain the ownership of intellectual property rights and software and protocols loaded onto the instruments.
The sales cycle for our cell engineering instruments varies widely and typically ranges from approximately six to approximately 12 months, with the actual period depending on project stage, budget process, equipment prioritization and the general financial status of the customer or the market
 
63

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
in general. As a result of this lengthy and unpredictable sales cycle, we expect that we will be prone to quarterly fluctuations in our instrument sales revenue.
For cell therapy customers who use our technology to develop engineered cells for human therapeutic use in clinical trials or, if approved by regulatory authorities, for commercial sale, we license our platform on a non-exclusive basis in exchange for an annual fee per instrument licensed. This license fee varies based on whether the instrument is being used for preclinical or clinical purposes. Once we have leased an instrument to a customer, we generally have high visibility into future lease revenue from this customer. Over the last several years, approximately 80% of our installed instruments up for annual lease renewal have been renewed by our customers, and the renewal rate for instruments under SPLs has been near 100%. It is possible, however, that our future lease revenue could be impacted by failure of the customer therapeutic candidates to progress through clinical development for reasons unrelated to the successful use of our instruments, such as drug toxicity, lack of efficacy, funding constraints, changes in development priorities, patient access limitations or regulatory challenges. For any of these reasons, a customer could determine not to renew or to enter into additional instrument leases with us.
Our installed base of electroporation instruments has grown from over 125 instruments as of December 31, 2015 to over 400 instruments as of June 30, 2021. This installed base includes both instruments sold to customers and instruments licensed for research and clinical use. Because of the size of the drug discovery market and our long history in that market, the installed base of instruments is currently weighted more heavily towards instruments sold for drug discovery and research applications. However, since each licensed instrument provides us with ongoing license revenues, the share of revenues from licensed instruments may grow as a share of our total revenue mix.
We plan to further grow our installed base of ExPERT instruments through additional sales and leases to our current customers and through the sale or lease of instruments to new cell therapy, drug discovery and academic customers. To achieve this goal, we intend to further expand our commercial infrastructure, including through the expansion of our sales force and field application scientists. We have expanded our sales force and field application scientist count over the past several years and now have over 20 dedicated field sales and application scientist professionals globally. Our candidate identification and hiring process is stringent, and there can be no assurance that we will be able to continue to recruit the high level of candidates that make up our current team.
In addition, we have numerous collaborations in place with academic and commercial institutions to further expand our capabilities and supporting data in new cell engineering applications. Recent sales efforts have also focused on expanding our presence in translational academic centers, which we view as a potentially meaningful source of installed base expansion given the increased industry focus on, and government funding allocated to, cell therapy. Academic translational centers have been a strong source of cell therapy innovation and commercial spinouts in the cell therapy sector.
We expect revenue from instruments leased to cell therapy customers to continue to grow as those customers move their existing drug development programs into later-stage clinical trials and advance their preclinical pipeline programs into clinical development. In addition, we expect new customers to emerge and contribute to these revenues, particularly given the underlying growth in the cell therapy pipeline among companies in this industry, availability of capital to support such companies, and in particular the switch by some of these cell therapy companies away from viral approaches to non-viral approaches.
Sales of Processing Assemblies
In addition to instrument sales, our current and future revenue is dependent on sales of our proprietary PAs, as well as the sale of our proprietary electroporation buffer solution, for use with our instruments. We sell PAs that are intended either to support research use or use in current good manufacturing practices, or cGMP, clinical research applications. The PAs differ in terms of their volume capacities and the associated numbers of cells that can be processed in each electroporation sequence with a particular PA, as well as the number of transfection experiments that can be performed in a single electroporation process. Our PA pricing varies based on the volume of cells processed and the number of transfections per PA.
 
64

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
We expect that as our installed instrument base grows, our sales of PAs and electroporation buffer solutions will grow accordingly, especially as cell therapy programs continue to progress through the clinic and potentially become commercial-stage, thereby increasing the number of PAs needed by customers. We are also developing and intend to launch new PAs that target previously unserved subsegments across the bioprocessing and cell therapy markets, which could further increase our PA sales. However, both the number of PAs used per instrument, as well as the specific PA used, is highly variable across our customer base and depends on several factors, including:

the purpose for which the customer is using the platform;

the relative pricing of our PAs;

progression of cell therapy products through preclinical and clinical development;

whether the cell therapy customer uses a centralized or decentralized manufacturing process;

the customer’s target indication, which can result in variations in patient numbers needed for clinical trials; and

whether the cells to be processed using our platform are patient-derived, donor-derived or cell line-derived.
With considerable variability of processes, even within the same indication, such as is the case for allogeneic genetically-modified cell therapies, such as chimeric antigen receptor T cells, or CAR-Ts, and the nascency of the cell therapy industry, we expect that it may take several years for us to gain visibility into how these factors will impact our PA revenue over time.
We continuously re-evaluate our PA portfolio based on customer needs and have introduced, and intend to continue to introduce, new PAs and improvements to existing PAs. In 2019, we launched the first multi-well PAs for the ExPERT platform. Compared to single-well, multi-well PAs allow users to run multiple samples concurrently, which enables scientists to complete more experiments per run, leading to shorter overall processing time and lower per transfection cost. Introduction of new PAs, however, introduces additional uncertainty. Some new PAs may fail to be used in line with our expectations when they are launched. While we also price PAs based on the value provided to the customer, introduction of new PAs could cannibalize our existing PA portfolio more than we had anticipated as customers find the new products to be a better solution for their applications or workflows.
Strategic Platform Licenses (SPLs)
Typically, our cell therapy customers will either purchase our ATx instrument for research purposes or obtain a research use license under lease of our GTx instrument technology in order to validate the use of our technology in their programs and to progress their preclinical work towards clinic trials. However, once a cell therapy customer using one of our ExPERT instruments advances their preclinical research to a stage where they are planning to enter clinical development, they need to enter into a licensing arrangement with us for the rights to clinical and/or commercial use of our instrument. Our customers typically negotiate the terms of those licenses during research and preclinical development.
We refer to these arrangements as SPLs, the terms of which contain not only higher annual, non-exclusive license fees for the clinical use of the instrument, but also allow us to share in the economics of the customer’s programs. From 2017 through June 30, 2021, we have entered into 13 SPLs with commercial cell therapy developers, and those licenses currently allow for over 75 clinical development programs in the aggregate. On average, our current SPLs allow for approximately six product candidates per license, although this average may change over time. SPLs include potential payments to us upon the customer’s achievement of specified clinical development or regulatory milestones, as well as potential sales-based payments to us, which could be payments based upon the achievement of specified sales levels and/or royalty payments that are a percentage of the customer’s net sales. The amount of each milestone payment is typically correlated in size with value-creating, pre-commercial clinical progress events or commercial sales levels.
Of the over 75 programs associated with our current SPLs, more than 15% are in the clinic, meaning they have at least an FDA-cleared Investigational New Drug application, or IND. Our 13 SPLs have the potential to generate over $950 million in pre-commercial milestone payments, if all product candidates allowed under those agreements were to fully progress through clinical development and obtain regulatory approval. However, our actual milestone revenue from these agreements will likely be
 
65

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
considerably lower than this amount, as not all programs covered by each agreement will become and remain active programs in a customer’s development pipeline or successfully complete the clinical development process, and each agreement typically includes programs that have not been specifically identified, or for which a candidate may never be identified or developed by the customer.
Our strategy is to capitalize on the growth in the number of cell therapy developers by entering into new SPLs. We announced six such agreements in 2019, three in 2020 and two so far in 2021.
For the year ended December 31, 2020, one cell therapy company with which we have entered into an SPL accounted for 15% of our total revenue, and our six largest such customers accounted for an aggregate of approximately 40% of our total revenue for the year through a combination of instrument license fees, milestones realized and processing assembly revenue.
Our future milestone revenue under our SPLs will depend in large part on the clinical and regulatory achievements of our customers. Generally, pre-commercial milestone payments become larger as programs move through the clinic. We rely in part on our customers’ public disclosures around regulatory timelines to forecast our receipt of pre-commercial milestone payments. While we expect our forecasting ability to improve over time as more of our customers’ programs advance through the clinic and the number of clinical programs covered by our licenses expands, given the early nature of the cell therapy clinical market, we expect our realization of pre-commercial milestones to be somewhat unpredictable.
In addition, the potential for sales-based payments once a customer’s product is approved and in commercial use is unknown and variable based on a number of factors, including inherent clinical risk, potential changes in the customer’s strategy, the designated indication and its impact on the potential number of patients to be served and the competitive products available to patients, product pricing and reimbursement structures, our customer’s commercial manufacturing plans and the inherent unknowns in adoption of next-generation cell therapies relative to other modalities.
Gross Margins
We have historically generated overall gross margins of approximately 89% over the past several years, although our margins depend on our revenue mix from instruments, PAs and potential milestones under SPLs. We price our instruments at a premium given what we believe to be the broad benefits of our platform, and the limited availability of alternative, clinically validated non-viral delivery approaches. However, the market for non-viral delivery is highly competitive, and introduction of a GMP-grade platform by a competitor that delivers similar performance across a similar diversity of cell types could negatively impact our business and lead to increased price pressure that negatively impacts our gross margins. In addition, part of our growth strategy is to expand into new regional markets, which could require the use of distributors and/or our participation in more competitive environments, which could impact our ability to price our instruments at a premium and could negatively impact our ability to enter into SPLs on terms similar to those currently in effect.
We expect our gross margins to benefit from realization of the economics from our SPL agreements described above, to the extent that such milestones grow to be a significant proportion of overall revenues, as there is no cost of goods sold associated with such revenue. However, realization of these potential milestone revenues is uncertain.
Key Business Metrics
In addition to revenue, we regularly review several key business metrics to evaluate our business, measure our performance, identify trends affecting our business, formulate financial projections and make strategic decisions. These key metrics include:

the number of cumulative instruments that we have placed with our customers, either by sale or lease, which we refer to as our installed base and consider to be an indication of our traction within the non-viral delivery market and indicative of the future recurring revenue generated from those instruments, including disposables and annual license fees;

the number of active SPLs that we have entered into with cell therapy developers, as well as the total number of our customers’ clinical programs, whether active or contemplated, that are
 
66

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
covered by such active SPLs and the percentage of those clinical programs that are under an active IND application (or foreign equivalent), meaning that the customer is cleared to commence clinical trials;

the aggregate potential pre-commercial milestone payments under active SPLs, representing the maximum potential milestone payments to us if all programs covered by each SPL were to achieve regulatory approval;

the aggregate number of potential programs licensed for clinical use, whether active or contemplated, that are covered by only our SPLs; and

the aggregate number of programs licensed for clinical use and covered by our SPLs that are currently in the clinic.
With respect to the numbers of programs under license, in many cases we make estimates of such programs based on our contract terms with our customers and our knowledge about our customers’ clinical progression of their programs. We rely, in part, on our customers’ public disclosures around regulatory timelines to forecast our receipt of pre-commercial milestone payments. However, it is possible that some programs may have become dormant or inactive without our knowledge, some new programs may be identified and some programs may progress further in clinical development without our knowledge if the customer has not made a public announcement. While we expect our forecasting ability to improve over time as more of our customers’ programs move through the clinic and the number of clinical programs covered by our licenses expands, given the early nature of the cell therapy clinical market, we expect our realization of pre-commercial milestones to be somewhat unpredictable. This number may fluctuate due to the success of our commercial partners. Additionally, the addition of a large multi-product (program) SPL may dilute the percentage of commercial programs currently in the clinic.
As of the dates presented, our key metrics described above were as follows:
As of December 31,
As of June 30,
2021
2019
2020*
Installed base of instruments (sold or leased)
>320
>400
>400
Number of active SPLs
8
12
13
Total number of licensed clinical programs (SPLs only)
>55
>75
>75
Total number of licensed clinical programs under SPLs currently in the clinic
>5%
>15%
>15%
Total potential pre-commercial milestones under SPLs
>$650 million
>$950 million
>$950 million
* Amounts presented as of December 31, 2020 give effect to one SPL entered into and additional INDs cleared in January 2021.
Components of Our Results of Operations
Revenue
We generate revenue principally from the sale of instruments, single-use PAs and buffer, and from the lease of instruments to our customers. Our SPLs also include associated clinical progress milestones and sales-based payments to us, in addition to annual lease payments. Sales of instruments and disposables under contracts with customers are classified as product sales in our consolidated financial statements. Revenue from instrument leases, including payments that we may receive from our customers based on their achievement of specified clinical development or commercialization milestones, are classified as leased elements in our consolidated financial statements.
Our business and revenue growth strategy consists of the sale or lease of instruments and the sale of disposables. We record revenue from the sale of instruments or PAs upon the shipment to a customer. Instrument leases are typically invoiced annually at the start of each instrument license period and are accounted for as monthly revenue over the lease term with the expectation of continuing customer renewals of their instrument leases. As our customers achieve clinical progress milestones and/or sales-based payment milestones, we recognize the full value of the milestone as revenue. In addition, as customers use instruments they have either purchased or leased, they typically replenish
 
67

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
their supplies of disposables through recurring purchases. Although customers are not contractually obligated to renew their instrument leases or to purchase additional disposables and may decide not to do so solely at their own discretion, leased instruments and disposables revenue streams have historically formed an important component of our future revenues, and we believe they provide insight into our future performance. We consider these sales and lease revenue streams to be recurring revenues.
In order to evaluate how our sales are trending across key markets, as well as the contribution of program economics from our SPLs, we separately analyze revenue derived from our cell therapy customers and drug discovery customers, as well as the performance-based milestone revenues we recognize under our SPLs. Cell therapy includes revenue from instruments sold, annual license fees for instruments under lease, and sales of our proprietary disposables. Drug discovery includes revenue from instruments sold, sales of our proprietary disposables and, occasionally, instruments leased, in each case under contracts with drug discovery customers. Program-related revenue includes pre-commercial milestones earned and recognized as revenue during the period. Once SPL customers achieve regulatory approval for and commercialize their products, in nearly all cases we will also be entitled to receive sales-based payments which may be milestone payments upon achievement of specified levels of net sales and/or royalties expressed as a percentage of net sales. We have not received any commercial payments from our SPL customers to date, and we do not expect to receive any such payments in the near term. As our customers progress their programs and achieve additional milestones, our SPL program revenue is expected to constitute a growing portion of our total revenues in future periods.
We also offer our customers extended warranty and service plans. Our extended warranty and service plans are offered for periods beyond the standard no-fee, one-year warranty that customers who purchase instruments receive. These extended warranty and service plans generally have fixed fees and terms ranging from one additional year to four additional years and include an annual calibration. We recognize revenue from the sale of extended warranty and service plans over the respective coverage period, which approximates the service effort provided by us. Warranties are typically not a material revenue stream for us.
Product Sales
Revenue from contracts with customers includes revenue from the sale of instruments, PAs and buffer. Customers purchase an ATx, STx or GTx depending upon their intended use and all customers purchase PAs for use with our instruments. Commercial customers may not use a purchased instrument for clinical or commercial processes.
We expect product sales revenue to increase in future periods as our market grows and we are able to generate recurring PA sales.
Leased Elements
Revenue from leased elements consists of revenue from the leasing of instruments to customers (typically the GTx). Our leases of instruments to customers consist of fixed license/lease payments and variable milestone payments that are dependent on our customer's achievement of clinical milestones. Typically, instrument leases that provide for clinical or commercial use also include sales-based milestone payments (and/or sales-based royalties in some cases) upon the commercialization of the customer's product. Under our instrument lease arrangements we lease our instruments to customers and provide associated software licenses to allow customers non-exclusive use of our technology for research and/or specific clinical programs, typically along with rights for commercial use upon approval of the customer's products. We also provide to our clinical use licensees scientific and regulatory support to help them improve process optimization and facilitate their regulatory submission process.
We expect leased elements revenue to increase in future periods as our market grows.
Cost of Goods Sold
Cost of goods sold primarily consists of costs for raw material parts, contract manufacturer costs, salaries, overhead and other direct costs related to sales recognized as revenue in the period. Cost of goods sold associated with instrument lease revenue consists of leased equipment depreciation.
 
68

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
We expect that our cost of goods sold will increase or decrease primarily to the extent that our instrument and disposables revenue increases and decreases.
Gross Profit and Gross Margin
Gross profit is calculated as revenue less cost of goods sold. Gross profit margin is gross profit expressed as a percentage of revenue. Our gross profit in future periods will depend on a variety of factors, including sales mix among instruments, disposables and milestones, the specific mix among types of instruments or disposables, the proportion of revenues associated with instrument leases as opposed to sales, the share of revenues composed of milestones, changes in the costs to produce our various products, the launch of new products or changes in existing products, our cost structure for manufacturing including changes in production volumes, and the pricing of our products which may be impacted by market conditions.
Operating Expenses
Research and Development
Research and development expenses consist primarily of costs incurred for our research activities related to advancing our technology and development of applications for our technology, including research into specific applications and associated data development, process development, product development (e.g. development of instruments and disposables, including hardware and software engineering) and design and other costs not directly charged to inventory or cost of goods sold, such as supply chain development and design and management of quality systems.
These expenses include employee-related costs, such as salaries, benefits, incentive compensation, stock-based compensation, and travel, as well as consultant services, facilities, and other expenses, laboratory supplies and materials expenses for employees and contractors engaged in research and development. We expense research and development costs as incurred in the period in which the underlying activity is undertaken.
We previously developed CARMA, our proprietary platform technology for the development of non-viral, human messenger RNA, or mRNA-based, chimeric antigen receptor, or CAR, or T-cell receptor, or TCR, redirected immune cell therapies.
In the first quarter of 2021, we conducted a strategic review of our CARMA activities and made the decision to cease further pre-clinical and clinical activities with respect to the CARMA platform and associated candidates (MCY-M11 and other identified targets) for our own internal purposes and instead to focus on out-licensing the CARMA platform manufacturing processes and associated intellectual property to third-party customers. For periods through the first half of 2021, our research and development expenses include costs associated with developing the CARMA platform principally for a clinical trial that has concluded. As a result of our strategic decision to focus on out-licensing this platform, we will no longer incur significant CARMA-related expenses after the first half of 2021.
We believe that our continued investment in research and development is essential to our long-term competitive position. We expect to continue to incur substantial research and development expenses as we invest in research and development to support our customers, develop new uses for our existing technology and develop improved and/or new offerings to our customers and partners. As a result, we expect that our research and development expenses, excluding CARMA-related expenses, will continue to increase in absolute dollars in future periods and vary from period to period as a percentage of revenue.
Sales and Marketing
Our sales and marketing expenses consist primarily of salaries, commissions and other variable compensation, benefits, stock-based compensation and travel costs for employees within our commercial sales and marketing functions, as well as third-party costs associated with our marketing activities. We expect our sales and marketing expenses to increase in future periods as we expand our commercial sales, marketing and business development teams, increase our presence globally, and increase marketing activities to drive awareness and adoption of our products.
General and Administrative
General and administrative expenses primarily consist of salaries, benefits, stock-based compensation and travel costs for employees in our executive, accounting and finance, legal, corporate
 
69

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
development, human resources, and office administration functions as well as professional services fees, such as consulting, audit, tax and legal fees, general corporate costs, facilities and allocated overhead expenses and costs associated with being an AIM listed public company such as director fees, broker fees, investor relations consultants and insurance costs. We expect that our general and administrative expenses will continue to increase in absolute dollars in future periods, primarily due to increased headcount to support anticipated growth in the business and due to incremental costs associated with operating as a public company listed on two exchanges, including insurance (particularly directors and officers insurance), costs to comply with the rules and regulations applicable to companies listed on a U.S. securities exchange and costs related to compliance and reporting obligations pursuant to the rules and regulations of the SEC and stock exchange listing standards, public relations and professional services. We expect these expenses to vary from period to period as a percentage of revenue.
Other Income (Expense)
Interest Expense
Interest expense consists primarily of interest related to borrowings under credit facility agreements. For the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020 and the three months ended March 31, 2020 and 2021, we had a $5.0 million outstanding term loan, or the Term Loan, under the MidCap Credit Agreement (as defined below). As of March 31, 2021, we repaid the Term Loan in full prior to maturity as allowed by and in accordance with the terms of the MidCap Credit Agreement.
Other Income (Expense), Net
We classify our outstanding warrant for the purchase of shares of our common stock as a liability on our consolidated balance sheets since the warrant’s strike price is in a currency other than our functional currency. The warrant liability is initially recorded at fair value at the date of issuance and is subsequently remeasured to fair value at each reporting date. Changes in the fair value of the warrant liability are recognized as a component of other income (expense). Other income (expense), net also includes interest earned on cash balances in our cash accounts and interest earned on money market funds, commercial paper and corporate bonds as well as miscellaneous income unrelated to our core operations.
Provision for Income Taxes
We did not recognize a benefit for the net operating losses we incurred for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020. As of December 31, 2020, we had U.S. net operating loss carryforwards of $57.8 million, which may be available to offset future taxable income and begin to expire in 2025, as well as net operating losses in the various states in which we file. We have recorded a full valuation allowance against our net deferred tax assets at each balance sheet date since, due to our history of net losses, we have determined that it is not currently more likely than not that our net deferred tax assets are recoverable.
The use of our net operating loss carryforwards may have been restricted by changes in our ownership and may be further restricted as a result of future changes in our ownership.
Results of Operations
Comparison of the Three Months Ended March 31, 2020 and 2021
The results of operations presented below should be reviewed in conjunction with the condensed consolidated interim financial statements and notes included elsewhere in the prospectus. The following tables set forth our results of operations for the periods presented:
 
70

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Three Months Ended
March 31,
2020
2021
(in thousands)
Total revenue
$ 5,742 $ 6,495
Cost of goods sold
659 693
Gross profit
5,083 5,802
Operating expenses
Research and development
4,245 6,078
Sales and marketing
2,050 2,789
General and administrative
1,777 3,308
Total operating expenses
8,071 12,175
Operating loss
(2,988) (6,373)
Other income (expense)
Interest and other expense
(116) (742)
Interest and other income
43 10
Total other income
(74) (733)
Net loss
$ (3,062) $ (7,106)
Revenue
Three Months
Ended March 31,
Change
2020
2021
Amount
%
(in thousands, except percentages)
Revenue
Product sales
$ 3,195 $ 4,076 $ 881 28%
Leased elements
2,426 2,256 (170) (7)
Other
121 163 43 35
Total Revenue
$ 5,742 $ 6,495 $ 753 13%
Revenue increased by $0.8 million, or 13%, from the three months ended March 31, 2020 to the three months ended March 31, 2021. Product sales accounted for 56% and 63% of our total revenue for the three months ended March 31, 2020 and 2021, respectively, and leased elements revenue accounted for 42% and 35% of our total revenue for the three months ended March 31, 2020 and 2021, respectively.
The following table provides additional details regarding the sources of our revenue for the periods presented:
Three Months Ended
March 31,
Change
2020
2021
Amount
%
(in thousands, except percentages)
Cell therapy
$ 3,190 $ 4,729 $ 1,539 48%
Drug discovery
1,801 1,762 (38) (2)
Program-related
752 4 (748) (99)
Total Revenue
$ 5,742 $ 6,495 $ 753 13%
 
71

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Our overall increase in revenues was primarily driven by growth in sales and leases of instruments and sales of disposables to cell therapy customers. Instrument sales, leased instruments and disposable sales increased in part due to continued high levels of capital invested in companies operating in our target markets.
Costs of Goods Sold
Three Months Ended
March 31,
Change,
2020
2021
Amount
%
(in thousands, except percentages)
Cost of goods sold
$  659 $  693 $  34 5%
Costs of goods sold increased by $34,000, or 5%, from the three months ended March 31, 2020 to the three months ended March 31, 2021. The increase was primarily driven by higher sales of instruments and disposables. Costs of goods sold did not increase at the same rate as revenue growth because of the impact of growth in leased instruments, which have minimal associated cost of goods sold.
Operating Expenses
Research and Development
Three Months Ended
March 31,
Change
2020
2021
Amount
%
(in thousands, except percentages)
Research and development
$  4,245 $  6,078 $  1,833 43%
Research and development expenses increased by $1.8 million, or 43%, from the three months ended March 31, 2020 to the three months ended March 31, 2021. The increase was primarily driven by $1.7 million in costs associated with cessation of CARMA operations, partially offset by $0.4 million decrease in on-going CARMA activities, and a $0.5 million increase in compensation expenses associated with headcount increases and stock-based compensation.
Sales and Marketing
Three Months Ended
March 31,
Change
2020
2021
Amount
%
(in thousands, except percentages)
Sales and Marketing
$  2,050 $  2,789 $  739 36%
Sales and marketing expenses increased by $0.7 million, or 36%, from the three months ended March 31, 2020 to the three months ended March 31, 2021. The increase was primarily driven by increased compensation expense as a result of headcount increases, commissions on sales, and stock-based compensation which added $0.9 million to sales and marketing costs, partially offset by COVID-19 driven reductions in travel and marketing expenses of $0.2 million. As travel and in-person restrictions instituted due to COVID-19 begin to recede, we expect travel and marketing expenses to increase.
General and Administrative
Three Months Ended
March 31,
Change
2020
2021
Amount
%
(in thousands, except percentages)
General and administrative
$  1,777 $  3,308 $  1,532 86%
General and administrative expense increased by $1.5 million, or 86%, from the three months ended March 31, 2020 to the three months ended March 31, 2021. The increase was primarily driven by increased compensation expense associated with headcount increases, salary increases, and
 
72

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
stock-based compensation which added $1.1 million within the general and administrative function and $0.3 million in public company and legal expenses.
Interest and Other Income (Expense)
Interest and Other Income
Three Months Ended
March 31,
Change
2020
2021
Amount
%
(in thousands, except percentages)
Interest and other income
$  43 $  10 $  (34) (77)%
Interest and other income decreased by $34,000, or 77%, from the three months ended March 31, 2020 to the three months ended March 31, 2021. The decrease was primarily driven by a lower average balance of short-term investments.
Interest and Other Expense
Three Months Ended
March 31,
Change
2020
2021
Amount
%
(in thousands, except percentages)
Interest and other expense
$  116 $  742 $  626 538%
Interest and other expense increased by $0.6 million, or 538%, from the three months ended March 31, 2020 to the three months ended March 31, 2021. The increase was primarily driven by the termination fees associated with repayment before maturity of the Term Loan and the fair value change of common stock warrants, partially offset by the lower interest expenses due to a lower average loan balance associated with the early repayment of debt in 2021.
Comparison of the Years Ended December 31, 2019 and 2020
The results of operations presented below should be reviewed in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and notes included elsewhere in the prospectus. The following tables set forth our results of operations for the periods presented:
Year Ended
December 31,
2019
2020
(in thousands)
Total revenue
$ 21,621 $ 26,169
Cost of goods sold
2,499 2,767
Gross profit
19,122 23,402
Operating expenses
Research and development
17,601 17,744
Sales and marketing
7,852 8,329
General and administrative
6,088 8,386
Total operating expenses
31,542 34,459
Operating loss
(12,420) (11,057)
Other income (expense)
Interest and other expense
(681) (826)
Interest and other income
206 66
Total other income
475 760
Net loss
$ (12,895) $ (11,816)
 
73

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Revenue
Year Ended
December 31,
Change
2019
2020
Amount
%
(in thousands, except percentages)
Revenue
Products sales
$ 12,918 $ 14,850 $ 1,932 15%
Leased elements
8,364 10,717 2,354 28
Other
339 601 262 77
Total Revenue
$ 21,621 $ 26,169 $ 4,548 21
Revenue increased by $4.5 million, or 21%, from the year ended December 31, 2019 to the year ended December 31, 2020. Product sales accounted for 60% and 57% of our total revenue for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020, respectively, and leased elements revenue accounted for 39% and 41% of our total revenue for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020, respectively.
The following table provides additional details regarding the sources of our revenue for the years presented:
Year Ended
December 31,
Change
2019
2020
Amount
%
(in thousands, except percentages)
Cell therapy
$ 11,868 $ 15,769 $ 3,901 33%
Drug discovery
7,321 7,143 (178) (2)
Program-related
2,432 3,257 825 34
Total Revenue
$ 21,621 $ 26,169 $ 4,548 21
Our overall increase in revenue primarily was driven by growth among cell therapy customers in the number of instruments and disposables that we sold, new leased instrument placements, and recurring revenues from existing instrument leases, as well as growth in the number of clinical milestone events that our SPL customers achieved that resulted in payments to us. Instrument sales and leases and disposable sales increased in part due to continued high levels of capital invested in companies operating in our target markets. Milestones increased due to the clinical progress of our SPL customers.
Costs of Goods Sold
Year Ended
December 31,
Change,
2019
2020
Amount
%
(in thousands, except percentages)
Cost of goods sold
$ 2,499 $ 2,767 $ 268 11%
Costs of goods sold increased by $0.3 million, or 11%, from the year ended December 31, 2019 to the year ended December 31, 2020. The increase was primarily driven by higher sales of instruments and disposables. Cost of goods sold did not increase at the same rate as revenue growth because of the growth in milestone payments, which have no associated cost of goods.
Operating Expenses
Research and Development
Year Ended
December 31,
Change
2019
2020
Amount
%
(in thousands, except percentages)
Research and development
$ 17,601 $ 17,744 $ 143 1%
 
74

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Research and development expenses increased by $0.1 million, or 1%, from the year ended December 31, 2019 to the year ended December 31, 2020. The increase was primarily driven by increased compensation expense associated with field application scientist headcount increases and applications development headcount increases which combined to add $1.4 million to research and development costs, offset by reduced expenses associated with our CARMA activities of $1.1 million and reduced travel expenses of $0.3 million during 2020 due to the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic.
Sales and Marketing
Year Ended
December 31,
Change
2019
2020
Amount
%
(in thousands, except percentages)
Sales and Marketing
$ 7,852 $ 8,329 $ 477 6%
Sales and marketing expenses increased by $0.5 million, or 6%, from the year ended December 31, 2019 to the year ended December 31, 2020. The increase was primarily driven by increased compensation expense as a result of headcount increases, commissions on sales, and stock-based compensation which added $1.8 million to sales and marketing costs, partially offset by COVID-19 driven reductions in travel and marketing expenses of $1.3 million. As travel and in-person restrictions instituted due to COVID-19 begin to recede, we expect travel and marketing expenses to increase.
General and Administrative
Year Ended
December 31,
Change
2019
2020
Amount
%
(in thousands, except percentages)
General and administrative
$ 6,088 $ 8,386 $ 2,298 38%
General and administrative expense increased by $2.3 million, or 38%, from the year ended December 31, 2019 to the year ended December 31, 2020. The increase was primarily driven by increased compensation expense associated with headcount increases, salary increases, and stock-based compensation which added $1.5 million within the general and administrative function as well as $0.6 million of expenses associated with capital raising activities that were not eligible to be capitalized.
Interest and Other Income (Expense)
Interest and Other Income
Year Ended
December 31,
Change
2019
2020
Amount
%
(in thousands, except percentages)
Interest and other income
$ 206 $ 66 $ (140) (68)%
Interest and other income decreased by $0.1 million, or 68%, from the year ended December 31, 2019 to the year ended December 31, 2020. The decrease was primarily driven by declining interest income due to lower market rates in 2020 on our short-term investments.
Interest and Other Expense
Year Ended
December 31,
Change
2019
2020
Amount
%
(in thousands, except percentages)
Interest and other expense
$ 681 $ 826 $ 145 21%
Interest and other expense increased by $0.1 million, or 21%, from the year ended December 31, 2019 to the year ended December 31, 2020. The increase was primarily driven by the fair value change of common stock warrants, partially offset by fees associated with an early prepayment of debt in 2019 and the lower interest expenses due to a lower average loan balance associated with an early repayment of debt in 2019.
 
75

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Liquidity and Capital Resources
Since our inception, we have experienced losses and negative cash flows from operations. For the year ended December 31, 2020 and the three months ended March 31, 2021, we incurred a net loss of $11.8 million and $7.1 million, respectively. As of March 31, 2021, we had an accumulated deficit of $102.3 million. To date, we have funded our operations primarily with proceeds from sales of common stock, borrowings under loan agreements and from revenues associated with sales and leasing of our products to customers. As of March 31, 2021, we had cash and cash equivalents and short-term investments of $78.7 million.
We expect to incur additional operating losses in the future as we continue to invest in expanding our business through growing our sales and marketing efforts, continued research and development, product development and expanding our product offerings. Based on our current business plan, we believe the net proceeds from this offering, together with our existing cash and cash equivalents, will enable us to fund our operating expenses and capital expenditure requirements for the foreseeable future.
We have based this estimate on assumptions that may prove to be wrong, and we could utilize our available capital resources sooner than we expect. Our future funding requirements will depend on many factors, including:

market acceptance of our products;

the cost and timing of establishing additional sales, marketing and distribution capabilities;

the cost of our research and development activities and successful development of data supporting use of our products for new applications, and timely launch of new features and products;

our ability to enter into additional SPLs and licenses for clinical use of our platform in the future;

changes in the amount of capital available to existing and emerging customers in our target markets;

the effect of competing technological and market developments; and

the level of our selling, general and administrative expenses.
If we are unable to execute on our business plan and adequately fund operations, or if the business plan requires a level of spending in excess of cash resources, we will have to seek additional equity or debt financing. If additional financings are required from outside sources, we may not be able to raise such capital on terms acceptable to us or at all. To the extent that we raise additional capital through the sale of equity or debt securities, the ownership interest of our stockholders will be diluted, and the terms of these securities may include liquidation or other preferences that adversely affect the rights of our common stockholders. Debt financing, if available, may involve agreements that include covenants restricting our ability to take specific actions, such as incurring additional debt, selling or licensing our assets, making product acquisitions, making capital expenditures or declaring dividends. If we raise additional funds through collaboration and licensing arrangements with third parties, it may be necessary to relinquish some rights to our technologies or our products, or grant licenses on terms that are not favorable to us. If we are unable to raise additional capital when desired, we may have to delay development or commercialization of future products. We also may have to reduce marketing, customer support or other resources devoted to our existing products.
 
76

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Cash Flows
The following table summarizes our uses and sources of cash for the periods presented:
Year Ended
December 31,
Three Months Ended
March 31,
2019
2020
2020
2021
(in thousands)
Net cash provided by (used in):
Operating activities
$ (8,803) $ (8,782) $ (5,498) $ (4,642)
Investing activities
455 (16,578) (208) 15,692
Financing activities
12,311 28,905 48,899
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents
$ 3,963 $ 3,544 $ (5,706) $ 59,949
Operating Activities
Net cash used in operating activities for the three months ended March 31, 2021 was $4.6 million, and consisted primarily of our net loss of $7.1 million, offset in part by net non-cash expenses of $2.0 million, including stock-based compensation of $1.3 million, warranty liability fair value adjustments of $0.3 million, and depreciation and amortization expenses of $0.3 million. We also had net cash inflows of $0.5 million due to net changes in our operating assets and liabilities. Net changes in our operating assets and liabilities consisted primarily of an increase in deferred revenue of $1.2 million, a decrease in accounts receivable of $0.9 million, partially offset by a $1.4 million decrease in accounts payable and accrued expenses, and a $0.3 million increase in inventory.
Net cash used in operating activities for the three months ended March 31, 2020 was $5.5 million, and consisted primarily of our net loss of $3.1 million, offset in part by non-cash expenses of $0.8 million, including stock-based compensation of $0.5 million. and depreciation and amortization expenses of $0.2 million. We also had net cash outflows of $3.2 million due to changes in our operating assets and liabilities. Net changes in our operating assets and liabilities consisted primarily of a decrease in accounts payable and accrued expenses of $2.7 million, an increase in accounts receivable of $0.7 million and an increase in inventory of $0.5 million, partially offset by a $0.4 million increase in deferred revenue and a $0.1 million increase in the net effect of our right-of-use assets and lease liabilities.
Net cash used in operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2020 was $8.8 million, and consisted primarily of our net loss of $11.8 million, offset in part by net non-cash expenses of $3.9 million, including stock-based compensation of $2.5 million and depreciation and amortization expenses of $1.0 million. We also had net cash outflows of $0.9 million due to net changes in our operating assets and liabilities. Net changes in our operating assets and liabilities consisted primarily of an increase in deferred revenue of $1.6 million and an increase in accounts payable and accrued expenses of $0.4 million, partially offset by a $1.8 million increase in accounts receivable, a $0.9 million increase in inventory, a $0.2 million increase in other current and non-current assets and a $0.1 million increase in the net effect of our right-of-use assets and lease liabilities.
Net cash used in operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2019 was $8.8 million, and consisted primarily of our net loss of $12.9 million, offset in part non-cash expenses of $2.5 million, including stock-based compensation of $1.8 million and depreciation and amortization expenses of $0.6 million. We also had net cash inflows of $1.6 million due to changes in our operating assets and liabilities. Net changes in our operating assets and liabilities consisted primarily of a decrease in accounts receivable of $1.6 million, an increase in accounts payable and accrued expenses of $1.2 million, an increase in deferred revenue of $0.8 million and a $0.5 million increase in the net effect of our right-of-use assets and lease liabilities, partially offset by a $1.9 million increase in inventory and a $0.7 million increase in other current and non-current liabilities.
Investing Activities
Cash provided by investing activities during the three months ended March 31, 2021 was $15.7 million, which was primarily attributable to maturities of marketable securities of $16.0 million, partially offset by purchases of property and equipment of $0.3 million.
 
77

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Cash used in investing activities during the three months ended March 31, 2020 was $0.2 million, which was primarily attributable to purchases of property and equipment of $0.7 million, partially offset by net purchases and maturities of marketable securities of $0.5 million.
Cash used in investing activities during the year ended December 31, 2020 was $16.6 million, which was primarily attributable to net purchases of marketable securities of $14.5 million and purchases of property and equipment of $2.1 million.
Cash provided by investing activities during the year ended December 31, 2019 was $0.5 million, which was primarily attributable to net purchases and maturities of marketable securities of $1.7 million, partially offset by purchases of property and equipment of $1.3 million.
Financing activities
Cash provided by financing activities during the three months ended March 31, 2021 was $48.9 million, which was primarily attributable to net proceeds from our issuance of common stock of $51.8 million and proceeds of $2.0 million from the exercise of stock options, partially offset by the repayment of the Term Loan of $4.9 million.
There was no financing activity during the three months ended March 31, 2020.
Cash provided by financing activities during the year ended December 31, 2020 was $28.9 million, which was primarily attributable to net proceeds from issuance of common stock of $28.6 million, proceeds from the PPP loan (as defined below) in the amount of $1.4 million and the proceeds of $0.4 million from the exercise of stock options, partially offset by the repayment of the PPP loan of $1.4 million and lease principal payments of $0.1 million.
Cash provided by financing activities during the year ended December 31, 2019 was $12.3 million, which was primarily attributable to net proceeds from issuance of common stock of $12.3 million, proceeds from borrowing under our MidCap Credit Agreement of $5.0 million and the proceeds of $0.1 million from the exercise of stock options, partially offset by the repayment of our previously outstanding borrowing under the MidCap Credit Agreement of $5.1 million.
Long-Term Debt
In November 2019, we entered into a Credit and Security Agreement, or the MidCap Credit Agreement, with MidCap Financial Trust, or MidCap. The MidCap Credit Agreement provided for a $5.0 million Term Loan maturing on November 1, 2024. The Term Loan provided for (i) an interest rate of one-month Libor plus 6.5% with a 1.5% Libor floor, (ii) monthly interest payments, (iii) 30 monthly principal payments of approximately $0.2 million beginning June 2022 and (iv) a 3% final payment fee. The Term Loan was secured by a lien on substantially all of our assets.
In conjunction with our entry into the MidCap Credit Agreement, we issued MidCap a warrant to purchase 71,168 shares of common stock at a price of £1.09081 per share. The warrant is exercisable at any time through the tenth anniversary of issuance. In connection with the MidCap Credit Agreement, we also incurred expenses of $47,300. As of December 31, 2020, the Term Loan had an outstanding principal balance of $5.0 million and $0.1 million of unamortized debt discount. On March 12, 2021, we repaid all amounts outstanding under the Term Loan and terminated all remaining obligations under the MidCap Credit Agreement and incurred fees of approximately $0.3 million associated with early repayment. The unamortized debt discounts and fees were expensed and recorded as interest expense.
In April 2020, we received a loan, or the PPP loan, from Silicon Valley Bank in the amount of $1.4 million under the U.S. Small Business Administration’s Paycheck Protection Program, or PPP. The PPP was established as part of the U.S. Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security (CARES) Act and provided for potential forgiveness of the loan upon our meeting certain conditions as to the use of the proceeds. The loan provided for interest at 1% and a maturity date of April 2022. In May 2020, we repaid the PPP loan in full.
Contractual Obligations and Commitments
Our contractual obligations and commitments as of December 31, 2020 consisted of operating lease obligations, finance lease obligations and debt obligations under the MidCap Credit Agreement.
 
78

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
As of December 31, 2020, operating lease obligations included $2.0 million in payments due under our lease of office and laboratory space under operating lease agreements that expire in October 2023. As of December 31, 2020, our finance lease obligations consisted of $0.3 million in payments due for our lease of laboratory equipment under a finance lease that expires in April 2023. As of December 31, 2020, debt obligations included the contractually required principal and interest payments payable under our MidCap Credit Agreement, under which borrowings bore interest at a variable rate. On March 12, 2021, we repaid all amounts outstanding under the MidCap Credit Agreement in full.
On May 27, 2021, we entered into an operating lease for up to 67,326 square feet of new office space. The lease for new office space consists of three phases with phase 1 estimated to commence in January 2022, and the lease of all phases is estimated to expire on June 30, 2035. We and the landlord both have a one-time right to terminate phase 3 of the lease associated with 13,543 square feet during a defined time window. We will design and construct the leasehold improvements with the approval of the landlord. The landlord will reimburse us for costs of property improvements up to amounts specified in the lease. The total incremental non-cancellable lease payments under the new lease agreements are approximately $24.5 million through the lease terms.
Purchase orders or contracts for the purchase of supplies and other goods and services are based on our current procurement or development needs and are generally fulfilled by our vendors within short time horizons.
Qualitative and Quantitative Disclosures About Market Risk
Interest Rate Risk
We are exposed to market risk for changes in interest rates related primarily to balances of our cash and cash equivalents and marketable securities. As of March 31, 2021, we had cash and cash equivalents of $78.7 million, which consisted primarily of money market funds and bank deposits. The primary objective of our investment is to preserve principal and provide liquidity. As of March 31, 2021, we had money market funds of $31.2 million and did not hold short-term marketable securities. Our primary exposure to market risk is interest income sensitivity, which is affected by changes in the general level of interest rates in the United States. A 10% change in the level of market interest rates would not have a material effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.
In November 2019, we entered into the Term Loan with MidCap, which carried a fixed interest rate of 6.5% per annum plus one-month Libor with a 1.5% Libor floor. We repaid the Term Loan in full in March 2021 and no longer have any variable-rate indebtedness.
Foreign Currency Risk
We are exposed to financial risks as a result of exchange rate fluctuations between the U.S. dollar and certain foreign currencies and the volatility of these rates. In the normal course of business, we earn revenue primarily denominated in U.S. Dollars as well as in Euros and British Pounds. We incur expenses primarily in U.S. Dollars as well as in Euros, British Pounds and other currencies. Our reporting currency is the U.S. Dollar. We hold our cash primarily in U.S. Dollars as well as in Euros and British Pounds. We do not expect that foreign currency gains or losses will have a material effect on our financial position or results of operations in the foreseeable future. We have not entered into any hedging arrangements with respect to foreign currency risk. As our international operations grow, we will continue to reassess our approach to managing risks relating to fluctuations in currency exchange rates.
Inflation Risk
We do not believe that inflation has had a material effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations. Our operations may be subject to inflation in the future principally through the costs of components and raw materials associated with our instruments and disposables and the cost of labor.
Critical Accounting Policies and Significant Judgments and Estimates
We have prepared our consolidated financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States. Our preparation of these consolidated financial statements requires us to make estimates, assumptions and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets,
 
79

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
liabilities, revenue, expenses and related disclosures. We evaluate our estimates and judgments on an ongoing basis. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other factors that we believe are reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying value of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results could therefore differ materially from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.
While our significant accounting policies are described in more detail in Note 2 to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus, we believe the following accounting policies to be critical to the judgments and estimates used in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements.
Revenue Recognition
We derive revenue from two primary sources, product sales, which is comprised primarily of instrument and disposables revenue, and leased elements, which is comprised of revenue associated with instrument leases.
For revenue generated pursuant to contracts with customers, we recognize revenue when our customer obtains control of promised goods or services, in an amount that reflects the consideration that we expect to receive in exchange for those goods or services. In determining the appropriate amount of revenue to be recognized as we fulfill our obligations under our arrangements, we perform the following steps: (i) identification of the promised goods or services in the contract; (ii) determination of whether the promised goods or services are performance obligations, including whether they are distinct in the context of the contract; (iii) measurement of the transaction price, including the assessment of the constraint on variable consideration; (iv) allocation of the transaction price to the performance obligations; and (v) recognition of revenue when, or as, we satisfy each performance obligation. At contract inception, we assess the goods or services promised within each contract, determine which goods or services are performance obligations and assess whether each promised good or service is distinct.
We enter into instrument lease and licensing arrangements that are accounted for using lease accounting rather than accounted for as pursuant to contracts with customers. Under these arrangements, we license to third parties rights to use our products and embedded software. The terms of these arrangements typically include payment to us of one or more of the following: instrument lease fees, and clinical progress milestones and may, under the terms of existing agreements, include regulatory and/or sales milestone payments and/or royalties. Revenue from instrument leases is recognized ratably over the determined contractual term of the lease agreement and revenue from associated milestones is recognized when each specific milestone event is achieved by the customer.
In some product sale arrangements, products and services have been sold together representing distinct performance obligations. In such arrangements we allocate the sale price to the various performance obligations in the arrangement on a relative standalone selling price basis.
The standalone selling price is the price at which an entity would sell a promised good or service separately to a customer. We estimate the standalone selling price of each of the identified performance obligations in our customer contracts, maximizing the use of observable inputs. Our process for determining standalone selling price requires judgment and considers multiple factors that are reasonably available and maximizes the use of observable inputs that may vary over time depending upon the unique facts and circumstances related to each performance obligation. We believe that this method results in an estimate that represents the price we would charge for the product offerings if they were sold separately.
Taxes, such as sales, value-add and other taxes, collected from customers concurrent with revenue generating activities and remitted to governmental authorities are not included in revenue. Shipping and handling costs associated with outbound freight are primarily directly paid by customers as pass-through costs.
Amounts received under lease arrangements prior to revenue recognition are recorded as deferred revenue in our consolidated balance sheets. Amounts expected to be recognized as revenue within the
 
80

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
12 months following the balance sheet date are classified as current portion of deferred revenue in our consolidated balance sheets. Amounts not expected to be recognized as revenue within the 12 months following the balance sheet date are classified as other liabilities in our consolidated balance sheets.
Stock-based Compensation
We maintain an incentive compensation plan under which stock options are granted primarily to employees, consultants and non-employee directors. We measure stock-based compensation expense on the date of grant and recognize the corresponding compensation expense of those awards over the requisite service period, which is generally the vesting period of the respective award. We record forfeitures as they occur.
We estimate the fair value of stock options granted to our employees and directors based on the closing price of our common stock on the AIM, a market operated by the London Stock Exchange, on the grant date, and the resulting stock-based compensation expense, using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. The Black-Scholes option-pricing model requires the use of assumptions regarding a number of variables that are complex, subjective and generally require significant judgment to determine. The assumptions include expected volatility using publicly traded peer group companies’ common stock, expected dividend yield, risk-free rate of interest and the expected term using the simplified method.
Warrants to Purchase Common Stock
In connection with our Term Loan, we issued a stock purchase warrant to purchase 71,168 shares of common stock. Because the exercise price is denominated in British pounds, we record a liability for the fair value of the warrant at the end of each reporting period, with changes between periods reported in our consolidated statements of operations.
The fair value of the stock purchase warrants is determined based on the Black-Scholes option pricing model or other option pricing models as appropriate and includes the use of unobservable inputs such as the expected term, anticipated volatility and expected dividends. Changes in any of the assumptions related to such unobservable inputs identified above may change the embedded conversion options’ fair value; increases in expected term, anticipated volatility and expected dividends generally result in increases in fair value, while decreases in these unobservable inputs generally result in decreases in fair value.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
A description of recently issued accounting pronouncements that may potentially impact our financial position, results of operations or cash flows is disclosed in Note 2 to our annual consolidated financial statements and interim condensed consolidated financial statements appearing in this prospectus.
Emerging Growth Company Status
We are an “emerging growth company,” or EGC, under the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act. Section 107 of the JOBS Act provides that an EGC can take advantage of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act for complying with new or revised accounting standards. Thus, an EGC can delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We have elected to avail ourselves of the delayed adoption of new and revised accounting standards and, therefore, we will be subject to the same requirements to adopt new or revised accounting standards as private entities.
As an EGC, we may also take advantage of certain exemptions and reduced reporting requirements under the JOBS Act. Subject to certain conditions, as an EGC:

we are presenting only two years of audited financial statements and only two years of related Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations in this prospectus;

we will avail ourselves of the exemption from providing an auditor’s attestation report on our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act;

we will avail ourselves of the exemption from complying with any requirement that may be adopted by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board, or PCAOB, regarding mandatory
 
81

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
audit firm rotation or a supplement to the auditor’s report providing additional information about the audit and the financial statements, known as the auditor discussion and analysis;

we are providing reduced disclosure about our executive compensation arrangements; and

we will not require nonbinding advisory votes on executive compensation or stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments.
We will remain an EGC until the earliest of (i) December 31, 2026, which is the last day of the fiscal year in which the fifth anniversary of this offering occurs, (ii) the last day of the fiscal year in which we have total annual gross revenues of $1.07 billion or more, (iii) the date on which we have issued more than $1 billion in non-convertible debt during the previous rolling three-year period, or (iv) the date on which we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act.
 
82

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
BUSINESS
Our Mission
We believe in the vast potential of next-generation cell therapies to have a meaningful impact on the millions of patients worldwide who, despite medical advancement, live with unmet medical needs across a variety of diseases. Our aim is to be the premier cell engineering platform technology to support the development of advanced therapeutics.
Overview
We are a leading commercial cell engineering company focused on providing enabling platform technologies to advance innovative cell-based research as well as next-generation cell therapeutic discovery, development and commercialization. Over the past twenty years, we have developed and commercialized our proprietary Flow Electroporation platform, which facilitates complex engineering of a wide variety of cells. Electroporation is a method of transfection, or the process of deliberately introducing molecules into cells, that involves applying an electric field in order to temporarily increase the permeability of the cell membrane. This precisely controlled increase in permeability allows the intracellular delivery of molecules, such as genetic material and proteins, that would not normally be able to cross the cell membrane as easily.
With increased knowledge of cell complexity and systems biology in the scientific community, researchers have sought to leverage or repurpose cell functions and/or machinery for research or therapeutic purposes. The ability to engineer living cells by introducing foreign molecules, such as gene editing systems and transgenes, has led to a revolution in biological research and resulted in numerous biological discoveries. Living human cells can also be engineered ex vivo, or outside the body, where they are repaired or reprogrammed to fight disease. In this case, the engineered cell itself is the drug.
Cell therapy has emerged as one of the fastest growing and most promising treatment modalities to address a host of human diseases. Over the past few years, the success of multiple U.S. Food and Drug Administration, or FDA, approved cell therapies providing long-lasting amelioration of symptoms or presence of disease has catalyzed tremendous investment — leading to exponential growth in cell-based therapies being evaluated for therapeutic applications. According to the Alliance for Regenerative Medicine, the combination of gene, cell, and tissue-based therapeutic developers raised an aggregate of $19.9 billion in 2020, up from $13.3 billion in 2018. According to the American Society of Gene and Cell Therapy, or ASGCT, there are now more than 3,400 gene, cell and RNA therapies in development globally, with gene therapy including genetically-modified chimeric antigen receptor T cells, or CAR-Ts, accounting for 53% of those candidates.
Our ExPERT platform, which is based on our Flow Electroporation technology, has been designed to address this rapidly expanding cell therapy market and can be utilized across the continuum of the high-growth cell therapy sector, from discovery and development through commercialization of next-generation, cell-based medicines. The ExPERT family of products includes: three instruments, the ATx, STx and GTx; portfolio of proprietary related processing assemblies, or disposables; and software protocols. We have garnered meaningful expertise in cell engineering via our internal research and development efforts as well as our customer-focused commercial approach, which includes a growing application scientist team. The platform is also supported by a robust intellectual property portfolio with 50 granted U.S. and foreign patents and 76 pending patent applications worldwide.
From leading commercial cell therapy drug developers and top biopharmaceutical companies to top academic and government research institutions, including the U.S. National Institutes of Health, or NIH, our customers have extensively validated our technology. We believe the features and performance of our platform have led to sustained customer engagement. Our existing customer base ranges from large biopharmaceutical companies, including all of the top 10, and 20 of the top 25, pharmaceutical companies based on 2020 global revenue, to hundreds of biotechnology companies and academic centers focused on translational research. As of June 30, 2021, we have placed more than 400 of our electroporation instruments worldwide. During the year ended December 31, 2020, we sold a total of 70 instruments to our customers and leased an additional 16 instruments to our customers.
 
83

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
We believe our ExPERT platform offers a compelling value proposition to our academic and biopharmaceutical customers due to: (i) the ability to use our technology to deliver almost any molecule into almost any cell type, including hard-to-transfect human primary cells, while maintaining high cell viability and function: (ii) the capacity to introduce larger and more diverse payloads compared to other intracellular delivery technologies, such as viral vectors; and (iii) the flexibility to scale up from research to current good manufacturing practices, or cGMP, manufacturing on a single platform — enabling the engineering of cells ranging from tens of thousands of cells to tens of billions of cells in a single transfection run in 30 minutes or less.
We believe our ExPERT intracellular delivery platform provides value across numerous applications in the life sciences market, including the research, discovery, development, and manufacturing of next-generation, cell-based therapeutics, as well as in biomanufacturing, such as transient protein production for drug discovery and manufacturing of other proteins, including biological therapeutics, viral vectors and vaccines and small molecule drug discovery.
Our ExPERT technology platform is being used in the clinic to support the development of next-generation cell therapy approaches to treat human disease. Following the successful clinical development leading to FDA approvals of CAR-T cell therapies in blood-based cancer, developers have focused on improving efficacy, lowering the cost of manufacturing and/or expanding engineered cell therapies into new indications, such as solid tumors. To address these goals, the ex vivo cell therapy industry has trended towards developing more complex therapies that require sophisticated engineering and gene manipulation as well as the use of different starting cell types.
Often as a product candidate moves from preclinical research to clinical trials and then commercial scale up, drug developers must transition to different technologies, which can create significant financial, technical, and regulatory burdens for customers and lead to significant timeline delays due to re-optimization requirements. We believe that our ExPERT platform enables our customers to engineer cells safely, efficiently, and with high reproducibility, cell viability and potency throughout the stages of product development and commercialization. This ability to use a single platform provides significant cost and time savings for our customers and accelerates the delivery of new treatments to patients.
In addition, we are committed to continued research and development investments in technology and scientific innovation to maintain our market leadership position. For example, we intend to introduce new instruments and processing assemblies, or PAs, under the ExPERT brand that allow us to meet the evolving needs of customers and move into new applications to better serve high growth segments of the cell therapy market, including allogeneic CAR-T, engineered stem cells for inherited disorders, engineered primary cells for treatment of solid tumors and development of personalized neoantigen approaches.
We believe we are well positioned in this market given the manufacturing supply constraints and payload size limitations of other delivery methods, such as viral vectors. Given our value proposition in non-viral delivery, we have established strategic relationships, in the form of Strategic Platform Licenses, or SPLs, with a growing number of leading cell therapy developers as they work to bring next-generation cell therapies into and through the clinic and advance those candidates to potential commercialization. These SPLs provide us with the ability to secure downstream program-related pre-commercial milestones and, in most cases, commercial sales-based payments. In addition, from our SPL customers, we receive both annual research and clinical license fees as well as payments from sales of our proprietary disposables as recurring revenue streams. Given growth in the cell therapy pipeline and increased investment in the space, we estimate that the number of potential SPLs for us will increase from approximately 50 today, based on our estimate of the companies that are currently developing engineered cell therapies, to almost 140 by 2026, based on our estimates of growth in the cell therapy pipeline, growth in the number of therapeutic delivery entrants into the market and ongoing shift to non-viral delivery.
 
84

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
We have entered into 13 SPLs with commercial cell therapy developers since January 1, 2017, of which 12 have been publicly announced as shown in the table below.
Partner
Therapeutic Indication
Date Announced
Most Advanced
Stage of
Clinical
Development*
CRISPR/Casebia Therapeutics
Hemoglobin-related diseases and severe combined immunodeficiency (SCID)
March 14, 2017
Phase 1/2
CRISPR Therapeutics
Immuno-oncology
November 9, 2018
Phase 1
Precision Biosciences
Oncology
November 14, 2018
Phase 1/2
Kite Pharma (now Gilead)
Oncology (CAR-T)
March 1, 2019
Preclinical
Editas Medicine
Sickle cell disease and beta-thalassemia; Immuno-oncology
October 7, 2019
Phase 1/2
VOR Biopharma
Oncology
November 21, 2019
Phase 1/2
KSQ Therapeutics
Oncology
December 4, 2019
Preclinical
Allogene Therapeutics
Oncology (CAR-T)
March 24, 2020
Phase 1/2
Caribou Biosciences
Oncology
May 7, 2020
Phase 1
Apeiron Biologics
Oncology
July 8, 2020
Phase 1b
Myeloid Therapeutics
Oncology
January 11, 2021
Phase 1
Celularity
Oncology
May 25, 2021
Preclinical
*
Includes only product candidates that have been publicly disclosed by the customer.
In addition to SPLs, we provide some customers, which could be academic institutions or commercial entities, with access to our instruments through licenses for research-only purposes, without the rights or ability to produce material for clinical use, or for use in the clinical evaluation and development of a therapeutic product intended for human use. We refer to these agreements as research licenses and clinical licenses, respectively.
Under these SPLs and other license agreements with our customers, in exchange for an annual license fee per instrument, we provide our customers with non-exclusive access to our:

cGMP-compatible platform, which enables early-optimization and scale-up from preclinical research into clinical development using our intellectual property portfolio;

FDA Master File and Technical Files, which may accelerate and streamline development and reduce regulatory risk in the creation and development of our partners’ therapeutic drug candidates;

experienced commercial team of sales personnel and application scientists who work directly with our customers to solve cell engineering problems; and

continuous know-how and cell engineering process improvements.
Of the over 75 clinical program licenses associated with our existing SPLs, more than 15% are in the clinic, meaning they have at least an FDA-cleared investigational new drug application, or IND. An IND is a request for authorization from the FDA to administer an investigational new drug to humans. An IND must become effective before human clinical trials may begin. The IND automatically becomes effective 30 days after receipt by the FDA, unless the FDA, within the 30-day time period, raises safety concerns or questions about the proposed clinical trial. Clinical trials then involve the administration of the investigational product to human subjects under the supervision of qualified investigators and are
 
85

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
conducted under protocols detailing, among other things, the objectives of the study, the parameters to be used in monitoring safety and the effectiveness criteria to be evaluated.
Human clinical trials are typically conducted in three sequential phases that may overlap or be combined. In Phase 1, the investigational product is initially introduced into healthy human subjects or patients with the target disease or condition. These trials are designed to test the safety, dosage tolerance, absorption, metabolism and excretion of the investigational product in humans, the side effects associated with increasing doses, and, if possible, to gain early evidence on effectiveness. In Phase 2, the investigational product is administered to a limited patient population with a specified disease or condition to evaluate the preliminary efficacy, optimal dosages and dosing schedule and to identify possible adverse side effects and safety risks. Multiple Phase 2 clinical trials may be conducted to obtain information prior to beginning larger and more expensive Phase 3 clinical trials. In Phase 3, the investigational product is administered to an expanded patient population to further evaluate dosage, to provide statistically significant evidence of clinical efficacy and to further test for safety, generally at multiple geographically dispersed clinical trial sites. These clinical trials are intended to establish the overall risk/benefit ratio of the investigational product and to provide an adequate basis for product approval.
Assuming successful completion of all required testing in accordance with all applicable regulatory requirements, the results of product development, nonclinical studies and clinical trials are submitted to the FDA as part of a biologics license application, or BLA, requesting approval to market the product for one or more indications. The BLA must include all relevant data available from preclinical and clinical trials, including negative or ambiguous results as well as positive findings, together with detailed information relating to the product’s chemistry, manufacturing, controls and proposed labeling, among other things.
Our 13 SPLs have the potential to generate over $950 million in pre-commercial milestone payments if all of the licensed programs were to achieve regulatory approvals. In addition, under the SPLs, we typically have the potential to receive significant, sales-based commercial payments for approved products. However, as described above, clinical development involves a lengthy and expensive process with an uncertain outcome, and therefore our customers may never receive FDA or other regulatory approval for their product candidates covered by their SPL agreements with us, in which case we will not receive this amount of pre-commercial milestone payments or the sales-based commercial payments or royalties contemplated by our agreements.
[MISSING IMAGE: tm2113965d2-org_prog4c.jpg]
Our current strategic partners have demonstrated success progressing next-generation cell therapies through the clinic, which has provided growing validation supporting our ability to facilitate complex cell engineering in a clinical setting. Further, our platform is supported by an FDA Master File. A Master File is a submission to the FDA with confidential detailed information about our products, methods, processes and data, which can be referenced by our customers to support their own regulatory filings, which we believe has the potential to reduce certain risks and challenges in connection with our customers’ regulatory submissions and development timelines. Outside of the United States, similar Technical Files are in place or being pursued to support our customers’ regulatory processes.
For the year ended December 31, 2020, one cell therapy company with which we have entered into an SPL accounted for 15% of our total revenue, and our six largest such customers accounted for an aggregate of approximately 40% of our total revenue for the year through a combination of instrument license fees, milestones realized and processing assembly revenue. As the number of SPL customers
 
86

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
increases, the portion of our total revenue derived from any one or a limited number of SPL customers will decline accordingly.
We aim to build a large, diversified portfolio of SPLs that enable us to participate in the economics of the near-term and long-term success of our partners’ drug candidates. We estimate that the total addressable market opportunity for our ExPERT platform, based on the potential for current SPLs, was approximately $9 billion in 2020. We expect this market to grow to over $24 billion by 2026 driven by growth in the ex vivo cell therapy pipeline and a shift to use of non-viral delivery technologies as described in more detail under “— Our Market Opportunity.”
Our Competitive Strengths
We believe our industry leadership position and continued growth will be driven by the following competitive strengths:

Our proprietary technology platform unlocks the significant potential of advanced therapeutics.   We have built our ExPERT platform to advance the growing demands for non-viral delivery and next-generation cell and gene engineering approaches. Our platform technology enables delivery of almost any molecule into almost any cell type. We believe our platform leads the industry in performance (measured by consistency, efficiency, viability, flexibility, and scale). Our platform is further supported by a robust intellectual property portfolio with 50 issued U.S. and foreign patents and 76 pending patent applications worldwide.

Comprehensive, high-performance transfection platform.   We believe our ExPERT platform offers a unique value proposition given the flexibility to scale up from research to cGMP manufacturing on a single platform — enabling the engineering of cells ranging from tens of thousands of cells to tens of billions of cells in a single transfection run in 30 minutes or less. Our long-term internal engineering expertise is supplemented by our customer focused approach — with a growing application scientist team working with our customers across increasingly diverse applications.

Positioned as a leader in the large and growing next-generation cell therapy market with the ability to capitalize on rising demand for non-viral approaches.   We believe we are well positioned to capture increased market share within the large and growing next-generation cell therapy market. Since the FDA approved the first engineered CAR-T cell therapies to treat cancer in 2017, the number of cell therapy candidates being evaluated pre-clinically and clinically has grown exponentially. We expect growth to continue given the remaining high unmet medical need in cancer and other chronic conditions and predict increased investments in cell therapy product development across a variety of human diseases. We expect to grow our market share given the high performance of our platform and regulatory support through our FDA Master File as well as the ongoing shift to non-viral delivery as the industry has trended towards developing advanced cell-based therapies with complex engineering strategies to improve efficacy, reduce time to patient treatment and expand into new indications.

Innovative partnership business model focused on value creation and shared success.   Our SPLs allow us to participate in the value creation of our customers’ programs via pre-commercial milestones and in nearly all cases commercial sales-based payments. We intend to continue to build a portfolio of strategic partnerships with cell therapy developers, which provide us with a growing, diversified source of potential downstream revenue.
In addition to the high performance and flexibility of the ExPERT platform, we believe our partnership model further reduces clinical risk and development timelines for our cell therapy partners. By entering into an SPL with us, for example, our partners gain access to our FDA Master File to support their IND-enabling studies and potentially shorten clinical development. Our FDA Master File was originally established in 2002 and has been continuously updated as platform improvements are implemented to support different applications and cell types. The FDA Master File and equivalent Technical Files in other countries can be referenced by our partners to support their own regulatory submissions with the goal of accelerating regulatory submissions processes for our partners. To date, our FDA Master File and Technical Files have been referenced by our customers in over 30 clinical trials.
 
87

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 

First-mover advantage has yielded broad-based adoption, with commercial model supported by top-tier customers.   Our business model is supported by more than 20 years of investment and experience and has enabled us to cultivate long-standing and collaborative relationships with our significant and growing customer base. From leading commercial cell therapy drug developers and top biopharmaceutical companies to top academic and government research institutions, including the NIH, our customers have extensively validated our technology. We believe the features and performance of our platform have led to sustained customer engagement. Our existing customer base includes large biopharmaceutical companies, including all of the top 10, and 20 of the top 25, pharmaceutical companies based on 2020 global revenue. We now have 13 SPLs with commercial cell therapy developers, which together provide licenses for over 75 programs, of which currently more than 15% have advanced into clinical trials.

Recurring revenue model provides high visibility, with drivers of potential long-term upside.   Our business model enables us to generate substantial revenue from five sources: sales of instruments and disposables to new customers; additional sales of instruments and disposables to our existing installed base; annual instrument license fees from cell therapy customers; pre-commercial milestones under SPLs; and potential commercial sales-based payments under SPLs. We generate high recurring revenue from our ExPERT instrumentation licenses and disposable sales, which provides visibility into future near-term revenue. Over the last three years, annual renewals of instrument licenses were greater than 80% on average — and for our SPLs were near 100%. In addition to recurring revenue, we have the potential to receive meaningful pre-commercial and commercial payments under SPLs if our customers are successful in advancing programs through the clinic and into the commercial stage. In aggregate, we have the potential to receive over $950 million in pre-commercial milestone payments under our current SPLs, if all of the programs were to receive regulatory approvals.

Founder-led leadership team and workforce with deep domain knowledge.   Our management team combines strong and broad subject matter expertise with a demonstrated history of commercial and operational execution. Moreover, our workforce has deep domain knowledge across a range of scientific, engineering, regulatory and business disciplines. We have supplemented our diverse technical experience by assembling a deep operational team with expertise in manufacturing, legal, sales, marketing, customer service and finance. We believe the team we have assembled with talent from multiple disciplines and a science- and customer-focused culture represents a significant competitive advantage for us. As of March 31, 2021, of our 65 full-time employees, 45 have advanced degrees, including 19 with Ph.D. degrees.
Our Growth Strategies
The key elements of our growth strategy include:

Establish ExPERT as the standard of non-viral delivery technology in the rapidly growing cell therapy market.   We are committed to continued investment in technology and scientific innovation to maintain our market leadership position. We believe that the adaptability of, and continuous improvement in, our single-use disposable product portfolio via recent product launches exemplifies our partnership with our customers to meet varying processing volume requirements, for example. We plan to further invest in our current platform and potentially introduce new instruments and PAs that allow us to meet the evolving needs of customers and move into new applications to better serve high-growth segments of the cell therapy market.

Drive customer adoption and accelerate revenue growth through execution and expansion of our strategic marketing initiatives.   We aim to accelerate our revenue growth by investing in our sales and application scientist teams to fuel growth in our underlying ExPERT platform and foster and develop new customer and SPL opportunities. We also see opportunity for geographic expansion, particularly in Asia, and the potential to further penetrate non-commercial customer accounts, including translational academic centers globally, which
 
88

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
we believe will represent “hotspots” driving innovation that favor non-viral extracellular delivery technology. Finally, we expect to continue to cultivate academic collaborations and grow our application scientist team to gain exposure to and experience with up and coming cell and gene engineering approaches.

Increase our number of SPLs.   We plan to continue to pursue SPLs with target customers, including leading biopharmaceutical companies focused on cell therapies. We believe that there are a substantial number of potential SPL opportunities in the market and have seen a commensurate increase in our SPL discussions over the past several years. Given growth in the cell therapy pipeline and increased investment in the space, we estimate that the number of potential SPLs for us will increase from approximately 50 today, based on our estimate of the companies that are currently developing engineered cell therapies, to almost 140 by 2026, based on our estimates of growth in the cell therapy pipeline, growth in the number of therapeutic delivery entrants into the market and ongoing shift to non-viral delivery. We plan to aggressively pursue these opportunities and establish new SPLs by increasing business development activities and demonstrating our technological advantages over alternative methods.

Commercialize our VLX Large-Scale Transfection System under the ExPERT brand to expand our capabilities into additional attractive market verticals, including large-scale bioprocessing and cell therapy applications.   Our VLX Large-Scale Transfection System provides the ability to transfect up to approximately 200 billion cells, or ten times the number of cells and/or volume of the GTx/STx, in less than 30 minutes. The VLX has been sold to a limited number of customers for specific large-scale applications in a first generation design. We plan to align the current design of the VLX with the design, capabilities and branding of our ExPERT instruments, as well as make specific product enhancements that would be unique to the VLX. As part of this initiative, the VLX will be rebranded under the ExPERT brand as the “VLx.” We believe that improving the design of the VLX and commercializing it under the ExPERT brand with an updated state-of-the art design, adding an on-board user interface, and developing associated cGMP compatible large-scale disposables and software protocols, would allow us to enter into large-scale bioprocessing applications including viral vector production in suspension cell cultures and rapid production of proteins, including monoclonal antibodies — as well as facilitate further scale up in allogeneic (or donor-derived) cell therapy approaches.

Enhance manufacturing and research and development capabilities by investing in capacity as well as automation and process development.   We intend to expand our manufacturing infrastructure. We plan to invest in our capacity to support increased demand for our instruments and disposables as our customers move further through the clinic and toward commercialization. We also plan to invest in the automation and final assembly of our PAs for greater control and for enhanced flexibility as our partners expand the use of our technology. Additionally, we plan to expand our research and development capabilities by investing in process development via expanding laboratory space, increasing capital investment in laboratory equipment and supplies and growing our scientific team — to continue to align our capabilities with the requirements of our customers and potentially support new product development.

Opportunistically pursue strategic investments, partnerships and acquisitions.   Our revenue growth to date has been organically driven by the addition of customers to our growing installed base of ExPERT users and expansion of our product offerings to those customers. We may consider opportunistic investments, partnerships and acquisitions that we believe will complement our product platform, allowing us to enter new markets and applications to enhance our growth profile. We also intend to establish new industry partnerships, enabling us to remain at the forefront of cell engineering trends and continue to collaborate with customers to accelerate the development and commercialization of new medicines.
Our Technology Platform
The foundation of our technology is our proprietary and patented Flow Electroporation platform, which we have developed and optimized over more than 20 years. Electroporation, or electro-permeabilization, leverages the fundamental properties of cell membranes, the ability to create
 
89

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
reversible permeability in the presence of an electric charge, as a universal method to introduce foreign molecules, or transfect, eukaryotic cells. Electroporation can be applied to almost any eukaryotic cell type to deliver a broad range of molecules, including DNA, mRNA, siRNA and proteins. Our patented Flow Electroporation platform is fully scalable and can support small-scale research and development through to large-scale cell engineering for development of commercial therapeutics.
[MISSING IMAGE: tm2113965d1-pht_expert4clr.jpg]
Our technology platform is marketed under the ExPERT brand. The value of our ExPERT brand starts with Efficiency — with high delivery Efficiency, users can achieve Potency, with high Potency, users improve their chances of therapeutic Efficacy, and if this can be repeated, Reproducibly from patient to patient, users have a successful Therapy. By delivering high efficiency at any scale, the ExPERT platform is designed to improve our customer’s ability to achieve the required therapeutic index, enabling accelerated, cost-efficient translation of complex cellular therapies from research to the clinic.
Our ExPERT platform consists of three instruments, the ATx, STx and GTx, which use a broad range of PAs, or disposables, of different volumes to enable scalable electroporation from tens of thousands to billions of cells to facilitate the translation of complex cellular therapies from concept to the clinic, in support of the intended therapeutic commercialization.
Our ExPERT family of instruments and disposables supports scale-up for cell therapy
[MISSING IMAGE: tm2113965d2-pht_scale4c.jpg]
Overview of our ExPERT platform
Our Flow Electroporation Technology was designed to meet the stringent demands of clinical use — namely, the ability to safely and reproducibly modify a broad range of primary human cells with high efficiency, low cytotoxicity, and at the scale required to enable the treatment of patients across a diverse range of diseases.
We believe the current ExPERT instrument family represents the next generation of our clinically validated, electroporation technology for complex and scalable cellular engineering. By delivering high transfection efficiency with enhanced functionality and ease of use, the ExPERT platform delivers the high-end performance that we believe is essential to enabling the next wave of biological and cellular therapeutics. The combination of the ExPERT instruments, associated disposables and universal electroporation buffer, provides researchers, production scientists, and cGMP facilities with a solution to transfect cells with high efficiency, viability and consistency, which are the three attributes that are consistently ranked by our customers as the top requirements when choosing a cellular or gene engineering platform for clinical use. We believe our ExPERT platform is seen as a critical enabling technology by many of the leading cell therapy companies, helping them to achieve their program goals
 
90

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
and milestones expeditiously. Our instruments are sold or licensed for research use and licensed for clinical use, while the associated disposables and electroporation buffer are sold to support preclinical research and development work and are compatible for integration into cGMP manufacturing environments.
We believe that the following four components of our platform have allowed us to successfully address the increasing complexity of cellular engineering approaches in the industry:

Instrument design;

Electroporation and cell handling protocols;

PAs (disposables); and

Universal electroporation buffer formulation (consumables).
In addition, we have implemented a global scientific and regulatory support strategy for our customers that is designed to accelerate clinical development and streamline the regulatory submission process, thereby potentially saving time and reducing cost and development risk.
We believe several factors differentiate our ExPERT platform and will continue to be significant drivers of customer adoption, including:

High performance electroporation.   Our range of ExPERT instruments can be used to transfect almost any cell type, including hard-to-transfect human primary cells and induced Pluripotent Stem Cells, or iPSCs. Transfection efficiency using our platform has consistently been at least 90% for most cell types (using mRNA) with minimal disturbance to the cell, resulting in high cell viability of at least 90%. This performance is documented by multiple peer-reviewed publications demonstrating that transfecting cells using our platform does not significantly alter the cell phenotype, natural expression of cell surface receptors or proliferative capacity.

Scalability.   Our Flow Electroporation Technology can engineer cells ranging from tens of thousands of cells to tens of billions of cells in a single transfection run in 30 minutes or less, without requiring costly re-optimization or sacrificing performance on scale-up. We offer a range of PAs to support preclinical research and development work and manufacturing in cGMP environments, which allows customers to seamlessly scale-up in a sterile process format that can be integrated into their workflow.

Flexibility to deliver larger and more diverse payloads.   While adeno-associated virus, or AAV, lentivirus and other vectors have increasingly been used in ex vivo and in vivo gene therapies, viral vectors carry inherent capacity limitations. For example, the most commonly used Cas9 nuclease, spCas9, and a sgRNA are approximately 4.2 kilobase, or kb, in size, but a single AAV only allows for approximately 4.5 kb to be packaged within it, making it difficult to include other elements (e.g., multiple sgRNAs if multiple edits are required or DNA templates if correction is the goal) to ensure the delivery of the required elements into the cells and meet desired gene-editing objectives. A kb is a unit of measurement in molecular biology equal to 1,000 base pairs of DNA or RNA. Our platform enables larger molecules to be delivered into the cells (or multiple different molecules to be co-loaded into cells). For comparison, we are able to deliver large molecules, including CRISPR RNPs which can be 40 nanometers or higher in diameter.

Designed for Clinical Use.   The ExPERT GTx platform has been specifically designed for use in a cGMP clean room setting for manufacturing of cell therapies intended for use in patients. The platform integrates features such as electronic documentation and electronic signatures designed to be consistent with the FDA expectations under 21 CFR Part 11, (which may be critical to the regulatory compliance process for certain customers) and networking capability for automated transfer of electronic batch records of manufacturing runs to a centralized data management solution. As part of our global regulatory strategy, our customers have access to our FDA Master File or equivalent Technical Files with the regulatory agencies in the countries where they will seek to conduct clinical trials, potentially streamlining the regulatory submission process and helping to reduce time and cost of clinical trials.
 
91

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Industry Background
The promise of cell therapy
The field of cell therapy has emerged as one of the fastest growing and most promising treatment modalities to address a host of human diseases. In 2017, the FDA approved the first ex vivo CAR-T cell therapies, Kymriah and Yescarta, developed and commercialized by Novartis and Kite Pharma (now Gilead), respectively, offering a potentially transformative option to a cohort of relapsed and refractory hematological cancer patients who had previously exhausted all other therapies. The success of these therapies has catalyzed significant investment in advanced cell therapies. According to the Alliance for Regenerative Medicine, gene, cell, and tissue-based therapeutic developers raised an aggregate of $19.9 billion in 2020, up from $13.3 billion in 2018. According to the ASGCT, there are now more than 3,400 gene, cell and RNA therapies in development globally, with gene therapy including genetically-modified CAR-Ts accounting for 53% of those candidates.
We believe there are several key factors driving the meaningful investment and subsequent explosion in gene and cell therapy trials globally, including:

success of multiple FDA-approved cell therapies providing long-lasting amelioration of symptoms or even cure of disease;

numerous advancements in various cell engineering systems, such as the discovery and adaption of targeted gene editing systems including CRISPR, and development of next-generation intracellular delivery approaches;

improved understanding of how to monitor and manage impacts of adverse events (including immune response to delivery vectors) as clinicians have gained more experience in treating patients with currently approved gene and cell therapies; and

successful demonstration of proof-of-concept efficacy of next-generation in vivo and ex vivo gene and cell therapy-based approaches as these therapies have begun to be explored in humans.
As a result of these advancements in the industry, cellular engineering programs that deliver genetically modified cells capable of treating complex human diseases are rapidly increasing in number and complexity.
Background on cell therapy
Cells represent the smallest discrete unit of life and are the building blocks of all living organisms, from single cell organisms — such as amoebas — to organisms as complex as humans, which are made up of over 30 trillion cells. Eukaryotic cells are characterized by three basic components: (i) the cell membrane, which controls movement of molecules into and out of the cell, (ii) a nucleus, which typically houses the cell’s DNA and is where RNA synthesis occurs, and (iii) the cytoplasm, or the fluid inside the cell.
With increased knowledge of cell complexity and systems biology in the scientific community, researchers have been able to engineer, or manipulate, cells in order to leverage or repurpose cell functions and/or machinery. The ability to deliver foreign molecules into living cells — either isolated from an organism (ex vivo), within an organism (in vivo), or to cells outside of their normal biological context, such as those grown in culture (in vitro) — has led to a revolution in biological research and resulted in numerous biological discoveries. Cell therapy is generally used to refer to ex vivo manipulation of cells for therapeutic purposes. Living human cells are engineered outside the body (ex vivo) where they are repaired or reprogrammed to fight disease. In this case, the cell itself is the drug.
Both academic and commercial research has focused on novel strategies to improve efficacy, reduce time to treatment, and expand the use of cell therapies into new indications. Given the level of investment, the field is evolving rapidly to next-generation approaches with increasing complexity. For example:

Development of off-the-shelf therapies.   Efforts have focused on using allogeneic donor cells or cell lines to develop “off-the shelf” approaches for CAR-T therapies. Use of donor cells versus autologous patient cells could potentially improve time to treatment, lower cost of
 
92

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
treatment, and improve therapeutic efficacy by using healthy cells as a starting point, but may require “knock-out” or “knock-down” of additional genes to prevent patients from rejecting donor cells.

Use of next-generation chimeric receptors or engineered TCRs to expand the cell therapy toolbox.   Next-generation synthetic receptors or engineered T-cell receptors, or TCRs, have been developed and introduced into cells to improve antigen recognition and reduce the potential for antigen escape (the ability to recognize multiple antigens). Engineered TCRs, for example, enable cells to recognize intracellular proteins.

Knocking out or knocking down expression of certain genes to improve efficacy.   A promising strategy for next-generation therapies include “knocking out” or “knocking down” genes to improve the efficacy of cell therapies. For example, cancer cells have evolved to overexpress programmed death-ligand 1, which binds to programmed cell death protein 1, or PD1, on T-cells and helps evade recognition. Therefore, knocking out the PD1 “checkpoint” on T-cells could increase the ability for engineered T-cells to recognize the cancer cells.

Use of other primary cell types.   Focus of cell therapy in immuno-oncology applications has expanded to include other immune effector cells beyond T-cells (including NK cells, T-regs and gamma delta T-cells). Similarly, the treatment of complex genetic diseases using gene correction of stem cells, such as hematopoietic stem cells, or HSCs, and their derivatives and iPSCs will also require correction of multiple mutations with increasing fidelity and improved efficiency.

Driving towards personalized cell therapy.   Another promising approach is neo-antigen-based therapies, where T-cells are engineered to target each patient’s highly specific protein expression signatures identified on their cancer cells. To achieve this, multiple unique T-cell receptors directed against the patient’s own tumor antigens are identified, cloned and inserted back into the patient’s own T-cells for reinfusion. Such neoantigen T-cell receptor engineered-T-cell approaches hold promise for the future of personalized cellular immunotherapies and could fundamentally change the cancer treatment paradigm.
In addition, the availability of gene editing systems such as CRISPR, which allows scientists to directly alter DNA and RNA at targeted locations, has meaningfully accelerated technological advancements in cell therapy. For instance, several triple edited ex vivo cell therapies have now entered clinical trials and some companies have demonstrated proof-of-concept with as many as six edits to a single cell. These are just a few examples of the increasing complexity of the cellular engineering required to deliver the next generation of cell therapies that show great promise for treating previously untreatable diseases. We believe that our ExPERT platform can address each of these next-generation approaches because of our ability to facilitate the evolving complexities described above.
Approaches to intracellular delivery
At a high level, there are two methods of introducing molecules into cells: carrier (or biological) based (e.g., the use of engineered viruses, vesicles, nanocarriers and nanoparticles) and membrane-disruption based or physical approaches, such as electroporation. Both of these approaches seek to introduce “cargo” into the cell interior without damaging the cell or producing an unintended impact to cell function. Carrier-based approaches serve to package the cargo to prevent it from degradation while simultaneously gaining access to the cell in order to deliver the intended cargo. Physical approaches seek to disrupt the cell membrane, which facilitates passage of molecules across the cell membrane, or involve direct penetration of the membrane.
The type of molecules that scientists can now introduce into cells — also referred to as payload — is highly diverse. Each payload type carries unique challenges including size variability, shape, architecture, and chemical properties, which has led to an increase in the number of strategies available for intracellular delivery of molecules.
 
93

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
The following chart compares the advantages and disadvantages of viral-mediated transfection and electroporation:
Transfection
Method
Description
Advantages
Disadvantages
Biological
Virus mediated
Delivery via a viral vector, often known as “transduction”
High efficiency
Easy to use (simplicity of infection)
Effective on dissociated cells
Labor intensive, time consuming and significant facilities cost
Insertional mutagenesis, immunogenicity, and cytotoxicity
Packaging capacity limitations
Physical
Traditional
electroporation
Electrical pulses to produce electrically induced membrane permeability to allow for payload delivery
Easy to perform
All cell types
High transfection efficiency
Potential for low cell viability
Instrument investment
For gene and cell therapies, engineered viral vectors have historically been the most common delivery technique. Viral-mediated gene delivery uses the inherent capacity for viruses to infect human (or other) cells and inject DNA that the virus carries into cells. Commonly used viral methods of gene transfer include retrovirus, lentivirus, adenovirus, adeno-associated virus, the herpes virus and the Epstein-Barr virus.
There are several reasons why early approaches have utilized viral vectors, including that:

viruses are widespread in humans — more than 200 are known to cause disease in humans — and are naturally efficient at delivery of genetic information into targeted cells;

viruses can be easily engineered to deliver the genetic material of interest, can be engineered to not self-replicate, and in the case of some viruses (such as lentivirus and wild-type AAVs), integrate their DNA into the host genome, thereby driving sustainable expression of the gene of interest; and

viruses were one of the first methods used in early gene therapy trials, with the first generation of lentiviral vectors created in the mid-1990s.
Traditionally, first-generation approaches modified T-cells with a virus-mediated chimeric antigen receptor, or CAR. For example, Kymriah and Yescarta use lentivirus and retrovirus, respectively, for delivery of the CAR construct. While viral vectors, in particular lentivirus, have formed the bulk of delivery methods for such early cell therapies, AAV has become the viral vector of choice, particularly for in vivo gene therapy.
The following chart compares the advantages and disadvantages of the major viral vectors used in gene therapy:
Viral Vector
Genetic
Material
Insert
Capacity
Host Range
Advantages
Disadvantages
Adenovirus
dsDNA
< 7.5 kb
Broad host range; infective for many cell types
No integration
No integration
Large range of cell types
Relative insert capacity constraints
High transduction efficiency
May initiate strong inflammatory response
 
94

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Viral Vector
Genetic
Material
Insert
Capacity
Host Range
Advantages
Disadvantages
AAV
ssDNA
< 5kb
Broad host range; infective for many cell types
Chromosomal integration
Small packaging capacity
Nonimmunogenic
Immune response
Nonpathogenic
Slow expression onset
Retrovirus
RNA
8 kb
Broad host range
Long-term expression
Transduces only dividing cells
Persistent gene transfer with dividing cells
Integration might induce oncogenesis in some applications
Lentivirus
RNA
8 kb
Ecotropic, amphotropic
Long-term expression
Exposure to replication competent lentiviruses
Does not require cell division for proviral integration
Random integration could cause insertional mutagenesis
Low cytotoxicity
Mobilization of the vector by endogenous retroviruses in the genomes of patients
As the cell therapy market continues to evolve, more complex approaches are being deployed to improve efficacy, reduce time to patient and expand the application of cell therapy to additional indications. Use of viral vectors carry several challenges, however, especially given the increase in complexity of these “next-generation” ex vivo cell therapy approaches, such as:

Viral payload limitations.   Many methods of gene manipulation require insertion of relatively large molecules, including proteins such as CAS9 RNP for CRISPR or plasmids. Viral vectors, particularly AAV, have fundamental payload capacity limitations, curtailing their utility for complex engineering systems. Additionally, the industry has continued to shift to using complexed molecules including combination of proteins and mRNA which cannot be delivered by viral means.
The picture below shows the size ranges of various kinds of molecules that can be inserted into cells.
[MISSING IMAGE: tm2113965d2-pht_cellul4c.jpg]

Concerns around toxicity.   Given viruses used in gene therapy by default infect human cells, there continue to be questions around the safety profile associated with viruses. In
 
95

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
particular, there are concerns over the potential for random integration of lentivirus and the widespread presence of neutralizing antibodies against many AAV serotypes used in gene therapies.

Costs and time to market.   Concerns exist regarding viral vector manufacturing capacity and the cost associated with viral development and manufacturing. According to BioPlan Associates, a market research firm, lead times at contract manufacturing organizations are averaging 18 months to obtain a cGMP viral manufacturing slot and six to nine months for requisite viral safety testing. Additional bottlenecks arise from demand for viral approaches, which has led to subsequent demand for cGMP plasmids. The ongoing COVID-19 pandemic has further exacerbated demand, particularly for adenovirus, and suspension cells, which are difficult to engineer at high volume. Concurrently, regulatory scrutiny and product characterization requirements are increasing as more gene and cell therapy products reach the clinic, as noted by the FDA’s revised guidelines for viral vector analytics in early 2020.
Novel intracellular delivery approaches are needed to support the increased complexity of the burgeoning cell therapy pipeline. Characteristics include reducing immunogenicity risk of viral vectors, the need to drive high efficiency of multi-molecule delivery while maintaining high cell viability and potency, reducing the risk of potential genotoxicity of multiplex editing (potential for translocations), the need to deliver a large number of molecules at scale, the ability to deliver to a large number of cell types in a time efficient matter, and the need to manufacture in a cGMP environment — all at a manageable cost.
Electroporation as a mechanism of non-viral delivery
Electroporation background
In order to understand electroporation, it is important to understand the make-up of the cell membrane. The cell membrane is a phospholipid bilayer, which is a thin membrane made up of two layers of lipid molecules forming a continuous cell membrane around the cytoplasm and acting as a stable barrier between the intracellular and extracellular environment. The lipid membrane is fluid — meaning individual molecules (including lipids and proteins) are free to rotate and move laterally and transversely, which is a critical property and determined by the composition of the lipid and the cell’s thermal environment. The membrane is also selectively permeable, allowing the cell to control and maintain its internal composition, with the typical arrangement of the cellular membrane designed to impede the movement or passage of molecules into or out of the cell.
Applying electric fields above a certain threshold induces membranes to become more permeable. A key discovery in the use of electroporation to drive reversible permeability of cell membranes was the use of electric pulses — applying fields of adequate strength but for short durations —  which allows the membrane to return to its normal state or reseal, and thus permeabilization is transient. If the pulse is too strong or too long, the membrane does not reseal, leading to cell death. The length of time that the membrane remains permeable is dependent on various factors, including temperature, ionic content and the presence and distribution of proteins.
While the precise molecular mechanism of electrically-induced membrane permeability has not been fully elucidated (with a number of theories proposed), experiments and mathematical modeling have provided insights into the potential physical-chemical mechanism of cell electroporation.
Overview of the electroporation process
The following graphic shows the steps involved in the electroporation process:
 
96

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
[MISSING IMAGE: tm2113965d2-pht_electro4c.jpg]
Step
Description
1
Polarization of the cell membrane occurs when electrical pulses are applied to cells suspended between two electrodes, creating an electric field.
2
The application of electrical pulses and the resulting transmembrane voltage induce the formation of openings in the cellular membrane. The size distribution of these openings depends on the intensity of the applied electric field and duration of cell exposure.
3
These openings allow the entry of macromolecules such as RNA, DNA or proteins (such as Cas9/guide RNA complexes) through the cell membrane and into the cytoplasm of the cell.
4
The effects of electroporation on the cellular membrane are reversible. Once the electric field is removed, the membrane has the capacity to reseal, trapping the molecules that passed across the membrane within the cytoplasm.
Development of our proprietary flow electroporation platform
The majority of commercial electroporation systems employ static electroporation. Generally, electroporation platforms consist of two flat plate electrodes, which are attached to the opposite sides of a cuvette (or chamber). A suspension of cells is added, in addition, to the molecule or molecules to be introduced into the cells. Electrodes are connected to electronic circuity that is able to deliver electric pulses of specified duration applied one or more times to the electrodes and thus to the cell suspension in the cuvette/chamber.
Static electroporation is limited to small volumes (typically less than 1 mL), making its use in cell therapy limited primarily to early research and development. This has proven to be a bottleneck when the goal is to scale electroporation to clinical or commercial therapeutic applications where electroporation of large volumes of cell suspension is required. Maintenance of sterility is important to applications of electroporation for large volumes, and given the limited volume of cells that could be electroporated per cuvette, electroporation of large volumes of cell suspension would require multiple cuvettes using static electroporation, making it impractical outside of early, small-scale research and development experiments.
 
97

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Since pioneering the development and commercialization of Flow Electroporation over 20 years ago, we have focused on optimizing our Flow Electroporation platform, specifically for ex vivo applications. Flow Electroporation involves the continuous pumping of batches of a fixed volume of cells from a larger cell suspension from a sample bag into an electroporation chamber housed within our PA. Once the electroporation of the cells is completed, the electroporated cells are pumped to a collection bag and the next batch of cells to be electroporated enters the chamber. This process is repeated until the complete volume of cell suspension has been electroporated.
The key benefit of Flow Electroporation is that a large volume of cells can be electroporated, all in a closed, sterile system — facilitating the use of electroporation for therapeutic applications without sacrificing the viability and function of the transfected cells. The ability to electroporate cells in a closed system facilitates automating and maintaining a sterile environment for the engineering and manufacturing of larger cell volumes. Examples of applications benefiting from such scale are autologous CAR-T therapies, future allogeneic approaches using iPSCs, and manufacturing of transiently produced protein using Chinese hamster ovary or human embryonic kidney cells within the bioproduction or rapid vaccine production market segments.
Our Market Opportunity
The challenges of viral delivery methods and increase in complexity of next-generation cell therapies have driven increased adoption of non-viral delivery technologies, such as electroporation. We believe our ExPERT technology is well positioned as a non-viral delivery platform in the cell therapy market. Originally developed in 1999 for the cell therapy market, we have systematically designed and improved to deliver any molecule, into any cell at any scale, with high efficiency and under cGMP conditions.
Our ExPERT platform is now the delivery backbone for a number of next-generation cell therapy programs that are in the clinic, including:

CRISPR Therapeutics’ CTX-001 for transfusion-dependent β-thalassemia and severe sickle cell disease.

VOR Biopharma’s VOR33, an eHSC therapy candidate for the treatment of Acute Myeloid Leukemia that received IND clearance in January 2021.

Allogene’s Allogeneic CAR-T for cancer.

Caribou’s CRISPR gene-edited allogeneic T-cell therapy program.

Editas Therapeutics’ EDIT-301, an ex vivo gene editing cell medicine in development for the treatment of sickle cell disease that received IND clearance in January 2021.

Precision BioSciences’ lead program, PBCAR0191, a novel CD19-targeted allogeneic CAR-T therapy candidate to treat relapsed/refractory Non-Hodgkin’s lymphoma and B-cell acute lymphoblastic leukemia, and PBCAR269A, a BCMA targeted genome edited allogeneic CAR-T therapy candidate for multiple myeloma.
While many legacy cell therapy approaches use viral delivery approaches, we believe these developers will increasingly adopt non-viral approaches. We believe we currently have the largest market share supporting customers using non-viral delivery approaches for engineered cell therapies to treat immune-oncology and inherited disorders. As shown in the graphic below, we estimate that we have captured approximately 40% to 55% of U.S. clinical programs utilizing non-viral delivery and we expect to increase our share over time as more preclinical programs reach the IND-enabling phase.
 
98

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
[MISSING IMAGE: tm2113965d1-pc_clinical4clr.jpg]
Based on the current pipeline of engineered ex vivo cell therapy candidates in development for immuno-oncology and inherited genetic disorders, we estimate that our total addressable market opportunity for our ExPERT platform, based on the potential for SPLs, was approximately $9 billion in 2020. We expect this market to grow to over $24 billion by 2026 driven by growth in the ex vivo cell therapy pipeline and a shift to use of non-viral delivery technologies. We calculate these market opportunities using our internal estimates of risk-adjusted potential aggregate revenue potential from SPLs.
We estimate there are currently almost 700 genetically modified ex vivo cell therapies in various phases of development that we would consider our current addressable market, which is engineered cell therapy focused on oncology and inherited disorders. Based on historical growth rates of the cell therapy landscape and ongoing investment, we expect the number of ex vivo cell therapies to at least double over the next five years. We believe approximately 40% of current therapies are using non-viral delivery technologies. Given the benefits of non-viral approaches relative to viral delivery vectors, we expect the utilization of non-viral strategies to continue growing to approximately 60% of the total market by 2026. We expect this ongoing shift to non-viral strategies to be driven by increased adoption of gene manipulation technologies, such as CRISPR based gene editing approaches, the increased complexity of ex vivo therapies in the pipeline, as well as the high cost, payload limitations, and current manufacturing capacity constraints of viral approaches and advances in non-viral engineering technologies. These estimates are shown in more detail in the graphic below, which also identifies the programs that we consider to be part of our potential pipeline in terms of estimating our total addressable market:
 
99

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
[MISSING IMAGE: tm2113965d2-org_genet4c.jpg]
We have a diverse portfolio of clinical partners and licensees that mirror the overall next-generation engineered ex vivo cell therapies. While difficult to predict given uncertainty around regulatory approvals and clinical risk, according to Evaluate Pharma, a provider of commercial intelligence and predictive analytics to the pharmaceutical industry, the first next-generation ex vivo cell therapies using non-viral approaches could be approved in the United States as early as 2023.
Our platform’s ability to engineer a diversity of cell types (including CAR-T, chimeric antigen receptor Natural Killer cells, or CAR-NK/NK, T cell receptor, or TCR, and stem cells) and cell sources (autologous and allogeneic) enhances our opportunity by potentially providing for SPL revenues regardless of which approaches advance in the coming years. Additionally, our instruments and platform are well validated, having been used in over 30 clinical trials to date and having been involved in the development of drugs to treat a variety of indications spanning from hematological malignancies to solid tumors to inherited genetic disorders. We believe that the increasing number of publications highlighting the performance of our platform compared to other electroporation and transfection approaches will help to drive acceptance of our products in the cellular engineering market segments.
The following graphic depicts the variety of cell types, cell sources and target indications within the cell therapy market, as well as those represented in our cell therapy customers’ current programs, which we believe to be in line with the overall market. For purposes of the graphic, all clinical gene modified cell therapies across therapeutic areas, such as oncology, inherited disorders and immune disorders, using both viral and non-viral delivery have been included, while other regenerative medicine programs that do not entail genetic modification to obtain a cell-based therapeutic product, such as tissue engineering, immune or stem cell therapies, that are not genetically modified have been excluded.
 
100

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
[MISSING IMAGE: tm2113965d2-pc_celltype4c.jpg]
Our Agreements with Customers
In addition to sales of our instruments, as part of our business model we enter into the following types of Instrument license agreements with our customers:
Research Licenses
Research licenses are agreements we have entered into with customers (which could be academic institutions or commercial entities), which provide access to use our instruments for pre-clinical research-only purposes, without the rights or ability to produce material for use in the clinic. Research licenses provide the customer with the ability to use the platform for research in exchange for a non-refundable, annual lease payment of typically $150,000 per instrument per year. We have entered into many research licenses to-date, either as (i) stand-alone research license agreements, (ii) research and clinical license agreements that do not have associated commercial rights or (iii) under an SPL, which allows a customer to use the instrument for clinical development and potential commercial sale of a therapeutic product. Research licenses under a stand-alone research license agreement (as well as instruments purchased for research use) could represent opportunities for future SPLs.
Clinical Licenses
Clinical licenses are agreements with academic institutions or commercial entities, that provide access to use our instruments in the clinical evaluation and development of a therapeutic product intended for human use. A clinical license provides the customer with the ability to use the platform for production of clinical material for human clinical use, as well as access to our application scientist team, all in exchange for an annual lease payment that typically approximates $250,000 per instrument per year. Similar to a research license, in a clinical license, we retain the title to the instrument. Academic clinical licenses can represent opportunities for future SPLs to the extent that commercial entities seek and obtain rights to such programs from the academic institution.
Strategic Platform Licenses (SPLs)
SPLs are agreements with commercial therapeutic developers who are developing therapeutics intended for human use in clinical development or for commercial sale. As is the case with all of our clinical licenses, we retain title to the licensed instrument and associated intellectual property.
The SPL provides access to our platform for broad preclinical research, clinical evaluation and commercial use for a specific field of use, access to our FDA Master File (via the Letter of Authorization process) and/or Technical Files outside of the United States, and access to our application scientists. We typically provide our SPL customers with access to any updates we make to our platform, access to platform intellectual property that we develop during the term of the SPL, as well as pricing certainty for the programs associated with the SPL.
Our customer relationships may evolve to an SPL after the customer’s drug candidate optimization and verification process nears completion and the clinical process development stage begins. Specifically, if a customer wishes to use our products in the clinical phase of process development, they will need
 
101

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
to enter into an SPL, as a customer must obtain clinical rights to perform clinical process development, including for engineering runs. Customer discussion for an SPL can take place any time during our engagement.
Our SPL customers typically pay an annual license fee of $150,000 per instrument per year for a research license (for preclinical use) or $250,000 per instrument per year for a clinical license (for clinical or commercial use). Partners also purchase associated single-use disposables and consumables as needed. Our SPL partners also commit to pay precommercial milestone payments for each therapeutic licensed under the agreement and produced using our platform, as they achieve key pre-commercial clinical development events (including for example, IND filing, dosing of an agreed number of patients in a Phase 1 clinical trial, initiating a pivotal clinical trial, and BLA approvals in specified regions). Precommercial milestone payments, expressed in U.S. dollars, typically range from mid-six figures at IND filing to mid-seven figures for BLA approval milestones.
Almost all of our SPLs also include a commitment to pay us post-approval sales-based payments for commercialized therapeutics. These payments can be structured as royalties and/or milestone-based payments and vary across our SPL customers. From a revenue perspective, sales based-payments for therapeutics are incremental to any instrument leases and/or disposables or consumables sales. Our revenues associated with a program under an SPL vary with the size of the target indication for the therapeutic, pricing of the therapeutic, the specifics of the therapeutic including the enablement we provide and the specifics of the negotiation for each SPL.
We view our ability to sign SPLs as a key measure of our success in partnering with leading therapeutic developers in the clinic and supports the high performance of our platform.
Our SPLs and research and clinical licenses may be terminated at the option of our customers at any time. Annual instrument lease fees are non-refundable and customers may not use our instruments or process assemblies after terminating their agreement with us. We retain title to the leased instrument in each of our licenses. Upon a contract termination, our customers would be responsible for any further clinical studies or data development that regulators may require to allow a change in their cell engineering methodology. To date, none of our SPL licensees has ever terminated their contract with us.
 
102

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
The following graphic is an example of typical single-product revenues from a representative SPL:
[MISSING IMAGE: tm2113965d2-pht_typical4clr.jpg]
Our Products
The ExPERT instrument family was designed to provide a single unifying technology that can be used from concept to clinic, with both the research and clinical versions of the instrument incorporating the same underlying technology and protocols. Our customers have a choice of three different instrument versions that are standardized on the same technology to deliver the same high performance — the ATx, STx and GTx. Customers can start with the lower to medium scale research instrument (ATx) and then scale to the clinical version (GTx), without the need for re-optimization and re-validation. The STx provides the same scale as the GTx but is used for drug discovery applications, not for human therapeutic use, and is not covered by our FDA Master File or our Technical Files.
We believe these systems will also be supportive of the commercial marketing of our partners’ therapeutic products which we enable. By allowing our customers to perform their research and process optimization on a research platform and seamlessly scale to a clinically validated, cGMP environment and 21 CFR Part 11 compatible clinical platforms, significant time and cost savings can be realized.
All of our instruments were designed to provide customers with the key features required for a scalable high-end, high-performance transfection solution. Each of our ExPERT instruments are benchtop with the same small footprint and have integrated touch screens with an intuitive Graphical User Interface, or GUI, designed for simple training and operation. To support use in the cGMP suite for clinical manufacturing, our GTx ExPERT software is network capable to enable upload of electronic batch records to a local shared drive and has a software intermediary to facilitate integration and automated data transfer to cloud-based data management solutions. We have integrated hardware and software design solutions, manufactured under cGMP, that are tailored for use in cGMP manufacturing of clinical product for advanced cellular therapies.
 
103

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
The following chart summarizes the features of the three ExPERT instruments:
[MISSING IMAGE: tm2113965d2-pht_expsca4c.jpg]
Features
ExPERT ATx
ExPERT STx
ExPERT GTx
Main Use
Research
Research/
Development
Clinical
Market segment
General Research
Protein Production
Cellular Therapy
Scale (cells)
75,000 to 700 million
75,000 to 20 billion
75,000 to 20 billion
Designed for Use in cGMP Suite
Benchtop
Touchscreen
Static electroporation
Flow electroporation
Barcode reader
Designed to Align with 21 CFR Part 11
FDA Master File and Technical Files
Network capable
ExPERT ATx: Research focused, static electroporation for small to medium scale transfection
[MISSING IMAGE: tm2113965d2-pht_atx4c.jpg]
Our ExPERT ATx static electroporation instrument is a research focused, high performance electroporation platform for small to medium scale transfection. The ATx instrument delivers high efficiency and viability at research scale and can utilize our range of PAs capable of transfecting from 75 thousand up to 700 million cells. Additionally, our ATx instrument is compatible with all of our static PAs, which can also be used on our GTx instrument, allowing for a seamless transition to our clinical cGMP-compatible platform. The ATx is designed and used by our customers for early design of experiment and process optimization at small scale to minimize cell acquisition and reagent costs. Once optimized for the biological function with smaller numbers of cells, the process can be replicated and scaled before being transferred to the clinical platform (GTx) for eventual manufacturing in the cGMP suite or to
 
104

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
the STx platform for drug discovery.
ExPERT STx: Flow Electroporation for protein production and drug development
[MISSING IMAGE: tm2113965d2-pht_stx4c.jpg]
Our ExPERT STx, which is used in the field of protein production as well as other drug discovery applications, also incorporates our proprietary Flow Electroporation Technology for high yield transient expression of complex proteins, viral vectors, vaccines and biologics. Our STx instrument has high efficiency and can rapidly transfect from 75 thousand up to 20 billion cells. When combined with flexible media strategies, the STx allows for substantial improvement in yields of high-quality, transiently expressed proteins while enabling reduced media costs.
Another key application area for the STx is expression of therapeutic targets for cell-based assays. Traditionally, drug screening has been performed using stable cell lines because conventional transfection technologies, such as lipofection, may induce changes to membrane composition, which does not offer the consistency and scalability that are critical for sensitive, high throughput screens. By enabling high efficiency transfection of multiple plasmids simultaneously into billions of cells, the STx provides drug developers with the ability to express complex, multi-subunit proteins, such as ion channels, in physiologically relevant cells. The high viability of our transfected cells leads to robust assay responses on multiple platforms, including automated electrophysiology and high content screening technologies. Moreover, precise control over loading efficiency gives assay developers the ability to “dial in” optimal assay windows.
ExPERT GTx: Flow Electroporation for large scale transfection in therapeutic applications
[MISSING IMAGE: tm2113965d2-pht_gtx4c.jpg]
The ExPERT GTx incorporates our proprietary Flow Electroporation Technology for use in the cGMP manufacturing of cellular therapies for use in the clinic. By incorporating the Flow Electroporation Technology, larger volumes of up to 20 billion cells can be electroporated within 15 to 20 minutes. With a processing potential that ranges from 75,000 to 20 billion cells on a cGMP, 21 CFR Part 11 compatible system, the GTx represents a platform for clinical electroporation at large scale.
The GTx integrates several design features that are critical for use in a cGMP setting, such as barcode reading capability to maintain positive identification of patient samples, 21 CFR Part 11 compatible software and networking capability for automated uploading of electronic batch records to either a central server or to a cloud-based data management platform. The GTx offers the potential for closed sample processing, on a system compatible with integration into cGMP manufacturing environments, and that has an established regulatory path supported by our FDA Master File and Technical Files.
VLX: Designed for extremely large volume cell-engineering
The VLX Large-Scale Transfection System is a cGMP compliant instrument specifically designed for extremely large volume cell-engineering. Using proprietary Flow Electroporation Technology, the VLX supports the ability to transfect up to 200 billion cells in less than 30 minutes — 10 times the capacity of the STx. This system is designed for the rapid and large-scale production of recombinant proteins, monoclonal antibodies, viral vectors, vaccines, virus-like particles, or VLPs, and allogeneic cell therapies. We intend to introduce the VLX under the ExPERT umbrella, to be rebranded as VLx, to provide our
 
105

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
customers with an easier to use system that incorporates the benefits of the ExPERT platform. We expect that the short-term development costs associated with the VLX to VLx product development will require limited investment and will be completed by the end of 2021. In parallel, we plan to expand functionality of the VLx into new applications, such as large-scale bioprocessing. We expect that additional investment will be needed to build out process development capabilities, manufacturing capacity and the addition of large-scale bioprocessing-specific field resources. We estimate that these initiatives could cost approximately $20 million to $30 million in the aggregate over the next several years.
Disposables — Processing Assemblies
Our range of disposable processing assemblies, or PAs, is an important differentiator for us. We are not aware of any other company with the breadth and diversity of volume ranges and designs to enable high efficiency electroporation in single-well and multi-well formats, for use in both the research and clinical settings. We view the PA design as one of the key contributors to the high efficiency and viability of the ExPERT platform.
We have designed a range of PAs, that are specially designed to hold and electroporate the chosen quantity of cells. Each PA contains two electrodes, between which a medical grade gasket is sandwiched that has a unique well design consistent with the processing volume required and to allow maximum retrieval of cells. We have designed a unique range of PA’s capable of electroporating cell volumes from small to large scale, in single and multi-well formats, for both research and clinical use. Cells are placed into the well or wells and the PA is then inserted into the instrument for processing. The instrument touch screen allows the operator to select the desired cell protocol that encodes the electroporation parameters, select the type of PA to be used and enter any sample specific information. Once the sample information has been entered, the operator will touch the “Start Processing” icon on the user interface and the sample will be rapidly processed. Larger volumes of cells are accommodated by larger capacity PAs and a set of simple software commands through the intuitive GUI.
Our ExPERT system uses two PA designs — a static cuvette used for smaller cell volume requirements (from 75,000 cells up to 200 million cells) and a cartridge that is used for both static and Flow Electroporation for larger cell volumes (700 million up to tens of billions of cells). The Flow Electroporation PA (CL-2) allows for processing of cellular volumes ranging from 10 mL to 100 mL and up to tens of billions of cells. The CL-2 consists of two bags and associated tubing, made from medical grade materials, that are connected to the electroporation cartridge. Users will transfer their cells and loading molecules to the sample bag, and the pump on either the GTx or STx instrument pumps a fixed volume of cells into the cartridge chamber where they are electroporated. Once the electroporation is complete, the cells are pumped to the collection bag and the chamber is filled with the next volume of cells for electroporation. This process is repeated until the entire sample volume is processed. The maximum volume of 100 mL of cells can be processed in approximately 15-20 minutes.
Our two ExPERT PA designs are shown in the pictures below:
[MISSING IMAGE: tm2113965d1-pht_cuvette4clr.jpg]
ExPERT cuvette design
(Static Processing Assembly)
[MISSING IMAGE: tm2113965d2-pht_flowas4c.jpg]
ExPERT Flow Electroporation design
(Flow Processing Assembly)
We have conducted extensive end-user research over the last several years to continue to improve the design of the PAs and the range of products available. As a result, we launched the ExPERT cuvette shown above in 2020 based on customer feedback, which incorporated a new design to improve
 
106

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
handling and ease of use. Under this new design, two new volume offerings have been launched, the R-1000 that can process up to 1 mL, or 200 million cells, and the R-50x3, which is a 3-well cuvette capable of processing up to 10 million cells in each well. The multi-well cuvettes reduce manual handling and improve productivity in the lab. By enabling three samples to be processed in the same cuvette, a more efficient process can be achieved by users. We expect to launch an additional multi-well cuvette in the second half of 2021, and the new ExPERT PA design will also be rolled out across the entire range of cuvettes.
The following matrix shows our full line of currently available PAs and their respective specifications and features, including the ExPERT instruments with which they can be used:
[MISSING IMAGE: tm2113965d1-tbl_patype4clr.jpg]
We are committed to continuing to strategically invest in improvements in the PA design and range of products to ensure that customers have solutions that address all of their volume and use requirements, in both the research and clinical settings.
Supporting Products
Our proprietary electroporation buffer, a balanced salt solution that protects cells during transfection, is formulated for use with all our instrument platforms and PAs. This consumable is used for all cell types, eliminating the need to change buffers as users switch protocols, cell types or scale up. The buffer is made in a cGMP facility, is fully chemically defined and is free of human or animal components, and is tested to meet technical, sterility and endotoxin specifications. This buffer formulation is a key contributing factor, in combination with instrument and PA design features, to the flexibility, high efficiency and viability that can be achieved by customers across the broad range of cell types processed using our platform.
Sales and Marketing
We follow a direct sales model in North America, United Kingdom, and Europe, while also selling through third-party distributors in some regions in Europe and Asia. As of March 31, 2021, we have over 20 field sales and application scientists located in the United States, the United Kingdom, and several regions in Europe and Asia. Since the commercial launch of our first Flow Electroporation instrument, the installed base of our instruments has grown to more than 400 instruments globally.
Our sales force and field application scientists and international partners inform our current and potential customers of current product offerings, new target applications and advances in our technologies and products. As our primary point of contact in the marketplace, our field teams focus on delivering a consistent marketing message and high level of customer support, while also attempting to help us better understand the evolving market and customer needs.
 
107

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
We intend to expand our sales, support, and marketing efforts in regions, such as the Asia-Pacific region, with a significant number of large pharmaceutical and biopharmaceutical companies. We currently use distributors in countries in these regions, such as in China and Japan, and continuously assess the need for direct sales and local support personnel to supplement our distributors’ resources. As we expand into a new geography, we generally rely initially on third-party distributors until we are able to recruit a direct sales force, field application scientists and business development resources in the country or region. We currently estimate that over the next five years we will invest up to $20 million for these expansion initiatives in Asia and to a lesser extent in Europe.
Our business model is focused on identifying new applications in cell engineering to enable our customers to develop better medicines and maximize use across our customers’ value chains. This is enabled through customer partnerships that allows us to further understand the critical applications for our technology and inform our future developments and market expansion.
Research and Development
Investment in research and development is at the core of our business strategy. Members of our research and development team specialize in many functional areas including molecular biology, cellular biology, physics, gene editing, cell culture, protein manufacturing, algorithms, mechanical engineering, cell handling processes, electroporation algorithm development and customer technical support.
Our research and development teams are aligned into two teams, applications and instrumentation. The application team is responsible for developing data on key applications, including improving approaches to cell handling and cell culture; designing, developing and enhancing electroporation protocols; developing and enhancing cell engineering applications, and performing product testing and quality assurance activities. The instrumentation engineering team focuses on developing and improving electroporation instrument and PA disposables to meet our partners’ large range of needs from research to commercialization in a GMP environment. The research and development functional teams work together as a core team, following a stage gate process to develop, qualify and launch new products to market.
Other research and development activities include customer technical support such as lab cell processing techniques, instrumentation training and application support. Most of our research and development operations are conducted in our Maryland facility.
We have made substantial investments in product and technology development since our inception. Research and development expense totaled $17.7 million in the year ended December 31, 2020 and $6.1 million in the three months ended March 31, 2021.
Although our CARMA pre-clinical and clinical development will be concluded in the first half of 2021, we expect our research and development expenses outside of CARMA to increase significantly for the foreseeable future as we develop data supporting the use of our products in various applications and continue to enhance our existing products as well as develop new products for our current and new markets.
Manufacturing and Supply
We design our single use PA disposables and conduct final functional testing in our Maryland facility. In addition, we design, develop and manufacture the ExPERT instruments in-house. Our in-house manufacturing and design function is certified as ISO 9001 compliant and our manufacturing facility is located at our headquarters in Maryland. This facility includes approximately 1,000 square feet of production assembly space, plus ancillary machine shop and design spaces. Inventory is held in our Maryland facility in a 2,500 square foot controlled-access shipping, receiving and storage space.
Instruments
Our range of ExPERT instruments are manufactured, tested and shipped from our Maryland facility under cGMP. Several custom components of our ExPERT instruments are fabricated by third-party suppliers. The assembly of technology-sensitive components and the final assembly is completed in-house. Currently, our Maryland manufacturing facility can support the production of
 
108

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
ExPERT instruments in excess of current demand, and we will continue to obtain the space and staffing necessary to meet customer demand for the foreseeable future.
Processing Assemblies
Our family of ExPERT instruments incorporate a broad range of proprietary single use PAs that are specially designed to meet the needs of our customers for cell volume, single- or multi-well configuration, static or flow processing. These PAs are only available from us and are designed for use only with our instruments. Accordingly, our range of PAs are designed, developed, tested and shipped from our Maryland facility. We currently outsource manufacturing of components and final clean-room disposables assembly to third parties. We plan to move the cleanroom assembly activities in-house in order to enhance operational control over quality, expand capacity, enable automation implementation and improve other areas of operations. In-addition, in-house manufacturing would be expected to allow research and development to more rapidly develop new products and enhancements when manufacturing and research and development are in the same facility. We currently plan to design and construct a new facility in the first half of 2022 that would include new cleanroom space for assembly of processing assemblies. We expect that staffing, manufacturing process development and initial validation would begin thereafter. We will seek to establish commercial scale production capacity by the end of 2022 and full initial capacity during 2023. In aggregate, we expect to invest approximately $20 million to $30 million to expand our manufacturing and automation efforts over the next five years.
Supply
For both instrument and PA manufacturing, we regularly assess our supply chain to ensure availability of components, our ability to respond to customer demand for our products and to qualify multiple suppliers. We have relationships with several custom parts manufacturers and electronics suppliers that can provide components for our instruments, including components currently provided by a single source. Approximately 47% of our inventory held at December 31, 2020 was purchased from one supplier. The single source suppliers are chosen for their business stability and scalability to minimize risk. If a single source supplier has a part or process that is time-consuming to transfer to another supplier, we will hold enough inventory of that part to allow adequate time for technical transfer and qualification. Our ongoing strategy is to maintain adequate levels of inventories at all times and to qualify at least two suppliers for critical quality components, and we plan to continue the diversification of our supply chain as we scale. This inventory strategy was designed to minimize supply chain risk and as a result we are currently able to ship on demand and to date have never had a backorder for a product.
Competition
The life sciences market is highly competitive and dynamic, reflecting rapid technological evolution and continually evolving customer requirements. There are other companies, both established and early-stage, that have or are developing electroporation and other non-viral delivery technologies that could be applicable to both bioprocessing and cell engineering. These companies include Lonza Group AG, Thermo Fisher Scientific Inc., Miltenyi Biotec, Bio-Rad Laboratories, Inc. and Harvard Biosciences Inc. (BTX) as well as several other smaller companies, including spinouts from academic labs.
Some of these companies may have substantially greater financial and other resources than us, including larger research and development staff or more established sales forces. Other competitors are in the process of developing novel technologies for the life sciences market which may lead to products that rival or replace our products.
For further discussion of the risks we face as a result of competition, see “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Our Business and Growth Strategy — We may be unable to compete successfully against our existing or future competitors.”
Intellectual Property
Our intellectual property strategy has been, and still is, to obtain patent protection in relevant jurisdictions over our instruments, methods utilizing our instruments, as well as design patents over the ExPERT system. As part of this strategy, we have focused on obtaining protection for our non-viral delivery platform to the extent possible, particularly in the United States and other key jurisdictions of commercial value. As of May 4, 2021, we have 50 granted U.S. and foreign patents, including in foreign
 
109

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
jurisdictions such as Australia, Canada, Japan, China, South Korea and certain countries in Europe, as well as 76 pending patent applications worldwide. The main focus of our patent coverage protects our Flow Electroporation, processing chambers/disposables, control and process elements, and methods of using our non-viral delivery platform. Our patent portfolio provides protection over our instruments and related methods through at least 2028 and over our electroporation applications and methods through 2034. We are also working to secure design protection of the ExPERT system, which has the potential to provide protection through at least 2036.
In addition to our granted patents and filed applications, we maintain and protect a number of different trade secrets related to our cell processing technology and other core technology areas, such as improvements made to protocols, pulsing patterns, proprietary buffer and formulations developed by us. Our years of accumulated know-how and the technical expertise of our employees provide us with a competitive advantage. We use our know-how and technical expertise to optimize and update our proprietary methods and protocols, such as cell handling and preparation techniques unique to different cells and target molecules, which we confidentially share with our customers.
We maintain the confidentiality of our trade secrets, know-how and proprietary methods and protocols to protect our intellectual property from competitors. One key element of this protection is our FDA Master File and Technical Files described in more detail below, which allow us to submit to the regulator confidential detailed information about our ExPERT system and disposables. The relevant submission can be referenced by our customers or licensees to support their own regulatory filings without the need for us to disclose the confidential information contained in the FDA Master File and Technical Files.
We also seek to protect our brand through procurement of trademark rights. As of May 4, 2021, we owned 13 registered trademarks in the United States, 79 registered foreign trademarks and 15 pending U.S. trademark applications. Our registered trademarks and pending trademark applications include trademarks for MaxCyte, CARMA, a stylized version of ExPERT and our logo. In order to supplement protection of our brand, we have also registered several internet domain names.
Government Regulation
The FDA and similar governmental authorities regulate, among other things, the research, development, testing, manufacturing, clearance, approval, labeling, storage, recordkeeping, advertising, promotion, marketing, distribution, post-market monitoring and reporting, and import and export of technologies including biological drug products.
Our biopharmaceutical and life sciences customers are subject to extensive regulations by the FDA and equivalent regulatory authorities in other countries, regarding the conduct of preclinical studies and clinical trials, in the manufacture of product candidates and products for use in humans (i.e., “Good Manufacturing Practice” laws and regulations) and the marketing authorization and commercialization of biological drug products.
The activities of sponsors, applicants and manufacturers are subject to regulation of those jurisdictions where the research or manufacturing occur, and also jurisdictions for which applications are planned or have been made and the product is intended to be marketed.
Although we are not engaged in directly regulated activities, our customers will generally assess our products for sufficiency in meeting their regulatory needs, and may impose rigorous quality or other regulatory compliance requirements on us as their supplier through supplier qualification processes and customer contracts.
We have established a quality management system (under ISO 9001:2015 standards) which is designed to respond to customer expectations and needs and support customer adherence to applicable regulatory requirements. The technologies we offer for potential use by customers in a cGMP environment are produced under this ISO 9001:2015 quality management system.
Master and Technical Files to Support Customer Regulatory Submissions
Our core business is focused on developing our proprietary and patented electroporation technology platform is used by our customers in research and development applications as well as for manufacture
 
110

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
of commercial cell therapies. In order to support our customers’ use of our platform, we have voluntarily submitted a Master File to the FDA, Center for Biologics Evaluation and Research and Technical Files to comparable regulatory authorities in other jurisdictions, including Canada, Japan, the United Kingdom and Austria, and provide nonexclusive Letters of Authorization to the Master or Technical Files under contractual agreements with our customers. We are also in discussions with regulatory authorities in Australia, Germany, Thailand and China with respect to submitting technical files for our electroporation technology platform. In this way, the regulatory body may review information on our platform in the context of its utilization by our partners in regulated products, for example, as described in our customers’ Investigational New Drug applications. We continuously update the Master and Technical Files in order to support the regulatory activities of our customers. The FDA and regulators in other countries allow Master and Technical Files, but they do not approve them.
U.S. Healthcare Laws and Reform
In the United States, there are federal and state healthcare laws that constrain the business or financial arrangements and relationships through which our customers who use our platform and we, if we develop a product, research, sell, market and distribute products. Such laws include federal and state anti-kickback laws, false claims laws, transparency laws and health information privacy and security laws. Violations of these laws can lead to significant administrative, civil and criminal penalties, including sanctions, damages, disgorgement, monetary fines, possible exclusion from participation in government healthcare programs such as Medicare and Medicaid, imprisonment, additional reporting requirements and/or oversight obligations, contractual damages, reputational harm, diminished profits and future earnings and curtailment or restructuring of operations.
Additionally, in the United States and some foreign jurisdictions there have been, and continue to be, several legislative and regulatory changes and proposed reforms of the healthcare system in an effort to contain costs, improve quality, and expand access to care, including the proposed modification to some of the aforementioned laws. In the United States, there have been and continue to be a number of healthcare-related legislative initiatives that have significantly affected the healthcare industry. These reform initiatives may, among other things, result in modifications to the aforementioned laws and/or the implementation of new laws affecting the healthcare industry. Similarly, a significant trend in the healthcare industry is cost containment. Third-party payors have attempted to control costs by limiting coverage and the amount of reimbursement for particular medications. Our ability to commercialize any of our products successfully, and our customers and collaborators’ ability to commercialize their products successfully, will depend in part on the extent to which coverage and adequate reimbursement for these products and will be available from third-party payors. As such, cost containment reform efforts may result in an adverse effect on our operations.
The Foreign Corrupt Practices Act
The Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, or FCPA, prohibits any U.S. individual or business from paying, offering, or authorizing payment or offering of anything of value, directly or indirectly, to any foreign official, political party or candidate for the purpose of influencing any act or decision of the foreign entity in order to assist the individual or business in obtaining or retaining business. The FCPA also obligates companies whose securities are listed in the United States to comply with accounting provisions requiring the company to maintain books and records that accurately and fairly reflect all transactions of the corporation, including international subsidiaries, and to devise and maintain an adequate system of internal accounting controls for international operations.
Data Privacy and Security Laws and Regulations
The collection, use, transfer, disclosure, retention, security and other processing of personal data (including, without limitation, clinical trial data and other data concerning health) may be subject to independent and overlapping data security and privacy regulatory frameworks in the various jurisdictions in which we operate. These frameworks are evolving and may impose potentially conflicting obligations.
For example, in the European Economic Area, or EEA, the processing of personal data is principally governed by the provisions of the General Data Protection Regulation, or GDPR. The GDPR applies to any processing operations carried out in the context of an establishment in the EEA as well as any processing operations relating to the offering of goods or services to individuals in the EEA and/or the monitoring of their behavior in the EEA. Further notwithstanding the United Kingdom’s withdrawal from
 
111

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
the European Union, by operation of the so-called “UK GDPR” ​(i.e., the GDPR as it continues to form part of the law of the United Kingdom by virtue of section 3 of the EU (Withdrawal) Act 2018 and as subsequently amended), the GDPR continues to apply in substantially equivalent form to processing operations carried out in the context of an establishment in the United Kingdom and any processing relating to the offering of goods or services to individuals in the United Kingdom and/or monitoring of their behavior in the United Kingdom. Therefore, reference to the GDPR herein, also refers to the UK GDPR in the context of the United Kingdom, unless the context requires otherwise. In addition, the GDPR provides that EEA member states may introduce specific requirements related to the processing of “special categories of personal data”, including the personal data related to health and genetic information, which we may process in connection with clinical trials or otherwise; as well as personal data related to criminal offenses or convictions. In the United Kingdom, the UK Data Protection Act 2018 complements the UK GDPR in this regard. This fact may lead to greater divergence on the law that applies to the processing of such categories of personal data across the EEA and/or United Kingdom.
The GDPR enhances data protection obligations for controllers of personal data (such as clinical trial sponsors), including stringent requirements relating to the consent of data subjects in certain circumstances, expanded disclosures about how personal data is used, requirements to respect enhanced data subject rights in certain circumstances, requirements to conduct privacy impact assessments for ‘high risk’ processing, limitations on retention of personal data, mandatory data breach notification and ‘privacy by design’ requirements. The GDPR also imposes strict rules on the transfer of personal data outside of the EEA or United Kingdom to countries that have not been judged to ensure an adequate level of protection for personal data, like the United States. Such transfers of personal data require the implementation and maintenance of a valid “transfer mechanism.” Following a recent ruling of the Court of Justice of the European Union, and subsequent regulatory guidance, certain previously available transfer mechanisms have been invalidated, and reliance on alternative transfer mechanisms may be complex or not possible in certain circumstances, for example, in many cases, such transfer mechanisms may need to be supplemented with additional, often onerous, technical, organizational and/or contractual measures.
Failure to comply with the requirements of the GDPR and related national laws may result in fines up to 20 million euros/17.5 million pounds sterling or 4% of a company’s global annual revenues for the preceding financial year, whichever is higher. In addition to administrative fines, a wide variety of other potential enforcement powers are available to competent supervisory authorities in respect of potential and suspected violations of the GDPR, including extensive audit and inspection rights, and powers to order temporary or permanent bans on all or some processing of personal data carried out by non-compliant actors — including permitting authorities to require destruction of improperly gathered or used personal data. The GDPR also confers a private right of action on data subjects and consumer associations to lodge complaints with supervisory authorities, seek judicial remedies and obtain compensation for damages resulting from violations of the GDPR.
Additionally, following the United Kingdom’s withdrawal from the European Union on January 31, 2020 and end of the post-Brexit transition period on December 31, 2020, as noted above, the United Kingdom has introduced the UK GDPR which currently makes the privacy regimes of the EEA and United Kingdom similar, though it is possible that either the European Union, and consequently those further states that make up the remainder of the EEA, or United Kingdom could elect to change their approach and create differences in legal requirements and regulation in this area. Furthermore, under the post-Brexit Trade and Cooperation Agreement between the European Union and the United Kingdom, the United Kingdom and European Union have agreed that personal data transfers to the United Kingdom from EEA Member States will not be treated as ‘restricted transfers’ to a non-EEA country for an initial period of up to four months from the end of the post-Brexit transition period, plus a potential further two months thereafter. If the European Commission does not adopt an ‘adequacy decision’ in respect of the United Kingdom during this period, from that point onwards the United Kingdom will be an ‘inadequate third country’ under the GDPR and transfers of personal data from the EEA to the United Kingdom will require a valid transfer mechanism (such as entry into the then-current form of the European Commission-issued Standard Contractual Clauses).
Given the breadth and depth of changes in relevant data protection obligations and regulatory frameworks, achieving and maintaining compliance with applicable data protection laws and regulations
 
112

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
such as the GDPR and UK GDPR will require significant time, resources and expense, and we may be required to put in place new or additional mechanisms to ensure compliance with current, evolving and new data protection requirements.
Failure to comply, or perception of a failure to comply with any of these laws, regulations, rules and standards could result in enforcement actions against us, including fines, public censure, claims for damages by affected individuals, damage to our reputation, and loss of goodwill, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business.
Legal Proceedings
We are not subject to any material legal proceedings.
Facilities
Our corporate headquarters, where our primary research and development, instrument design, development and manufacture, applications lab and distribution, sales, marketing and general and administrative activities are housed, are located in Gaithersburg, Maryland.
Our headquarters facility consists of approximately 26,000 square feet of office and laboratory space under leases, which expire in October 2023.
On May 27, 2021, we entered into an operating lease, or the Operating Lease, for up to 67,326 square feet of new office space located in Rockville, Maryland. The Operating Lease consists of three phases of area expansion, with phase 1 estimated to commence on January 1, 2022. The Operating Lease will expire on June 30, 2035. We believe that our facilities, once phase 1 of the Operating Lease is effective, will meet our current and future anticipated needs for the foreseeable future.
Employees and Human Capital
As of March 31, 2021, we had 65 full-time employees, 45 of which have advanced degrees, including 19 with Ph.D. degrees.
Our human capital resources objectives include, as applicable, identifying, recruiting, retaining, incentivizing and integrating our existing and new employees, advisors and consultants. The principal purposes of our equity incentive plans are to attract, retain and reward personnel through the granting of equity-based compensation awards in order to increase shareholder value and the success of our company by motivating such individuals to perform to the best of their abilities and achieve our objectives.
None of our employees is represented by a labor organization or under any collective-bargaining arrangements. We consider our employee relations to be good.
 
113

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
MANAGEMENT
The following table sets forth information for our executive officers and directors, including their ages as of June 1, 2021:
Name
Age
Position
Executive Officers:
Doug Doerfler...........................................
65
President, Chief Executive Officer and Director
Amanda Murphy.......................................
44
Chief Financial Officer
Ron Holtz.................................................
63
Senior Vice President and Chief Accounting Officer
Thomas M. Ross......................................
60
Executive Vice President, Global Sales and Marketing
Maher Masoud.........................................
46
Executive Vice President and General Counsel
Non-Employee Directors:
J. Stark Thompson, PhD..........................
79
Chairman
Yasir Al-Wakeel
39
Director
Will Brooke...............................................
65
Director
Richard Douglas, PhD.............................
68
Director
Rekha Hemrajani.....................................
52
Director
Stanley C. Erck........................................
73
Director
John Johnston..........................................
62
Director
Art Mandell...............................................
68
Director
Executive Officers
Doug Doerfler has served as our president and chief executive officer and on our board of directors since July 1998. Prior to cofounding MaxCyte in 1998, Mr. Doerfler served as president and chief executive officer and as a director of Immunicon Corporation. Prior to joining Immunicon, Mr. Doerfler held executive positions at life sciences company Life Technologies Corporation (now Thermo Fisher). Mr. Doerfler currently serves as chair emeritus of the Maryland Tech Council and on the executive committee of the Biotechnology Innovation Organization. Mr. Doerfler received his B.S. in finance from the University of Baltimore School of Business. We believe that Mr. Doerfler’s life science and cell therapy industry knowledge and public company management experience qualify him to serve on our board of directors.
Amanda L. Murphy has served as our chief financial officer since September 2020. Before joining MaxCyte, Ms. Murphy served as a managing director of BTIG, LLC from 2018 to 2020 where she covered cell and gene therapy as an equity research analyst. Prior to BTIG, she was a partner and healthcare equity research analyst at William Blair & Company from 2006 to 2018, focused on covering enabling tools and services in the life sciences. Ms. Murphy received a B.S. in biology from Boston College and an M.B.A. in finance, accounting and economics from the Kellogg Graduate School of Management at Northwestern University.
Ron Holtz has served as our senior vice president and chief accounting officer since September 2020 and served as our chief financial officer from 2005 to September 2020. He also served on our board of directors from 2016 to July 2021. From 2000 to 2004, Mr. Holtz served as chief financial officer of B2eMarkets Inc., an e-sourcing and performance management provider. Mr. Holtz served as chief financial officer of RWD Technologies from 1996 to 1999 and previously spent time in Ernst & Young LLP’s Financial Advisory Services Group. Mr. Holtz received his B.S. in mathematics from the University of Wisconsin, an M.B.A. from the University of Maryland and is a certified public accountant.
Thomas M. Ross has served as our executive vice president of global sales and marketing since September 2014. Prior to joining MaxCyte, Mr. Ross was senior vice president of commercial operations
 
114

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
at OpGen from 2012 to 2014. Mr. Ross also served as chief commercial officer at Predictive BioScience and vice president of North America medical diagnostics sales at Qiagen/Digene Corporation. Prior to working at Digene Corporation, Mr. Ross held several senior leadership roles in manufacturing operations at Life Technologies Corporation and Cambrex. Mr. Ross received his B.A. in business administration from The Citadel.
Maher Masoud has served as our executive vice president and general counsel since January 2020 and previously as our vice president of legal from May 2017 to January 2020. From July 2015 to May 2017, Mr. Masoud served as assistant general counsel and corporate secretary for Wellstat Management Company and previously served as co-founding partner of Rossi/Masoud LLC, a specialized law firm for the biotech, pharmaceutical and IT sectors. Previously, Mr. Masoud was a corporate attorney at Human Genome Sciences, Inc. from 2006 until 2012. Mr. Masoud received his J.D. from Michigan State University College of Law and a B.S. in cell and molecular biology genetics from the University of Maryland. Mr. Masoud is a member of the Maryland state bar.
Non-Employee Directors
J. Stark Thompson, PhD has served as the chairman of our board of directors since January 2001. Dr. Thompson has nearly five decades of corporate leadership and business management experience, dating back to when he joined the DuPont Company in 1967, where he spent more than 20 years. From 1988 until 2000, Dr. Thompson served as president, chief executive officer and board member of Life Technologies, Inc. Dr. Thompson has served on and led various boards of directors, including for companies such as Gene Logic, Inc. and Luminex Corporation. Dr. Thompson received his B.S. in Chemistry from Muskingum University and his M.Sc. and Ph.D. in physiological chemistry from The Ohio State University. We believe Dr. Thompson’s extensive experience in business operations qualifies him to serve on our board of directors.
Yasir Al-Wakeel, BM BCh has served on our board of directors since June 2021. Dr. Al-Wakeel has served as Chief Financial Officer and Head of Corporate Development of Kronos Bio, Inc. since August 2020. Prior to joining Kronos Bio, Dr. Al-Wakeel served as the Chief Financial Officer of Neon Therapeutics, Inc. from July 2017 to May 2020. Previously, Dr. Al-Wakeel served as the Chief Financial Officer and Head of Corporate Development at Merrimack Pharmaceuticals, Inc. from August 2015 until July 2017. Dr. Al-Wakeel previously served in various capacities at Credit Suisse, an investment banking firm, from 2008 to 2015. While at Credit Suisse, Dr. Al-Wakeel was Director of Healthcare Investment Banking, focused on biotechnology, and, prior to that role, he was an Equity Research Analyst covering the biotechnology and specialty pharmaceuticals sectors. Before joining Credit Suisse, Dr. Al-Wakeel was a practicing physician, holding both clinical and academic medical posts. Dr. Al-Wakeel received his BM BCh (Doctor of Medicine and Surgery) from Oxford University and his M.A. in theology from Cambridge University. We believe that Dr. Al-Wakeel’s significant scientific and finance background qualify him to serve on our board of directors.
Will Brooke has served on our board of directors since March 2004. Mr. Brooke is a limited partner of Harbert Management Corporation, or HMC, which he co-founded in 1993, most recently serving as EVP and Managing Partner of its venture capital funds family from July 2003 to December 2014. Mr. Brooke has been advising and investing in early-stage and growth companies for more than 30 years, and previously served on the boards of numerous pharmaceutical and medical equipment companies such as nContact, Inc., NovaMin Technology, Inc. and Emageon Corporation. Since December 2018 he has also served as a board member of KPX, LLC, an environmental, social and governance advisory firm serving the investment and advisory sectors. Prior to joining HMC, Mr. Brooke practiced law for a decade. Mr. Brooke received a B.S. in Business Management and a J.D. from the University of Alabama. We believe Mr. Brooke’s extensive business experience and deep financial knowledge qualifies him to serve on our board of directors.
Richard Douglas, PhD has served on our board of directors since February 2018. Dr. Douglas formerly served as the senior vice president of corporate development of Genzyme Corporation where he worked from 1989 until 2011 when Genzyme was acquired by Sanofi. Prior to joining Genzyme, Dr. Douglas served in science and corporate development capacities at Integrated Genetics prior to its acquisition by Genzyme in 1989. Since 2011 Dr. Douglas has served as an adviser to RedSky Partners, a biotechnology-focused advisory firm and also as executive director of Labyrinth Choir, Inc. He is
 
115

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
chairman of the board of directors of AldeyraTherapeutics which he joined in 2016 and has been a board member of Novavax, Inc. since 2010. He has a B.S. in chemistry from the University of Michigan, where he now serves as chair of the National Advisory Board for the Office of Technology Transfer, and a Ph.D. in biochemistry from the University of California, Berkeley. We believe that Dr. Douglas's significant business experience and scientific background qualify him to serve on our board of directors.
Stanley C. Erck has served on our board of directors since March 2005. Mr. Erck has served as president and chief executive officer of Novavax, Inc. since April 2011 and as a director of Novavax since June 2009. Mr. Erck previously served as executive chairman of Novavax from February 2010 to April 2011 and interim chief financial officer from November 2017 to March 2018. From 2000 to 2008, Mr. Erck served as president and chief executive officer of Iomai Corporation, a developer of vaccines and immune system therapies, which was acquired in 2008 by Intercell AG. He also previously held leadership positions at Procept, a publicly traded immunology company, Integrated Genetics, now Sanofi Genzyme and Baxter International. Mr. Erck also served on the board of directors of BioCryst Pharmaceuticals from December 2008 to December 2018. Mr. Erck currently serves on the board of directors of MDBio Foundation. Mr. Erck received a B.S. in economics from the University of Illinois and an M.B.A. from the University of Chicago. We believe Ms. Erck’s public company board experience and extensive knowledge and experience in biotechnology qualify him to serve on our board of directors.
Rekha Hemrajani has served on our board of directors since June 2021. Ms. Hemrajani has served as Chief Executive Officer and Director of Jiya Acquisition Corporation since August 2020. She previously served as President and Chief Executive Officer of Aravive, Inc., a clinical-stage biotechnology company, from January 2020 to April 2020. From March 2019 to September 2019, Ms. Hemrajani served as the Chief Operating Officer and Chief Financial Officer of Arcus Biosciences, a biotechnology company. From March 2016 to March 2019, she served as Chief Operating Officer of FLX Bio, Inc. (now RAPT Therapeutics, Inc.), a biotechnology company. Ms. Hemrajani currently serves as a director of the publicly held company ALX Oncology Holdings, Inc. and previously served as a director of Adverum Biotechnologies, Inc. and Aravive, Inc. She holds a B.S. in Economics and Computer Science from the University of Michigan and an M.B.A. from the Kellogg Graduate School of Management at Northwestern University. We believe Ms. Hemrajani is qualified to serve on our board of directors due to her executive and financial experience at multiple companies in the biopharmaceutical and biotechnology industries.
John Johnston has served on our board of directors since January 2016. Mr. Johnston previously served on the board of directors of Midatech Pharma from December 2014 to February 2019, Flow Group from August 2013 to October 2017, Action Hotels from December 2013 to December 2018 and Constellation Healthcare Technologies from December 2014 to January 2017. From August 2011 to April 2013 Mr. Johnston served as managing director of institutional sales at Nomura Code, and from 2008 to 2011, he was director of sales and trading at Seymour Pierce. In 2003, Mr. Johnston founded Revera Asset Management, where he oversaw an investment trust, a unit trust and a hedge fund, which he ran until 2007. Mr. Johnston began his investment career at the Royal Bank of Scotland and previously held positions at Legg Mason Investors and Murray Johnston. Mr. Johnston received his B.A. in commerce from Abertay University and his M.B.A. from the University of Dundee. We believe Mr. Johnston’s executive leadership and operational experience qualify him to serve on our board of directors.
Art Mandell has served on our board of directors since May 2006. Mr. Mandell served as president and chief operating officer of Prestwick Pharmaceuticals, Inc. from October 2005 to August 2007. Prior to Prestwick, Mr. Mandell was president and chief executive officer and a director of Cellective Therapeutics, Inc. from 2004 to 2005, when it was acquired by Astra Zeneca/MedImmune. Before Cellective, Mr. Mandell served as president and chief executive officer and director of Stemron Corporation from 2001 to 2003, and as senior vice president and chief business officer of Human Genome Sciences, Inc. from 1997 to 2001. Mr. Mandell began his healthcare career at Syntex Pharmaceutical Corporation. Mr. Mandell received his B.S. from San Jose State University and his M.B.A. from Santa Clara University. We believe Mr. Mandell’s extensive knowledge and experience in both pharmaceuticals and biotechnology qualify him to serve on our board of directors.
Family Relationships
There are no family relationships among any of our directors or executive officers.
 
116

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Composition of Our Board of Directors
Our business and affairs are managed under the direction of our board of directors. We currently have nine directors. Our board of directors may establish the authorized number of directors from time to time by resolution. In accordance with our fifteenth amended and restated certificate of incorporation, our board of directors is divided into three classes with staggered three-year terms. Each director serves until the election and qualification of successor directors at the annual meeting of stockholders, or until the director’s earlier removal, resignation or death. At each annual meeting of stockholders, the successors to directors whose terms then expire will be elected to serve from the time of election and qualification until the third annual meeting following election. Our directors will be divided among the three classes as follows:

the Class I directors are Doug Doerfler, Yasir Al-Wakeel and Rekha Hemrajani, whose terms will expire at our 2022 annual meeting of stockholders;

the Class II directors are Art Mandell and Stanley Erck, whose terms will expire at our 2023 annual meeting of stockholders; and

the Class III directors are Will Brooke, John Johnston, J. Stark Thompson and Richard Douglas, PhD, whose terms will expire at our 2021 annual meeting of stockholders.
The division of our board of directors into three classes with staggered three-year terms may delay or prevent a change of our management or a change in control.
Director Independence
In connection with this offering, we have applied to list our common stock on the Nasdaq Global Market. Under the rules of Nasdaq, independent directors must comprise a majority of a listed company’s board of directors within a specified period following the completion of this offering. In addition, the rules of Nasdaq require that, subject to specified exceptions, each member of a listed company’s audit, compensation and nominating and corporate governance committees be independent. Under the rules of Nasdaq, a director will only qualify as an “independent director” if, in the opinion of that company’s board of directors, that person does not have a relationship that would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director.
Audit committee members must also satisfy the independence criteria set forth in Rule 10A-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act. In order to be considered independent for purposes of Rule 10A-3, a member of an audit committee of a listed company may not, other than in his or her capacity as a member of the audit committee, the board of directors or any other board committee: (i) accept, directly or indirectly, any consulting, advisory or other compensatory fee from the listed company or any of its subsidiaries; or (ii) be an affiliated person of the listed company or any of its subsidiaries. We intend to satisfy the audit committee independence requirements of Rule 10A-3 as of the completion of this offering. Additionally, compensation committee members must not have a relationship with us that is material to the director’s ability to be independent from management in connection with the duties of a compensation committee member.
Our board of directors has undertaken a review of the independence of each director. Based on information provided by each director concerning her or his background, employment and affiliations, our board of directors has determined that none of our directors to be serving upon the listing of our common stock on Nasdaq, other than Mr. Doerfler, has any relationships that would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director and that each of these directors is “independent” as that term is defined under the Nasdaq listing standards. In making these determinations, our board of directors considered the current and prior relationships that each non-employee director has with our company and all other facts and circumstances our board of directors deemed relevant in determining their independence, including the beneficial ownership of our shares by each non-employee director and the transactions described in the section titled “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.”
Committees of Our Board of Directors
Our board of directors has established an audit committee, a compensation committee and a nominating and corporate governance committee. The composition and responsibilities of each of the
 
117

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
committees of our board of directors are described below. Members serve on these committees until their resignation or until otherwise determined by our board of directors. Our board of directors may establish other committees as it deems necessary or appropriate from time to time. Upon completion of this offering, copies of each charter will be posted on our website at www.maxcyte.com. Information contained on or accessible through our website is not a part of this prospectus, and the inclusion of such website address in this prospectus is an inactive textual reference only.
Audit Committee
Our audit committee consists of Yasir Al-Wakeel, Will Brooke, John Johnston and Art Mandell. Our board of directors has determined that each member of the audit committee satisfies the independence requirements under Nasdaq listing standards and Rule 10A-3(b)(1) of the Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act. The chair of our audit committee is Mr. Brooke, whom our board of directors has determined is an “audit committee financial expert” within the meaning of SEC regulations. Each member of our audit committee can read and understand fundamental financial statements in accordance with applicable requirements. In arriving at these determinations, our board of directors has examined each audit committee member’s scope of experience and the nature of their employment in the corporate finance sector.
The primary purpose of the audit committee is to discharge the responsibilities of our board of directors with respect to our corporate accounting and financial reporting processes, systems of internal control and financial statement audits and to oversee our independent registered public accounting firm. Specific responsibilities of our audit committee include:

helping our board of directors oversee our corporate accounting and financial reporting processes;

managing the selection, engagement, qualifications, independence and performance of a qualified firm to serve as the independent registered public accounting firm to audit our financial statements;

discussing the scope and results of the audit with the independent registered public accounting firm, and reviewing, with management and the independent accountants, our interim and year-end operating results;

developing procedures for employees to submit concerns anonymously about questionable accounting or audit matters;

reviewing related person transactions;

obtaining and reviewing a report by the independent registered public accounting firm at least annually that describes our internal quality control procedures, any material issues with such procedures and any steps taken to deal with such issues when required by applicable law; and

approving or, as permitted, pre-approving, audit and permissible non-audit services to be performed by the independent registered public accounting firm.
Our audit committee will operate under a written charter, to be effective prior to the completion of this offering, that satisfies the applicable Nasdaq listing standards.
Compensation Committee
Our compensation committee consists of J. Stark Thompson, Will Brooke, Stan Erck and Rekha Hemrajani. The chair of our compensation committee is Dr. Thompson. Our board of directors has determined that each member of the compensation committee is independent under the Nasdaq listing standards and a “non-employee director” as defined in Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act.
The primary purpose of our compensation committee is to discharge the responsibilities of our board of directors in overseeing our compensation policies, plans and programs and to review and determine the compensation to be paid to our executive officers, non-executive directors and other senior management, as appropriate. Specific responsibilities of our compensation committee include:

reviewing and approving the compensation of our chief executive officer, other executive officers and senior management;
 
118

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 

reviewing, evaluating and recommending to our board of directors the succession plans for our executive officers;

reviewing and recommending to our board of directors the compensation paid to our non-executive directors;

administering our equity incentive plans and other benefit programs;

reviewing, adopting, amending and terminating incentive compensation and equity plans, severance agreements, profit sharing plans, bonus plans, change-of-control protections and any other compensatory arrangements for our executive officers and other senior management; and

reviewing and establishing general policies relating to compensation and benefits of our employees, including our overall compensation philosophy.
Our compensation committee will operate under a written charter, to be effective prior to the completion of this offering, that satisfies the applicable Nasdaq listing standards.
Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee
Our nominating and corporate governance committee consists of Art Mandell, Stan Erck and Richard Douglas. The chair of our nominating and corporate governance committee is Mr. Mandell. Our board of directors has determined that each member of the nominating and corporate governance committee is independent under the Nasdaq listing standards.
Specific responsibilities of our nominating and corporate governance committee will include:

identifying and evaluating candidates, including the nomination of incumbent directors for reelection and nominees recommended by stockholders, to serve on our board of directors;

considering and making recommendations to our board of directors regarding the composition and chairmanship of the committees of our board of directors;

instituting plans or programs for the continuing education of our board of directors and orientation of new directors;

developing and making recommendations to our board of directors regarding corporate governance guidelines and matters; and

overseeing periodic evaluations of the board of directors’ performance, including committees of the board of directors.
Our nominating and corporate governance committee will operate under a written charter, to be effective prior to the completion of this offering, that satisfies the applicable Nasdaq listing standards.
Code of Conduct
We have adopted a Code of Conduct that applies to all our employees, officers and directors. This includes our principal executive officer, principal financial officer and principal accounting officer or controller, or persons performing similar functions. The full text of our Code of Conduct will be posted on our website at www.maxcyte.com. We intend to disclose on our website any future amendments of our Code of Conduct or waivers that exempt any principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller, persons performing similar functions or our directors from provisions in the Code of Conduct. Information contained on, or that can be accessed through, our website is not incorporated by reference into this prospectus, and you should not consider information on our website to be part of this prospectus.
Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation
None of the members of the compensation committee are currently, or have been at any time, one of our officers or employees. None of our executive officers currently serve, or have served during the last year, as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee of any entity that has one or more executive officers serving as a member of our board of directors or compensation committee.
 
119

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Non-Employee Director Compensation
We have historically provided our non-employee directors with an annual cash retainer as well as additional annual retainers for service as chair of the board and service as chair or member of the board’s committees. The fees for committee service are in addition to the annual cash retainer for board service.
Position
2020 Annual Cash Retainer
(January 1, 2020 – March 31, 2021)
2021 Annual Cash Retainer
(As of April 1, 2021)
Board of Directors
Chair
$67,500
$80,000
Member
$40,000
$40,000
Audit Committee
Chair
$15,000
$20,000
Member
$8,000
$10,000
Compensation Committee
Chair
$12,000
$14,000
Member
$6,000
$6,000
Nominating & Corporate Governance Committee
Chair
$8,000
$10,000
Member
$5,000
In addition to annual cash retainers, our non-employee directors have been granted options to purchase shares of our common stock under our LTIP. From time to time, our non-employee directors are also reimbursed upon request for out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with their attendance at meetings of our board of directors.
2020 Director Compensation Table
The following table sets forth information regarding the compensation earned for service on our board of directors in 2020 by our non-employee directors. Doug Doerfler, our President and Chief Executive Officer, and Ron Holtz, our Senior Vice President and Chief Accounting Officer, were also members of our board of directors but did not receive any additional compensation for service as directors during the year.
Name
Fees Earned or
Paid in
Cash
($)
Option
Awards(1)(2)
($)
Total ($)
J. Stark Thompson, PhD
79,500
22,906
102,406
Will Brooke
61,000
22,906
83,906
Richard Douglas, PhD
40,000
22,906
62,906
Stanley Erck
46,000
22,906
68,906
John Johnston
48,000
22,906
70,906
Art Mandell
56,000
22,906
78,906
(1)
This column reflects the full grant date fair value of options granted during the year measured pursuant to Financial Accounting Standard Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718, or ASC 718, the basis for computing stock-based compensation in our financial statements. The assumptions we used in valuing options are described in Note 2 to our financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.
(2)
The following table provides information regarding the aggregate number of option awards granted to our non-employee directors that were outstanding as of December 31, 2020:
Name
J. Stark Thompson, PhD
241,333
Will Brooke
142,500
Richard Douglas, PhD
94,700
Stanley Erck
265,067
John Johnston
108,417
Art Mandell
122,000
 
120

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
Our named executive officers, or NEOs, for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020, consisting of our principal executive officer and the next two most highly compensated executive officers serving as of December 31, 2020, were:

Doug Doerfler, our president and chief executive officer;

Amanda L. Murphy, our chief financial officer; and

Brad Calvin, our former chief commercial officer.
2020 Summary Compensation Table
The following table presents all of the compensation awarded to or earned by or paid to our named executive officers for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020.
Name and Principal Position
Salary
($)
Option
Awards
($)(1)
Non-Equity
Incentive Plan 
Compensation
($)(2)
All Other
Compensation
($)(3)
Total
($)
Doug Doerfler
518,000 332,263 356,125 17,339 1,223,727
President, Chief Executive Officer and Director
Amanda L. Murphy(4)
125,758 2,425,826 222,466 4,245 2,778,295
Chief Financial Officer
Brad Calvin(5)
371,667 368,106 334,800 17,516 1,092,089
Former Chief Commercial Officer
(1)
Amounts reported represent the aggregate grant date fair value of the stock options granted to our named executive officers during fiscal year 2020 under our LTIP, computed in accordance with ASC Topic 718. The assumptions used in calculating the grant date fair value of the stock options reported in this column are set forth in the notes to our audited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. This amount does not reflect the actual economic value that may be realized by the named executive officer upon the exercise of the options or the sale of the underlying shares.
(2)
Represents amounts paid pursuant to our annual incentive compensation program, described below.
(3)
Consists of matching contributions under our 401(k) plan paid by us during 2020 and de minimis incentives provided to all employees based on company-wide sales performance.
(4)
Ms. Murphy began serving as our chief financial officer in September 2020.
(5)
Mr. Calvin ceased serving as an executive officer in May 2021.
Narrative to the Summary Compensation Table
Performance-Based Bonuses
Each of our executive officers is eligible to receive performance bonus under our annual incentive compensation program.
Under our 2020 annual incentive compensation program, each of our named executive officers was eligible to receive a cash incentive payment equal to (1) his or her target incentive, as a percentage of annual base salary, multiplied by (2) the percentage achievement of certain 2020 corporate goals established by our compensation committee in its sole discretion, subject to the named executive officer remaining employed by us through the payment date.
Mr. Doerfler’s target incentive was set at 55% of his annual base salary, Ms. Murphy’s at 40% of her annual base salary, and Mr. Calvin’s at 60% of his annual base salary. The corporate goals used for purposes of the 2020 annual incentive compensation program included revenue, EBITDA, and targets
 
121

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
related to our CARMA program and licensing. Our compensation committee determined that the percentage achievement of the applicable corporate goals was 125% for Mr. Doerfler and Ms. Murphy, and 135% for Mr. Calvin. As a result, our compensation committee approved a cash incentive payment for each named executive officer in the amounts reflected above in the “Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation” column of the Summary Compensation Table. Each named executive’s cash incentive payment for 2020 was paid in the first quarter of 2021.
Outstanding Equity Awards as of December 31, 2020
The following table presents estimated information regarding outstanding equity awards held by our named executive officers as of December 31, 2020. See “— Equity Incentive Plans — Long-Term Incentive Plan” below for additional information.
Option Awards
Name
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options
Exercisable
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options
Unexercisable
Option
Exercise
Price (£)(1)
Option
Exercise
Price
($)(1)
Option
Expiration
Date
Doug Doerfler
1,145,080
N/A
0.04
11/11/2024
296,000
0.82
1.12
6/13/2026
252,833
43,167(2)
2.42
3.31
7/14/2027
178,833
117,167(3)
2.43
3.32
7/18/2028
170,712
219,488(4)
1.78
2.43
3/4/2029
89,421
300,779(5)
1.36
1.86
1/20/2030
Amanda L. Murphy
71,875
1,078,125(6)
3.30
4.51
9/8/2030
Brad Calvin
166,667
33,333(7)
2.50
3.42
7/14/2027
75,521
49,479(3)
2.43
3.32
7/18/2028
54,687
70,313(4)
1.78
2.43
3/4/2029
28,646
96,354(5)
1.36
1.86
1/20/2030
7,813
117,187(8)
3.30
4.51
9/15/2030
(1)
Option exercise prices have historically been expressed in British pounds, other than the option for 1,145,080 shares granted to Mr. Doerfler as indicated above, and are equal to the closing price of our common stock on the AIM on the date of grant. Conversions to U.S. dollars are provided for convenience using an exchange rate of £1.00 = $1.3662, which was the rate published by the U.S. Federal Reserve as of December 31, 2020. Following this offering, option exercise prices for future grants will be expressed in U.S. dollars based on the closing price of our common stock on the Nasdaq Global Market on the date of grant.
(2)
Represents an option to purchase shares of our common stock granted on July 14, 2017. The shares underlying this option vest, as follows: 1/16th of the shares vested 90 calendar days following the grant date and the remainder vests monthly in 45 monthly installments thereafter, subject to the applicable holder’s continued service to our company through the applicable vesting date.
(3)
Represents an option to purchase shares of our common stock granted on July 18, 2018. The shares underlying this option vest, as follows: 1/16th of the shares vested 90 calendar days following the grant date and the remainder vests monthly in 45 monthly installments thereafter, subject to the applicable holder’s continued service to our company through the applicable vesting date.
(4)
Represents an option to purchase shares of our common stock granted on March 4, 2019. The shares underlying this option vest, as follows: 1/16th of the shares vested 90 calendar days following the grant date and the remainder vests monthly in 45 monthly installments thereafter, subject to the applicable holder’s continued service to our company through the applicable vesting date.
(5)
Represents an option to purchase shares of our common stock granted on January 20, 2020. The
 
122

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
shares underlying this option vest, as follows: 1/16th of the shares vested 90 calendar days following the grant date and the remainder vests monthly in 45 monthly installments thereafter, subject to the applicable holder’s continued service to our company through the applicable vesting date.
(6)
Represents an option to purchase shares of our common stock granted on September 8, 2020. The shares underlying this option vest, as follows: 1/16th of the shares vested 90 calendar days following the grant date and the remainder vests monthly in 45 monthly installments thereafter, subject to the applicable holder’s continued service to our company through the applicable vesting date.
(7)
Represents an option to purchase shares of our common stock granted on July 14, 2017. The shares underlying this option vest, as follows: 1/16th of the shares vested 90 calendar days following the grant date and the remainder vests monthly in 45 monthly installments thereafter, subject to the applicable holder’s continued service to our company through the applicable vesting date.
(8)
Represents an option to purchase shares of our common stock granted on September 15, 2020. The shares underlying this option vest, as follows: 1/16th of the shares vested 90 calendar days following the grant date and the remainder vests monthly in 45 monthly installments thereafter, subject to the applicable holder’s continued service to our company through the applicable vesting date.
Employment Arrangements
Severance Agreements
We have entered into severance agreements with each of the NEOs in connection with his or her employment with us, which sets forth the terms and conditions of his or her specified payments and benefits in connection with a termination of employment in certain circumstances. Our goal in providing these severance and change in control payments and benefits is to offer sufficient cash continuity protection such that the NEOs will focus their full time and attention on the requirements of the business rather than the potential implications of a qualifying employment termination or change in control for their respective positions. We prefer to have certainty regarding the potential severance amounts payable to the NEOs, rather than negotiating severance at the time that an NEO’s employment terminates. We have also determined that accelerated vesting provisions with respect to outstanding equity awards in connection with a qualifying termination of employment in certain circumstances are appropriate because they encourage our NEOs to stay focused on the business in those circumstances, rather than focusing on the potential implications of the termination of employment for them personally. The material terms of the severance agreements we have entered into with our NEOs are summarized below.
Doug Doerfler
We entered into a severance agreement dated July 20, 2021, setting forth the terms of Mr. Doerfler’s severance eligibility. Under Mr. Doerfler’s severance agreement, if he is terminated by us other than for “cause” ​(as defined in the severance agreement), or if he resigns for “good reason” ​(as defined in the severance agreement), and if such termination or resignation occurs on the date of or within 24 months following a “change of control” ​(as defined in the severance agreement), then Mr. Doerfler will be eligible to receive (i) payment of his monthly base salary (calculated as his total base salary during the 12 month period prior to his date of termination divided by 12) for the 18 months following his departure (less applicable tax withholdings), (ii) 75% of his “target bonus” ​(as defined in the severance agreement) (less applicable tax withholdings) paid in monthly installments over 18 months, (iii) COBRA premium coverage for up to 18 months, and (iv) full acceleration of the vesting of the unvested shares subject to his outstanding stock options. As a condition to receiving the foregoing severance benefits, Mr. Doerfler must sign and not revoke a release agreement in a form presented by us.
Under Mr. Doerfler’s severance agreement, if he is terminated by us other than for “cause,” or if he resigns for “good reason,” and if such termination or resignation occurs at any time prior to a “change of control,” then Mr. Doerfler will be eligible to receive (i) payment of his monthly base salary (calculated as his total base salary during the 12 month period prior to his date of termination divided by 12) for the 12 months following his departure (less any amounts paid to Mr. Doerfler during such 12 month period
 
123

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
under our Short Term or Long Term Disability Plan, and less applicable tax withholdings), (ii) COBRA premium coverage for up to 12 months, and (iii) if the termination or resignation occurs within 180 days prior to a “change of control,” then Mr. Doerfler shall also receive full acceleration of the vesting of the unvested shares subject to his outstanding stock options. As a condition to receiving the foregoing severance benefits, Mr. Doerfler must sign and not revoke a release agreement in a form presented by us.
Amanda Murphy
We entered into a severance agreement dated January 21, 2021, setting forth the terms of Ms. Murphy’s severance eligibility. Under Ms. Murphy’s severance agreement, if she is terminated by us other than for “cause” ​(as defined in the severance agreement), or if she resigns for “good reason” ​(as defined in the severance agreement), and if such termination or resignation occurs on the date of or within 24 months following a “change of control” ​(as defined in the severance agreement), then Ms. Murphy will be eligible to receive (i) payment of her monthly base salary (calculated as her total base salary during the 12 month period prior to her date of termination divided by 12) for the 9 months following her departure (less applicable tax withholdings), (ii) 75% of her “target bonus” ​(as defined in the severance agreement) (less applicable tax withholdings) paid in monthly installments over 9 months, (iii) COBRA premium coverage for up to 9 months, and (iv) full acceleration of the vesting of the unvested shares subject to her outstanding stock options. As a condition to receiving the foregoing severance benefits, Ms. Murphy must sign and not revoke a release agreement in a form presented by us.
Under Ms. Murphy’s severance agreement, if she is terminated by us other than for “cause,” or if she resigns for “good reason,” and if such termination or resignation occurs at any time prior to a “change of control,” then Ms. Murphy will be eligible to receive (i) payment of her monthly base salary (calculated as her total base salary during the 12 month period prior to her date of termination divided by 12) for the 9 months following her departure (less any amounts paid to Ms. Murphy during such 9 month period under our Short Term or Long Term Disability Plan, and less applicable tax withholdings), (ii) COBRA premium coverage for up to 9 months, and (iii) if the termination or resignation occurs within 180 days prior to a “change of control,” then Ms. Murphy shall also receive full acceleration of the vesting of the unvested shares subject to her outstanding stock options. As a condition to receiving the foregoing severance benefits, Ms. Murphy must sign and not revoke a release agreement in a form presented by us.
Brad Calvin
We entered into a severance agreement dated January 11, 2021, setting forth the terms of Mr. Calvin’s severance eligibility. Under Mr. Calvin’s severance agreement, if he is terminated by us other than for “cause” ​(as defined in the severance agreement), or if he resigns for “good reason” ​(as defined in the severance agreement), and if such termination or resignation occurs on the date of or within 24 months following a “change of control” ​(as defined in the severance agreement), then Mr. Calvin will be eligible to receive (i) payment of his monthly base salary (calculated as his total base salary during the 12 month period prior to his date of termination divided by 12) for the 9 months following his departure (less applicable tax withholdings), (ii) 75% of his “target bonus” ​(as defined in the severance agreement) (less applicable tax withholdings) paid in monthly installments over 9 months, (iii) COBRA premium coverage for up to 9 months, and (iv) full acceleration of the vesting of the unvested shares subject to his outstanding stock options. As a condition to receiving the foregoing severance benefits, Mr. Calvin must sign and not revoke a release agreement in a form presented by us.
Under Mr. Calvin’s severance agreement, if he is terminated by us other than for “cause,” or if he resigns for “good reason,” and if such termination or resignation occurs at any time prior to a “change of control,” then Mr. Calvin will be eligible to receive (i) payment of his monthly base salary (calculated as his total base salary during the 12 month period prior to his date of termination divided by 12) for the 9 months following his departure (less any amounts paid to Mr. Calvin during such 9 month period under our Short Term or Long Term Disability Plan, and less applicable tax withholdings), (ii) COBRA premium coverage for up to 9 months, and (iii) if the termination or resignation occurs within 180 days prior to a “change of control,” then Mr. Calvin shall also receive full acceleration of the vesting of the
 
124

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
unvested shares subject to his outstanding stock options. As a condition to receiving the foregoing severance benefits, Mr. Calvin must sign and not revoke a release agreement in a form presented by us.
Health and Welfare and Retirement Benefits
All of our current named executive officers are eligible to participate in our employee benefit plans, including our medical, dental, vision, disability and life insurance plans, in each case on the same basis as all of our other employees. We do not provide perquisites or personal benefits to our named executive officers other than those provided generally to all employees.
401(k) Plan
We maintain a tax-qualified retirement plan, the 401(k) Plan, that provides eligible employees in the United States with an opportunity to save for retirement on a tax-advantaged basis. Under the 401(k) Plan, we may provide matching and other discretionary contributions. We currently match employee contributions equal to 50% of the salary deferral contributions, with a maximum company contribution of 3% of the employee’s eligible compensation. All contributions, including employer matching and discretionary contributions, vest based upon the number of years of service of the recipient employee, from 0% for employees with less than one year of service to 100% for employees with at least four years of service. Pre-tax contributions are allocated to each participant’s individual account and are then invested in selected investment alternatives according to the participants’ directions. The 401(k) Plan is intended to qualify under Sections 401(a) and 501(a) of the Internal Revenue Code, or Code.
Equity Incentive Plans
Long-Term Incentive Plan
Our Board of Directors adopted our Long-Term Incentive Plan, or our LTIP, in 2000. Our LTIP was amended and restated on May 17, 2016. No further awards will be granted under our LTIP after the effectiveness of our 2021 Equity Incentive Plan, or our 2021 Plan, however, any awards outstanding under our LTIP will continue to be governed by their existing terms.
Awards.   Our LTIP provides for the grant of incentive stock options, or ISOs, nonstatutory stock options, or NSOs, performance awards, restricted stock and incentive shares. ISOs may be granted only to our employees and to any of our affiliate’s employees. All other awards may be granted to our employees, directors, consultants, or independent contractors or those of our affiliates.
Authorized Shares.   As of December 31, 2020, an aggregate of 4,175,737 shares of our common stock were reserved for issuance under our LTIP and stock options to purchase 7,609,667 shares of our common stock were outstanding under our LTIP.
Plan Administration.   Our board of directors or one or more committees or persons appointed by our board of directors may administer our LTIP (in each case, the administrator). Subject to the terms of the LTIP, the administrator has the power to, among other things, determine who will be granted awards and the terms and conditions of such awards, and interpret, prescribe, amend and make all other determinations it deems necessary or advisable for the administration of our LTIP.
Stock Options.   Stock options have been granted under our LTIP. The administrator determines the terms and conditions of stock options, including, but not limited to, the number of shares subject to the stock option, the exercise price of the stock option, and the time(s) at which the stock option may become exercisable. The exercise price of stock options granted under our LTIP generally cannot be less than 100% of the fair market value of a share of our common stock on the grant date. The term of a stock option may not exceed ten years from the grant date. With respect to any participant who owns more than 10% of the voting power of all classes of our outstanding stock, the term of an incentive stock option granted to such participant must not exceed five years from the grant date and the per share exercise price cannot be less than 110% of the fair market value of a share of our common stock on the grant date. Subject to the terms of the LTIP and as provided for in an individual award agreement, the exercise price of a stock option may be paid by (i) a net exercise arrangement; (ii) a cashless exercise or same day sale; (iii) the tender of shares of our common stock previously owned by the participant;
 
125

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
or (iv) a partial payment may be made by delivery of a promissory note to us. In the event a participant’s employment with us is terminated for any reason other than by us for cause (as defined in each individual award agreement), the administrator may extend the exercise period of any options held by such participant; provided however, that such extended post-termination exercise period may not extend beyond the earlier of (A) the seventh anniversary of such termination, or (B) the tenth anniversary of the date the stock option is granted.
Changes to Capital Structure.   In the event any change is made to our common stock, such as by reason of any stock split, stock dividend, or recapitalization, appropriate adjustments shall be made to (i) the maximum number and class of securities issuable under the plan, (ii) the number and class of securities subject to outstanding awards, and (iii) the exercise price of each outstanding option.
Exchange Transactions.   In the event of an exchange transaction (as defined in the LTIP), our board of directors may take such actions as it deems necessary, including, without limitation (i) accelerating the vesting of outstanding options, either in whole or in part; or (ii) if, as part of the exchange transaction, our stockholders are receiving stock of the acquiring company as consideration, converting outstanding options in whole or in part into options to purchase shares of the acquiring company
Amendment or Termination.   Our board of directors may amend, alter or terminate the LTIP at any time. However, our board of directors will obtain stockholder approval of any amendment to the LTIP if necessary to comply with applicable laws, and will obtain the approval of each affected participant if such amendment, alteration or termination would adversely affect such participants rights under their award. As noted above, no further awards will be granted under our LTIP after the effectiveness of our 2021 Plan; however, awards outstanding under our LTIP will continue to be governed by their existing terms.
2021 Equity Incentive Plan
Our board of directors intends to adopt our 2021 Plan, subject to the approval of our stockholders, following this offering. Our 2021 Plan will not become effective unless and until it has been approved by our stockholders, and no grants will be made under our 2021 Plan prior to its effectiveness. Once our 2021 Plan becomes effective, no further grants will be made under our LTIP.
Awards.   Our 2021 Plan will provide for the grant of ISOs within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code, to our employees and our parent and subsidiary corporations’ employees, and for the grant of NSOs, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock awards, restricted stock unit awards, performance awards and other forms of awards to our employees, directors and consultants and any of our affiliates’ employees and consultants.
Authorized Shares.   Initially, the maximum number of shares of our common stock that may be issued under our 2021 Plan after it becomes effective will not exceed a number of shares of our common stock, equal to the sum of (a) any shares that remain available for the issuance of awards under our LTIP as of immediately prior to the time our 2021 Plan becomes effective, (b) a number of new shares that in combination with the shares in clause (a) will not exceed 4,000,000 and (c) any shares of our common stock subject to outstanding stock options or other stock awards granted under our LTIP that, on or after our 2021 Plan becomes effective, terminate or expire prior to exercise or settlement; are not issued because the award is settled in cash; are forfeited because of the failure to vest; or are reacquired or withheld (or not issued) to satisfy a tax withholding obligation or the purchase or exercise price. As of July 26, 2021, the maximum number of shares represented by clause (c) is approximately 12,310,515 shares. In addition, the number of shares of our common stock reserved for issuance under our 2021 Plan, if approved, will automatically increase on January 1st of each year for a period of ten years, beginning on January 1, 2022 and continuing through January 1, 2031, in an amount equal to (1) 5% of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding on December 31 of the immediately preceding year, or (2) a lesser number of shares determined by our board of directors no later than December 31 of the immediately preceding year. The maximum number of shares of our common stock that may be issued on the exercise of ISOs under our 2021 Plan will be equal to three multiplied by the share reserve.
 
126

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Shares subject to stock awards granted under our 2021 Plan that expire or terminate without being exercised in full or that are paid out in cash rather than in shares will not reduce the number of shares available for issuance under our 2021 Plan. Shares withheld under a stock award to satisfy the exercise, strike or purchase price of a stock award or to satisfy a tax withholding obligation will not reduce the number of shares available for issuance under our 2021 Plan. If any shares of our common stock issued pursuant to a stock award are forfeited back to or repurchased or reacquired by us (i) because of a failure to meet a contingency or condition required for the vesting of such shares; (ii) to satisfy the exercise, strike or purchase price of a stock award; or (iii) to satisfy a tax withholding obligation in connection with a stock award, the shares that are forfeited or repurchased or reacquired will revert to and again become available for issuance under our 2021 Plan.
Plan Administration.   Our board of directors, or a duly authorized committee of our board of directors, will administer our 2021 Plan. Our board of directors may delegate to one or more of our officers the authority to (i) designate employees (other than officers) to receive specified stock awards; and (ii) determine the number of shares subject to such stock awards. Under our 2021 Plan, our board of directors will have the authority to determine stock award recipients, the types of stock awards to be granted, grant dates, the number of shares subject to each stock award, the fair market value of our common stock and the provisions of each stock award, including the period of exercisability and the vesting schedule applicable to a stock award.
Under our 2021 Plan, our board of directors also generally will have the authority to effect, with the consent of any materially adversely affected participant and subject to the approval of our stockholders as may be required, (i) the reduction of the exercise, purchase, or strike price of any outstanding option or stock appreciation right; (ii) the cancellation of any outstanding option or stock appreciation right and the grant in substitution therefore of other awards, cash, or other consideration; or (iii) any other action that is treated as a repricing under generally accepted accounting principles.
Stock Options.   ISOs and NSOs are granted under stock option agreements adopted by the administrator. The administrator will determine the exercise price for stock options, within the terms and conditions of our 2021 Plan, except the exercise price of a stock option generally will not be less than 100% of the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. Options granted under our 2021 Plan will vest at the rate specified in the stock option agreement as will be determined by the administrator.
The administrator will determine the term of stock options granted under our 2021 Plan, up to a maximum of 10 years. Unless the terms of an optionholder’s stock option agreement, or other written agreement between us and the recipient, provide otherwise, if an optionholder’s service relationship with us or any of our affiliates ceases for any reason other than disability, death, or cause, the optionholder may generally exercise any vested options for a period of three months following the cessation of service. This period may be extended in the event that exercise of the option is prohibited by applicable securities laws. If an optionholder’s service relationship with us or any of our affiliates ceases due to death, or an optionholder dies within a certain period following cessation of service, the optionholder or a beneficiary may generally exercise any vested options for a period of 18 months following the date of death. If an optionholder’s service relationship with us or any of our affiliates ceases due to disability, the optionholder may generally exercise any vested options for a period of 12 months following the cessation of service. In the event of a termination for cause, options generally terminate upon the termination date. In no event may an option be exercised beyond the expiration of its term.
Acceptable consideration for the purchase of common stock issued upon the exercise of a stock option will be determined by the administrator and may include (i) cash, check, bank draft or money order; (ii) a broker-assisted cashless exercise; (iii) the tender of shares of our common stock previously owned by the optionholder; (iv) a net exercise of the option if it is an NSO; or (v) other legal consideration approved by the administrator.
Unless the administrator provides otherwise, options or stock appreciation rights generally are not transferable except by will or the laws of descent and distribution. Subject to approval of the administrator or a duly authorized officer, an option may be transferred pursuant to a domestic relations order, official marital settlement agreement, or other divorce or separation instrument.
 
127

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Tax Limitations on ISOs.   The aggregate fair market value, determined at the time of grant, of our common stock with respect to ISOs that are exercisable for the first time by an award holder during any calendar year under all of our stock plans may not exceed $100,000. Options or portions thereof that exceed such limit will generally be treated as NSOs. No ISO may be granted to any person who, at the time of the grant, owns or is deemed to own stock possessing more than 10% of our total combined voting power or that of any of our parent or subsidiary corporations unless (i) the option exercise price is at least 110% of the fair market value of the stock subject to the option on the date of grant; and (ii) the term of the ISO does not exceed five years from the date of grant.
Restricted Stock Unit Awards.   Restricted stock unit awards are granted under restricted stock unit award agreements adopted by the administrator. Restricted stock unit awards may be granted in consideration for any form of legal consideration that may be acceptable to our board of directors and permissible under applicable law. A restricted stock unit award may be settled by cash, delivery of stock, a combination of cash and stock as deemed appropriate by the administrator, or in any other form of consideration set forth in the restricted stock unit award agreement. Additionally, dividend equivalents may be credited in respect of shares covered by a restricted stock unit award. Except as otherwise provided in the applicable award agreement, or other written agreement between us and the recipient, restricted stock unit awards that have not vested will be forfeited once the participant’s continuous service ends for any reason.
Restricted Stock Awards.   Restricted stock awards are granted under restricted stock award agreements adopted by the administrator. A restricted stock award may be awarded in consideration for cash, check, bank draft or money order, past or future services to us, or any other form of legal consideration that may be acceptable to our board of directors and permissible under applicable law. The administrator will determine the terms and conditions of restricted stock awards, including vesting and forfeiture terms. If a participant’s service relationship with us ends for any reason, we may receive any or all of the shares of common stock held by the participant that have not vested as of the date the participant terminates service with us through a forfeiture condition or a repurchase right.
Stock Appreciation Rights.   Stock appreciation rights are granted under stock appreciation right agreements adopted by the administrator. The administrator will determine the purchase price or strike price for a stock appreciation right, which generally will not be less than 100% of the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. A stock appreciation right granted under our 2021 Plan will vest at the rate specified in the stock appreciation right agreement as will be determined by the administrator. Stock appreciation rights may be settled in cash or shares of our common stock or in any other form of payment as determined by our board of directors and specified in the stock appreciation right agreement.
The administrator will determine the term of stock appreciation rights granted under our 2021 Plan, up to a maximum of 10 years. If a participant’s service relationship with us or any of our affiliates ceases for any reason other than cause, disability, or death, the participant may generally exercise any vested stock appreciation right for a period of three months following the cessation of service. This period may be further extended in the event that exercise of the stock appreciation right following such a termination of service is prohibited by applicable securities laws. If a participant’s service relationship with us, or any of our affiliates, ceases due to disability or death, or a participant dies within a certain period following cessation of service, the participant or a beneficiary may generally exercise any vested stock appreciation right for a period of 12 months in the event of disability and 18 months in the event of death. In the event of a termination for cause, stock appreciation rights generally terminate upon the termination date. In no event may a stock appreciation right be exercised beyond the expiration of its term.
Performance Awards.   Our 2021 Plan will permit the grant of performance awards that may be settled in stock, cash or other property. Performance awards may be structured so that the stock or cash will be issued or paid only following the achievement of certain pre-established performance goals during a designated performance period. Performance awards that are settled in cash or other property are not required to be valued in whole or in part by reference to, or otherwise based on, our common stock.
 
128

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
The performance goals may be based on any measure of performance selected by our board of directors. The performance goals may be based on company-wide performance or performance of one or more business units, divisions, affiliates, or business segments, and may be either absolute or relative to the performance of one or more comparable companies or the performance of one or more relevant indices. Unless specified otherwise by our board of directors at the time the performance award is granted, our board will appropriately make adjustments in the method of calculating the attainment of performance goals as follows: (i) to exclude restructuring or other nonrecurring charges; (ii) to exclude exchange rate effects; (iii) to exclude the effects of changes to generally accepted accounting principles; (iv) to exclude the effects of any statutory adjustments to corporate tax rates; (v) to exclude the effects of items that are “unusual” in nature or occur “infrequently” as determined under generally accepted accounting principles; (vi) to exclude the dilutive effects of acquisitions or joint ventures; (vii) to assume that any business divested by us achieved performance objectives at targeted levels during the balance of a performance period following such divestiture; (viii) to exclude the effect of any change in the outstanding shares of our common stock by reason of any stock dividend or split, stock repurchase, reorganization, recapitalization, merger, consolidation, spin-off, combination or exchange of shares or other similar corporate change, or any distributions to common stockholders other than regular cash dividends; (ix) to exclude the effects of stock based compensation and the award of bonuses under our bonus plans; (x) to exclude costs incurred in connection with potential acquisitions or divestitures that are required to be expensed under generally accepted accounting principles; and (xi) to exclude the goodwill and intangible asset impairment charges that are required to be recorded under generally accepted accounting principles.
Other Stock Awards.   The administrator will be permitted to grant other awards based in whole or in part by reference to our common stock. The administrator will set the number of shares under the stock award (or cash equivalent) and all other terms and conditions of such awards.
Non-Employee Director Compensation Limit.   The aggregate value of all compensation granted or paid to any non-employee director with respect to any calendar year, including awards granted and cash fees paid by us to such non-employee director, will not exceed $900,000 in total value, except such amount will increase to $1,400,000 for the first year for newly appointed or elected non-employee directors.
Changes to Capital Structure.   In the event there is a specified type of change in our capital structure, such as a stock split, reverse stock split, or recapitalization, appropriate adjustments will be made to (i) the class and maximum number of shares reserved for issuance under our 2021 Plan, (ii) the class and maximum number of shares by which the share reserve may increase automatically each year, (iii) the class and maximum number of shares that may be issued on the exercise of ISOs, and (iv) the class and number of shares and exercise price, strike price, or purchase price, if applicable, of all outstanding stock awards.
Corporate Transactions.   In the event of a corporate transaction (as defined below), unless otherwise provided in a participant’s stock award agreement or other written agreement with us or one of our affiliates or unless otherwise expressly provided by the administrator at the time of grant, any stock awards outstanding under our 2021 Plan may be assumed, continued or substituted for by any surviving or acquiring corporation (or its parent company), and any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by us with respect to the stock award may be assigned to the successor (or its parent company). If the surviving or acquiring corporation (or its parent company) does not assume, continue or substitute for such stock awards, then (i) with respect to any such stock awards that are held by participants whose continuous service has not terminated prior to the effective time of the corporate transaction, or current participants, the vesting (and exercisability, if applicable) of such stock awards will be accelerated in full (or, in the case of performance awards with multiple vesting levels depending on the level of performance, vesting will accelerate at 100% of the target level) to a date prior to the effective time of the corporate transaction (contingent upon the effectiveness of the corporate transaction), and such stock awards will terminate if not exercised (if applicable) at or prior to the effective time of the corporate transaction, and any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by us with respect to such stock awards will lapse (contingent upon the effectiveness of the corporate transaction); and (ii) any such stock awards that are held by persons other than current participants will terminate if not exercised (if
 
129

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
applicable) prior to the effective time of the corporate transaction, except that any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by us with respect to such stock awards will not terminate and may continue to be exercised notwithstanding the corporate transaction.
In the event a stock award will terminate if not exercised prior to the effective time of a corporate transaction, the administrator may provide, in its sole discretion, that the holder of such stock award may not exercise such stock award but instead will receive a payment equal in value to the excess (if any) of (i) the value of the property the participant would have received upon the exercise of the stock award, over (ii) any per share exercise price payable by such holder, if applicable. In addition, any escrow, holdback, earn out or similar provisions in the definitive agreement for the corporate transaction may apply to such payment to the same extent and in the same manner as such provisions apply to the holders of our common stock.
Under our 2021 Plan, a “corporate transaction” is generally the consummation of (i) a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of our consolidated assets; (ii) a sale or other disposition of at least 50% of our outstanding securities; (iii) a merger, consolidation or similar transaction following which we are not the surviving corporation; or (iv) a merger, consolidation or similar transaction following which we are the surviving corporation but the shares of our common stock outstanding immediately prior to such transaction are converted or exchanged into other property by virtue of the transaction.
Change in Control.   Stock awards granted under our 2021 Plan may be subject to acceleration of vesting and exercisability upon or after a change in control (as defined below) as may be provided in the applicable stock award agreement or in any other written agreement between us or any affiliate and the participant, but in the absence of such provision, no such acceleration will automatically occur.
Under our 2021 Plan, a “change in control” is generally (i) the acquisition by any person or company of more than 50% of the combined voting power of our then outstanding stock; (ii) a merger, consolidation or similar transaction in which our stockholders immediately before the transaction do not own, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of the combined voting power of the surviving entity (or the parent of the surviving entity) in substantially the same proportions as their ownership immediately prior to such transaction; (iii) stockholder approval of a complete dissolution or liquidation; (iv) a sale, lease, exclusive license or other disposition of all or substantially all of our assets other than to an entity more than 50% of the combined voting power of which is owned by our stockholders in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of our outstanding voting securities immediately prior to such transaction; or (v) when a majority of our board of directors becomes comprised of individuals who were not serving on our board of directors on the date of the underwriting agreement related to this offering, or the incumbent board, or whose nomination, appointment, or election was not approved by a majority of the incumbent board still in office.
Plan Amendment or Termination.   Our board of directors has the authority to amend, suspend, or terminate our 2021 Plan at any time, provided that such action does not materially impair the existing rights of any participant without such participant’s written consent. Certain material amendments also require the approval of our stockholders. No ISOs may be granted after the tenth anniversary of the effective date of our 2021 Plan. No stock awards may be granted under our 2021 Plan while it is suspended or after it is terminated.
2021 Employee Stock Purchase Plan
Our board of directors intends to adopt our employee stock purchase plan, or our ESPP, subject to the approval of our stockholders, following this offering. The purpose of our ESPP will be to secure the services of new employees, to retain the services of existing employees and to provide incentives for such individuals to exert maximum efforts toward our success and that of our affiliates. If approved, our ESPP will include two components. One component will be designed to allow eligible U.S. employees to purchase our common stock in a manner that may qualify for favorable tax treatment under Section 423 of the Code. The other component will permit the grant of purchase rights that do not qualify for such favorable tax treatment in order to allow deviations necessary to permit participation by eligible employees who are foreign nationals or employed outside of the United States while complying with applicable foreign laws.
 
130

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Share Reserve.   Our ESPP will authorize the issuance of up to 1% of the shares of common stock outstanding as of immediately following this offering under purchase rights that may be granted to our employees or to employees of any of our designated affiliates. The number of shares of our common stock reserved for issuance will automatically increase on January 1 of each year for a period of ten years, beginning on January 1, 2022 and continuing through January 1, 2031, by the lesser of (i) 1% of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding on December 31 of the immediately preceding year; and (ii) a number of shares equal to 3% of the shares of common stock outstanding as of immediately following this offering, except before our date of any such increase, our board of directors may determine that such increase will be less than the amount set forth in clauses (i) and (ii).
Administration.   Our board of directors will administer our ESPP and may delegate its authority to administer our ESPP to our compensation committee. Our ESPP will be implemented through a series of offerings under which eligible employees are granted purchase rights to purchase shares of our common stock on specified dates during such offerings. Under our ESPP, our board of directors will be permitted to specify offerings with durations of not more than 27 months and to specify shorter purchase periods within each offering. Each offering will have one or more purchase dates on which shares of our common stock will be purchased for employees participating in the offering. Our ESPP will provide that an offering may be terminated under certain circumstances.
Payroll Deductions.   Generally, all regular employees, including executive officers, employed by us or by any of our designated affiliates, will be eligible to participate in our ESPP and to contribute, normally through payroll deductions, up to 15% of their earnings (as defined in our ESPP) for the purchase of our common stock under our ESPP. Unless otherwise determined by our board of directors, common stock will be purchased for the accounts of employees participating in our ESPP at a price per share equal to the lesser of (i) 85% of the fair market value of a share of our common stock on the first day of an offering; or (ii) 85% of the fair market value of a share of our common stock on the date of purchase.
Limitations.   Employees may have to satisfy one or more of the following service requirements before participating in our ESPP, as determined by our board of directors: (i) being customarily employed for more than 20 hours per week or (ii) being customarily employed for more than five months per calendar year. No employee will be permitted to purchase shares under our ESPP at a rate in excess of $25,000 worth of our common stock (based on the fair market value per share of our common stock at the beginning of an offering) for each calendar year such a purchase right is outstanding. Finally, no employee will be eligible for the grant of any purchase rights under our ESPP if immediately after such rights are granted, such employee has voting power over 5% or more of our outstanding capital stock measured by vote or value under Section 424(d) of the Code.
Changes to Capital Structure.   Our ESPP will provide that in the event there occurs a change in our capital structure through such actions as a stock split, merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization, reincorporation, stock dividend, dividend in property other than cash, large nonrecurring cash dividend, liquidating dividend, combination of shares, exchange of shares, change in corporate structure, or similar transaction, our board of directors will make appropriate adjustments to: (i) the class(es) and maximum number of shares reserved under our ESPP; (ii) the class(es) and maximum number of shares by which the share reserve may increase automatically each year; (iii) the class(es) and number of shares subject to, and purchase price applicable to, outstanding offerings and purchase rights; and (iv) the class(es) and number of shares that are subject to purchase limits under ongoing offerings.
Corporate Transactions.   Our ESPP will provide that in the event of a corporate transaction (as defined below), any then-outstanding rights to purchase our stock under our ESPP may be assumed, continued, or substituted for by any surviving or acquiring entity (or its parent company). If the surviving or acquiring entity (or its parent company) elects not to assume, continue, or substitute for such purchase rights, then the participants’ accumulated payroll contributions will be used to purchase shares of our common stock within 10 business days before such corporate transaction, and such purchase rights will terminate immediately after such purchase.
 
131

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Under our ESPP, a “corporate transaction” is generally the consummation of (i) a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of our consolidated assets; (ii) a sale or other disposition of at least 50% of our outstanding securities; (iii) a merger, consolidation or similar transaction following which we are not the surviving corporation; or (iv) a merger, consolidation or similar transaction following which we are the surviving corporation but the shares of our common stock outstanding immediately prior to such transaction are converted or exchanged into other property by virtue of the transaction.
Amendment or Termination.   Our board of directors will have the authority to amend or terminate our ESPP, except in certain circumstances such amendment or termination may not materially impair any outstanding purchase rights without the holder’s consent. We will obtain stockholder approval of any amendment to our ESPP as required by applicable law or listing requirements.
Limitations on Liability and Indemnification Matters
Our fifteenth amended and restated certificate of incorporation contains provisions that limit the liability of our directors to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Delaware law provides that directors of a corporation will not be personally liable for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duties as directors, except liability for:
(1)
any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders;
(2)
any act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;
(3)
unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions; or
(4)
any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.
If the Delaware General Corporation Law is amended after the effective date of our certificate of incorporation to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of our directors shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, as so amended.
Such limitation of liability does will not apply to liabilities arising under federal securities laws and does not affect the availability of equitable remedies such as injunctive relief or rescission.
Our fifteenth amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides for us to indemnify our directors, officers, employees and other agents to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Our amended and restated bylaws that will be in effect following the completion of this offering will provide that we are required to indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law and may indemnify our other employees and agents. Our amended and restated bylaws will also provide that, on satisfaction of certain conditions, we will advance expenses incurred by a director or officer in advance of the final disposition of any action, suit or proceeding, and permit us to secure insurance on behalf of any officer, director, employee or other agent for any liability arising out of his or her actions in that capacity regardless of whether we would otherwise be permitted to indemnify him or her under the provisions of Delaware law. We have entered and expect to continue to enter into agreements to indemnify our directors, executive officers and other employees as determined by our board of directors. With certain exceptions, these agreements provide for indemnification for related expenses including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by any of these individuals in any action or proceeding. We believe these provisions in our fifteenth amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws and these indemnification agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified persons as directors and officers. We also maintain customary directors’ and officers’ liability insurance.
The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions in our fifteenth amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against our directors for breach of their fiduciary duty. They may also reduce the likelihood of derivative litigation against our directors and officers, even though an action, if successful, might benefit us and other stockholders. Further, a stockholder’s investment may be adversely affected
 
132

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
to the extent that we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers as required by these indemnification provisions.
Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted for our directors, executive officers or persons controlling us, we have been informed that, in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.
Rule 10b5-1 Sales Plans
Our directors and officers may adopt written plans, known as Rule 10b5-1 plans, in which they will contract with a broker to buy or sell shares of our common stock on a periodic basis. Under a Rule 10b5-1 plan, a broker executes trades under parameters established by the director or officer when entering into the plan, without further direction from them. The director or officer may amend a Rule 10b5-1 plan in some circumstances and may terminate a plan at any time. Our directors and executive officers may also buy or sell additional shares outside of a Rule 10b5-1 plan when they do not possess material nonpublic information, subject to compliance with the terms of our insider trading policy.
 
133

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
Other than compensation arrangements for our directors and executive officers, which are described elsewhere in this prospectus, below we describe transactions since January 1, 2018 to which we were a party or will be a party, in which:

the amounts involved exceeded or will exceed $120,000; and

any of our directors, executive officers or holders of more than 5% of our capital stock, or any member of the immediate family of, or person sharing the household with, the foregoing persons, had or will have a direct or indirect material interest.
Equity Financings
2019 Placement
In February 2019, we issued and sold an aggregate of 5,908,319 shares of common stock at a purchase price of £1.70 per share, for an aggregate amount of £10.0 million (approximately $13.3 million as of the issue date). The following table summarizes the shares of common stock purchased by related persons.
Stockholder
Shares of
Common Stock
Subscription Price
(£)
Gross Proceeds
to MaxCyte
($)
River and Mercantile Asset Management LLP(1)
662,350 1,125,995 1,488,002
(1)
At the time of the offering River and Mercantile Asset Management LLP was a holder of 5% or more of our common stock.
2020 Placement
In May 2020, we issued and sold an aggregate of 19,181,423 shares of common stock at a purchase price of £1.31 per share, for an aggregate amount of £25.1 million (approximately $30.5 million as of the issue date), or the 2020 Placement. The following table summarizes the shares of common stock purchased by related persons.
Stockholder
Shares of
Common Stock
Subscription Price
(£)
Gross Proceeds
to MaxCyte
($)
Casdin Partners Master Fund, L.P.(1)
9,281,334 12,158,547 14,765,097
Sofinnova Crossover I SLP(2)
4,331,289 5,673,988 6,890,378
River and Mercantile Asset Management LLP(3)
2,152,156 2,819,324 3,431,400
(1)
Casdin Partners Master Fund, L.P. is a holder of 5% or more of our common stock.
(2)
Sofinnova Crossover I SLP is a holder of 5% or more of our common stock.
(3)
At the time of the offering River and Mercantile Asset Management LLP was a holder of 5% or more of our common stock.
2021 Placement
In February 2021, we issued and sold an aggregate of 5,740,000 shares of common stock at a purchase price of £7.00 per share, for an aggregate amount of £40.2 million (approximately $55.3 million as of the issue date). The following table summarizes the shares of common stock purchased by related persons.
Stockholder
Shares of
Common Stock
Subscription Price
(£)
Gross Proceeds
to MaxCyte
($)
Casdin Partners Master Fund, L.P.(1)
890,000 6,230,000 8,579,931
Sofinnova Crossover I SLP(2)
330,000 2,310,000 3,184,612
(1)
Casdin Partners Master Fund, L.P. is a holder of 5% or more of our common stock.
(2)
Sofinnova Crossover I SLP is a holder of 5% or more of our common stock.
 
134

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Rights to Exchange
In April 2020, in connection with the 2020 Placement, we provided Casdin and Sofinnova with certain rights to exchange their shares in certain circumstances. See the section titled “Description of Capital Stock — Rights to Exchange” for additional information.
Novavax Sublease
In November 2011, we entered into a Lease Agreement, as subsequently amended or restated, the Lease Agreement, with Novavax, Inc., or Novavax, covering the sublease of approximately 19,000 square feet of office and laboratory space. The sublease is currently set to expire in October 2023. Richard Douglas, PhD, a member of our board of directors, is a member of the board of directors of Novavax and Stanley Erck, a member of our board of directors, is the chief executive officer and a director of Novavax. Under the terms of the Lease Agreement, we paid Novavax $371,600, $416,800, $623,000, $154,800 and $158,700 for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2019 and 2020 and the three months ended March 31, 2020 and 2021, respectively.
Equity Grants to Directors and Executive Officers
We have granted stock options to certain of our directors and executive officers. For more information regarding the stock options and stock awards granted to our directors and named executive officers, see the sections titled “Management — Director Compensation” and “Executive Compensation.”
Indemnification Agreements
Our fifteenth amended and restated certificate of incorporation contains provisions limiting the liability of directors, and both such amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws that will be in effect following the completion of this offering will provide that we will indemnify each of our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted under Delaware law. Our fifteenth amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will also provide our board of directors with discretion to indemnify our employees and other agents when determined appropriate by the board. In addition, we have entered into an indemnification agreement with each of our directors and executive officers, which requires us to indemnify them. For more information regarding these agreements, see the section titled “Executive Compensation — Limitations on Liability and Indemnification Matters.”
Policies and Procedures for Transactions with Related Persons
We have adopted a policy that our executive officers, directors, nominees for election as a director, beneficial owners of more than 5% of any class of our common stock and any members of the immediate family of any of the foregoing persons are not permitted to enter into a related person transaction with us without the approval or ratification of our board of directors or our audit committee. Any request for us to enter into a transaction with an executive officer, director, nominee for election as a director, beneficial owner of more than 5% of any class of our common stock or any member of the immediate family of any of the foregoing persons, in which the amount involved exceeds $120,000 and such person would have a direct or indirect interest, must be presented to our board of directors or our audit committee for review, consideration and approval. In approving or rejecting any such proposal, our board of directors or our audit committee is to consider the material facts of the transaction, including whether the transaction is on terms no less favorable than terms generally available to an unaffiliated third party under the same or similar circumstances and the extent of the related person’s interest in the transaction.
The related person transactions policy also covers related party transactions under the AIM Rules, which contains a different definition of a related party to the definition of a related person set out above for U.S. purposes. The AIM Rules require that any transaction with a related party (pursuant to the definition in the AIM Rules) that exceeds 5% in any of the class tests set out in the AIM Rules, taking into account certain provisions relating to aggregation of transactions, should be announced without delay as soon as the terms of the transaction are agreed, and that the announcement should include certain specified information including a statement that our directors (with the exception of any director who is involved in the transaction as a related party) consider, having consulted with our nominated adviser for AIM, that the terms of the transaction are fair and reasonable insofar as our shareholders are concerned.
 
135

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS
The following table sets forth information with respect to the beneficial ownership of our shares as of June 1, 2021 by:

each named executive officer;

each of our directors;

our directors and executive officers as a group; and

each person or entity known by us to own beneficially more than 5% of our common stock (by number or by voting power).
We have determined beneficial ownership in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC, and the information is not necessarily indicative of beneficial ownership for any other purpose. Except as indicated by the footnotes below, we believe, based on information furnished to us, that the persons and entities named in the table below have sole voting and sole investment power with respect to all shares that they beneficially own, subject to applicable community property laws.
Applicable percentage ownership before this offering is based on 84,719,345 shares of common stock outstanding as of June 1, 2021. Applicable percentage ownership after this offering is based on 96,689,559 shares of common stock outstanding immediately after the completion of this offering, assuming no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional shares of common stock from us. In computing the number of shares beneficially owned by a person and the percentage ownership of such person, we deemed to be outstanding all shares subject to options held by the person that are currently exercisable, or exercisable or would vest based on service-based vesting conditions within 60 days of June 1, 2021. However, except as described above, we did not deem such shares outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person.
Unless otherwise indicated, the address for each beneficial owner listed in the table below is c/o MaxCyte, Inc. 22 Firstfield Road, Suite 110, Gaithersburg, Maryland 20878.
Percentage of Shares
Beneficially Owned
Number of Shares
Beneficially Owned
Before
Offering
After
Offering
Name of Beneficial Owner
5% Stockholders:
Casdin Partners Master Fund, L.P.(1)
12,171,334 14.4% 12.6%
Sofinnova Crossover I SLP(2)
4,661,289 5.5 4.8
Directors and Named Executive Officers:
Doug Doerfler(3)
2,266,219 2.6 2.3
J. Stark Thompson, PhD(4)
288,255 * *
Yasir Al-Wakeel
Ron Holtz(5)
946,443 1.1 1.0
Will Brooke(6)
117,906 * *
Richard Douglas, PhD(7)
60,714 * *
Stanley Erck(8)
478,822 * *
Rekha Hemrajani
John Johnston(9)
195,004 * *
Art Mandell(10)
462,488 * *
Amanda Murphy(11)
239,583 * *
Brad Calvin(12)
435,417 * *
All directors and current executive officers as a group
(11 persons)(13)
5,490,851 5.7 5.0
*
Represents beneficial ownership of less than 1%.
 
136

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
(1)
Casdin Capital, LLC is the investment adviser to Casdin Partners Master Fund, L.P., and Casdin Partners GP, LLC is the general partner of Casdin Partners Master Fund L.P. Eli Casdin is the managing member of Casdin Capital, LLC and Casdin Partners GP, LLC. As such, each of Casdin Capital, LLC, Casdin Partners GP, LLC and Eli Casdin may be deemed to beneficially own the securities held by Casdin Partners Master Fund, L.P. by virtue of their shared voting and investment control over Casdin Partners Master Fund, L.P. Each of Casdin Capital, LLC, Casdin Partners GP, LLC and Mr. Casdin disclaims beneficial ownership of such securities except to the extent of their respective pecuniary interest therein. The address of these persons and entities is 1350 Avenue of the Americas, Suite 2600, New York, NY 10019.
(2)
The securities are held by Sofinnova Crossover I SLP, or Sofinnova Crossover. Sofinnova Partners SAS is the management company of Sofinnova Crossover and has voting and investment control over the securities. The address of Sofinnova Crossover is 7-11, boulevard Haussmann 75009 Paris, France.
(3)
Consists of (i) 433,197 shares of common stock and (ii) 1,833,022 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options exercisable as of July 31, 2021.
(4)
Consists of (i) 110,918 shares of common stock and (ii) 177,337 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options exercisable as of July 31, 2021.
(5)
Consists of (i) 150,251 shares of common stock and (ii) 796,192 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options granted under our LTIP exercisable as of July 31, 2021.
(6)
Consists of (i) 50,302 shares of common stock and (ii) 67,604 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options granted under our LTIP exercisable as of July 31, 2021.
(7)
Consists of 60,714 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options granted under our LTIP exercisable as of July 31, 2021.
(8)
Consists of (i) 247,751 shares of common stock and (ii) 231,071 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options granted under our LTIP exercisable as of July 31, 2021.
(9)
Consists of (i) 120,583 shares of common stock and (ii) 74,421 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options granted under our LTIP exercisable as of July 31, 2021.
(10)
Consists of (i) 374,484 shares of common stock and (ii) 88,004 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options granted under our LTIP exercisable as of July 31, 2021.
(11)
Consists of 239,583 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options granted under our LTIP exercisable as of July 31, 2021.
(12)
Consists of 435,417 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options granted under our LTIP exercisable as of July 31, 2021.
(13)
Consists of (i) 1,487,486 shares of common stock and (ii) 3,567,948 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options granted under our LTIP exercisable as of July 31, 2021.
 
137

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK
General
Our fifteenth amended and restated certificate of incorporation authorizes us to issue up to 400,000,000 shares of common stock, $0.01 par value per share, and 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock, $0.01 par value per share, all of which shares of preferred stock are undesignated. Our board of directors may establish the rights and preferences of the preferred stock from time to time.
Common Stock
As of March 31, 2021, we had 84,689,559 shares of common stock outstanding, held of record by 280 stockholders.
Voting Rights
Each holder of common stock is entitled to one vote for each share of common stock held by such holder on all matters submitted to a vote of the stockholders. In all matters, other than the election of directors and except as otherwise required by law, our amended and restated certificate or bylaws, including any provisions requiring a separate vote of a class or series of our shares, the affirmative vote of a majority of the voting power of the shares present or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the subject matter shall be the act of the stockholders. Our amended and restated bylaws provide that stockholders representing a majority of the voting power of our issued and outstanding capital stock, present in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at all meetings of the stockholders. The affirmative vote of holders of at least 75% of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares of capital stock, entitled to vote and voting together as a single class, is required to amend certain provisions of our fifteenth amended and restated certificate of incorporation, including provisions relating to amending our amended and restated bylaws and the certificate, the voting rights of our common stock, removal of directors, director liability and indemnification, vacancies on our board, special meetings, annual meetings, stockholder notices, actions by written consent and exclusive forum. Unless otherwise required by law or the fifteenth amended and restated certificate of incorporation, the amended and restated bylaws provide that the election of directors shall be decided by a plurality of the votes cast at a meeting of stockholders by the holders of stock entitled to vote in the election.
Dividends
Holders of our common stock are entitled to receive ratably any dividends that our board of directors may declare out of funds legally available for that purpose. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property or in shares of our common stock. See the section titled “Dividend Policy”.
Liquidation
In the event of our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, holders of our common stock are entitled to share ratably in all assets.
Rights and Preferences
Holders of our common stock have no conversion, subscription or other rights, and there are no redemption, sinking fund provisions or pre-emptive rights applicable to our common stock.
Fully Paid and Nonassessable
All outstanding shares of our common stock are fully paid and non-assessable, and the shares of common stock to be issued upon completion of this offering will be fully paid and non-assessable.
Preferred Stock
Upon the closing of this offering, our board of directors may, without further action by our stockholders, fix the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions of up to an aggregate of 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock in one or more series and authorize their issuance. These rights, preferences and privileges could include dividend rights, conversion rights, voting rights, terms of redemption, liquidation preferences, sinking fund terms and the number of shares constituting any series or the designation of such series, any or all of which may be greater than the rights of our common stock. The issuance of our preferred stock could adversely affect the voting power of holders of our common
 
138

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
stock and the likelihood that such holders will receive dividend payments and payments upon liquidation. In addition, the issuance of preferred stock could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change of control or other corporate action. Upon the closing of this offering, no shares of preferred stock will be outstanding, and we have no present plan to issue any shares of preferred stock.
Warrants
In connection with a credit facility we issued the lender a warrant to purchase 71,168 shares of common stock at an exercise price of £1.09081 per share. The warrant is exercisable at any time through the tenth anniversary of issuance. The warrant is classified as a liability as its strike price is in a currency other than our functional currency. The warrant is recorded at fair value at the end of each reporting period with changes from the prior balance sheet date recorded on the consolidated statements of operations. See Note 6 to our financial statements included in this prospectus for more information.
Stock Options
As of March 31, 2021, 5,732,382 shares of common stock were issuable upon the exercise of outstanding stock options, at a weighted-average exercise price of $1.95 per share based on exchange rates as of March 31, 2021. For additional information regarding terms of our equity incentive plans, see the section titled “Executive and Director Compensation — Equity Incentive Plans.”
Rights to Exchange
In April 2020, we entered into subscription agreements with investors Casdin Capital, LLC and Sofinnova Crossover I SLP, which provides Casdin and Sofinnova with certain rights. Under these agreements, in the event of a U.S. listing, we must take all necessary steps, including without limitation any additional filings with the SEC necessary, to allow each of our holders of common stock who elects to do so, to exchange their common stock listed on AIM for securities listed on such U.S. exchange, and we shall advise and instruct Casdin and/or Sofinnova how to convert their common stock traded on AIM and take delivery of the underlying U.S. exchange traded common stock.
Anti-Takeover Provisions
Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws to be in Effect Following this Offering
Our fifteenth amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, each which are currently in effect or will be in effect following this offering, will:

provide that the authorized number of directors may be changed only by resolution of our board of directors;

provide that our board of directors will be classified into three classes of directors;

provide that all vacancies, including newly created directorships, may, except as otherwise required by law, be filled by the affirmative vote of a majority of directors then in office, even if less than a quorum;

require that any action to be taken by our stockholders must be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting of stockholders and not be taken by written consent in lieu thereof;

provide that stockholders seeking to present proposals before a meeting of stockholders or to nominate candidates for election as directors at a meeting of stockholders must provide advance notice in writing, and also specify requirements as to the form and content of a stockholder’s notice;

provide that special meetings of our stockholders may be called at any time, for any purpose or purposes, only by the chairperson of our board of directors, our chief executive officer or by our board of directors pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the total number of authorized directors;

provide that our directors may be removed (i) with or without cause, upon the vote of at least 50% of the outstanding shares of voting stock or (ii) with cause, by the affirmative vote or consent of at least two-thirds of the other members of our board of directors; and
 
139

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 

not provide for cumulative voting rights, therefore allowing the holders of a majority of the shares of common stock entitled to vote in any election of directors to elect all of the directors standing for election, if they should so choose.
The amendment of any of these provisions would require approval by the holders of at least 75% of the outstanding shares of capital stock entitled to vote on such amendment or repeal, voting together as a single class.
The combination of these provisions will make it more difficult for our existing stockholders to replace our board of directors as well as for another party to obtain control of us by replacing our board of directors. Because our board of directors has the power to retain and discharge our officers, these provisions could also make it more difficult for existing stockholders or another party to effect a change in management.
These provisions are intended to enhance the likelihood of continued stability in the composition of our board of directors and its policies and to discourage coercive takeover practices and inadequate takeover bids. These provisions are also designed to reduce our vulnerability to hostile takeovers and to discourage certain tactics that may be used in proxy fights. However, such provisions could have the effect of discouraging others from making tender offers for our shares and may have the effect of delaying changes in our control or management. As a consequence, these provisions may also inhibit fluctuations in the market price of our stock that could result from actual or rumored takeover attempts. We believe that the benefits of these provisions, including increased protection of our potential ability to negotiate with the proponent of an unfriendly or unsolicited proposal to acquire or restructure our company, outweigh the disadvantages of discouraging takeover proposals, because negotiation of takeover proposals could result in an improvement of their terms.
Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law
Following this offering, we will be subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which prohibits a Delaware corporation from engaging in any business combination with any interested stockholder for a period of three years after the date that such stockholder became an interested stockholder, subject to certain exceptions.
Choice of Forum
Our fifteenth amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware (or, if and only if the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware lacks subject matter jurisdiction, any state court located within the State of Delaware or, if and only if all such state courts lack subject matter jurisdiction, the federal district court for the District of Delaware) is the exclusive forum for the following types of actions or proceedings under Delaware statutory or common law: any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf; any action asserting a breach of a fiduciary duty; any action asserting a claim against us arising pursuant to the Delaware General Corporation Law, our fifteenth amended and restated certificate of incorporation, or our amended and restated bylaws; or any action asserting a claim against us that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine. The provisions would not apply to suits brought to enforce a duty or liability created by the Securities Act or the Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
In addition, our fifteenth amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that the federal district courts of the United States of America will be the exclusive forum for resolving any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act, subject to and contingent upon a final adjudication in the State of Delaware of the enforceability of such exclusive forum provision. Stockholders cannot waive compliance with U.S. federal securities laws and the rules and regulations thereunder.
Limitations of Liability and Indemnification
See the section titled “Executive Compensation — Limitations on Liability and Indemnification Matters.”
Exchange Listing
Our common stock is currently traded on AIM, a market operated by the London Stock Exchange, under the trading symbols “MXCT” and “MXCN”. We have applied to list our common stock on the Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol “MXCT.”
 
140

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Transfer Agent and Registrar
On the completion of this offering, the transfer agent for our common stock will be Computershare Trust Company, N.A. The transfer agent’s address is 150 Royall Street, Canton, Massachusetts 02021. Our UK registrar is Link Asset Services Limited.
 
141

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock in the United States. Future sales of substantial amounts of our common stock, including shares issued on the exercise of outstanding options, in the public market after this offering, or the possibility of these sales or issuances occurring, could adversely affect the prevailing market price for our common stock or impair our ability to raise equity capital.
Based on our shares outstanding as of March 31, 2021, on the completion of this offering and assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares, a total of 96,689,559 shares of common stock will be outstanding. Of these shares, all of the common stock sold in this offering by us, plus any shares sold by exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional common stock from us, will be freely tradable in the public market without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, unless these shares are held by “affiliates,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, or Rule 144.
The remaining shares of common stock will be, and shares of common stock subject to stock options will be on issuance, “restricted securities,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. These restricted securities are eligible for public sale only if they are registered under the Securities Act or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rules 144 or Rule 701 under the Securities Act, or Rule 701, which are summarized below. Restricted securities may also be sold outside of the United States to non-U.S. persons in accordance with Rule 904 of Regulation S under the Securities Act.
Subject to the lock-up agreements described below and the provisions of Rule 144, Rule 701 or Regulation S under the Securities Act (including any applicable distribution compliance period for shares sold pursuant to Regulation S under the Securities Act), as well as our insider trading policy, these restricted securities will be available for sale in the public market after the date of this prospectus.
Rule 144
In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, once we have been subject to public company reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act for at least 90 days, an eligible stockholder is entitled to sell such shares without complying with the manner of sale, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144, subject to compliance with the public information requirements of Rule 144. To be an eligible stockholder under Rule 144, such stockholder must not be deemed to have been one of our affiliates for purposes of the Securities Act at any time during the 90 days preceding a sale and must have beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than our affiliates. If such a person has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least one year, including the holding period of any prior owner other than our affiliates, then such person is entitled to sell such shares without complying with any of the requirements of Rule 144, subject to the expiration of the lock-up agreements described below.
In general, under Rule 144, as currently in effect, our affiliates or persons selling shares on behalf of our affiliates are entitled to sell shares on expiration of the lock-up agreements described below, subject, in the case of restricted securities, to such shares having been beneficially owned for at least six months. Beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, within any three-month period, such stockholders may sell a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:

1% of the common stock then outstanding, which will equal approximately 967,000 shares immediately after this offering, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of common stock from us; or

the average weekly trading volume of our common stock on the Nasdaq Global Market during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to such sale.
Sales under Rule 144 by our affiliates or persons selling shares on behalf of our affiliates are also subject to certain manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us.
 
142

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Rule 701
Rule 701 generally allows a stockholder who was issued shares under a written compensatory plan or contract and who is not deemed to have been an affiliate of our company during the immediately preceding 90 days, to sell these shares in reliance on Rule 144, but without being required to comply with the public information, holding period, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144. Rule 701 also permits affiliates of our company to sell their Rule 701 shares under Rule 144 without complying with the holding period requirements of Rule 144. All holders of Rule 701 shares, however, are required by that rule to wait until 90 days after the date of this prospectus before selling those shares under Rule 701, subject to the expiration of the lock-up agreements described below.
Form S-8 Registration Statements
We intend to file one or more registration statements on Form S-8 under the Securities Act with the SEC to register the offer and sale of shares of our common stock to be issued under our LTIP and, if and when approved by stockholders, the 2021 Plan and ESPP. These registration statements will become effective immediately on filing. Shares covered by these registration statements will then be eligible for sale in the public markets, subject to vesting restrictions, any applicable lock-up agreements described below, and Rule 144 limitations applicable to affiliates.
Lock-Up Arrangements
We and all of our directors and executive officers, representing the holders of approximately 1.5 million shares of our common stock, have agreed with the underwriters that, until 90 days after the date of this prospectus, we and they will not, without the prior written consent of Cowen and Company, LLC, Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated and William Blair & Company, L.L.C., offer, sell, assign, transfer, pledge, contract to sell, lend or otherwise dispose of any shares of common stock, or securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock. These agreements are described in the section titled “Underwriting.” Cowen and Company, LLC, Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated and William Blair & Company, L.L.C. may, in their sole discretion, release any of the securities subject to these lock-up agreements at any time.
 
143

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES TO NON-U.S. HOLDERS
The following summary describes the material U.S. federal income tax consequences of the ownership and disposition of our common stock acquired in this offering by Non-U.S. Holders (as defined below). This discussion is not a complete analysis of all potential U.S. federal income tax consequences relating thereto, does not address non-U.S., state and local tax consequences that may be relevant to Non-U.S. Holders in light of their particular circumstances, and does not address U.S. federal tax consequences other than income taxes. For example, it does not address estate and gift taxes, the alternative minimum tax, the Medicare contribution tax on net investment income, or the application of special tax accounting rules under Section 451(b). Special rules different from those described below may apply to certain Non-U.S. Holders that are subject to special treatment under the Code, such as banks, regulated investment companies real estate investment trusts, financial institutions, insurance companies, tax-exempt organizations, tax-qualified retirement plans, governmental organizations, broker-dealers and traders in securities or currencies, certain former citizens or long-term residents of the United States, “controlled foreign corporations,” “passive foreign investment companies,” corporations that accumulate earnings to avoid U.S. federal income tax, corporations organized outside of the United States, any state thereof, or the District of Columbia that are nonetheless treated as U.S. taxpayers for U.S. federal income tax purposes, persons that hold our common stock as part of a “straddle,” “hedge,” “conversion transaction,” “synthetic security,” or integrated investment or other risk reduction strategy, persons deemed to sell our common stock under the constructive sale provisions of the Code, persons who acquire our common stock through the exercise of an option or otherwise as compensation, “qualified foreign pension funds” as defined in Section 897(l)(2) of the Code and entities all of the interests of which are held by qualified foreign pension funds, and partnerships and other pass-through entities or arrangements and investors in such pass-through entities or arrangements. Such Non-U.S. Holders are urged to consult their own tax advisors to determine the U.S. federal, state, local and other tax consequences that may be relevant to them. If a partnership (including any entity or arrangement classified as a partnership or flow-through entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes) holds our common stock, the tax treatment of a partner in such partnership generally will depend on the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. Partnerships holding our common stock and partners in such partnerships should consult their own tax advisors regarding the tax consequences of the ownership and disposition of our common stock. Furthermore, the discussion below is based upon the provisions of the Code and U.S. Treasury Regulations, rulings and judicial decisions thereunder, each as of the date hereof, and such authorities may be repealed, revoked, or modified, perhaps retroactively, so as to result in U.S. federal income tax consequences different from those discussed below. We have not requested a ruling from the U.S. Internal Revenue Service, or the IRS, with respect to the statements made and the conclusions reached in the following summary, and there can be no assurance that the IRS will agree with such statements and conclusions. This discussion assumes that the Non-U.S. Holder holds our common stock as a “capital asset” within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code (generally, property held for investment).
This discussion is for informational purposes only and is not tax advice. Persons considering the purchase of our common stock pursuant to this offering should consult their own tax advisors concerning the U.S. federal income, gift, estate and other tax consequences of acquiring, owning and disposing of our common stock in light of their particular situations as well as any consequences arising under the laws of any other taxing jurisdiction, including any state, local or non-U.S. tax consequences, or under any applicable income tax treaty.
For the purposes of this discussion, a “Non-U.S. Holder” is a beneficial owner of common stock that is neither a U.S. Holder nor a partnership (or other entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes regardless of its place of organization or formation). A “U.S. Holder” means a beneficial owner of our common stock that is for U.S. federal income tax purposes any of the following:

an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States;

a corporation or other entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes created or organized in or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, or the District of Columbia;
 
144

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 

an estate the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source; or

a trust if it (1) is subject to the primary supervision of a court within the United States and one or more United States persons (within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code) have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (2) has a valid election in effect under applicable U.S. Treasury Regulations to be treated as a United States person.
Distributions
As described in the section titled “Dividend Policy,” we do not anticipate declaring or paying dividends to holders of our common stock in the foreseeable future. However, if we do make distributions of cash or property on our common stock to a Non-U.S. Holder, such distributions, to the extent made out of our current or accumulated earnings and profits (as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles), generally will constitute dividends for U.S. tax purposes and will be subject to withholding tax at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty, subject to the discussions below regarding effectively connected income, backup withholding and foreign accounts. To obtain a reduced rate of withholding under a treaty, a Non-U.S. Holder generally will be required to provide us or our paying agent with a properly executed IRS Form W-8BEN (in the case of individuals) or IRS Form W-8BEN-E (in the case of entities), or other appropriate form, certifying the Non-U.S. Holder’s entitlement to benefits under that treaty. We do not intend to adjust our withholding unless such certificates are provided to us or our paying agent before the payment of dividends and are updated as may be required by the IRS. In the case of a Non-U.S. Holder that is an entity, U.S. Treasury Regulations and the relevant tax treaty provide rules to determine whether, for purposes of determining the applicability of a tax treaty, dividends will be treated as paid to the entity or to those holding an interest in that entity. If a Non-U.S. Holder holds stock through a financial institution or other agent acting on the holder’s behalf, the holder will be required to provide appropriate documentation to such agent. The holder’s agent will then be required to provide certification to us or our paying agent, either directly or through other intermediaries. If you are eligible for a reduced rate of U.S. federal withholding tax under an income tax treaty and you do not timely provide the required certification, you may be able to obtain a refund or credit of any excess amounts withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim for a refund with the IRS.
We generally are not required to withhold tax on dividends paid to a Non-U.S. Holder that are effectively connected with the Non-U.S. Holder’s conduct of a trade or business within the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, are attributable to a permanent establishment or fixed base that such holder maintains in the United States) if a properly executed IRS Form W-8ECI, stating that the dividends are so connected, is furnished to us or our paying agent (or, if stock is held through a financial institution or other agent, to such agent). In general, such effectively connected dividends will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis at the regular rates applicable to U.S. persons. A corporate Non-U.S. Holder receiving effectively connected dividends may also be subject to an additional “branch profits tax,” which is imposed, under certain circumstances, at a rate of 30% (or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable treaty) on the corporate Non-U.S. Holder’s effectively connected earnings and profits, subject to certain adjustments. Non-U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding any applicable income tax treaties that may provide for different rules.
To the extent distributions on our common stock, if any, exceed our current and accumulated earnings and profits, they will first reduce the Non-U.S. Holder’s adjusted basis in our common stock, but not below zero, and then will be treated as gain to the extent of any excess amount distributed, and taxed in the same manner as gain realized from a sale or other disposition of common stock as described in the next section.
Gain on Disposition of Our Common Stock
Subject to the discussions below regarding backup withholding and foreign accounts, a Non-U.S. Holder generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax with respect to gain realized on a sale or other disposition of our common stock unless (a) the gain is effectively connected with a trade or
 
145

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
business of such holder in the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, is attributable to a permanent establishment or fixed base that such holder maintains in the United States), (b) the Non-U.S. Holder is a nonresident alien individual and is present in the United States for 183 or more days in the taxable year of the disposition and certain other conditions are met, or (c) we are or have been a “United States real property holding corporation” within the meaning of Code Section 897(c)(2) at any time within the shorter of the five-year period preceding such disposition or such holder’s holding period in our common stock. In general, we would be a United States real property holding corporation if the fair market value of our U.S. real property interests equals or exceeds 50% of the sum of the fair market value of our worldwide real property interests plus our other assets used or held for use in a trade or business. We believe that we have not been and we are not, and do not anticipate becoming, a United States real property holding corporation. Even if we are treated as a United States real property holding corporation, gain realized by a Non-U.S. Holder on a disposition of our common stock will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax so long as (1) the Non-U.S. Holder owned, directly, indirectly and constructively, no more than 5% of our common stock at all times within the shorter of (i) the five-year period preceding the disposition or (ii) the holder’s holding period in our common stock and (2) our common stock is “regularly traded,” as defined by applicable U.S. Treasury Regulations, on an established securities market. There can be no assurance that our common stock will qualify or continue to qualify as regularly traded on an established securities market. If any gain on your disposition is taxable because we are a United States real property holding corporation and your ownership of our common stock exceeds 5%, you will be taxed on such disposition generally in the manner as gain that is effectively connected with the conduct of a U.S. trade or business (subject to the provisions under an applicable income tax treaty), except that the branch profits tax generally will not apply.
If you are a Non-U.S. Holder described in (a) above, you will be required to pay tax on a net income basis at the U.S. federal income tax rates applicable to U.S. Holders, and corporate Non-U.S. Holders described in (a) above may be subject to the additional branch profits tax at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty. If you are a Non-U.S. Holder described in (b) above, you will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at a flat 30% rate (or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty) on the net gain derived from the disposition, which gain may be offset by certain U.S.-source capital losses (even though you are not considered a resident of the United States), provided that the you have timely filed U.S. federal income tax returns with respect to such losses. Non-U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding any applicable income tax treaties that may provide for different rules.
Information Reporting Requirements and Backup Withholding
Generally, we must report annually to the IRS and to each Non-U.S. Holder the amount of distributions paid, the name and address of the recipient, and the amount, if any, of tax withheld. These information reporting requirements apply even if withholding was not required because the dividends were effectively connected with the Non-U.S. Holder’s conduct of a trade or business within the United States or withholding was reduced by an applicable income tax treaty. Under applicable income tax treaties or other agreements, the IRS may make its reports available to the tax authorities in the Non-U.S. Holder’s country of residence or country in which the Non-U.S. Holder was established.
Dividends paid to a Non-U.S. Holder that is not an exempt recipient generally will be subject to backup withholding, currently at a rate of 24%, unless the Non-U.S. Holder certifies to the payor as to its foreign status, which certification may generally be made on an applicable IRS Form W-8.
Proceeds from the sale or other disposition of common stock by a Non-U.S. Holder effected by or through a U.S. office of a broker generally will be subject to information reporting and backup withholding, currently at a rate of 24%, unless the Non-U.S. Holder certifies to the withholding agent under penalties of perjury as to, among other things, its name, address and status as a Non-U.S. Holder or otherwise establishes an exemption. Payment of disposition proceeds effected outside the United States by or through a non-U.S. office of a non-U.S. broker generally will not be subject to information reporting or backup withholding if the payment is not received in the United States. Information reporting, but generally not backup withholding, will apply to such a payment if the broker has certain connections
 
146

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
with the United States unless the broker has documentary evidence in its records that the beneficial owner thereof is a Non-U.S. Holder and specified conditions are met or an exemption is otherwise established.
Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amount withheld under the backup withholding rules from a payment to a Non-U.S. Holder that results in an overpayment of taxes generally will be refunded, or credited against the holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, if any, provided that the required information is timely furnished to the IRS
Foreign Accounts
Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code (commonly referred to as FATCA) impose a U.S. federal withholding tax of 30% on certain payments paid to a foreign financial institution (as specifically defined by applicable rules) unless such institution enters into an agreement with the U.S. government to withhold on certain payments and to collect and provide to the U.S. tax authorities substantial information regarding U.S. account holders of such institution (which includes certain equity holders of such institution, as well as certain account holders that are foreign entities with U.S. owners) or otherwise establishes an exemption. FATCA also generally imposes a federal withholding tax of 30% on certain payments to a non-financial foreign entity unless such entity provides the withholding agent with either a certification that it does not have any substantial direct or indirect U.S. owners or provides information regarding substantial direct and indirect U.S. owners of the entity. An intergovernmental agreement between the United States and an applicable foreign country may modify these requirements. The withholding tax described above will not apply if the foreign financial institution or non-financial foreign entity otherwise qualifies for an exemption from the rules.
FATCA withholding currently applies to payments of dividends. The U.S. Treasury Department has released proposed regulations which, if finalized in their present form, would eliminate the federal withholding tax of 30% applicable to the gross proceeds of a disposition of our common stock. In its preamble to such proposed regulations, the U.S. Treasury Department stated that taxpayers may generally rely on the proposed regulations until final regulations are issued. Non-U.S. Holders are encouraged to consult with their own tax advisors regarding the possible implications of FATCA on their investment in our common stock.
EACH PROSPECTIVE INVESTOR SHOULD CONSULT ITS OWN TAX ADVISOR REGARDING THE TAX CONSEQUENCES OF PURCHASING, HOLDING, AND DISPOSING OF OUR COMMON STOCK, INCLUDING THE CONSEQUENCES OF ANY RECENT OR PROPOSED CHANGE IN APPLICABLE LAW.
 
147

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
UNDERWRITING
We and the underwriters for the offering named below have entered into an underwriting agreement with respect to the common stock being offered. Subject to the terms and conditions of the underwriting agreement, each underwriter has severally agreed to purchase from us the number of shares of our common stock set forth opposite its name below. Cowen and Company, LLC, Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated, and William Blair & Company, L.L.C. are the representatives of the underwriters.
Underwriter
Number of Shares
Cowen and Company, LLC
Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated.
William Blair & Company, L.L.C
BTIG, LLC
Stephens Inc.
Total
12,000,000
The underwriting agreement provides that the obligations of the underwriters are subject to certain conditions precedent and that the underwriters have agreed, severally and not jointly, to purchase all of the shares sold under the underwriting agreement if any of these shares are purchased, other than those shares covered by the option to purchase additional shares described below. If an underwriter defaults, the underwriting agreement provides that the purchase commitments of the non-defaulting underwriters may be increased or the underwriting agreement may be terminated.
We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against specified liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933, and to contribute to payments the underwriters may be required to make in respect thereof.
The underwriters are offering the shares, subject to prior sale, when, as and if issued to and accepted by them, subject to approval of legal matters by their counsel and other conditions specified in the underwriting agreement. The underwriters reserve the right to withdraw, cancel or modify offers to the public and to reject orders in whole or in part.
Option to Purchase Additional Shares.   We have granted to the underwriters an option to purchase up to 1,800,000 additional shares of common stock at the public offering price, less the underwriting discounts and commissions. This option is exercisable for a period of 30 days. To the extent that the underwriters exercise this option, the underwriters will purchase additional shares from us in approximately the same proportion as shown in the table above.
Discounts and Commissions.   The following table shows the public offering price, underwriting discounts and commissions and proceeds, before expenses to us. These amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares.
We estimate that the total expenses of the offering, excluding underwriting discounts and commissions, will be approximately $3.0 million and are payable by us. We have agreed to reimburse the underwriters for up to $30,000 for their Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, or FINRA counsel fee. In accordance with FINRA Rule 5110, this reimbursed fee is deemed underwriting compensation for this offering.
Total
Per Share
Without Option
With Option
Public offering price
Underwriting discounts and commissions
Proceeds, before expenses, to the Company
The underwriters propose to offer the shares of common stock to the public at the public offering price set forth on the cover of this prospectus. The underwriters may offer the shares of common stock
 
148

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
to securities dealers at the public offering price less a concession not in excess of $      per share. If all of the shares are not sold at the public offering price, the underwriters may change the offering price and other selling terms.
Discretionary Accounts.   The underwriters do not intend to confirm sales of the shares to any accounts over which they have discretionary authority.
Market Information.   Our shares of common stock are admitted to trading on AIM, a market operated by the London Stock Exchange, under the symbols “MXCT” and “MXCN.” However, prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our shares or any of our other securities on any U.S. national securities exchange. The initial public offering price will be determined by negotiations between us and the representatives of the underwriters. In addition to prevailing market conditions, the factors to be considered in these negotiations will include:

the history of, and prospects for, our company and the industry in which we compete;

our past and present financial information;

the trading price of our common stock on AIM;

an assessment of our management; its past and present operations, and the prospects for, and timing of, our future revenues;

the present state of our development; and

the above factors in relation to market values and various valuation measures of other companies engaged in activities similar to ours.
An active trading market for the shares may not develop. It is also possible that after the offering the shares will not trade in the public market at or above the initial public offering price.
We have applied to list our common stock on the Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol “MXCT.”
Stabilization.   In connection with this offering, the underwriters may engage in stabilizing transactions, overallotment transactions, syndicate covering transactions, penalty bids and purchases to cover positions created by short sales.

Stabilizing transactions permit bids to purchase shares of common stock so long as the stabilizing bids do not exceed a specified maximum, and are engaged in for the purpose of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the common stock while the offering is in progress.

Overallotment transactions involve sales by the underwriters of shares of common stock in excess of the number of shares the underwriters are obligated to purchase. This creates a syndicate short position which may be either a covered short position or a naked short position. In a covered short position, the number of shares over-allotted by the underwriters is not greater than the number of shares that they may purchase in the option to purchase additional shares. In a naked short position, the number of shares involved is greater than the number of shares in the option to purchase additional shares. The underwriters may close out any short position by exercising their option to purchase additional shares and/or purchasing shares in the open market.

Syndicate covering transactions involve purchases of common stock in the open market after the distribution has been completed in order to cover syndicate short positions. In determining the source of shares to close out the short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared with the price at which they may purchase shares through exercise of the option to purchase additional shares. If the underwriters sell more shares than could be covered by exercise of the option to purchase additional shares and, therefore, have a naked short position, the position can be closed out only by buying shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that after pricing there could be downward pressure on the price of the shares in the open market that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering.
 
149

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 

Penalty bids permit the representatives to reclaim a selling concession from a syndicate member when the common stock originally sold by that syndicate member is purchased in stabilizing or syndicate covering transactions to cover syndicate short positions.
These stabilizing transactions, syndicate covering transactions and penalty bids may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of our common stock or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of our common stock. As a result, the price of our common stock in the open market may be higher than it would otherwise be in the absence of these transactions. Neither we nor the underwriters make any representation or prediction as to the effect that the transactions described above may have on the price of our common stock. These transactions may be effected on the Nasdaq Stock Market, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise and, if commenced, may be discontinued at any time.
Stabilization transactions will also need to comply with U.K. and European laws, in particular the Market Abuse Regulation (Regulation (EU) 596/2014).
Passive Market Making.   In connection with this offering, underwriters and selling group members may engage in passive market making transactions in our common stock on the Nasdaq Stock Market in accordance with Rule 103 of Regulation M under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, during a period before the commencement of offers or sales of common stock and extending through the completion of the distribution. A passive market maker must display its bid at a price not in excess of the highest independent bid of that security. However, if all independent bids are lowered below the passive market maker’s bid, such bid must then be lowered when specified purchase limits are exceeded.
Lock-Up Agreements.   Pursuant to certain “lock-up” agreements, we and our executive officers, directors and certain other stockholders, have agreed, subject to certain exceptions, not to and will not cause or direct any of its affiliates to offer, sell, assign, transfer, pledge, contract to sell, or otherwise dispose of or announce the intention to otherwise dispose of, or enter into, or announce the intention to enter into any swap, hedge or similar agreement or arrangement (including, without limitation, the purchase or sale of, or entry into, any put or call option, or combination thereof, forward, swap or any other derivative transaction or instrument, however described or defined) that transfers, is designed to transfer or reasonably could be expected to transfer (whether by the stockholder or someone other than the stockholder) that transfers, in whole or in part, directly or indirectly the economic consequence of ownership of, directly or indirectly, or make any demand or request or exercise any right with respect to the registration of, or file with the SEC a registration statement under the Securities Act relating to, any common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any common stock without the prior written consent of Cowen and Company, LLC, Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated, and William Blair & Company, L.L.C., for a period of 90 days after the date of the pricing of the offering.
This lock-up provision applies to common stock and to securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for common stock. It also applies to common stock owned now or, in some instances, acquired later by the person executing the agreement or for which the person executing the agreement later acquires the power of disposition. The exceptions permit us, among other things and subject to restrictions, to: (i) issue common stock or options pursuant to employee benefit plans, (ii) issue common stock upon exercise of outstanding options or warrants, (iii) issue securities in connection with acquisitions or similar transactions, and (iv) file registration statements on Form S-8. The exceptions permit parties to the “lock-up” agreements, among other things and subject to restrictions, to: (a) make certain gifts or transfers by will or intestate succession upon the death of the party, (b) if the party is a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other business entity, make transfers to any shareholders, partners, members of, or owners of similar equity interests in, the party, or to an affiliate of the party, if such transfer is not for value, and (c) if the party is a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other business entity, make transfers in connection with the sale or transfer of all of the party’s capital stock, partnership interests, membership interests or other similar equity interests, as the case may be, or all or substantially all of the party’s assets, in any such case not undertaken for the purpose of avoiding the restrictions imposed by the “lock-up” agreement. In addition, the lock-up provision will not restrict broker-dealers from engaging in market making and similar activities conducted in the ordinary course of their business.
 
150

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Cowen and Company, LLC, Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated, and William Blair & Company, L.L.C., in their sole discretion, may release our common stock and other securities subject to the lock-up agreements described above in whole or in part at any time. When determining whether or not to release our common stock and other securities from lock-up agreements, Cowen and Company, LLC, Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated, and William Blair & Company, L.L.C. will consider, among other factors, the holder’s reasons for requesting the release, the number of shares for which the release is being requested and market conditions at the time of the request. In the event of such a release or waiver for one of our directors or officers, Cowen and Company, LLC, Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated, and William Blair & Company, L.L.C. shall provide us with notice of the impending release or waiver at least three business days before the effective date of such release or waiver and we will announce the impending release or waiver by issuing a press release at least two business days before the effective date of the release or waiver.
We have not authorized and do not authorize the making of any offer of securities through any financial intermediary on our behalf, other than offers made by the underwriters and their respective affiliates, with a view to the final placement of the securities as contemplated in this document. Accordingly, no purchaser of the shares, other than the underwriters, is authorized to make any further offer of shares on our behalf or on behalf of the underwriters.
Electronic Offer, Sale and Distribution of Shares.   A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the websites maintained by one or more of the underwriters or selling group members, if any, participating in this offering and one or more of the underwriters participating in this offering may distribute prospectuses electronically. The representatives may agree to allocate a number of shares to underwriters and selling group members for sale to their online brokerage account holders. Internet distributions will be allocated by the underwriters and selling group members that will make internet distributions on the same basis as other allocations. Other than the prospectus in electronic format, the information on these websites is not part of this prospectus or the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, has not been approved or endorsed by us or any underwriter in its capacity as underwriter, and should not be relied upon by investors.
Other Relationships.   Certain of the underwriters and their affiliates have provided, and may in the future provide, various investment banking, commercial banking and other financial services for us and our affiliates for which they have received, and may in the future receive, customary fees.
Selling Restrictions
Canada.   The common stock may be sold only to purchasers purchasing, or deemed to be purchasing, as principal that are accredited investors, as defined in National Instrument 45-106 Prospectus Exemptions or subsection 73.3(1) of the Securities Act (Ontario), and are permitted clients, as defined in National Instrument 31-103 Registration Requirements, Exemptions and Ongoing Registrant Obligations. Any resale of the common stock must be made in accordance with an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the prospectus requirements of applicable securities laws.
Securities legislation in certain provinces or territories of Canada may provide a purchaser with remedies for rescission or damages if this prospectus (including any amendment thereto) contains a misrepresentation, provided that the remedies for rescission or damages are exercised by the purchaser within the time limit prescribed by the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory. The purchaser should refer to any applicable provisions of the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory for particulars of these rights or consult with a legal advisor.
Pursuant to section 3A.3 of National Instrument 33-105 Underwriting Conflicts (NI 33-105), the underwriters are not required to comply with the disclosure requirements of NI 33-105 regarding underwriter conflicts of interest in connection with this offering.
Switzerland.   The securities will not be offered, directly or indirectly, to the public in Switzerland and this prospectus does not constitute a public offering prospectus as that term is understood pursuant to article 652a or 1156 of the Swiss Federal Code of Obligations.
 
151

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
European Economic Area.   In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area (each, a “Relevant State”), no shares have been offered or will be offered pursuant to the offering to the public in that Relevant State prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the shares which has been approved by the competent authority in that Relevant State or, where appropriate, approved in another Relevant State and notified to the competent authority in that Relevant State, all in accordance with the Prospectus Regulation, except that shares may be offered to the public in that Relevant State at any time:
A.
to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined under Article 2 the Prospectus Regulation;
B.
to fewer than 150 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined under Article 2 the Prospectus Regulation), subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representatives for any such offer; or
C.
in any other circumstances falling within Article 1(4) of the Prospectus Regulation,
provided that no such offer of shares shall require the Issuer or any underwriter to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Regulation or supplement a prospectus pursuant to Article 23 of the Prospectus Regulation and each person who initially acquires any shares or to whom any offer is made will be deemed to have represented, acknowledged and agreed to and with each of the underwriters and the Issuer that it is a “qualified investor” within the meaning of Article 2(e) of the Prospectus Regulation.
In the case of any shares being offered to a financial intermediary as that term is used in the Prospectus Regulation, each such financial intermediary will be deemed to have represented, acknowledged and agreed that the shares acquired by it in the offer have not been acquired on a non-discretionary basis on behalf of, nor have they been acquired with a view to their offer or resale to, persons in circumstances which may give rise to an offer of any shares to the public other than their offer or resale in a Relevant State to qualified investors as so defined or in circumstances in which the prior consent of the underwriters has been obtained to each such proposed offer or resale.
For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer to the public” in relation to shares in any Relevant State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and any shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe for any shares, and the expression “Prospectus Regulation” means Regulation (EU) 2017/1129.
United Kingdom.   No shares have been offered or will be offered pursuant to the offering to the public in the United Kingdom prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the shares which has been approved by the Financial Conduct Authority, except that the shares may be offered to the public in the United Kingdom at any time:
A.
to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined under Article 2 of the UK Prospectus Regulation;
B.
to fewer than 150 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined under Article 2 of the UK Prospectus Regulation), subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representatives for any such offer; or
C.
in any other circumstances falling within Section 86 of the Financial Services and Markets Authority, or FSMA,
provided that no such offer of the shares shall require the Issuer or any Manager to publish a prospectus pursuant to Section 85 of the FSMA or supplement a prospectus pursuant to Article 23 of the UK Prospectus Regulation. For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer to the public” in relation to the shares in the United Kingdom means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and any shares to be offered so as to enable an investor
 
152

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
to decide to purchase or subscribe for any shares and the expression “UK Prospectus Regulation” means Regulation (EU) 2017/1129 as it forms part of domestic law by virtue of the European Union (Withdrawal) Act 2018.
In addition, in the United Kingdom, this document is being distributed only to, and is directed only at, and any offer subsequently made may only be directed at persons who are “qualified investors” ​(as defined in the U.K. Prospectus Regulation) (i) who have professional experience in matters relating to investments falling within Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005, as amended, or the “Order,” and/or (ii) who are high net worth companies (or persons to whom it may otherwise be lawfully communicated) falling within Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of the Order (all such persons together being referred to as “relevant persons”). In the United Kingdom, any investment or investment activity to which this document relates is only available to, and will be engaged in with, relevant persons. Any person in the United Kingdom who is not a relevant person must not act on or rely upon this document or any of its contents.
Hong Kong.   The shares have not been offered or sold and will not be offered or sold in Hong Kong, by means of any document, other than (a) to “professional investors” as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571 of the Laws of Hong Kong) (the “SFO”) of Hong Kong and any rules made thereunder; or (b) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” as defined in the Companies (Winding Up and Miscellaneous Provisions) Ordinance (Cap. 32) of Hong Kong) (the “CO”), or which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the CO. No advertisement, invitation or document relating to the shares has been or may be issued or has been or may be in the possession of any person for the purposes of issue, whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere, which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public of Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the securities laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to shares which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” as defined in the SFO and any rules made thereunder.
Singapore. Each underwriter has acknowledged that this prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, each underwriter has represented and agreed that it has not offered or sold any shares or caused the shares to be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase and will not offer or sell any shares or cause the shares to be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, and has not circulated or distributed, nor will it circulate or distribute, this prospectus or any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the shares, whether directly or indirectly, to any person in Singapore other than:
A.
to an institutional investor (as defined in Section 4A of the Securities and Futures Act (Chapter 289) of Singapore, as modified or amended from time to time (the “SFA”)) pursuant to Section 274 of the SFA;
B.
to a relevant person (as defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA) pursuant to Section 275(1) of the SFA, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A) of the SFA, and in accordance with the conditions specified in Section 275 of the SFA; or
C.
otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA.
Where the shares are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 of the SFA by a relevant person which is:
A.
a corporation (which is not an accredited investor (as defined in Section 4A of the SFA)) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or
B.
a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary of the trust is an individual who is an accredited investor,
securities or securities-based derivatives contracts (each term as defined in Section 2(1) of the SFA) of that corporation or the beneficiaries’ rights and interest (however described) in that trust shall not be
 
153

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
transferred within six months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the shares pursuant to an offer made under Section 275 of the SFA except:
(i)
to an institutional investor or to a relevant person, or to any person arising from an offer referred to in Section 275(1A) or Section 276(4)(i)(B) of the SFA;
(ii)
where no consideration is or will be given for the transfer;
(iii)
where the transfer is by operation of law;
(iv)
as specified in Section 276(7) of the SFA; or
(v)
as specified in Regulation 37A of the Securities and Futures (Offers of Investments) (Securities and Securities-based Derivatives Contracts) Regulations 2018.
Singapore SFA Product Classification — In connection with Section 309B of the SFA and the CMP Regulations 2018, unless otherwise specified before an offer of shares, we have determined, and hereby notify all relevant persons (as defined in Section 309A(1) of the SFA), that the shares are “prescribed capital markets products” ​(as defined in the CMP Regulations 2018) and Excluded Investment Products (as defined in MAS Notice SFA 04-N12: Notice on the Sale of Investment Products and MAS Notice FAA-N16: Notice on Recommendations on Investment Products).
Israel.   In the State of Israel this prospectus shall not be regarded as an offer to the public to purchase shares of common stock under the Israeli Securities Law, 5728 — 1968, which requires a prospectus to be published and authorized by the Israel Securities Authority, if it complies with certain provisions of Section 15 of the Israeli Securities Law, 5728-1968, including, inter alia, if: (i) the offer is made, distributed or directed to not more than 35 investors, subject to certain conditions (the “Addressed Investors”); or (ii) the offer is made, distributed or directed to certain qualified investors defined in the First Addendum of the Israeli Securities Law, 5728 — 1968, subject to certain conditions (the “Qualified Investors”). The Qualified Investors shall not be taken into account in the count of the Addressed Investors and may be offered to purchase securities in addition to the 35 Addressed Investors. The company has not and will not take any action that would require it to publish a prospectus in accordance with and subject to the Israeli Securities Law, 5728 — 1968. We have not and will not distribute this prospectus or make, distribute or direct an offer to subscribe for our common stock to any person within the State of Israel, other than to Qualified Investors and up to 35 Addressed Investors.
Qualified Investors may have to submit written evidence that they meet the definitions set out in of the First Addendum to the Israeli Securities Law, 5728 — 1968. In particular, we may request, as a condition to be offered common stock, that Qualified Investors will each represent, warrant and certify to us and/or to anyone acting on our behalf: (i) that it is an investor falling within one of the categories listed in the First Addendum to the Israeli Securities Law, 5728 — 1968; (ii) which of the categories listed in the First Addendum to the Israeli Securities Law, 5728 — 1968 regarding Qualified Investors is applicable to it; (iii) that it will abide by all provisions set forth in the Israeli Securities Law, 5728 — 1968 and the regulations promulgated thereunder in connection with the offer to be issued common stock; (iv) that the shares of common stock that it will be issued are, subject to exemptions available under the Israeli Securities Law, 5728 — 1968: (a) for its own account; (b) for investment purposes only; and (c) not issued with a view to resale within the State of Israel, other than in accordance with the provisions of the Israeli Securities Law, 5728 — 1968; and (v) that it is willing to provide further evidence of its Qualified Investor status. Addressed Investors may have to submit written evidence in respect of their identity and may have to sign and submit a declaration containing, inter alia, the Addressed Investor’s name, address and passport number or Israeli identification number.
 
154

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
LEGAL MATTERS
The validity of the shares of common stock being offered by this prospectus will be passed upon for us by Cooley LLP, Reston, Virginia. Certain legal matters in connection with this offering will be passed upon for the underwriters by DLA Piper LLP (US), New York, New York.
EXPERTS
The consolidated financial statements of MaxCyte, Inc. as of and for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020 are included herein and in the registration statement in reliance upon the report of CohnReznick LLP, independent registered public accounting firm included herein and in the registration statement, and upon the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing.
WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus. This prospectus, which constitutes a part of the registration statement, does not contain all the information set forth in the registration statement, some of which is contained in exhibits to the registration statement as permitted by the rules and regulations of the SEC. For further information with respect to us and our common stock, we refer you to the registration statement, including the exhibits filed as a part of the registration statement. Statements contained in this prospectus concerning the contents of any contract or any other document are not necessarily complete. If a contract or document has been filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, please see the copy of the contract or document that has been filed. Each statement in this prospectus relating to a contract or document filed as an exhibit is qualified in all respects by the filed exhibit. The SEC maintains an internet website that contains reports and other information about issuers, like us, that file electronically with the SEC. The address of that website is www.sec.gov.
On the completion of this offering, we will be subject to the information reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, and we will file reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. These reports, proxy statements and other information will be available at www.sec.gov.
We also maintain a website at www.maxcyte.com. Information contained in, or accessible through, our website is not a part of this prospectus, and the inclusion of our website address in this prospectus is only as an inactive textual reference.
 
155

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
MAXCYTE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Page
Audited Financial Statements for the Years Ended December 31, 2020 and 2019
F-2
F-3
F-4
F-5
F-6
F-7
Unaudited Interim Financial Statements as of March 31, 2021 and for the Three Months Ended March 31, 2021 and 2020
F-21
F-22
F-23
F-24
F-25
 
F-1

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
The Board of Directors and Stockholders
MaxCyte, Inc.
Opinion on the Consolidated Financial Statements
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of MaxCyte, Inc. and Subsidiary (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, and the related consolidated statements of operations, changes in stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for the years then ended and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the years then ended in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
Basis for Opinion
These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the US federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audit, we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.
Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
/s/ CohnReznick LLP
We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2018.
Tysons, Virginia
April 20, 2021
 
F-2

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
MaxCyte, Inc.
Consolidated Balance Sheets
December 31,
2020
December 31,
2019
Assets
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents
$ 18,755,200 $ 15,210,800
Short-term investments, at amortized cost
16,007,500 1,497,800
Accounts receivable, net
5,171,900 3,244,500
Inventory
4,315,800 3,701,800
Other current assets
1,003,000 797,100
Total current assets
45,253,400 24,452,000
Property and equipment, net
4,546,200 3,280,100
Right of use asset – operating leases
1,728,300 2,253,300
Right of use asset – finance leases
218,300
Other assets
33,900
Total assets
$ 51,780,100 $ 29,985,400
Liabilities and stockholders’ equity
Current liabilities:
Accounts payable
$ 890,200 $ 2,089,400
Accrued expenses and other
5,308,500 3,551,600
Operating lease liability, current
572,600 508,900
Deferred revenue
4,843,000 3,193,200
Total current liabilities
11,614,300 9,343,100
Note payable, net of discount and deferred fees
4,917,000 4,895,300
Operating lease liability, net of current portion
1,234,600 1,807,100
Other liabilities
788,800 338,100
Total liabilities
18,554,700 16,383,600
Commitments and contingencies (Note 9)
Stockholders’ equity
Common stock, $0.01 par; 200,000,000 shares authorized, 77,382,473
and 57,403,583 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2020
and 2019, respectively
773,800 574,000
Additional paid-in capital
127,673,900 96,433,700
Accumulated deficit
(95,222,300) (83,405,900)
Total stockholders’ equity
33,225,400 13,601,800
Liabilities and stockholders’ equity
$ 51,780,100 $ 29,985,400
See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.
F-3

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
MaxCyte, Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Operations
For the Years Ended December 31, 2020 and 2019
2020
2019
Revenue $ 26,168,900 $ 21,620,700
Costs of goods sold
2,767,000 2,499,200
Gross profit
23,401,900 19,121,500
Operating expenses:
Research and development
17,744,300 17,601,200
Sales and marketing
8,328,700 7,852,100
General and administrative
8,385,600 6,088,200
Total operating expenses
34,458,600 31,541,500
Operating loss
(11,056,700) (12,420,000)
Other income (expense):
Interest and other expense
(825,600) (681,100)
Interest and other income
65,900 206,100
Total other income (expense)
(759,700) (475,000)
Net loss
$ (11,816,400) $ (12,895,000)
Basic and diluted net loss per common share
$ (0.17) $ (0.23)
Weighted average common shares outstanding, basic and diluted
69,464,751 56,397,524
See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.
F-4

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
MaxCyte, Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity
For the Years Ended December 31, 2020 and 2019
Common Stock
Additional
Paid-in
Capital
Accumulated
Deficit
Total
Stockholders’
Equity
Shares
Amount
Balance January 1, 2019
51,332,764 $ 513,300 $ 82,279,300 $ (70,510,900) $ 12,281,700
Issuance of stock in public
offering
5,908,319 59,100 12,271,200 12,330,300
Stock-based compensation expense
1,752,100 1,752,100
Exercise of stock options
162,500 1,600 131,100 132,700
Net loss
(12,895,000) (12,895,000)
Balance December 31, 2019
57,403,583 $ 574,000 $ 96,433,700 $ (83,405,900) $ 13,601,800
Common Stock
Additional
Paid-in
Capital
Accumulated
Deficit
Total
Stockholders’
Equity
Shares
Amount
Balance January 1, 2020
57,403,583 $ 574,000 $ 96,433,700 $ (83,405,900) $ 13,601,800
Issuance of stock in public offering
19,181,423 191,800 28,375,400 28,567,200
Stock-based compensation expense
2,471,800 2,471,800
Exercise of stock options
797,467 8,000 393,000 401,000
Net loss
(11,816,400) (11,816,400)
Balance December 31, 2020
77,382,473 $ 773,800 $ 127,673,900 $ (95,222,300) $ 33,225,400
See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.
F-5

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
MaxCyte, Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
For the Years Ended December 31, 2020 and 2019
2020
2019
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net loss
$ (11,816,400) $ (12,895,000)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization on property and equipment, net
1,047,700 613,500
Net book value of consigned equipment sold
79,900 25,000
Loss on disposal of fixed assets
25,900 1,700
Fair value adjustment of liability classified warrant
366,500 14,000
Stock-based compensation
2,471,800 1,752,100
Bad debt (recovery) expense
(117,200) 54,200
Amortization of discounts on short-term investments
(3,800) (32,600)
Noncash interest expense
21,700 51,900
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
Accounts receivable
(1,810,200) 1,592,000
Inventory
(890,600) (1,890,200)
Other current assets
(205,900) 66,600
Right of use asset – operating leases
525,000 474,600
Right of use asset – finance lease
83,400
Other assets
(33,900)
Accounts payable, accrued expenses and other
391,000 1,160,200
Operating lease liability
(508,800) 68,600
Deferred revenue
1,649,800 795,900
Other liabilities
(58,000) (655,000)
Net cash used in operating activities
(8,782,100) (8,802,500)
Cash flows from investing activities:
Purchases of short-term investments
(22,505,900) (7,424,100)
Maturities of short-term investments
8,000,000 9,149,900
Purchases of property and equipment
(2,072,100) (1,271,300)
Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities
(16,578,000) 454,500
Cash flows from financing activities:
Net proceeds from sale of common stock
28,567,200 12,330,300
Borrowings under notes payable
1,440,000 4,953,300
Principal payments on notes payable
(1,440,000) (5,105,500)
Proceed from exercise of stock options
401,000 132,700
Principal payments on finance leases
(63,700)
Net cash provided by financing activities
28,904,500 12,310,800
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents
3,544,400 3,962,800
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year
15,210,800 11,248,000
Cash and cash equivalents, end of year
$ 18,755,200 $ 15,210,800
Supplemental cash flow information:
Cash paid for interest
$ 421,400 $ 669,600
Supplemental noncash information:
Property and equipment purchases included in accounts payable
$ 70,900 $ 399,900
Issuance of warrant in conjunction with debt transaction
$ 60,700
See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.
F-6

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
1.
Organization and Description of Business
MaxCyte, Inc. (the “Company” or “MaxCyte”) was incorporated as a majority owned subsidiary of EntreMed, Inc. (“EntreMed”) on July 31, 1998, under the laws and provisions of the state of Delaware and commenced operations on July 1, 1999. In November 2002, MaxCyte was recapitalized and EntreMed was no longer deemed to control the Company.
MaxCyte is a global life sciences company focused on advancing the discovery, development and commercialization of next-generation cell therapies. MaxCyte leverages its proprietary cell engineering technology platform to enable the programs of its biotechnology and pharmaceutical company customers who are engaged in cell therapy, including gene editing and immuno-oncology, as well as in drug discovery and development and biomanufacturing. The Company licenses and sells its instruments and technology and sells its consumables to developers of cell therapies and to pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies for use in drug discovery and development and biomanufacturing. In early 2020, the Company established a wholly owned subsidiary, CARMA Cell Therapies, Inc. (“CCTI”), as part of its development of CARMA, MaxCyte’s proprietary, mRNA-based, clinical-stage, immuno-oncology cell therapy.
The COVID-19 pandemic has disrupted economic markets and the economic impact, duration and spread of related effects is uncertain at this time and difficult to predict. As a result, it is not possible to ascertain the overall future impact of COVID-19 on the Company’s business and, depending upon the extent and severity of such effects, including, but not limited to potential slowdowns in customer operations, extension of sales cycles, shrinkage in customer capital budgets or delays in customers’ clinical trials, the pandemic could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows. In 2020, the Company made adjustments to its operating, sales and marketing practices to mitigate the effects of COVID-19 restrictions which reduced planned spending, particularly on travel and marketing expenditures. In addition, COVID-19 restrictions may have delayed or slowed the research activities of some existing and prospective customers. It is not possible to quantify the impact of COVID-19 on the Company’s revenues and expenses in 2020 or its expected impact on future periods.
2.
Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
Basis of Presentation
The accompanying financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“US GAAP”).
Use of Estimates
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with US GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amount of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. In the accompanying consolidated financial statements, estimates are used for, but not limited to, revenue recognition, stock-based compensation, allowance for doubtful accounts, allowance for inventory obsolescence, accruals for contingent liabilities, accruals for clinical trials, deferred taxes and valuation allowance, and the depreciable lives of fixed assets. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
Principles of Consolidation
The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly owned subsidiary, CCTI. All significant intercompany balances have been eliminated in consolidation.
Concentration
During the year ended December 31, 2020, one customer represented 15% of revenue, in part due to certain one-time milestone events. During the year ended December 31, 2019, one customer represented 10% of revenue.
 
F-7

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
During the year ended December 31, 2020, the Company purchased approximately 47% of its inventory from a single supplier. During the year ended December 31, 2019, the Company purchased approximately 56% of its inventory from a single supplier. At December 31, 2020, amounts payable to three suppliers totaled 62% of total accounts payable. At December 31, 2019, amounts payable to a single supplier totaled 25% of total accounts payable.
Foreign Currency
The Company’s functional currency is the US dollar; transactions denominated in foreign currencies are transacted at the exchange rate in effect at the date of each transaction. Differences in exchange rates during the period between the date a transaction denominated in foreign currency is consummated and the date on which it is either settled or at the reporting date are recognized in the consolidated statements of operations as general and administrative expense. The Company recognized an $81,800 foreign currency transaction gain and a $24,700 foreign currency transaction loss for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.
Fair Value
Fair value is the price that would be received from the sale of an asset or paid to transfer a liability assuming an orderly transaction in the most advantageous market at the measurement date. US GAAP establishes a hierarchical disclosure framework which prioritizes and ranks the level of observability of inputs used in measuring fair value. These tiers include:

Level 1 — Quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets that are accessible at the measurement date for identical assets or liabilities. The fair value hierarchy gives the highest priority to Level 1 inputs.

Level 2 — Observable market-based inputs other than quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

Level 3 — Unobservable inputs are used when little or no market data is available. The fair value hierarchy gives the lowest priority to Level 3 inputs.
See Note 6 for additional information regarding fair value.
Cash, Cash Equivalents and Short-term Investments
Cash and cash equivalents consist of financial instruments including money market funds and commercial paper with original maturities of less than 90 days. Short-term investments consist of commercial paper with original maturities greater than 90 days and less than one year. All money market funds, and commercial paper are recorded at amortized cost unless they are deemed to be impaired on an other-than-temporary basis, at which time they are recorded at fair value using Level 2 inputs.
The following table summarizes the Company’s investments at December 31, 2020:
Description
Classification
Amortized
cost
Gross
unrecognized
holding gains
Gross
unrecognized
holding losses
Aggregate
fair value
Money market funds
Cash equivalents $ 8,702,200 $        — $        — $ 8,702,200
Commercial Paper
Cash equivalents 6,523,500 6,523,500
Commercial Paper
Short-term investments
13,996,800 1,800 13,998,600
Corporate Debt
Short-term investments
2,010,700 (100) 2,010,600
Total Investments
$ 31,233,200 $ 1,800 $ (100) $ 31,234,900
 
F-8

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
The following table summarizes the Company’s investments at December 31, 2019:
Description
Classification
Amortized
cost
Gross
unrecognized
holding gains
Gross
unrecognized
holding losses
Aggregate
fair value
Money market funds
Cash equivalents $ 10,037,000 $       — $        — $ 10,037,000
Commercial Paper
Cash equivalents 1,399,700 1,399,700
Commercial Paper
Short-term investments
1,497,800 400 1,498,200
Total Investments
$ 12,934,500 $ 400 $ $ 12,934,900
At times the Company’s cash balances may exceed federally insured limits and cash may also be deposited in foreign bank accounts that are not covered by federal deposit insurance. The Company does not believe that this results in any significant credit risk.
Inventory
The Company sells or licenses products to customers. The Company uses the average cost method of accounting for its inventory and adjustments resulting from periodic physical inventory counts are reflected in costs of goods sold in the period of the adjustment. Inventory is carried at the lower of cost or net realizable value. Inventory consisted of the following at:
December 31, 2020
December 31, 2019
Raw materials inventory
$     1,771,300 $     1,318,600
Finished goods inventory
2,544,500 2,383,200
Total Inventory
$ 4,315,800 $ 3,701,800
The Company determined no allowance for obsolescence was necessary at December 31, 2020 or 2019.
Accounts Receivable
Accounts receivable are reduced by an allowance for doubtful accounts, if needed. The allowance for doubtful accounts reflects the best estimate of probable losses determined principally on the basis of historical experience and specific allowances for known troubled accounts. All accounts or portions thereof that are deemed to be uncollectible or to require an excessive collection cost are written off to the allowance for doubtful accounts. The Company determined no allowance was necessary at December 31, 2020. The Company recorded an allowance of $117,200 at December 31, 2019. This amount was subsequently collected and the allowance was reversed in the year ended December 31, 2020.
Property and Equipment
Property and equipment are stated at cost. Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method. Office equipment (principally computers) is depreciated over an estimated useful life of three years. Laboratory equipment is depreciated over an estimated useful life of five years. Furniture is depreciated over a useful life of seven years. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of the estimated lease term or useful life. Instruments represent equipment held at a customer’s site that is typically leased to customers on a short-term basis and is depreciated over an estimated useful life of five years.
Property and equipment include capitalized costs to develop internal-use software. Applicable costs are capitalized during the development stage of the project and include direct internal costs, third-party costs and allocated interest expenses as appropriate.
 
F-9

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Property and equipment consist of the following:
December 31, 2020
December 31, 2019
Furniture and equipment
$     3,492,900 $     2,311,800
Instruments
1,424,600 1,223,700
Leasehold improvements
641,400 635,100
Internal-use software under development
30,300
Internal-use software
1,963,000 1,277,300
Accumulated depreciation and amortization
(2,975,700) (2,198,100)
Property and equipment, net
$ 4,546,200 $ 3,280,100
For the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, the Company transferred $276,600 and $571,000, respectively, of instruments previously classified as inventory to property and equipment leased to customers.
For the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, the Company incurred depreciation and amortization expense of $1,047,700 and $613,500, respectively. Maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as incurred.
In the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, the Company capitalized approximately $16,700 and $13,800 of interest expense related to capitalized software development projects.
Management reviews property and equipment for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Recoverability of the long-lived asset is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of the asset to future undiscounted net cash flows expected to be generated by the asset. If such assets are considered to be impaired, the impairment to be recognized is measured by the amount by which the carrying amount of the assets exceeds the estimated fair value of the assets. The Company recognized no impairment in either of the years ended December 31, 2020 or 2019.
Revenue Recognition
The Company analyzes contracts to determine the appropriate revenue recognition using the following steps: (i) identification of contracts with customers, (ii) identification of distinct performance obligations in the contract, (iii) determination of contract transaction price, (iv) allocation of contract transaction price to the performance obligations and (v) determination of revenue recognition based on timing of satisfaction of the performance obligations.
In some arrangements, product and services have been sold together representing distinct performance obligations. In such arrangements the Company allocates the sale price to the various performance obligations in the arrangement on a relative selling price basis. Under this basis, the Company determines the estimated selling price of each performance obligation in a manner that is consistent with that used to determine the price to sell the deliverable on a standalone basis.
The Company recognizes revenue upon the satisfaction of its performance obligation (generally upon transfer of control of promised goods or services to its customers) in an amount that reflects the consideration to which it expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services.
The Company defers incremental costs of obtaining a customer contract and amortizes the deferred costs over the period that the goods and services are transferred to the customer. The Company had no material incremental costs to obtain customer contracts in any period presented.
Deferred revenue results from amounts billed in advance to customers or cash received from customers in advance of services being provided.
Research and Development Costs
Research and development costs consist of independent proprietary research and development costs and the costs associated with work performed for fees from third parties. Research and
 
F-10

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
development costs are expensed as incurred. Research costs performed for fees paid by customers are included in cost of goods sold.
Stock-Based Compensation
The Company grants stock-based awards in exchange for employee, consultant and non-employee director services. The value of the award is recognized as expense on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period.
The Company utilizes the Black-Scholes option pricing model for estimating fair value of its stock options granted. Option valuation models, including the Black-Scholes model, require the input of highly subjective assumptions, and changes in the assumptions used can materially affect the grant-date fair value of an award. These assumptions include the expected volatility, expected dividend yield, risk-free rate of interest and the expected life of the award. A discussion of management’s methodology for developing each of the assumptions used in the Black-Scholes model is as follows:
Expected volatility
Volatility is a measure of the amount by which a financial variable such as a share price has fluctuated (historical volatility) or is expected to fluctuate (expected volatility) during a period. The Company does not currently have sufficient history with its own common stock to determine its actual volatility. The Company has been able to identify several public entities of similar size, complexity and stage of development; accordingly, historical volatility has been calculated at between 49% and 55% for the year ended December 31, 2020 and between 48% and 50% for the year ended December 31, 2019 using the volatility of these companies.
Expected dividend yield
The Company has never declared or paid common stock dividends and has no plans to do so in the foreseeable future. Additionally, the Company’s long-term debt agreement restricts the payment of cash dividends.
Risk-free interest rate
This approximates the US Treasury rate for the day of each option grant during the year, having a term that closely resembles the expected term of the option. The risk-free interest rate was between 0.4% and 1.7% for the year ended December 31, 2020 and 1.6% and 2.6% for the year ended December 31, 2019.
Expected term
This is the period that the options granted are expected to remain unexercised. Options granted have a maximum term of ten years. The Company estimates the expected term of the options to be approximately six years for options with a standard four-year vesting period, using the simplified method. Over time, management intends to track estimates of the expected term of the option term so that estimates will approximate actual behavior for similar options.
Expected forfeiture rate
The Company records forfeitures as they occur.
Income Taxes
The Company uses the asset and liability method of accounting for income taxes. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on differences between the financial reporting and tax basis of assets and liabilities and are measured using the enacted tax rates and laws that are expected to be in effect when the differences are expected to reverse. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in the period that such tax rate changes are enacted. The measurement of a deferred tax asset is reduced, if necessary, by a valuation allowance if it is more-likely-than-not that all or a portion of the deferred tax asset will not be realized.
 
F-11

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Management uses a recognition threshold and a measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of tax positions taken or expected to be taken in a tax return, as well as guidance on derecognition, classification, interest and penalties and financial statement reporting disclosures. For those benefits to be recognized, a tax position must be more-likely-than-not to be sustained upon examination by taxing authorities. The Company recognizes interest and penalties accrued on any unrecognized tax exposures as a component of income tax expense. The Company has not identified any uncertain income tax positions that could have a material impact to the consolidated financial statements.
The Company is subject to taxation in various jurisdictions in the United States and abroad and remains subject to examination by taxing jurisdictions for 2016 and all subsequent periods. The Company had a Federal Net Operating Loss (“NOL”) carry forward of $57.8 million as of December 31, 2020, which was generally available as a deduction against future income for US federal corporate income tax purposes, subject to applicable carryforward limitations. As a result of the March 2016 public offering of common stock and listing on the AIM market of the London Stock Exchange, the Company’s NOLs are limited on an annual basis, subject to certain carryforward provisions, pursuant to Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, as a result of a greater than 50% change in ownership that occurred in the three-year period ending at the time of the AIM listing and public offering. The Company has calculated that for the period ending December 31, 2022, the cumulative limitation amount exceeds the NOLs subject to the limitation. In addition, the Company’s NOLs may also be limited as a result of ownership changes subsequent to the 2016 AIM listing. The Company has not yet calculated such subsequent limitations.
Leases
Right-of-use (“ROU”) assets represent the Company’s right to use an underlying asset for the lease term and lease liabilities represent its obligation to make lease payments arising from the lease. In transactions where the Company is the lessee, at the inception of a contract, the Company determines if the arrangement is, or contains, a lease. Operating lease ROU assets and liabilities are recognized at commencement date based on the present value of lease payments over the lease term. Lease expense is recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term.
The Company has made certain accounting policy elections for leases where it is the lessee whereby the Company (i) does not recognize ROU assets or lease liabilities for short-term leases (those with original terms of 12-months or less) and (ii) combines lease and non-lease elements of its operating leases. See Note 9 for additional details over leases where the Company is the lessee.
All transactions where the Company is the lessor are short-term (one year or less) and have been classified as operating leases. All leases require upfront payments covering the full period of the lease and thus, there are no future payments expected to be received from existing leases. See Note 3 for details over revenue recognition related to lease agreements.
Loss Per Share
Basic loss per share is computed by dividing net loss available to common shareholders by the weighted average number of shares of Common Stock outstanding during the period.
For periods of net income, and when the effects are not anti-dilutive, diluted earnings per share is computed by dividing net income available to common shareholders by the weighted-average number of shares outstanding plus the impact of all potential dilutive common shares, consisting primarily of common stock options and stock purchase warrants using the treasury stock method.
For periods of net loss, diluted loss per share is calculated similarly to basic loss per share because the impact of all dilutive potential common shares is anti-dilutive. The number of anti-dilutive shares, consisting of stock options and stock purchase warrants, which has been excluded from the computation of diluted loss per share, was 12.9 million and 10.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.
 
F-12

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
Recently Adopted
On January 1, 2020, the Company adopted new guidance addressing the accounting for implementation, setup and other upfront costs paid by a customer in a cloud computing or hosting arrangement. The guidance aligns the accounting treatment of these costs incurred in a hosting arrangement treated as a service contract with the requirements for capitalization and amortization costs to develop or obtain internal-use software. The adoption did not have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
Unadopted
In June 2016, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued guidance with respect to measuring credit losses on financial instruments, including trade receivables. The guidance eliminates the probable initial recognition threshold that was previously required prior to recognizing a credit loss on financial instruments. The credit loss estimate can now reflect an entity’s current estimate of all future expected credit losses. Under the previous guidance, an entity only considered past events and current conditions. The guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2022, including interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, including interim periods within those fiscal years. The adoption of certain amendments of this guidance must be applied on a modified retrospective basis and the adoption of the remaining amendments must be applied on a prospective basis. The Company is currently evaluating the impact, if any, that this new accounting pronouncement will have on its consolidated financial statements.
In August 2020, the FASB issued guidance with respect to (i) accounting for convertible instruments, (ii) accounting for contracts in an entity’s own equity as derivatives and (iii) earnings per share calculations. The guidance attempts to simplify the accounting for convertible instruments by eliminating the requirement to separate embedded conversion options in certain circumstances. The guidance also provides for updated disclosure requirements for convertible instruments. The guidance further updates the criteria for determining whether a contract in an entity’s own equity can be classified as equity. Lastly, the guidance specifically addresses how to account for the effect of convertible instruments and potential cash settled instruments in calculating diluted earnings per share. The guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2021, including interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020, including interim periods within those fiscal years. The adoption of this guidance may be applied on a modified retrospective basis or a full retrospective basis. The Company is currently evaluating the impact, if any, that this new accounting pronouncement will have on its consolidated financial statements.
The Company has evaluated all other issued and unadopted Accounting Standards Updates and believes the adoption of these standards will not have a material impact on its results of operations, financial position, or cash flows.
3.
Revenue
Revenue is principally from the sale or lease of instruments and processing assemblies, as well as from extended warranties. In some arrangements, product and services have been sold together representing distinct performance obligations. In such arrangements the Company allocates the sale price to the various performance obligations in the arrangement on a relative selling price basis. Under this basis, the Company determines the estimated selling price of each performance obligation in a manner that is consistent with that used to determine the price to sell the deliverable on a standalone basis.
Revenue is recognized at the time control is transferred to the customer and the performance obligation is satisfied. Revenue from the sale of instruments and processing assemblies is generally recognized at the time of shipment to the customer, provided no significant vendor obligations remain and collectability is reasonably assured. Revenue from equipment leases are recognized ratably over the contractual term of the lease agreement and when specific milestones are achieved by a customer. Licensing fee revenue is recognized ratably over the license period. Revenue from fees for research services is recognized when services have been provided.
 
F-13

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Disaggregated revenue for the year ended December 31, 2020 is as follows:
Revenue from
Contracts with
Customers
Revenue
from Lease
Elements
Total
Revenue
Product Sales
$ 14,850,200 $ $ 14,850,200
Leased Elements
10,717,400 10,717,400
Other
601,300 601,300
Total
$ 15,451,500 $ 10,717,400 $ 26,168,900
Disaggregated revenue for the year ended December 31, 2019 is as follows:
Revenue from
Contracts with
Customers
Revenue
from Lease
Elements
Total
Revenue
Product Sales
$ 12,917,800 $ $ 12,917,800
Leased Elements
8,363,500 8,363,500
Other
339,400 339,400
Total
$ 13,257,200 $ 8,363,500 $ 21,620,700
Additional disclosures relating to Revenue from Contracts with Customers
Changes in deferred revenue for the year ended December 31, 2020 were as follows:
Balance at January 1, 2020
$ 3,452,800
Revenue recognized in the current period from amounts included in the beginning
balance
3,191,200
Current period deferrals, net of amounts recognized in the current period
4,752,700
Balance at December 31, 2020
$ 5,014,300
Changes in deferred revenue for the year ended December 31, 2019 were as follows:
Balance at January 1, 2019
$ 2,770,100
Revenue recognized in the current period from amounts included in the beginning
balance
2,435,000
Current period deferrals, net of amounts recognized in the current period
3,117,700
Balance at December 31, 2019
$ 3,452,800
Remaining contract consideration for which revenue has not been recognized due to unsatisfied performance obligations with a duration greater than one year was approximately $227,500 at December 31, 2020, of which the Company expects to recognize approximately $56,200 in 2021, $56,200 in 2022, $41,900 in 2023, $22,000 in 2024 and $51,200 thereafter.
In the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, the Company did not incur, and therefore did not defer, any material incremental costs to obtain contracts or costs to fulfil contracts.
4.
Debt
The Company originally entered into a credit facility with Midcap Financial SBIC, LP (“MidCap”) in March 2014. In February 2019, the Company paid off the MidCap credit facility in full in accordance with its terms and conditions.
In November 2019, the Company entered into a new credit facility with MidCap. The credit facility provided for a $5 million term loan maturing on November 1, 2024. The term loan provides for (i) an interest rate of one-month Libor plus 6.5% with a 1.5% Libor floor, (ii) monthly interest payments, (iii) 30 monthly principal payments of approximately $166,700 beginning June 2022 and (iv) a 3% final
 
F-14

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
payment fee. The Company used the proceeds from the credit facility for general operating purposes. The debt is collateralized by substantially all assets of the Company.
In conjunction with the credit facility the Company issued the lender a warrant to purchase 71,168 shares of common stock at a price of £1.09081 per share. The warrant is exercisable at any time through the tenth anniversary of issuance (see Note 5). In connection with the credit facility, the Company also incurred expenses of approximately $47,300. The warrant and expenses resulted in recording a debt discount which is amortized as interest expense over the term of the loan. At December 31, 2020, the term loan had an outstanding principal balance of $5 million and $83,000 of unamortized debt discount.
In April 2020, the Company received a loan from Silicon Valley Bank in the amount of $1,440,000 under the US Small Business Administration’s Paycheck Protection Program (“PPP”). The PPP was established as part of the US Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security (“CARES”) Act and provides for potential forgiveness of the loan upon the Company meeting certain conditions as to the use of the proceeds. The loan provided for interest at 1% and a maturity date of April 2022. In May 2020, subsequent to the Company’s 2020 equity raise (see Note 5), the Company repaid the loan in full.
5.
Stockholders’ Equity
Common Stock
In March 2019, the Company completed an equity capital raise issuing approximately 5.9 million shares of Common Stock at a price of £1.70 (or approximately $2.25) per share. The transaction generated gross proceeds of approximately £10 million (or approximately $13.3 million). In conjunction with the transaction, the Company incurred costs of approximately $1.0 million which resulted in the Company receiving net proceeds of approximately $12.3 million.
In May 2020, the Company completed an equity capital raise issuing 19,181,423 shares of its common stock at a price of £1.31 (or approximately $1.60) per share in an unregistered offering. The transaction generated gross proceeds of approximately £25.1 million (or $30.5 million). In conjunction with the transaction, the Company incurred costs of approximately $1.9 million which resulted in the Company receiving net proceeds of approximately $28.6 million.
During the year ended December 31, 2020, the Company issued 797,467 shares of Common Stock as a result of stock option exercises, receiving gross proceeds of $401,000. During the year ended December 31, 2019, the Company issued 162,500 shares of Common Stock as a result of stock option exercises, receiving gross proceeds of $132,700.
Warrant
In connection with the November 2019 credit facility the Company issued the lender a warrant to purchase 71,168 shares of Common Stock at an exercise price of £1.09081 per share. The warrant is exercisable at any time through the tenth anniversary of issuance. The warrant is classified as a liability as its strike price is in a currency other than the Company’s functional currency. The warrant is recorded at fair value at the end of each reporting period with changes from the prior balance sheet date recorded on the consolidated statements of operations (see Note 6).
Stock Options
The Company adopted the MaxCyte, Inc. Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) in January 2016 to amend and restate the MaxCyte 2000 Long-Term Incentive Plan to provide for the awarding of (i) stock options, (ii) restricted stock, (iii) incentive shares, and (iv) performance awards to employees, officers, and Directors of the Company and to other individuals as determined by the Board of Directors. Under the Plan, as amended, the maximum number of shares of Common Stock of the Company that the Company may issue is increased by ten percent (10%) of the shares that are issued and outstanding at the time awards are made under the Plan. On December 10, 2019 and October 27, 2020, the Company’s Board resolved to increase the number of stock options under the Plan by 3,000,000 and 1,500,000, respectively, to provide sufficient shares to allow competitive equity compensation in its primary markets for staff and consistent with practices of comparable companies.
 
F-15

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
At December 31, 2020 there were 4,175,737 awards available to be issued under the Plan.
The Company has not issued any restricted stock, incentive shares, or performance awards under the Plan. Stock options granted under the Plan may be either incentive stock options as defined by the Internal Revenue Code or non-qualified stock options. The Board of Directors determines who will receive options under the Plan and determines the vesting period. The options can have a maximum term of no more than ten years. The exercise price of options granted under the Plan is determined by the Board of Directors and must be at least equal to the fair market value of the Common Stock of the Company on the date of grant.
A summary of stock option activity for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 is as follows:
Number of
Options
Weighted
Average
Exercise Price
Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual Life
(in years)
Aggregate
Intrinsic Value
Outstanding at January 1, 2019
8,388,500 $ 1.49 7.4 $ 10,354,900
Granted
2,538,500 $ 2.17
Exercised
(162,500) $ 0.82 $ 217,600
Forfeited
(465,215) $ 2.48
Outstanding at December 31, 2019
10,299,285 $ 1.63 7.0 $ 6,471,500
Granted
3,849,448 $ 3.00
Exercised
(797,467) $ 0.52 $ 2,198,300
Forfeited
(487,036) $ 2.59
Outstanding at December 31, 2020
12,864,230 $ 2.11 7.1 $ 65,576,300
Exercisable at December 31, 2020
7,609,667 $ 1.53 5.9 $ 43,196,900
The weighted-average fair value of the options granted during the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 was estimated to be $1.39 and $1.08, respectively.
As of December 31, 2020, total unrecognized compensation expense was $7,130,900, which will be recognized over the next 2.9 years.
Stock-based compensation expense for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 was classified as follows on the consolidated statements of operations:
2020
2019
General and administrative
$ 1,230,700 $ 827,500
Sales and marketing
484,700 325,700
Research and development
756,400 598,900
Total
$ 2,471,800 $ 1,752,100
6.
Fair Value
The Company’s consolidated balance sheets include various financial instruments (primarily cash and cash equivalents, short-term investments, accounts receivable and accounts payable) that are carried at cost, which approximates fair value due to the short-term nature of the instruments. Notes payable are reflective of fair value based on market comparable instruments with similar terms.
 
F-16

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Financial Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis
The Company has an outstanding warrant originally issued in connection with the November 2019 debt financing (see Note 4) that is accounted for as a liability whose fair value is determined using Level 3 inputs. The following table identifies the carrying amounts of this warrant at December 31, 2020:
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
Total
Liabilities
Liability classified warrant
$   — $   — $ 441,200 $ 441,200
Total at December 31, 2020
$ $ $ 441,200 $ 441,200
The following table identifies the carrying amounts of this warrant at December 31, 2019:
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
Total
Liabilities
Liability classified warrant
$   — $   — $ 74,700 $ 74,700
Total at December 31, 2019
$ $ $ 74,700 $ 74,700
The following table presents the activity for those items measured at fair value on a recurring basis using Level 3 inputs for the year ended December 31, 2020:
Mark-to-market
liabilities — warrant
Balance at December 31, 2019
$ 74,700
Change in fair value
366,500
Balance at December 31, 2020
$ 441,200
The following table presents the activity for those items measured at fair value on a recurring basis using Level 3 inputs for the year ended December 31, 2019:
Mark-to-market
liabilities — warrant
Balance at December 31, 2018
$
Issuance
60,700
Change in fair value
14,000
Balance at December 31, 2019
$ 74,700
The gains and losses resulting from the changes in the fair value of the liability classified warrant are classified as other income or expense in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations. The fair value of the Common Stock purchase warrants is determined based on the Black-Scholes option pricing model or other option pricing models as appropriate and includes the use of unobservable inputs such as the expected term, anticipated volatility and expected dividends. Changes in any of the assumptions related to such unobservable inputs identified above may change the embedded conversion options’ fair value; increases in expected term, anticipated volatility and expected dividends generally result in increases in fair value, while decreases in these unobservable inputs generally result in decreases in fair value.
The Company has no other financial assets or liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis.
Financial Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Non-Recurring Basis
Money market funds and commercial paper classified as held-to-maturity are measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis when they are deemed to be impaired on an other-than-temporary basis. No such fair value impairment was recognized during the years ended December 31, 2020 or 2019.
 
F-17

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Non-Financial Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis
The Company has no non-financial assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis.
Non-Financial Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Non-Recurring Basis
The Company measures its long-lived assets, including property and equipment, at fair value on a non-recurring basis. These assets are recognized at fair value when they are deemed to be impaired. No such fair value impairment was recognized during the years ended December 31, 2020 or 2019.
7.
Retirement Plan
The Company sponsors a defined-contribution 401(k) retirement plan covering eligible employees. Participating employees may voluntarily contribute up to limits provided by the Internal Revenue Code. The Company matches employee contributions equal to 50% of the salary deferral contributions, with a maximum Company contribution of 3% of the employees’ eligible compensation. In the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, Company matching contributions amounted to $351,500 and $277,700, respectively.
8.
Income Taxes
The Company did not recognize a provision (benefit) for income taxes in 2020 or 2019. Based on the Company’s historical operating performance, the Company has provided a full valuation allowance against its net deferred tax assets.
Net deferred tax assets as of December 31, 2020 and 2019 are presented in the table below:
2020
2019
Deferred tax assets:
Net operating loss carryforwards
$ 14,998,000 $ 12,842,100
Research and development credits
875,400 875,400
Stock-based compensation
1,662,600 1,146,200
Deferred revenue
1,387,200 965,800
Lease liability
566,900 647,800
Accruals and other
971,700 652,700
Deferred tax liabilities:
ROU asset
(538,500) (630,300)
Depreciation
(25,300)
19,923,300 16,474,500
Valuation allowance
(19,923,300) (16,474,500)
Net deferred tax assets
$ $
The Federal net operating loss (“NOL”) carryforwards of approximately $57.8 million as of December 31, 2020 will begin to expire in various years beginning in 2025. The use of NOL carryforwards is limited on an annual basis under Internal Revenue Code Section 382 when there is a change in ownership (as defined by this code section). Based on changes in Company ownership in the past, the Company believes that the use of its NOL carryforwards generated prior to the date of the change is limited on an annual basis; NOL carryforwards generated subsequent to the date of change in ownership can be used without limitation. The use of the Company’s NOL carryforwards may be restricted further if there are future changes in Company ownership. Additionally, despite the net operating loss carryforwards, the Company may have a future tax liability due to state tax requirements.
 
F-18

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Income tax expense reconciled to the tax computed at statutory rates for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 is as follows:
2020
2019
Federal income taxes (benefit) at statutory rates
$ (2,481,400) $ (2,707,900)
State income taxes (benefit), net of Federal benefit
(787,600) (898,800)
Windfall tax benefits
(556,900) (40,200)
Permanent differences, rate changes and other
377,100 (29,700)
Change in valuation allowance
3,448,800 3,676,600
Total Income Tax Expense
9.   Commitments and Contingencies
Operating Leases
From 2009 through September 2019, the Company entered into various new and amended leases for office and laboratory space. A member of the Company’s Board of Directors is the CEO and Board member of the lessor of certain of these leases for which the rent payments totaled $623,000 and $416,800 in 2020 and 2019, respectively.
All the Company’s long-term office and laboratory leases expire in October 2023 and provide for annual increases to the base rent of between 3% and 5%. The current monthly base lease payment for all office and laboratory leases is approximately $56,100. In addition to base rent, the Company pays a pro-rated share of common area maintenance (“CAM”) costs for the entire building, which is adjusted annually based on actual expenses incurred. None of the Company’s current operating leases contain any renewal provisions.
All the Company’s long-term office and laboratory leases are classified as operating leases. The Company used a discount rate of 8% in calculating its lease liability under its operating leases. The September 2019 lease agreements and modifications resulted in the Company establishing approximately $2,209,200 of ROU assets and $2,247,400 of lease liabilities.
At December 31, 2020, the Company had a $1,728,300 ROU asset, a $572,500 short-term lease liability and $1,234,600 long-term lease liability related to its operating leases.
In July 2020, the Company commenced a one-year office lease providing for monthly payments of $2,900. The Company applied the practical expedient and consequently, no ROU asset or lease liability was recognized for this short-term lease.
At December 31, 2020, the weighted average remaining lease term for the Company’s operating leases was 2.8 years.
Finance Leases
In 2020, the Company entered into a three-year laboratory equipment lease that expires in April 2023. The lease provides for monthly payments of approximately $9,200 per month and includes an end of lease bargain purchase option. The lease is classified as a finance lease. The Company used a discount rate of 5.5% in calculating its lease liability under this finance lease resulting in the establishment of approximately a $301,700 ROU asset and offsetting lease liabilities.
At December 31, 2020, the Company had a $218,300 ROU asset, a $100,000 short-term lease liability included in “Accrued expenses and other” and $142,200 long-term lease liability included in ‘Other liabilities’ related to its finance lease.
 
F-19

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
All Leases
Lease costs for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 are as follows:
2020
2019
Finance lease cost
Amortization of ROU asset
$ 83,400 $
Interest on expense
14,400
Operating lease cost
673,900 551,100
Short-term lease cost
19,100
Variable lease cost
289,500 217,700
Total lease cost
$ 1,080,300 $ 768,800
Maturities of lease liabilities as of December 31, 2020 were as follows:
Operating Leases
Finance Leases
2021
$ 696,300 $ 110,800
2022
717,400 110,800
2023
614,800 36,900
Total lease payments
2,028,500 258,500
Discount factor
(221,400) (16,300)
Present value of lease liabilities
$ 1,807,100 $ 242,200
10.   Subsequent Events
In preparing these consolidated financial statements, the Company has evaluated events and transactions for potential recognition or disclosure through the date the consolidated financial statements were available to be issued.
In February 2021, the Company completed a private placement offering of 5,740,000 shares of its Common Stock. The shares were sold at a price of £7.00 (or approximately $9.64) per share generating approximately £40.2 million (or approximately $55.3 million) of gross proceeds.
In March 2021, the Company paid off, in full, all amounts due under its $5 million Midcap term loan in accordance with its terms.
In the first quarter of 2021, the Company elected to conclude all pre-clinical and clinical activities related to the CARMA platform which were substantially completed by March 2021.
 
F-20

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
MaxCyte, Inc.
Condensed Consolidated Interim Balance Sheets
March 31,
December 31,
2021
2020
(unaudited)
(see Note 2)
Assets
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents
$ 78,703,700 $ 18,755,200
Short-term investments
16,007,500
Accounts receivable
4,294,300 5,171,900
Inventory
4,463,900 4,315,800
Other current assets
985,300 1,003,000
Total current assets
88,447,200 45,253,400
Property and equipment, net
4,692,100 4,546,200
Right of use asset – operating leases
1,591,000 1,728,300
Right of use asset – finance leases
194,500 218,300
Other assets
83,000 33,900
Total assets
$ 95,007,800 $ 51,780,100
Liabilities and stockholders’ equity
Current liabilities:
Accounts payable
$ 417,900 $ 890,200
Accrued expenses and other
4,357,200 5,308,500
Operating lease liability, current
589,600 572,600
Deferred revenue
6,067,400 4,843,000
Total current liabilities
11,432,100 11,614,300
Note payable, net of discount, deferred fees
4,917,000
Operating lease liability, net of current portion
1,080,000 1,234,600
Other liabilities
1,210,100 788,800
Total liabilities
13,722,200 18,554,700
Commitments and contingencies (Note 8)
Stockholders’ equity
Common stock, $0.01 par; 200,000,000 shares authorized, 84,689,559
and 77,382,473 shares issued and outstanding at March 31, 2021
and December 31, 2020, respectively
846,900 773,800
Additional paid in capital
182,766,600 127,673,900
Accumulated deficit
(102,327,900) (95,222,300)
Total stockholders’ equity
81,285,600 33,225,400
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
$ 95,007,800 $ 51,780,100
See accompanying notes to unaudited condensed consolidated interim financial statements.
F-21

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
MaxCyte, Inc.
Condensed Consolidated Interim Statements of Operations (Unaudited)
Three months ended March 31,
2021
2020
Revenue $ 6,494,900 $ 5,742,000
Costs of good sold
693,100 659,000
Gross profit
5,801,800 5,083,000
Operating expenses:
Research and development
6,077,700 4,244,700
Sales and marketing
2,789,100 2,050,100
General and administrative
3,308,100 1,776,500
Total operating expenses
12,174,900 8,071,300
Operating loss
(6,373,100) (2,988,300)
Other income (expense):
Interest and other expense
(742,300) (116,300)
Interest income
9,800 42,700
Total other income (expense)
(732,500) (73,600)
Net loss
$ (7,105,600) $ (3,061,900)
Basic and diluted net loss per share
$ (0.09) $ (0.05)
Weighted average shares outstanding, basic and diluted
81,004,081 57,403,583
See accompanying notes to unaudited condensed consolidated interim financial statements.
F-22

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
MaxCyte, Inc.
Condensed Consolidated Interim Statements of Changes in
Stockholders’ Equity (Unaudited)
Common Stock
Additional
Paid-in
Capital
Accumulated
Deficit
Total
Stockholders’
Equity
Shares
Amount
Balance at January 1, 2020
57,403,583 $ 574,000 $ 96,433,700 $ (83,405,900) $ 13,601,800
Stock-based compensation expense
547,600 547,600
Net loss
(3,061,900) (3,061,900)
Balance at March 31, 2020
57,403,583 $ 574,000 $ 96,981,300 $ (86,467,800) $ 11,087,500
Common Stock
Additional
Paid-in
Capital
Accumulated
Deficit
Total
Stockholders’
Equity
Shares
Amount
Balance at January 1, 2021
77,382,473 $ 773,800 $ 127,673,900 $ (95,222,300) $ 33,225,400
Issuance of common stock
5,740,000 57,400 51,751,500 51,808,900
Stock-based compensation expense
1,319,800 1,319,800
Exercise of stock options
1,567,086 15,700 2,021,400 2,037,100
Net loss
(7,105,600) (7,105,600)
Balance at March 31, 2021
84,689,559 $ 846,900 $ 182,766,600 $ (102,327,900) $ 81,285,600
See accompanying notes to unaudited condensed consolidated interim financial statements.
F-23

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
MaxCyte, Inc.
Condensed Consolidated Interim Statements of Cash Flows (Unaudited)
Three months ended March 31,
2021
2020
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net loss
$ (7,105,600) $ (3,061,900)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to cash used in operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization
315,900 221,700
Net book value of consigned equipment sold
1,600 12,000
Fair value adjustment for liability classified warrants
347,900 (200)
Loss on disposal of fixed assets
6,100
Stock-based compensation
1,319,800 547,600
Bad debt recovery
(20,000)
Amortization of discounts on investments
7,500 400
Non-cash interest expense
5,400 5,400
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
Accounts receivable
877,600 (697,100)
Inventory
(287,900) (525,600)
Other current assets
17,700 128,100
Right of use asset – operating leases
137,300 128,600
Right of use asset – finance leases
23,800 11,900
Other assets
(49,100) (140,900)
Accounts payable, accrued expenses and other
(1,420,300) (2,667,200)
Operating lease liability
(137,600) (36,600)
Deferred revenue
1,224,400 376,100
Other liabilities
73,400 219,700
Net cash used in operating activities
(4,642,100) (5,498,000)
Cash flows from investing activities:
Purchases of short-term investments
(1,001,900)
Maturities of short-term investments
16,000,000 1,499,900
Purchases of property and equipment
(308,500) (706,000)
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities
15,691,500 (208,000)
Cash flows from financing activities:
Principal payments on notes payable
(4,922,400)
Proceeds from exercise of stock options
2,037,100
Principal payments on finance leases
(24,500)
Proceeds, net from issuance of common stock
51,808,900
Net cash provided by financing activities
48,899,100
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
59,948,500 (5,706,000)
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period
18,755,200 15,210,800
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period
$ 78,703,700 $ 9,504,800
Supplemental cash flow information:
Cash paid for interest
$ 416,300 $ 104,200
Supplemental disclosure of non-cash investing and financing activities:
Property and equipment purchases included in accounts payable
$ 21,200 $ 93,000
See accompanying notes to unaudited condensed consolidated interim financial statements.
F-24

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
MaxCyte. Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Condensed Interim Financial Statements (Unaudited)
1.
Organization and Description of Business
MaxCyte, Inc. (the “Company” or “MaxCyte”) was incorporated as a majority owned subsidiary of EntreMed, Inc. (“EntreMed”) on 31 July 1998, under the laws and provisions of the state of Delaware and commenced operations on July 1, 1999. In November 2002, MaxCyte was recapitalised and EntreMed was no longer deemed to control the Company.
MaxCyte is a global life sciences company focused on advancing the discovery, development and commercialization of next-generation cell therapies. MaxCyte leverages its proprietary cell engineering technology platform to enable the programs of its biotechnology and pharmaceutical company customers who are engaged in cell therapy, including gene editing and immuno-oncology, as well as in drug discovery and development and biomanufacturing. The Company licenses and sells its instruments and technology and sells its consumables to developers of cell therapies and to pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies for use in drug discovery and development and biomanufacturing. In early 2020, the Company established a wholly owned subsidiary, CARMA Cell Therapies, Inc. (“CCTI”), as part of its development of CARMA, MaxCyte’s proprietary, mRNA-based, clinical-stage, immuno-oncology cell therapy. In the first quarter of 2021, the Company elected to conclude all pre-clinical and clinical activities related to the CARMA platform which were substantially completed by March 2021. During the three months ended March 31, 2021, the Company incurred CARMA-related operating expenses of $3.9 million, which consisted of $2.2 million of on-going CARMA expenses primarily for preclinical research and clinical activities as well as $1.7 million of winddown expenses principally consisting of severance, legal and other costs associated with the cessation of CARMA activities.
The COVID-19 pandemic has disrupted economic markets and the economic impact, duration and spread of related effects is uncertain at this time and difficult to predict. As a result, it is not possible to ascertain the overall future impact of COVID-19 on the Company’s business and, depending upon the extent and severity of such effects, including, but not limited to potential slowdowns in customer operations, extension of sales cycles, shrinkage in customer capital budgets or delays in customers’ clinical trials, the pandemic could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows. In 2020, the Company made adjustments to its operating, sales and marketing practices to mitigate the effects of COVID-19 restrictions which reduced planned spending, particularly on travel and marketing expenditures. In addition, COVID-19 restrictions may have delayed or slowed the research activities of some existing and prospective customers. It is not possible to quantify the impact of COVID-19 on the Company’s revenues and expenses in the first quarter of 2021 or its expected impact on future periods.
2.
Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
Basis of Presentation
The interim condensed consolidated balance sheet as of March 31, 2021, and the interim condensed consolidated statements of operations, changes in stockholders’ equity and cash flows for the three months ended March 31, 2021 and 2020 are unaudited. The unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“US GAAP”) and, in the opinion of management, reflect all adjustments, consisting of normal recurring adjustments necessary for the fair presentation of the Company’s financial position as of March 31, 2021, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the three months ended March 31, 2021 and 2020. The results of operations for the three months ended March 31, 2021 are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the year ending December 31, 2021, any other interim periods, or any future year or period. Certain information and footnote disclosure normally included in annual financial statements prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP have been condensed or omitted pursuant to instructions, rules, and regulations prescribed by the United States Securities and Exchange Commission. The Company believes that the disclosures provided herein are adequate to make the information presented not misleading when these unaudited
 
F-25

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
MaxCyte. Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Condensed Interim Financial Statements (Unaudited)
interim condensed consolidated financial statements are read in conjunction with the audited financial statements and notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.
Significant Accounting Policies
The Company’s significant accounting policies are disclosed in its audited consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2020 included in this prospectus and have not materially changed during the three months ended March 31, 2021, except as noted below.
Concentration
During the three months ended March 31, 2021 and 2020, one customer represented 18% and 22% of revenue, respectively, in part due to a one-time milestone event in 2020. As of March 31, 2021 and 2020, one customer accounted for 16% and 22% of accounts receivable, respectively.
During the three months ended March 31, 2021, the Company purchased approximately 58% of its inventory from two suppliers. During the three months ended March 31, 2020, the Company purchased approximately 48% of its inventory from a single supplier. At March 31, 2020, amounts payable to a single supplier totaled 73% of total accounts payable.
Foreign Currency
The Company’s functional currency is the US dollar; transactions denominated in foreign currencies are subject to currency risk. The Company recognized $19,700 and $24,300 foreign currency transaction gains for the three months ended March 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.
Cash, Cash Equivalents and Short-term Investments
The following table summarizes the Company’s cash equivalents and short-term investments at December 31, 2020:
Description
Classification
Amortized
cost
Gross
unrecognized
holding
gains
Gross
unrecognized
holding
losses
Aggregate
fair value
Money market funds
Cash equivalents $ 8,702,200 $ 8,702,200
Commercial Paper
Cash equivalents 6,523,500 6,523,500
Commercial Paper
Short-term investments
13,996,800 1,800 13,998,600
Corporate Debt
Short-term investments
2,010,700 (100) 2,010,600
Total Investments
$ 31,233,200 $ 1,800 $ (100) $ 31,234,900
The following table summarizes the Company’s cash equivalents and investments at March 31, 2021:
Description
Classification
Amortized
cost
Gross
unrecognized
holding
gains
Gross
unrecognized
holding
losses
Aggregate
fair value
Money market funds
Cash equivalents
$ 31,244,500 $ 31,244,500
Total Investments
$ 31,244,500 $ 31,244,500
At times the Company’s cash balances may exceed federally insured limits and cash may also be deposited in foreign bank accounts that are not covered by federal deposit insurance. The Company does not believe that this results in any significant credit risk.
 
F-26

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
MaxCyte. Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Condensed Interim Financial Statements (Unaudited)
Inventory
Inventory is carried at the lower of cost or net realizable value. Inventory consisted of the following at:
March 31, 2021
December 31, 2020
Raw materials inventory
$ 2,045,800 $ 1,771,300
Finished goods inventory
2,418,100 2,544,500
Total Inventory
$ 4,463,900 $ 4,315,800
The Company determined no allowance for obsolescence was necessary at March 31, 2021 or December 31, 2020.
Accounts Receivable
Accounts receivable are reduced by an allowance for doubtful accounts, if needed. The Company determined no allowance was necessary at December 31, 2020 and March 31, 2021.
Property and Equipment
Property and equipment are stated at cost. Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of the estimated lease term or useful life.
Property and equipment consist of the following:
March 31, 2021
December 31, 2020
Furniture and equipment
$ 3,549,300 $ 3,492,900
Instruments
1,574,400 1,424,600
Leasehold improvements
641,400 641,400
Internal-use software under development
229,200
Internal-use software
1,987,600 1,963,000
Accumulated depreciation and amortization
(3,289,800) (2,975,700)
Property and equipment, net
$ 4,692,100 $ 4,546,200
For the year ended December 31, 2020, the Company transferred $276,600 of instruments previously classified as inventory to property and equipment leased to customers. For the three months ended March 31, 2021 and 2020, the Company transferred $139,800 and $87,500, respectively, of instruments previously classified as inventory to property and equipment leased to customers.
For the three months ended March 31, 2021 and 2020, the Company incurred depreciation and amortization expense of $315,900 and $221,700, respectively.
In the three months ended March 31, 2020, the Company capitalized approximately $2,500 of interest expense related to capitalized software development projects. No interest expense was capitalized in the three months ended March 31, 2021.
Deferred Offering Costs
The Company capitalizes certain legal, accounting and other third-party fees that are directly associated with in-process equity financings as deferred offering costs (non-current) until such financings are consummated. After consummation of the equity financing, these costs are recorded in stockholders’ equity as a reduction of proceeds received as a result of the offering. Should the equity financing to which those costs relate no longer be considered probable of being consummated, all deferred offering costs will be charged to operating expenses in the consolidated statement of operations at such time.
 
F-27

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
MaxCyte. Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Condensed Interim Financial Statements (Unaudited)
As of December 31, 2020 and March 31, 2021, $0 and $38,000, respectively, of deferred offering costs are capitalized in other assets.
Stock-Based Compensation
The Company grants stock-based awards in exchange for employee, consultant and non-employee director services. The value of the award is recognized as expense on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period.
The estimated grant date fair value of employee stock options was calculated using the Black-Scholes option-pricing valuation model, based on the following assumptions:
Three months ended March 31,
2021
2020
Volatility
55 - 57% 49%
Dividend yield
Risk-free interest rate
0.7 - 0.8% 1.2 - 1.7%
Expected return (in years)
6 6
The Company records forfeitures as they occur.
Income Taxes
The Company uses the asset and liability method of accounting for income taxes. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on differences between the financial reporting and tax basis of assets and liabilities and are measured using the enacted tax rates and laws that are expected to be in effect when the differences are expected to reverse. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in the period that such tax rate changes are enacted. The measurement of a deferred tax asset is reduced, if necessary, by a valuation allowance if it is more-likely-than-not that all or a portion of the deferred tax asset will not be realized.
Management uses a recognition threshold and a measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of tax positions taken or expected to be taken in a tax return, as well as guidance on derecognition, classification, interest and penalties and financial statement reporting disclosures. For those benefits to be recognized, a tax position must be more-likely-than-not to be sustained upon examination by taxing authorities. The Company recognizes interest and penalties accrued on any unrecognized tax exposures as a component of income tax expense. The Company has not identified any uncertain income tax positions that could have a material impact to the consolidated financial statements.
The Company is subject to taxation in various jurisdictions in the United States and abroad and remains subject to examination by taxing jurisdictions for 2016 and all subsequent periods. The Company had a Federal Net Operating Loss (“NOL”) carry forward of $57.8 million as of December 31, 2020, which was generally available as a deduction against future income for US federal corporate income tax purposes, subject to applicable carryforward limitations. As a result of the March 2016 public offering of common stock and listing on the AIM market of the London Stock Exchange, the Company’s NOLs are limited on an annual basis, subject to certain carryforward provisions, pursuant to Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, as a result of a greater than 50% change in ownership that occurred in the three-year period ending at the time of the AIM listing and public offering. The Company has calculated that for the period ending December 31, 2022, the cumulative limitation amount exceeds the NOLs subject to the limitation. In addition, the Company’s NOLs may also be limited as a result of ownership changes subsequent to the 2016 AIM listing. The Company has not yet calculated such subsequent limitations.
 
F-28

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
MaxCyte. Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Condensed Interim Financial Statements (Unaudited)
The Company did not recognize a provision or benefit for income taxes during the three months ended March 31, 2021 and 2020.
Leases
In transactions where the Company is the lessee, at the inception of a contract, the Company determines if the arrangement is, or contains, a lease. See Note 8 for additional details over leases where the Company is the lessee.
All transactions where the Company is the lessor are short-term (one year or less) and have been classified as operating leases. All leases require upfront payments covering the full period of the lease and thus, there are no future payments expected to be received from existing leases. See Note 3 for details over revenue recognition related to lease agreements.
Loss Per Share
Basic loss per share is computed by dividing net loss available to common shareholders by the weighted average number of shares of Common Stock outstanding during the period.
For periods of net income, and when the effects are not anti-dilutive, diluted earnings per share is computed by dividing net income available to common shareholders by the weighted-average number of shares outstanding plus the impact of all potential dilutive common shares, consisting primarily of common stock options and stock purchase warrants using the treasury stock method.
For periods of net loss, diluted loss per share is calculated similarly to basic loss per share because the impact of all dilutive potential common shares is anti-dilutive. The number of anti-dilutive shares, consisting of stock options and stock purchase warrants, which has been excluded from the computation of diluted loss per share, was 12.1 million and 12.5 million for the three months ended March 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
Recently Adopted
In January 1, 2021, the Company adopted new guidance addressing income taxes, which is intended to simplify various aspects related to the accounting for income taxes. The guidance removes certain exceptions to the general principles in ASC 740 Income Taxes, and also clarifies and amends existing guidance to improve consistent application. The adoption did not have a material effect on the Company’s condensed consolidated interim financial statements.
The Company has evaluated all other issued and unadopted Accounting Standards Updates and believes the adoption of these standards will not have a material impact on its results of operations, financial position, or cash flows.
3.
Revenue
Revenue is principally from the sale or lease of instruments and processing assemblies, as well as from extended warranties. In some arrangements, product and services have been sold together representing distinct performance obligations. In such arrangements the Company allocates the sale price to the various performance obligations in the arrangement on a relative selling price basis. Under this basis, the Company determines the estimated selling price of each performance obligation in a manner that is consistent with that used to determine the price to sell the deliverable on a standalone basis.
Revenue is recognized at the time control is transferred to the customer and the performance obligation is satisfied. Revenue from the sale of instruments and processing assemblies is generally recognized at the time of shipment to the customer, provided no significant vendor obligations remain and collectability is reasonably assured. Revenue from equipment leases are recognized ratably over the
 
F-29

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
MaxCyte. Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Condensed Interim Financial Statements (Unaudited)
contractual term of the lease agreement and when specific milestones are achieved by a customer. Licensing fee revenue is recognized ratably over the license period. Revenue from fees for research services is recognized when services have been provided.
Disaggregated revenue for the three months ended March 31, 2021 is as follows:
Revenue from
Contracts with
Customers
Revenue
from Lease
Elements
Total
Revenue
Product Sales
$ 4,075,800 $ $ 4,075,800
Leased Elements
2,255,900 2,255,900
Other
163,200 163,200
Total
$ 4,239,000 $ 2,255,900 $ 6,494,900
Disaggregated revenue for three months ended March 31, 2020 is as follows:
Revenue from
Contracts with
Customers
Revenue
from Lease
Elements
Total
Revenue
Product Sales
$ 3,195,200 $ $ 3,195,200
Leased Elements
2,426,200 2,426,200
Other
120,600 120,600
Total
$ 3,315,800 $ 2,426,200 $ 5,742,000
Additional disclosures relating to Revenue from Contracts with Customers
Changes in deferred revenue for the three months ended March 31, 2021 were as follows:
Balance at January 1, 2021
$ 5,014,300
Revenue recognized in the current period from amounts included
in the beginning balance
(2,032,300)
Current period deferrals, net of amounts recognized in the current period
3,390,200
Balance at March 31, 2021
$ 6,372,200
Changes in deferred revenue for the three months ended March 31, 2020 were as follows:
Balance at January 1, 2020
$ 3,452,800
Revenue recognized in the current period from amounts included
in the beginning balance
(1,573,000)
Current period deferrals, net of amounts recognized in the current period
1,943,500
Balance at March 31, 2020
$ 3,823,300
Remaining contract consideration for which revenue has not been recognized due to unsatisfied performance obligations with a duration greater than one year at March 31, 2021 was approximately $379,800, of which the Company expects to recognize approximately $75,000 in one year or less, $75,800 in one to two years, $60,800 in two to three years, and $168,200 thereafter.
For the three months ended March 31, 2021 and March 31, 2020 and the year ended December 31, 2020, the Company did not incur, and therefore did not defer, any material incremental costs to obtain contracts or costs to fulfill contracts.
 
F-30

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
MaxCyte. Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Condensed Interim Financial Statements (Unaudited)
4.
Debt
In November 2019, the Company entered into a new credit facility with MidCap Financial SBIC, LP (“MidCap”). The credit facility provided for a $5 million term loan maturing on November 1, 2024. The term loan provided for (i) an interest rate of one-month Libor plus 6.5% with a 1.5% Libor floor, (ii) monthly interest payments, (iii) 30 monthly principal payments of approximately $166,700 beginning June 2022 and (iv) a 3% final payment fee. The Company used the proceeds from the credit facility for general operating purposes. The debt was collateralized by substantially all assets of the Company.
In conjunction with the credit facility the Company issued the lender a warrant to purchase 71,168 shares of common stock at a price of £1.09081 per share. The warrant is exercisable at any time through the tenth anniversary of issuance (see Note 5). In connection with the credit facility, the Company also incurred expenses of approximately $47,300. The warrant and expenses resulted in recording a debt discount which is amortized as interest expense over the term of the loan. At December 31, 2020, the term loan had an outstanding principal balance of $5 million and $83,000 of unamortized debt discount.
In April 2020, the Company received a loan from Silicon Valley Bank in the amount of $1,440,000 under the US Small Business Administration’s Paycheck Protection Program (“PPP”). The PPP was established as part of the US Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security (“CARES”) Act and provides for potential forgiveness of the loan upon the Company meeting certain conditions as to the use of the proceeds. The loan provided for interest at 1% and a maturity date of April 2022. In May 2020, subsequent to the Company’s 2020 equity raise (see Note 5), the Company repaid the loan in full.
In March 2021, subsequent to the Company’s 2021 equity raise (see Note 5), the Company repaid the MidCap loan in full. The Company incurred fees of approximately $260,000 associated with early repayment of the loan. The unamortized debt discounts and fees were expensed and recorded as interest expense.
5.
Stockholders’ Equity
Common Stock
During the three months ended March 31, 2021, the Company completed an equity capital raise issuing 5,740,000 shares of its common stock at a price of £7.00 (or approximately $9.64) per share. The transaction generated gross proceeds of approximately £40.2 million (or $55.3 million). In conjunction with the transaction, the Company incurred costs of approximately $3.5 million which resulted in the Company receiving net proceeds of approximately $51.8 million.
Warrant
In connection with the November 2019 credit facility the Company issued the lender a warrant to purchase 71,168 shares of Common Stock at an exercise price of £1.09081 per share. The warrant is exercisable at any time through the tenth anniversary of issuance. The warrant is classified as a liability as its strike price is in a currency other than the Company’s functional currency. The warrant is recorded at fair value at the end of each reporting period with changes from the prior balance sheet date recorded on the consolidated condensed interim statements of operations (see Note 6).
Stock Options
The Company adopted the MaxCyte, Inc. Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) in January 2016 to amend and restate the MaxCyte 2000 Long-Term Incentive Plan to provide for the awarding of (i) stock options, (ii) restricted stock, (iii) incentive shares, and (iv) performance awards to employees, officers, and Directors of the Company and to other individuals as determined by the Board of Directors. Under the Plan, as amended, the maximum number of shares of Common Stock of the Company that the Company may issue is increased by ten percent (10%) of the shares that are issued and outstanding at the time awards are made under the Plan. On December 10, 2019 and October 27, 2020, the
 
F-31

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
MaxCyte. Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Condensed Interim Financial Statements (Unaudited)
Company’s Board resolved to increase the number of stock options under the Plan by 3,000,000 and 1,500,000, respectively, to provide sufficient shares to allow competitive equity compensation in its primary markets for staff and consistent with practices of comparable companies.
At December 31, 2020 and March 31, 2021 there were 4,175,737 and 4,131,667 awards available to be issued under the Plan, respectively.
A summary of stock option activity for the three months ended March 31, 2021 is as follows:
Number of
Options
Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
Weighted-Average
Remaining
Contractual Life
(in years)
Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
Outstanding at January 1, 2021
12,864,230 $ 2.11 7.1 $ 65,576,300
Granted
2,046,856 $ 14.33
Exercised
(1,567,086) $ 1.29 $ 15,046,300
Forfeited
(1,272,077) $ 2.96
Outstanding at March 31, 2021
12,071,923 $ 4.41 7.7 $ 97,631,700
Exercisable at March 31, 2021
5,732,382 $ 1.95 6.3 $ 58,324,200
A summary of stock option activity for the three months ended March 31, 2020 is as follows:
Number of
Options
Weighted
Average
Exercise Price
Weighted-Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life (in years)
Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
Outstanding at January 1, 2020
10,299,285 $ 1.63 7.0 $ 6,471,500
Granted
2,193,449 $ 1.71
Exercised
Forfeited
(29,784) $ 2.15
Outstanding at March 31, 2020
12,462,950 $ 1.56 6.9 $ 6,402,900
Exercisable at March 31, 2020
7,147,842 $ 1.13 5.5 $ 6,320,800
The weighted-average fair value of the options granted during the three months ended March 31, 2021 and March 31, 2020 was estimated to be $7.47 and $0.86.
At March 31, 2021, total unrecognized compensation expense was $20,457,000 which will be recognized over the next 3.4 years.
Stock-based compensation expense for the three months ended March 31, 2021 and 2020 was classified as follows on the consolidated condensed interim statements of operations:
Three months ended March 31,
2021
2020
General and administrative
$ 741,700 $ 254,000
Sales and marketing
269,200 106,000
Research and development
308,900 187,600
Total
$ 1,319,800 $ 547,600
6.
Fair Value
The Company’s consolidated balance sheets include various financial instruments (primarily cash and cash equivalents, short-term investments, accounts receivable and accounts payable) that are
 
F-32

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
MaxCyte. Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Condensed Interim Financial Statements (Unaudited)
carried at cost, which approximates fair value due to the short-term nature of the instruments. Notes payable are reflective of fair value based on market comparable instruments with similar terms.
Financial Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis
The Company has an outstanding warrant originally issued in connection with the November 2019 debt financing (see Note 4) that is accounted for as a liability whose fair value is determined using Level 3 inputs. The following table identifies the carrying amounts of this warrant at December 31, 2020:
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
Total
Liabilities
Liability classified warrant
$ $ $ 441,200 $ 441,200
Total at December 31, 2020
$ $ $ 441,200 $ 441,200
The following table identifies the carrying amounts of this warrant at March 31, 2021:
Level 1
(unaudited)
Level 2
(unaudited)
Level 3
(unaudited)
Total
(unaudited)
Liabilities
Liability classified warrant
$ $ $ 789,100 $ 789,100
Total at March 31, 2021
$ $ $ 789,100 $ 789,100
The following table presents the activity for those items measured at fair value on a recurring basis using Level 3 inputs for the year ended December 31, 2020:
Mark-to-market
liabilities —
warrant
Balance at December 31, 2019
$ 74,700
Change in fair value
366,500
Balance at December 31, 2020
$ 441,200
The following table presents the activity for those items measured at fair value on a recurring basis using Level 3 inputs for the three months ended March 31, 2021 and March 31, 2020:
Mark-to-market liabilities — warrant
March 31, 2021
March 31, 2020
Balance at prior years ended
$ 441,200 $ 74,700
Change in fair value
347,900 (200)
Balance at current periods ended
$ 789,100 $ 74,500
The gains and losses resulting from the changes in the fair value of the liability classified warrant are classified as other income or expense in the accompanying consolidated condensed interim statements of operations. The fair value of the Common Stock purchase warrants is determined based on the Black-Scholes option pricing model or other option pricing models as appropriate and includes the use of unobservable inputs such as the expected term, anticipated volatility and expected dividends. Changes in any of the assumptions related to such unobservable inputs identified above may change the embedded conversion options’ fair value; increases in expected term, anticipated volatility and expected dividends generally result in increases in fair value, while decreases in these unobservable inputs generally result in decreases in fair value.
The Company has no other financial assets or liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis.
 
F-33

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
MaxCyte. Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Condensed Interim Financial Statements (Unaudited)
Financial Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Non-Recurring Basis
Money market funds and commercial paper classified as held-to-maturity are measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis when they are deemed to be impaired on an other-than-temporary basis. No such fair value impairment was recognized during the three months ended March 31, 2021 and 2020.
Non-Financial Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis
The Company has no non-financial assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis.
Non-Financial Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Non-Recurring Basis
The Company measures its long-lived assets, including property and equipment, at fair value on a non-recurring basis. These assets are recognized at fair value when they are deemed to be impaired. No such fair value impairment was recognized during the three months ended March 31, 2021 and 2020.
7.
Retirement Plan
The Company sponsors a defined-contribution 401(k) retirement plan covering eligible employees. Participating employees may voluntarily contribute up to limits provided by the Internal Revenue Code. The Company matches employee contributions equal to 50% of the salary deferral contributions, with a maximum Company contribution of 3% of the employees’ eligible compensation. In the three months ended March 31, 2021 and March 31, 2020, Company matching contributions amounted to $92,900 and $68,600, respectively.
8.
Commitments and Contingencies
Operating Leases
From 2009 through September 2019, the Company entered into various new and amended leases for office and laboratory space. A member of the Company’s Board of Directors is the CEO and Board member of the lessor of certain of these leases for which the rent payments totaled $158,700 and $154,800 in the three months ended March 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.
At December 31, 2020, the Company had a $1,728,300 ROU asset, a $572,500 short-term lease liability and $1,234,600 long-term lease liability related to its operating leases. At March 31, 2021, the Company had a $1,591,000 ROU asset, a $589,600 short-term lease liability and $1,080,000 long-term lease liability related to its operating leases.
At December 31, 2020 and March 31, 2021, the weighted average remaining lease term for our operating leases was 2.8 years and 2.6 years, respectively.
Finance Leases
At December 31, 2020, the Company had a $218,300 ROU asset, a $100,000 short-term lease liability included in “Accrued expenses and other” and $142,200 long-term lease liability included in ‘Other liabilities’ related to its finance lease. At March 31, 2021, the Company had a $194,500 ROU asset, a $101,400 short-term lease liability included in “Accrued expenses and other” and $116,300 long-term lease liability included in ‘Other liabilities’ related to its finance lease.
 
F-34

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
MaxCyte. Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Condensed Interim Financial Statements (Unaudited)
All Leases
Lease costs for the three months ended March 31, 2021 and 2020 are as follows:
Three months ended
March 31,
2021
2020
Finance lease cost
Amortization of ROU asset
$ 23,800 $ 11,900
Interest on expense
3,200 2,800
Operating lease cost
172,500 168,600
Short-term lease cost
8,900
Variable lease cost
75,600 74,400
Total lease cost
$ 284,000 $ 257,700
Maturities of lease liabilities as of March 31, 2021 were as follows:
Operating
Leases
(unaudited)
Finance
Leases
(unaudited)
Remainder of 2021
$ 523,600 $ 83,100
2022
717,400 110,800
2023
614,800 36,900
Total lease payments
1,855,800 230,800
Discount factor
(186,200) (13,100)
Present value of lease liabilities
$ 1,669,600 $ 217,700
9.
Subsequent Events
The Company considers events or transactions that occur after the balance sheet date but before the financial statements are issued to provide additional evidence relative to certain estimates or to identify matters that require additional disclosure. Subsequent events were reviewed through the date the consolidated financial statements were available to be issued.
On May 27, 2021, the Company entered into an operating lease for up to 67,326 square feet of new office space. The lease for new office space consists of three phases with Phase 1 estimated to commence in September 2021, and the lease of all phases is estimated to expire on June 30, 2035. The Company and the landlord both have a one-time right to terminate phase 3 of the lease associated with 13,543 square feet during a defined time window. The Company will design and construct the leasehold improvements with the approval of the landlord. The landlord will reimburse the Company for costs of property improvements up to amounts specified in the lease. The total incremental non-cancellable lease payments under the new lease agreements are approximately $24.5 million through the lease terms.
 
F-35

TABLE OF CONTENTS
12,000,000 Shares
Common Stock
[MISSING IMAGE: lg_maxcyte-4c.jpg]
Joint Book-Running Managers
Cowen
Stifel
William Blair
Co-Managers
BTIG
Stephens Inc.
Through and including            , 2021 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in our common stock, whether or not participating in our initial public offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This delivery requirement is in addition to a dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to an unsold allotment or subscription.

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
PART II
INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
Item 13.
Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.
The following table sets forth all expenses to be paid by us, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, in connection with this offering. All amounts shown are estimates except for the Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC, registration fee, the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc., or FINRA, filing fee and the Nasdaq Global Market initial listing fee.
SEC registration fee
$ 20,325
FINRA registration fee
28,445
Nasdaq Global Market initial listing fee
295,000
Legal fees and expenses
1,500,000
Accounting fees and expenses
325,000
Printing expenses
140,000
Transfer agent and registrar expenses
125,000
Investor relations, public relations, consulting and miscellaneous expenses
566,230
Total
$ 3,000,000
Item 14.
Indemnification of Directors and Officers.
Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law authorizes a court to award, or a corporation’s board of directors to grant, indemnity to directors and officers in terms sufficiently broad to permit such indemnification under certain circumstances for liabilities, including reimbursement for expenses incurred, arising under the Securities Act. Our fifteenth amended and restated certificate of incorporation permits indemnification of our directors, officers, employees and other agents to the maximum extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, and our amended and restated bylaws that will be in effect on the completion of this offering provide that we will indemnify our directors and officers and permit us to indemnify our employees and other agents, in each case to the maximum extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law.
We have entered into indemnification agreements with our directors and officers, whereby we have agreed to indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by law, including indemnification against expenses and liabilities incurred in legal proceedings to which the director or officer was, or is threatened to be made, a party by reason of the fact that such director or officer is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of MaxCyte, Inc., provided that such director or officer acted in good faith and in a manner that the director or officer reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interest of MaxCyte, Inc. At present, there is no pending litigation or proceeding involving a director or officer of MaxCyte, Inc. regarding which indemnification is sought, nor is the registrant aware of any threatened litigation that may result in claims for indemnification.
We maintain insurance policies that indemnify our directors and officers against various liabilities arising under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act that might be incurred by any director or officer in his capacity as such.
The underwriters are obligated, under certain circumstances, under the underwriting agreement to be filed as Exhibit 1.1 hereto, to indemnify us and our officers and directors against liabilities under the Securities Act.
Item 15.
Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.
The following list sets forth information regarding all unregistered securities sold by us since January 1, 2018 through the date of the prospectus that forms a part of this registration statement.
 
II-1

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Issuances of Common Stock in Private Placements
In February 2019, we issued and sold an aggregate of 5,908,319 shares of our common stock to 19 investors at a purchase price of £1.70 per share ($2.25 per share based on the exchange rate as of the purchase date) for aggregate consideration of $13.3 million.
In May 2020, we issued and sold an aggregate of 19,181,423 shares of our common stock to 21 investors at a purchase price of £1.31 per share ($1.59 per share based on the exchange rate as of the purchase date) for aggregate consideration of $30.5 million.
In February 2021, we issued and sold an aggregate of 5,740,000 shares of our common stock to seven investors at a purchase price of £7.00 per share ($9.64 per share based on the exchange rate as of the purchase date) for aggregate consideration of $55.3 million.
The sales of securities described above were deemed to be exempt from registration either pursuant to Regulation S promulgated under the Securities Act in that offers, sales and issuances were not made to persons in the United States and no directed selling efforts were made in the United States or in reliance on Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act as a transaction by an issuer not involving a public offering. All of the purchasers in these transactions represented to us in connection with their purchase that they were acquiring the securities for investment and not distribution, that they could bear the risks of the investment and could hold the securities for an indefinite period of time. Such purchasers received written disclosures that the securities had not been registered under the Securities Act and that any resale must be made pursuant to a registration or an available exemption from such registration. All of the foregoing securities are deemed restricted securities for the purposes of the Securities Act.
Stock Option Grants and Exercises
From January 1, 2018 through the date of the prospectus that forms a part of this registration statement, we have granted options to purchase an aggregate of 10,968,405 shares of common stock to our employees, directors and consultants, at exercise prices ranging from £1.075 to £11.20 per share, under our LTIP. From January 1, 2018 through the date of the prospectus that forms a part of this registration statement, we have issued an aggregate of 2,993,227 shares of common stock upon the exercise of stock options upon the payment of £2,211,938 in aggregate exercise price (approximately $3.0 million based on the exchange rate as of July 20, 2021).
The offers, sales and issuances of the securities described in the preceding paragraph were deemed to be exempt from registration under Rule 701, in that the transactions were under compensatory benefit plans. The recipients of such securities were our employees, directors or consultants and received the securities under our equity incentive plans. Appropriate legends were affixed to the securities.
Issuance of Common Stock Warrant
In November 2019, in connection with a credit facility, we issued to the lender a warrant to purchase 71,168 shares of common stock at an exercise price of £1.09081 per share. The issuance of the warrant was deemed to be exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance on Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act as a transaction by an issuer not involving a public offering. The lender acquired the warrant for investment only and not with a view to or for sale in connection with any distribution thereof, and appropriate legends were affixed to the securities.
All certificates representing the securities issued in the transactions described in this Item 15 included appropriate legends setting forth that the securities had not been offered or sold pursuant to a registration statement and describing the applicable restrictions on transfer of the securities. There were no underwriters employed in connection with any of the transactions set forth in this Item 15.
Item 16.
Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.
(a) Exhibits.
The following exhibits are included herein or incorporated herein by reference:
 
II-2

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Exhibit
Number
Description
1.1
3.1 Fifteenth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Registrant.
3.2#
3.3
5.1
10.1+#
10.2+#
10.3+#
10.4+#
10.5+
10.6+
10.7+
10.8
10.9#
10.10#
10.11# First Amendment to Sublease, dated as of September 9, 2019, between Novavax, Inc. and the Registrant.
10.12#
10.13+
10.14+
10.15+
23.1
23.2
24.1#
#
Previously filed.
+
Indicates management contract or compensatory plan.
(b) Financial Statement Schedules.
All financial statement schedules are omitted because the information required to be set forth therein is not applicable or is shown in the financial statements or the notes thereto.
Item 17.
Undertakings.
The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.
Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant under the foregoing provisions or otherwise,
 
II-3

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.
The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:
(1)   For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance on Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant under Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act will be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.
(2)   For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus will be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time will be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
 
II-4

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in Columbia, Maryland, on July 26, 2021.
MAXCYTE, INC.
By:
 /s/ Doug Doerfler
Name:
Doug Doerfler
Title:
President and Chief Executive Officer
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
Signature
Title
Date
/s/ Doug Doerfler
Doug Doerfler
President, Chief Executive Officer and Director (Principal Executive Officer)
July 26, 2021
/s/ Amanda Murphy
Amanda Murphy
Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer)
July 26, 2021
/s/ Ron Holtz
Ron Holtz
Senior Vice President and Chief Accounting Officer (Principal Accounting Officer)
July 26, 2021
*
J. Stark Thompson, PhD
Chairman of the Board of Directors
July 26, 2021
*
Yasir Al-Wakeel, BM BCh
Director
July 26, 2021
*
Will Brooke
Director
July 26, 2021
*
Richard Douglas, PhD
Director
July 26, 2021
*
Stanley C. Erck
Director
July 26, 2021
*
Rekha Hemrajani
Director
July 26, 2021
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Signature
Title
Date
*
John Johnston
Director
July 26, 2021
*
Art Mandell
Director
July 26, 2021
*
/s/ Doug Doerfler
Doug Doerfler
Attorney-in-fact
 

 

Exhibit 1.1

 

[●] Shares

 

MAXCYTE, INC.

 

Common Stock

 

UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT

 

__________, 2021

 

Cowen and Company, LLC 

Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated 

William Blair & Company, L.L.C. 

As Representatives of the several Underwriters

 

c/o Cowen and Company, LLC 

599 Lexington Avenue 

New York, New York 10022

 

c/o Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated 

One South Street, 15th Floor 

Baltimore, Maryland 21202

 

c/o William Blair & Company, L.L.C. 

150 North Riverside Plaza 

Chicago, Illinois 60606

 

Dear Sirs and Madams:

 

1.Introductory. MaxCyte, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”) proposes to sell, pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, to the several underwriters named in Schedule A hereto (the “Underwriters,” or, each, an “Underwriter”), an aggregate of [●] shares of common stock, $0.01 par value per share (the “Common Stock”) of the Company. The aggregate of [●] shares so proposed to be sold is hereinafter referred to as the “Firm Stock”. The Company also proposes to sell to the Underwriters, upon the terms and conditions set forth in Section 3 hereof, up to an additional [●] shares of Common Stock (the “Optional Stock”). The Firm Stock and the Optional Stock are hereinafter collectively referred to as the “Stock”. Cowen and Company, LLC, Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated, and William Blair & Company, L.L.C. are acting as representatives of the several Underwriters and in such capacity are hereinafter referred to as the “Representatives.” In the event that the Company has no subsidiaries, or only one subsidiary, then all references herein to “subsidiaries” of the Company shall be deemed to refer to no subsidiary, or such single subsidiary, as the case may be.

 

 
 2

 

2.Representations and Warranties of the Company

 

The Company represents and warrants to the several Underwriters, as of the date hereof and as of each Closing Date (as defined below), and agrees with the several Underwriters, that:

 

(a)   Registration Statement. A registration statement of the Company on Form S-1 (File No. 333-_____) (including all amendments thereto, the “Initial Registration Statement”) in respect of the Stock has been filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”). The Initial Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto, each in the form heretofore delivered to you, and, excluding exhibits thereto, to you for each of the other Underwriters, have been declared effective by the Commission in such form and meet the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder (the “Rules and Regulations”). Other than (i) the Initial Registration Statement, (ii) a registration statement, if any, increasing the size of the offering filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act and the Rules and Regulations (a “Rule 462(b) Registration Statement”), (iii) any Preliminary Prospectus (as defined below), (iv) the Prospectus (as defined below) contemplated by this Agreement to be filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) of the Rules and Regulations in accordance with Section 4(i)(a) hereof and (v) any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus (as defined below), no other document with respect to the offer or sale of the Stock has heretofore been filed with the Commission. No stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Initial Registration Statement, any post-effective amendment thereto or the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement, if any, has been issued and no proceeding for that purpose or pursuant to Section 8A of the Securities Act has been initiated or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened by the Commission (any preliminary prospectus included in the Initial Registration Statement or filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424 of the Rules and Regulations is hereinafter called a “Preliminary Prospectus”). The Initial Registration Statement including all exhibits thereto and including the information contained in the Prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) of the Rules and Regulations and deemed by virtue of Rule 430A under the Securities Act to be part of the Initial Registration Statement at the time it became effective is hereinafter collectively called the “Registration Statement.” If the Company has filed a Rule 462(b) Registration Statement, then any reference herein to the term “Registration Statement” shall be deemed to include such Rule 462(b) Registration Statement. The final prospectus, in the form filed pursuant to and within the time limits described in Rule 424(b) under the Rules and Regulations, is hereinafter called the “Prospectus.”

 

(b)   General Disclosure Package. As of the Applicable Time (as defined below) and as of the Closing Date or the Option Closing Date (as defined below), as the case may be, neither (i) the General Use Free Writing Prospectus(es) (as defined below) issued at or prior to the Applicable Time, the Pricing Prospectus (as defined below) and the information included on Schedule C hereto, all considered together (collectively, the “General Disclosure Package”), (ii) any individual Limited Use Free Writing Prospectus (as defined below), (iii) the bona fide electronic roadshow (as defined in Rule 433(h)(5) of the Rules and Regulations); nor (iv) any individual Written Testing-the-Waters Communication (as defined below), when considered together with the General Disclosure Package, included or will include any untrue statement of a material fact or omitted or will omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided, however, that the Company makes no representations or warranties as to information contained in or omitted from the Pricing Prospectus or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus (as defined below), in reliance upon, and in conformity with, written information furnished to the Company through the Representatives by or on behalf of any Underwriter specifically for inclusion therein, which information the parties hereto agree is limited to the Underwriter’s Information (as defined in Section 18). As used in this paragraph (b) and elsewhere in this Agreement:

 

Applicable Time” means [●] [A.M.]/[P.M.], New York time, on the date of this Agreement or such other time as agreed to by the Company and the Representatives.

 

 
 3

 

Pricing Prospectus” means the Preliminary Prospectus relating to the Stock that is included in the Registration Statement immediately prior to the Applicable Time.

 

Issuer Free Writing Prospectus” means any “issuer free writing prospectus,” as defined in Rule 433 of the Rules and Regulations relating to the Stock in the form filed or required to be filed with the Commission or, if not required to be filed, in the form retained in the Company’s records pursuant to Rule 433(g) of the Rules and Regulations.

 

General Use Free Writing Prospectus” means any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus that is identified on Schedule B to this Agreement.

 

Limited Use Free Writing Prospectuses” means any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus that is not a General Use Free Writing Prospectus.

 

Written Testing-the-Waters Communication” means any Testing-the-Waters Communication (as defined below) that is a written communication within the meaning of Rule 405 of the Rules and Regulations.

 

(c)   No Stop Orders; No Material Misstatements. No order preventing or suspending the use of any Preliminary Prospectus, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or the Prospectus relating to the proposed offering of the Stock has been issued by the Commission, and no proceeding for that purpose or pursuant to Section 8A of the Securities Act has been instituted or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened by the Commission, and each Preliminary Prospectus, at the time of filing thereof, conformed in all material respects to the requirements of the Securities Act and the Rules and Regulations, and did not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided, however, that the Company makes no representations or warranties as to information contained in or omitted from any Preliminary Prospectus, in reliance upon, and in conformity with, written information furnished to the Company through the Representatives by or on behalf of any Underwriter specifically for inclusion therein, which information the parties hereto agree is limited to the Underwriter’s Information.

 

(d)   Registration Statement and Prospectus Contents. At the respective times, the Registration Statement and any amendments thereto became or become effective as to the Underwriters and at each Closing Date, the Registration Statement and any amendments thereto conformed and will conform in all material respects to the requirements of the Securities Act and the Rules and Regulations and did not and will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading; and the Prospectus and any amendments or supplements thereto, at the time the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto was issued and at each Closing Date, conformed and will conform in all material respects to the requirements of the Securities Act and the Rules and Regulations and did not and will not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided, however, that the foregoing representations and warranties in this paragraph (d) shall not apply to information contained in or omitted from the Registration Statement or the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, in reliance upon, and in conformity with, written information furnished to the Company through the Representatives by or on behalf of any Underwriter specifically for inclusion therein, which information the parties hereto agree is limited to the Underwriter’s Information.

 

 
 4

 

(e)   Issuer Free Writing Prospectus. Each Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, as of its issue date and at all subsequent times through the completion of the public offer and sale of the Stock or until any earlier date that the Company notified or notifies the Representatives as described in Section 4(i)(f), did not, does not and will not include any information that conflicted, conflicts or will conflict with the information contained in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus, or included or would include an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted or would omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, provided, however, that the foregoing representations and warranties in this paragraph (e) shall not apply to information contained in or omitted from the Registration Statement or the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, in reliance upon, and in conformity with, written information furnished to the Company through the Representatives by or on behalf of any Underwriter specifically for inclusion therein, which information the parties hereto agree is limited to the Underwriter’s Information.

 

(f)   Distribution of Offering Materials. The Company has not, directly or indirectly, distributed and will not distribute any offering material in connection with the offering and sale of the Stock other than any Preliminary Prospectus, the Prospectus and other materials, if any, permitted under the Securities Act and consistent with Section 4(i)(b) below. The Company will file with the Commission all Issuer Free Writing Prospectuses (other than a “road show” as described in Rule 433(d)(8) of the Rules and Regulations) in the time and manner required under Rules 163(b)(2) and 433(d) of the Rules and Regulations. From and after twelve (12) months prior to the date of this Agreement, the Company has not taken any action which would constitute: (i) an offer of the Stock to the public in any member state of the European Economic Area within the meaning of Regulation (EU) No. 2017/1129 (as amended, the “Prospectus Regulation”) for which a prospectus would need to be approved and published; nor (ii) an offer of the Stock to the public in the United Kingdom the meaning of Regulation (EU) No. 2017/1129 (as amended), as it forms part of retained European Union law by virtue of the European Union (Withdrawal) Act 2018 in the United Kingdom.

 

(g)   Emerging Growth Company. From the time of the initial confidential submission of the Registration Statement to the Commission (or, if earlier, the first date on which the Company engaged directly or through any person authorized to act on its behalf in any Testing-the-Waters Communications) through the date hereof, the Company has been and is an “emerging growth company,” as defined in Section 2(a) of the Securities Act (an “Emerging Growth Company”). “Testing-the-Waters Communication” means any oral or written communication with potential investors undertaken in reliance on Section 5(d) or 163B of the Securities Act.

 

(h)   Not an Ineligible Issuer. At the time of filing the Initial Registration Statement, any Rule 462(b) Registration Statement and any post-effective amendments thereto, and at the date hereof, the Company was not, and the Company currently is not, an “ineligible issuer,” as defined in Rule 405 of the Rules and Regulations.

 

 
 5

 

(i)   Testing the Waters Communications. The Company (a) has not alone engaged in any Testing-the-Waters Communication other than Testing-the-Waters Communications with the consent of the Representatives with entities that are qualified institutional buyers within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Securities Act or institutions that are accredited investors within the meaning of Rule 501 under the Securities Act and (b) has not authorized anyone other than the Representatives to engage in Testing-the-Waters Communications. The Company reconfirms that the Representatives have been authorized to act on its behalf in undertaking Testing-the-Waters Communications. The Company has not distributed any Written Testing-the-Waters Communications other than those listed on Schedule D hereto.

 

(j)   Organization and Good Standing. The Company has been duly organized and are validly existing as a corporation in good standing (or the foreign equivalent thereof) under the laws of its jurisdiction of organization. The Company is duly qualified to do business and is in good standing as a foreign corporation or other legal entity in each jurisdiction in which its ownership or lease of property or the conduct of its businesses requires such qualification and has all power and authority (corporate or other) necessary to own or hold its properties and to conduct the business in which it is engaged, except where the failure to so qualify or have such power or authority would not reasonably be expected to (i)  have, singularly or in the aggregate, a material adverse effect on the business, properties, management, financial position, stockholders’ equity, results of operations or prospects of the Company, or (ii) impair in any material respect the ability of the Company to perform its obligations under this Agreement or to consummate any transactions contemplated by this Agreement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus (any such effect as described in clauses (i) or (ii), a “Material Adverse Effect”). The Company [does not own or control, directly or indirectly, any corporation, association or other entity that would be required to be listed on an exhibit to the Registration Statement pursuant to Item 601(b)(21) of Regulation S-K.

 

(k)   Underwriting Agreement. This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company.

 

(l)    The Stock. The Stock to be issued and sold by the Company to the Underwriters hereunder has been duly and validly authorized and, when issued and delivered against payment therefor as provided herein, will be duly and validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable and will conform in all material respects to the descriptions thereof in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus; and the issuance of the Stock is not subject to any preemptive or similar rights.

 

(m)   Capitalization. The Company has an authorized capitalization as set forth under the heading “Capitalization” in the Pricing Prospectus, and all of the issued shares of capital stock of the Company, have been duly and validly authorized and issued, are fully paid and non-assessable, have been issued in compliance with federal and state securities laws, admitted to AIM, a market operated by the London Stock Exchange (“AIM”), in accordance with the requirements of the AIM Rules for Companies published by the London Stock Exchange from time to time (“AIM Rules”), and conform to the description thereof contained in the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus. All of the Company’s options, warrants and other rights to purchase or exchange any securities for shares of the Company’s capital stock have been duly authorized and validly issued and were issued in compliance with federal and state securities laws and in accordance with the requirements of the AIM Rules. With respect to any securities offered by the Company in non-U.S. offerings during the twelve months prior to the date hereof, neither the Company nor any of its affiliates (as defined in Regulation 501 under the Securities Act) nor any person acting on its or their behalf has engaged or will engage in any directed selling efforts (as defined in Regulation S) in connection with any offering of such securities and the Company has complied with the applicable offering restrictions requirement of Regulation S. None of the outstanding shares of Common Stock were issued in violation of any preemptive rights, rights of first refusal or other similar rights to subscribe for or purchase securities of the Company. As of the date set forth in the General Disclosure Package, there were no authorized or outstanding shares of capital stock, options, warrants, preemptive rights, rights of first refusal or other rights to purchase, or equity or debt securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for, any capital stock of the Company or any of its subsidiaries other than those described above or accurately described in the General Disclosure Package. Since such date, the Company has not issued any securities other than Common Stock issued pursuant to the exercise of warrants or upon the exercise of stock options or other awards outstanding under the Company’s stock option plans, options or other securities granted or issued pursuant to the Company’s existing equity compensation plans or other plans, and the issuance of Common Stock pursuant to employee stock purchase plans. The description of the Company’s stock option, stock bonus and other stock plans or arrangements, and the options or other rights granted thereunder, as described in the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, accurately and fairly present in all material respects the information required to be shown with respect to such plans, arrangements, options and rights.

 

 
 6

 

(n)   No Conflicts. The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by the Company, the issue and sale of the Stock by the Company and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby will not (with or without notice or lapse of time or both) (i) conflict with or result in a breach or violation of any of the terms or provisions of, constitute a default or a Debt Repayment Triggering Event (as defined below) under, or result in the creation or imposition of any lien, encumbrance, security interest, claim or charge upon any property or assets of the Company or any subsidiary pursuant to, any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement or other agreement or instrument to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is bound or to which any of the property or assets of the Company or any of its subsidiaries is subject, (ii) result in any violation of the provisions of the charter or by-laws (or analogous governing instruments, as applicable) of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or (iii) result in the violation of any law, statute, rule, regulation, judgment, order or decree of any court or governmental or regulatory agency or body, domestic or foreign, having jurisdiction over the Company or any of its subsidiaries or any of their properties or assets except, in the case of clauses (i) and (iii) above, for any such conflict, breach, violation or default that would not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to have a Material Adverse Effect. A “Debt Repayment Triggering Event” means any event or condition that gives, or with the giving of notice or lapse of time would give the holder of any note, debenture or other evidence of indebtedness (or any person acting on such holder’s behalf) the right to require the repurchase, redemption or repayment of all or a portion of such indebtedness by the Company of any of its subsidiaries.

 

(o)   No Consents Required. Except for the registration of the Stock under the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws, and such consents, approvals, authorizations, orders and registrations or qualifications as may be required by the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”) and the Nasdaq Global Market, the UK Financial Conduct Authority and the London Stock Exchange or pursuant to the AIM Rules or the EU regulation (EU 596/2014) on market abuse as it forms part of retained European Union law by virtue of the European Union (Withdrawal) Act 2018 in the United Kingdom (“Market Abuse Regulation”), in connection with the purchase and distribution of the Stock by the Underwriters and the listing of the Stock on the Nasdaq Global Market, no consent, approval, authorization or order of, or filing, qualification or registration (each an “Authorization”) with, any court, governmental or regulatory agency or body, foreign or domestic, which has not been made, obtained or taken and is not in full force and effect, is required for the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by the Company, the issuance and sale of the Stock or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby; and no event has occurred that allows or results in, or after notice or lapse of time or both would allow or result in, revocation, suspension, termination or invalidation of any such Authorization or any other impairment of the rights of the holder or maker of any such Authorization. All corporate approvals (including those of stockholders) necessary for the Company to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement have been obtained and are in effect.

 

 
 7

 

(p)   Independent Auditors. CohnReznick LLP, who have certified certain financial statements and related schedules of the Company and its subsidiaries included in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, is an independent registered public accounting firm with respect to the Company and its subsidiaries within the meaning of Article 2-01 of Regulation S-X and the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (the “PCAOB”).

 

(q)   Financial Statements. The financial statements, together with the related notes and schedules, included in the General Disclosure Package, the Prospectus and in the Registration Statement fairly present, in all material respects, the financial position and the results of operations and changes in financial position of the Company and its consolidated subsidiary at the respective dates or for the respective periods therein specified. Such statements and related notes and schedules have been prepared in accordance with the generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (“GAAP”) applied on a consistent basis throughout the periods involved except as may be set forth in the related notes included in the General Disclosure Package and provided that unaudited interim financial statements, which are subject to normal year-end adjustments, may not contain certain footnotes, as permitted by the rules of the Commission. The financial statements, together with the related notes and schedules, included in the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus comply in all material respects with Regulation S-X. No other financial statements or supporting schedules or exhibits are required by Regulation S-X to be described, or included in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus. There is no pro forma or as adjusted financial information which is required to be included in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or and the Prospectus in accordance with Regulation S-X which has not been included or incorporated as so required. The summary and selected financial data included in the General Disclosure Package, the Prospectus and the Registration Statement fairly present the information shown therein in all material respects as at the respective dates and for the respective periods specified and are derived from the consolidated financial statements set forth in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus and other financial information.

 

(r)    No Material Adverse Change. Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has sustained, since the date of the latest audited financial statements included in the General Disclosure Package, (i) any material loss or interference with its business from fire, explosion, flood or other calamity, whether or not covered by insurance, or from any labor dispute or action, order or decree of any court or governmental or regulatory authority, otherwise than as set forth or contemplated in the General Disclosure Package; (ii) any change in the capital stock (other than the issuance of shares of Common Stock upon exercise of stock options and warrants described as outstanding in, and the grant of options and awards under existing equity incentive plans described in, the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus) or long-term debt of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, or any dividend or distribution of any kind declared, set aside for payment, paid or made by the Company on any class of capital stock; or (iii) any material adverse changes, or any development involving a prospective material adverse change, in or affecting the business, properties, assets, general affairs, management, financial position, prospects, stockholders’ equity or results of operations of the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole, otherwise than as set forth or contemplated in the General Disclosure Package.

 

 
 8

 

(s)   Legal Proceedings. Except as set forth in the General Disclosure Package, there is no legal or governmental proceeding to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is a party or of which any property or assets of the Company or any of its subsidiaries is the subject, including any proceeding before the United States Food and Drug Administration (“FDA”) or comparable federal, state, local, supranational or foreign governmental bodies (it being understood that the routine interaction between the Company and the FDA and such comparable governmental bodies relating to the preclinical and clinical development and product approval process shall not be deemed proceedings for purposes of this representation), which is required to be described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus and is not described therein, or which, singularly or in the aggregate, if determined adversely to the Company or any of its subsidiaries, would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and, to the Company’s knowledge, no such proceedings are threatened or contemplated by governmental or regulatory authorities or threatened by others. To the extent applicable directly or to the extent represented, warranted, or covenanted to customers by contract, the Company has been and is in compliance with all applicable federal, state, local, supranational and foreign laws, regulations, orders and decrees governing its business as prescribed by the United States Department of Health and Human Services (“HHS”) and its constituent agencies and offices (including the FDA, the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services (“CMS”), and the HHS Office of the Inspector General (“HHS-OIG”)), the Federal Trade Commission, or any other federal, state or foreign agencies or bodies engaged in the regulation of pharmaceuticals, medical devices, or equipment and supplies (including with respect to their advertising and promotion) or the further enforcement of or prosecution under such laws (e.g., by U.S. Department of Justice), except where noncompliance would not, singly or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect. Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries is a party to any corporate integrity agreements, monitoring agreements, deferred prosecution agreements, consent decrees, settlement orders, or similar agreements with or imposed by any governmental or regulatory authority.  Additionally, neither the Company, any of its subsidiaries nor to the knowledge of the Company, any of their respective employees, officers, directors, or agents has been excluded, suspended or debarred from participation in any U.S. federal health care program or human clinical research or, to the knowledge of the Company, is subject to a governmental inquiry, investigation, proceeding, or other similar action that could reasonably be expected to result in debarment, suspension, or exclusion.

 

(t)    No Violation or Default. Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries is (i) in violation of its charter or by-laws (or analogous governing instrument, as applicable), (ii) in violation of the AIM Rules (including, where applicable, any guidance notes published by the London Stock Exchange from time to time that apply to the Company) and/or, assuming compliance by the Underwriters with the requirements and restrictions described under the captions “Underwriting – European Economic Area” and “United Kingdom” in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, EU Regulation (EU 1129/2017) on the prospectus to be published when securities are offered to the public or admitted to trading on a regulated market, (iii) in default in any respect, and no event has occurred which, with notice or lapse of time or both, would constitute such a default, in the due performance or observance of any term, covenant or condition contained in any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement, lease or other agreement or instrument to which it is a party or by which it is bound or to which any of its property or assets is subject, or (iv) in violation in any respect of any law, ordinance, governmental rule, regulation or court order, decree or judgment to which it or its property or assets may be subject (including, without limitation, those administered or enforced by the FDA or by any foreign, federal, state or local governmental or regulatory authority performing functions similar to those performed by the FDA) except, in the case of clauses (ii) and (iii) above, for any such violation or default that would not reasonably be expected, singularly or in the aggregate, to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

 
 9

 

(u)   Licenses or Permits. The Company and each of its subsidiaries have possessed and do possess all licenses, certificates, authorizations and permits issued by, and have made all declarations and filings with, the appropriate local, state, federal or foreign governmental or regulatory agencies or bodies (including, without limitation, those administered by the FDA or by any supranational, foreign, federal, state or local governmental or regulatory authority performing functions similar to those performed by the FDA)) that are necessary for the ownership or lease of their respective properties or the conduct of their respective businesses as described in the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus (collectively, the “Governmental Permits”) except where any failures to possess or make the same would not, singularly or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect. The Company and its subsidiaries are in compliance with all such Governmental Permits; all such Governmental Permits are valid and in full force and effect and without limitation or restriction, except where the invalidity or failure to be in full force and effect or any limitation or restriction would not, singularly or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect. Neither the Company nor any subsidiary has received notification of any revocation, modification, suspension, termination, limitation, restriction or invalidation (or proceedings related thereto) of any such Governmental Permit and the Company has no reason to believe that any such Governmental Permit will not be renewed or will be subject to any limitation or restriction.

 

(v)     Regulatory Compliance. The Company has not received any unresolved FDA Form 483, notice of adverse filing, warning letter, untitled letter or other correspondence or notice from the FDA, or any other court or arbitrator or federal, state, local, supranational or foreign governmental or regulatory authority, alleging or asserting noncompliance with the Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act (21 U.S..C § 301 et seq.) (the “FDCA”) and its implementing regulations. To the extent applicable directly or to the extent represented, warranted, or covenanted to customers by contract, the Company and its directors and officers, and to the knowledge of the Company, its employees and agents are and have been in material compliance with applicable health care laws, including without limitation, the FDCA, the federal Anti-Kickback Statute (42 U.S.C. § 1320a-7b(b)), the civil False Claims Act (31 U.S.C. § 3729 et seq.), the criminal False Claims Law (42 U.S.C. § 1320a-7b(a)), the Civil Monetary Penalties Law (42 U.S.C. § 1320a-7a), the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (42 U.S.C. § 1320d et seq.), as amended by the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act of 2009 (42 U.S.C. § 17921 et seq.) the exclusion laws (42 U.S.C. § 1320a-7), Medicare (Title XVIII of the Social Security Act), Medicaid (Title XIX of the Social Security Act), and the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act of 2010, as amended by the Health Care and Education Affordability Reconciliation Act of 2010, including, without limitation, the Physician Payments Sunshine Act (42 U.S.C. § 1320a-7h), and the regulation promulgated pursuant to such laws, and comparable state laws, and all other local, state, federal, national, supranational, and foreign laws, manual provisions, policies and administrative guidance relating to the regulation of the Company (collectively, “Health Care Laws). The Company has not knowingly made an untrue statement of material fact or fraudulent statement to any governmental agent or authority, or knowingly committed an act, or knowingly made a written submission that, at the time such disclosure or act, as applicable, was made, would reasonably be expected to be in violation of any Health Care Law. The Company has not, either voluntarily or involuntarily, initiated, conducted or issued or caused to be initiated, conducted or issued, any recall, market withdrawal or replacement, safety alert, post-sale warning, “dear doctor” letter, or other notice or action relating to the alleged lack of safety or efficacy of any product or any alleged product defect or violation and, to the Company’s Knowledge, no third-party has initiated or conducted any such notice or action. Neither the Company nor any of its officers, directors, employees, or agents has been or is currently excluded from participation in the Medicare and Medicaid programs or any other state or federal health care program. Neither the Company nor any of its officers, directors, employees, or agents has been or is currently suspended, debarred, or excluded from selling products to the U.S. government or its agencies pursuant to the Federal Acquisition Regulation relating to debarment and suspension applicable to federal government agencies under 48 C.F.R. Subpart 9.4.

 

 
 10

 

(w)  Product and Service Quality. Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has been the subject of material customer audit findings or complaints, or alleged breaches of any contractual representation, warranty, or covenant to meet specifications or adhere to any Health Care Laws or quality standards, except where such occurrence, whether individually or in the aggregate would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(x)    Investment Company Act. Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries is or, after giving effect to the offering of the Stock and the application of the proceeds thereof as described in the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, will be required to register as an “investment company” or an entity “controlled” by an “investment company” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder.

 

(y)   No Stabilization. Neither the Company nor, to the Company’s knowledge, any of its officers, directors or affiliates has taken or will take, directly or indirectly, any action designed or intended to stabilize or manipulate the price of any security of the Company, or which caused or resulted in, or which might in the future reasonably be expected to cause or result in, stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security of the Company.

 

 
 11

 

(z)    Intellectual Property. The Company and its subsidiaries own or possess the valid right to use all (i) patents, patent applications, trademarks, trademark registrations, service marks, service mark registrations, Internet domain name registrations, copyrights, copyright registrations, licenses, trade secret rights (“Intellectual Property Rights”) and (ii) inventions, software, works of authorships, trade names, databases, formulae, know how and other intellectual property (including unpatented and/or unpatentable proprietary confidential information, systems, or procedures) (collectively with the Intellectual Property Rights, "Intellectual Property Assets") necessary to conduct their respective businesses as currently conducted. All material Intellectual Property Rights and the Company’s and its subsidiaries’ rights in the Intellectual Property Assets necessary to the conduct of their respective businesses as currently conducted are valid and enforceable. The Company and its subsidiaries have not received any opinion from their legal counsel concluding that any activities of their respective businesses infringe, misappropriate, or otherwise violate, valid and enforceable Intellectual Property Rights of any other person. The Company and its subsidiaries have not received written notice of any challenge, which is to their knowledge still pending, by any other person to the rights of the Company and its subsidiaries with respect to any Intellectual Property Rights or Intellectual Property Assets owned or used by the Company or its subsidiaries. To the Company’s knowledge, the Company and its subsidiaries’ respective businesses as now conducted do not give rise to any infringement of, any misappropriation of, or other violation of, any valid and enforceable Intellectual Property Rights of any other person. All licenses for the use of the Intellectual Property Rights described in the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus are valid, binding upon, and enforceable by or against the parties thereto in accordance to its terms. The Company has complied in all material respects with, is not in material breach of, and has not received any asserted or threatened claim of breach of any Intellectual Property license. The Company has no knowledge of any breach or anticipated breach by any other person to any Intellectual Property license. Except as described in the General Disclosure Package, no claim has been made against the Company alleging the infringement by the Company of any Intellectual Property Rights of any other person. The Company has taken reasonable steps to protect, maintain and safeguard its Intellectual Property Rights, including the execution of appropriate nondisclosure and confidentiality agreements. The consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement will not result in the loss or impairment of or payment of any additional amounts with respect to, nor require the consent of any other person in respect of, the Company's right to own, use, or hold for use any of the Intellectual Property Rights as owned, used or held for use in the conduct of the business as currently conducted. With respect to the use of the software in the Company's business as it is currently conducted, the Company has not experienced any material defects in such software including any material error or omission in the processing of any transactions other than defects which have been corrected, and to the Company’s knowledge, no such software contains any device or feature designed to disrupt, disable, or otherwise impair the functioning of any software or is subject to the terms of any "open source" or other similar license that provides for the source code of the software to be publicly distributed or dedicated to the public.

 

(aa) Privacy Laws. To the extent applicable directly or to the extent represented, warranted, or covenanted to customers by contract,, the Company is, and at all prior times was, in material compliance with all applicable data privacy and security laws and regulations, including, without limitation, the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act (“HIPAA”), as amended by the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act (the “HITECH Act”) (42 U.S.C. Section 17921 et seq.); and the European Union General Data Protection Regulation (“GDPR”) (EU 2016/679) (collectively, “Privacy Laws”). To ensure compliance with the Privacy Laws, the Company has in place, complies with, and takes appropriate steps reasonably designed to ensure compliance in all material respects with its policies and procedures relating to data privacy and security and the collection, storage, use, disclosure, handling and analysis of Personal Data (the “Policies”). The Company provides accurate notice of its Policies to its customers, employees, third party vendors and representatives. The Policies provide accurate and sufficient notice of the Company’s then-current privacy practices relating to its subject matter and such Policies do not contain any material omissions of the Company’s then-current privacy practices. “Personal Data” means (i) a natural persons’ name, street address, telephone number, email address, photograph, social security number, bank information, or customer or account number; (ii) any information which would qualify as “personally identifying information” under the Federal Trade Commission Act, as amended; (iii) Protected Health Information as defined by HIPAA; (iv) “personal data” as defined by GDPR; and (v) any other piece of information that allows the identification of such natural person, or his or her family, or permits the collection or analysis of any data related to an identified person’s health or sexual orientation. None of such disclosures made or contained in any of the Policies have been inaccurate, misleading, deceptive or in violation of any Privacy Laws or Policies in any material respect. The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement or any other agreement referred to in this Agreement will not result in a breach of any Privacy Laws or Policies. The Company, (i) has not received notice of any actual or potential liability under or relating to, or actual or potential violation of, any of the Privacy Laws, and has no knowledge of any event or condition that would reasonably be expected to result in any such notice; (ii) is not currently conducting or paying for, in whole or in part, any investigation, remediation or other corrective action pursuant to any Privacy Law; or (iii) is not a party to any order, decree, or agreement that imposed any obligation or liability under any Privacy Law.

 

 
 12

 

(bb) IT Systems. There has been no security breach, or compromise, unauthorized acquisition, use, modification, disclosure or other misuse of, or damage, loss, or unauthorized access to, any of the Company’s information technology and computer systems, networks, hardware, software, data (including Personal Data, intellectual property, confidential information, the data of the Company’s customers, employees, suppliers, vendors, and any third party data maintained by or on behalf of the foregoing Persons), equipment or technology (“IT Systems and Data”) or any IT Systems and Data in the possession or control of a Company service provider (each, a “Security Incident”), and (y) the Company has not been notified of, and has no knowledge of any event or condition that would reasonably be expected to result in a Security Incident; and (ii) the Company has implemented reasonable measures to protect the IT Systems and Data from damage, loss, and unauthorized access, acquisition, use, modification, disclosure or other misuse, including backup and disaster recovery technology consistent with industry standards and practice.

 

(cc) Title to Real and Personal Property. The Company does not own any real property and the Company and each of its subsidiaries have valid and marketable rights to lease or otherwise use, all items of real or personal property which are material to the business of the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole, in each case free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, security interests, claims and defects that (i) do not, singularly or in the aggregate, materially affect the value of such property and do not materially interfere with the use made and proposed to be made of such property by the Company or any of its subsidiaries or (ii) would not reasonably be expected, singularly or in the aggregate, to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(dd) No Labor Dispute. There is (A) no significant unfair labor practice complaint pending against the Company, or any of its subsidiaries, nor to the Company’s knowledge, threatened against it or any of its subsidiaries, before the National Labor Relations Board, any state or local labor relation board or any foreign labor relations board, and no significant grievance or significant arbitration proceeding arising out of or under any collective bargaining agreement is so pending against the Company or any of its subsidiaries, or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened against it and (B) no labor disturbance by or dispute with, employees of the Company or any of its subsidiaries exists or, to the Company’s knowledge, is contemplated or threatened, and the Company is not aware of any existing or imminent labor disturbance by the employees of any of its or its subsidiaries’ principal suppliers, manufacturers, customers or contractors, that would reasonably be expected, singularly or in the aggregate, to have a Material Adverse Effect. The Company is not aware that any key employee or significant group of employees of the Company or any subsidiary plans to terminate employment with the Company or any such subsidiary.

 

 
 13

 

(ee) Compliance with ERISA. No “prohibited transaction” (as defined in Section 406 of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, including the regulations and published interpretations thereunder (“ERISA”), or Section 4975 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time (the “Code”)) or “accumulated funding deficiency” (as defined in Section 302 of ERISA) or any of the events set forth in Section 4043(b) of ERISA (other than events with respect to which the thirty (30)-day notice requirement under Section 4043 of ERISA has been waived) has occurred or would reasonably be expected to occur with respect to any employee benefit plan of the Company or any of its subsidiaries which would reasonably be expected, singularly or in the aggregate, to have a Material Adverse Effect. Each employee benefit plan of the Company or any of its subsidiaries is in compliance in all material respects with applicable law, including ERISA and the Code. The Company and its subsidiaries have not incurred and would not reasonably be expected to incur liability under Title IV of ERISA with respect to the termination of, or withdrawal from, any pension plan (as defined in ERISA). Each pension plan for which the Company or any of its subsidiaries would have any liability that is intended to be qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code is so qualified, and, to the Company’s knowledge, nothing has occurred, whether by action or by failure to act, which would, singularly or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to cause the loss of such qualification.

 

(ff) Environmental Laws and Hazardous Materials. The Company and its subsidiaries are in compliance in all material respects with all foreign, federal, state and local rules, laws and regulations relating to the use, treatment, storage and disposal of hazardous or toxic substances or waste and protection of health and safety or the environment which are applicable to their businesses (“Environmental Laws”). There has been no storage, generation, transportation, handling, treatment, disposal, discharge, emission, or other release of any kind of toxic or other wastes or other hazardous substances by, due to, or caused by the Company or any of its subsidiaries (or, to the Company’s knowledge, any other entity for whose acts or omissions the Company or any of its subsidiaries is or may otherwise be liable) upon any of the property now or previously owned or leased by the Company or any of its subsidiaries, or upon any other property, in violation of any law, statute, ordinance, rule, regulation, order, judgment, decree or permit or which would, under any law, statute, ordinance, rule (including rule of common law), regulation, order, judgment, decree or permit, give rise to any liability that would reasonably, singly or in the aggregate, be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and there has been no disposal, discharge, emission or other release of any kind onto such property or into the environment surrounding such property of any toxic or other wastes or other hazardous substances with respect to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries has knowledge.

 

(gg) Taxes. The Company and its subsidiaries each (i) have timely filed all necessary federal, state, local and foreign tax returns required to be filed, and all such returns were true, complete and correct in all material respects, (ii) have paid all federal, state, local and foreign taxes, for which it is liable, including, without limitation, all sales and use taxes and all taxes which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is obligated to withhold from amounts owing to employees, creditors and third parties, and (iii) do not have any tax deficiency or claims outstanding or assessed or, to its knowledge, proposed against any of them, except those, in each of the cases described in clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) above, that would not reasonably be expected, singularly or in the aggregate, to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(hh) Insurance. The Company and each of its subsidiaries carry, or are covered by, insurance in such amounts and covering such risks as the Company reasonably believes is adequate for the conduct of their respective businesses and the value of their respective properties. Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has any reason to believe that it will not be able to renew its existing insurance coverage as and when such coverage expires or to obtain similar coverage from similar insurers as may be necessary to continue its business at a cost that would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has received written notice from any insurer, agent of such insurer or the broker of the Company or any of its subsidiaries that any material capital improvements or any other material expenditures (other than premium payments) are required or necessary to be made in order to continue such insurance.

 

 
 14

 

(ii)   Accounting Controls. The Company and each of its subsidiaries maintains a system of “internal control over financial reporting” (as such term is defined in Rule 13a-15(f) of the General Rules and Regulations under the Exchange Act (the “Exchange Act Rules”)) that (i) complies with the requirements of the Exchange Act, (ii) enables the Company to comply with the AIM Rules, and (iii) has been designed by their respective principal executive and principal financial officers, or under their supervision, to provide reasonable assurances that (i) transactions are executed in accordance with management’s general or specific authorizations; (ii) transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP and to maintain accountability for assets; (iii) access to assets is permitted only in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization; and (iv) the recorded accountability for assets is compared with existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to any differences. The Company’s internal control over financial reporting is effective. Except as described in the General Disclosure Package, since the end of the Company’s most recent audited fiscal year, there has been (A) no material weakness in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting (whether or not remediated) and (B) no change in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

(jj)   Disclosure Controls. The Company and its subsidiaries maintain disclosure controls and procedures (as such term is defined in Rule 13a-15(e) of the Exchange Act Rules) that comply with the requirements of the Exchange Act; such disclosure controls and procedures have been designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by the Company and its subsidiaries in reports that they file or submit under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the Commission’s rules and forms, including controls and procedures designed to ensure that such information is accumulated and communicated to the Company’s management to allow timely decisions regarding disclosures.

 

(kk) Minute Books. The minute books of the Company have been made available to the Underwriters and counsel for the Underwriters, and such books (i) contain a complete summary of all meetings and actions of the board of directors (including each board committee) and stockholders of the Company (or analogous governing bodies and interest holders, as applicable), since the time of its incorporation through the date of the latest meeting and action, and (ii) accurately in all material respects reflect all transactions referred to in such minutes.

 

(ll)   No Undisclosed Relationships. No relationship, direct or indirect, exists between or among the Company or any of its subsidiaries on the one hand, and the directors, officers, stockholders (or analogous interest holders), customers or suppliers of the Company or any of its affiliates on the other hand, which is required to be described in the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus and which is not so described.

 

(mm) No Registration Rights. No person or entity has the right to require registration of shares of Common Stock or other securities of the Company or any of its subsidiaries because of the filing or effectiveness of the Registration Statement or otherwise, except for persons and entities who have expressly waived such right in writing or who have been given timely and proper written notice and have failed to exercise such right within the time or times required under the terms and conditions of such right. Except as described in the General Disclosure Package, there are no persons with registration rights or similar rights to have any securities registered by the Company or any of its subsidiaries under the Securities Act.

 

 
 15

 

(nn) Margin Rules. The application of the proceeds received by the Company from the issuance, sale and delivery of the Stock as described in the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus will not violate Regulation T, U or X of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve system or any other regulation of such Board of Governors.

 

(oo) No Broker’s Fees. Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries is a party to any contract, agreement or understanding with any person (other than this Agreement) that would give rise to a valid claim against the Company or any of its subsidiaries or the Underwriters for a brokerage commission, finder’s fee or like payment in connection with the offering and sale of the Stock or any transaction contemplated by this Agreement, the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus.

 

(pp) No Restrictions on Subsidiaries. Except as described in the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, no subsidiary of the Company is currently prohibited, directly or indirectly, under any agreement or other instrument to which it is a party or is subject, from paying any dividends to the Company, from making any other distribution on such subsidiary’s capital stock, from repaying to the Company any loans or advances to such subsidiary from the Company or from transferring any of such subsidiary’s properties or assets to the Company or any other subsidiary of the Company.

 

(qq) Forward-Looking Statements. No forward-looking statement (within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act and Section 21E of the Exchange Act) contained in either the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus has been made or reaffirmed without a reasonable basis or has been disclosed other than in good faith.

 

(rr)   Listing. The Stock has been approved for listing subject to notice of issuance on the Nasdaq Global Market (the “Exchange”), and the Stock outstanding as of the date hereof is admitted to trading on AIM under the symbols “MXCT” and “MXCN.” A registration statement has been filed on Form 8-A pursuant to Section 12 of the Exchange Act, which registration statement complies in all material respects with the Exchange Act.

 

(ss) Corporate Governance. The Company is in compliance with all admission requirements and continuing obligations pursuant to the AIM Rules, the Market Abuse Regulation and the UK Disclosure Guidance and Transparency Rules made by the UK Financial Conduct Authority, as amended from time to time (as applicable to the Company). The directors of the Company have considered the compliance by the Company with the principles of the 2018 Quoted Companies Alliance Governance Code and have established procedures to enable the Company to comply with the principles set out in such Governance Code.

 

(tt)   No Public Offering in European Economic Area. The Company has not made and, assuming compliance by the Underwriters with the requirements and restrictions described under the captions “Underwriting – European Economic Area” and “United Kingdom” in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, will not make an offer to the public of the Offered Securities in any member state of the European Economic Area.

 

 
 16

 

(uu) Sarbanes-Oxley Act. There is and has been no failure on the part of the company or, to the Company’s knowledge, any of the Company’s officers or directors, in their capacities as such, to comply with any provision of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the rules and regulations promulgated in connection therewith (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”), including Section 402 related to loans.

 

(vv) No Unlawful Payments. Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries nor, to the Company’s knowledge, any director, officer, employee, agent, affiliate or other person acting on behalf of the Company or any subsidiary, has (i) used any corporate funds for unlawful contributions, gifts, entertainment or other unlawful expenses relating to political activity, (ii) made any direct or indirect unlawful payment to foreign or domestic government officials or employees, political parties or campaigns, political party officials, or candidates for political office from corporate funds, (iii) violated or is in violation of any provision of the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, or any applicable anti-corruption laws, rules, or regulation of any other jurisdiction in which the Company or any subsidiary conducts business, or (iv) made any other unlawful bribe, rebate, payoff, influence payment, kickback, or other unlawful payment to any person.

 

(ww) Statistical and Market Data. The statistical and market related data included in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus are based on or derived from sources that the Company believes to be reliable and accurate, and such data agree with the sources from which they are derived in all material respects.

 

(xx)  Compliance with Anti-Money Laundering Laws. The operations of the Company and its subsidiaries are and have been conducted at all times in material compliance with all applicable financial recordkeeping and reporting requirements, including those of the U.S. Bank Secrecy Act, as amended by Title III of the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 (USA PATRIOT Act), and the applicable anti-money laundering statutes of jurisdictions where the Company and its subsidiaries conduct business, the rules and regulations thereunder and any related or similar rules, regulations or guidelines, issued, administered or enforced by any governmental agency (collectively, the “Anti-Money Laundering Laws”), and no action, suit or proceeding by or before any court or governmental agency, authority or body or any arbitrator involving the Company or any of its subsidiaries with respect to the Anti-Money Laundering Laws is pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened.

 

(yy) Compliance with OFAC.

 

(A)Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries, nor any director or officer thereof, nor, to the Company’s knowledge, any employee, agent, affiliate, representative or other person acting on behalf of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, is an individual or entity (“Person”) that is, or is owned or controlled by a Person that is: (i) the subject of any sanctions administered or enforced by the U.S. Department of Treasury’s Office of Foreign Assets Control (“OFAC”), the United Nations Security Council (“UNSC”), the European Union (“EU”), Her Majesty’s Treasury (“HMT”), or other relevant sanctions authority (collectively, “Sanctions”), nor (ii) located, organized or resident in a country or territory that is the subject of a U.S. government embargo (including, without limitation, Cuba, Iran, North Korea, Syria and the Crimea).

 

 
 17

 

(B)The Company will not, directly or indirectly, use the proceeds of the offering, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to any subsidiary, joint venture partner or other Person: (i) to fund or facilitate any activities or business of or with any Person that, at the time of such funding or facilitation, is the subject of Sanctions, or in any country or territory that, at the time of such funding or facilitation, is the subject of a U.S. government embargo; or (ii) in any other manner that will result in a violation of Sanctions by any Person (including any Person participating in the offering, whether as underwriter, advisor, investor or otherwise).

 

(C)For the past five (5) years, the Company and its subsidiaries have not knowingly engaged in, are not now knowingly engaged in, and will not engage in, any direct or indirect dealings or transactions with any Person that at the time of the dealing or transaction is or was the subject of Sanctions or any country or territory that, at the time of the dealing or transaction is or was the subject of a U.S. government embargo.

 

(zz)  No Associated Persons; FINRA Matters. Neither the Company nor, to the Company’s knowledge, any of its affiliates (within the meaning of FINRA Rule 5121(f)(1)) directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, or is an associated person (within the meaning of Article I, Section 1(ee) of the By-laws of FINRA) of, any member firm of FINRA.

 

(aaa) Certification Regarding Beneficial Owners. The Company has delivered to the Representatives a properly completed and executed Certification Regarding Beneficial Owners of Legal Entity Customers, and, if required, copies of identifying documentation.

 

(bbb) No Acquisitions or Dispositions. Except as are described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, there are no contracts, letters of intent, term sheets, agreement, arrangements or understandings with respect to the direct or indirect acquisition or disposition by the Company of material interests in real or personal property.

 

Any certificate signed by or on behalf of the Company and delivered to the Representatives or to counsel for the Underwriters shall be deemed to be a representation and warranty by the Company to each Underwriter as to the matters covered thereby.

 

3.            Purchase, Sale and Delivery of Offered Securities. On the basis of the representations, warranties and agreements herein contained, but subject to the terms and conditions herein set forth, the Company agrees to sell to the Underwriters, and the Underwriters agree, severally and not jointly, to purchase from the Company the respective numbers of shares of Firm Stock set forth opposite the names of the Underwriters in Schedule A hereto.

 

The purchase price per share to be paid by the Underwriters to the Company for the Stock will be $[●] per share (the “Purchase Price”).

 

The Company will deliver the Firm Stock to the Representatives for the respective accounts of the several Underwriters, through the facilities of The Depository Trust Company, in each such case, issued in such names and in such denominations as the Representatives may direct by notice in writing to the Company given at or prior to 12:00 Noon, New York time, on the second (2nd) full business day preceding the Closing Date against payment of the aggregate Purchase Price therefor by wire transfer in federal (same day) funds to an account at a bank specified by the Company payable to the order of the Company for the Firm Stock sold by them all at the offices of DLA Piper LLP (US), 4365 Executive Dr., Suite 1100, San Diego, CA 92121. Time shall be of the essence, and delivery at the time and place specified pursuant to this Agreement is a further condition of the obligations of each Underwriter hereunder. The time and date of the delivery and closing shall be at 10:00 A.M., New York time, on [●], 2021, in accordance with Rule 15c6-1 of the Exchange Act. The time and date of such payment and delivery are herein referred to as the “Closing Date”. The Closing Date and the location of delivery of, and the form of payment for, the Firm Stock may be varied by agreement between the Company and the Representatives.

 

 
 18

 

The Underwriters may purchase all or less than all of the Optional Stock. The price per share to be paid for the Optional Stock shall be the Purchase Price. The Company agrees to sell to the Underwriters the number of shares of Optional Stock specified in the written notice delivered by the Representatives to the Company described below and the Underwriters agree, severally and not jointly, to purchase such shares of Optional Stock. Such shares of Optional Stock shall be purchased from the Company for the account of each Underwriter in the same proportion as the number of shares of Firm Stock set forth opposite such Underwriter’s name on Schedule A bears to the total number of shares of Firm Stock (subject to adjustment by the Representatives to eliminate fractions). The option granted hereby may be exercised as to all or any part of the Optional Stock at any time, and from time to time, provided however, that notice of such exercise must be delivered not more than thirty (30) days subsequent to the date of this Agreement. No Optional Stock shall be sold and delivered unless the Firm Stock previously has been, or simultaneously is, sold and delivered. The right to purchase the Optional Stock or any portion thereof may be surrendered and terminated at any time upon notice by Representatives to the Company.

 

The option granted hereby shall be exercised by written notice being given to the Company by the Representatives setting forth the number of shares of the Optional Stock to be purchased by the Underwriters and the date and time for delivery of and payment for the Optional Stock. Each date and time for delivery of and payment for the Optional Stock (which may be the Closing Date, but not earlier) is herein called the “Option Closing Date” and shall in no event be earlier than two (2) business days nor later than five (5) business days after written notice is given. The Option Closing Date and the Closing Date are herein called the “Closing Dates.”

 

The Company will deliver the Optional Stock to the Representatives for the respective accounts of the several Underwriters through the facilities of The Depository Trust Company issued in such names and in such denominations as the Representatives may direct by notice in writing to the Company given at or prior to 12:00 Noon, New York time, on the second (2nd) full business day preceding the Option Closing Date against payment of the aggregate Purchase Price therefor by wire transfer in federal (same day) funds to an account at a bank acceptable to the Representatives payable to the order of the Company all at the offices of DLA Piper LLP (US), 4365 Executive Dr., Suite 1100, San Diego, CA 92121. Time shall be of the essence, and delivery at the time and place specified pursuant to this Agreement is a further condition of the obligations of each Underwriter hereunder. The Option Closing Date and the location of delivery of, and the form of payment for, the Optional Stock may be varied by agreement between the Company and the Representatives.

 

The several Underwriters propose to offer the Stock for sale upon the terms and conditions set forth in the Prospectus.

 

 
 19

 

4.            Further Agreements

 

(i)    Further Agreements Of The Company. The Company agrees with the several Underwriters:

 

(a)   Required Filings; Amendments or Supplements; Notice to the Representative. To prepare the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement, if necessary, in a form approved, which approval may not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, by the Representatives and file such Rule 462(b) Registration Statement with the Commission by 10:00 P.M., New York time, on the date hereof, and the Company shall at the time of filing either pay to the Commission the filing fee for the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement or give irrevocable instructions for the payment of such fee pursuant to Rule 111(b) under the Rules and Regulations; to prepare the Prospectus in a form approved, which approval may not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, by the Representatives containing information previously omitted at the time of effectiveness of the Registration Statement in reliance on Rules 430A, 430B or 430C of the Rules and Regulations and to file such Prospectus pursuant to Rule 424(b) of the Rules and Regulations not later than the second (2nd) business day following the execution and delivery of this Agreement or, if applicable, such earlier time as may be required by the Securities Act; to notify the Representatives immediately of the Company’s intention to file or prepare any supplement or amendment to the Registration Statement or to the Prospectus and to make no amendment or supplement to the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or to the Prospectus to which the Representatives shall reasonably object by notice to the Company after a reasonable period to review; to advise the Representatives, promptly after it receives notice thereof, of the time when any amendment to the Registration Statement has been filed or becomes effective or any supplement to the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus or any amended Prospectus or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication has been filed and to furnish the Underwriters with copies thereof; to file promptly all material required to be filed by the Company with the Commission pursuant to Rules 433(d) or 163(b)(2) of the Rules and Regulations, as the case may be; to advise the Representatives, promptly after it receives notice thereof, of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order or of any order preventing or suspending the use of any Preliminary Prospectus, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, the Prospectus or any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication, of the suspension of the qualification of the Stock for offering or sale in any jurisdiction, of the initiation or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatening of any proceeding for any such purpose, or of any request by the Commission for the amending or supplementing of the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus or for additional information including, but not limited to, any request for information concerning any Testing-the-Waters Communication; and, in the event of the issuance of any stop order or of any order preventing or suspending the use of any Preliminary Prospectus, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or the Prospectus or suspending any such qualification, and promptly to use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain the withdrawal of such order.

 

(b)   Emerging Growth Company. The Company will promptly notify the Representatives if the Company ceases to be an Emerging Growth Company at any time prior to the later of (a) the completion of the distribution of the Firm Stock within the meaning of the Securities Act and (b) completion of the Lock-Up Period (as defined below).

 

If at any time following the distribution of any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication there occurred or occurs an event or development as a result of which such Written Testing-the-Waters Communication included or would include an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted or would omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances existing at that subsequent time, not misleading, the Company will promptly notify the Representatives and will promptly amend or supplement, at its own expense, such Written Testing-the-Waters Communication to eliminate or correct such untrue statement or omission.

 

 
 20

 

(c)   Permitted Free Writing Prospectus. The Company represents and agrees that, unless it obtains the prior consent of the Representatives, not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, and each Underwriter represents and agrees that, unless it obtains the prior consent of the Company and the Representatives, not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, it has not made and will not make, any offer relating to the Stock that would constitute a “free writing prospectus” as defined in Rule 405 of the Rules and Regulations unless the prior written consent of the Representatives has been received (each, a “Permitted Free Writing Prospectus”); provided that the prior written consent of the Representatives hereto shall be deemed to have been given in respect of the Issuer Free Writing Prospectuses included in Schedule B hereto. The Company represents that it has treated and agrees that it will treat each Permitted Free Writing Prospectus as an Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, comply with the requirements of Rules 164 and 433 of the Rules and Regulations applicable to any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, including the requirements relating to timely filing with the Commission, legending and record keeping and will not take any action that would result in an Underwriter or the Company being required to file with the Commission pursuant to Rule 433(d) of the Rules and Regulations a free writing prospectus prepared by or on behalf of such Underwriter that such Underwriter otherwise would not have been required to file thereunder. The Company will satisfy the condition in Rule 433 of the Rules and Regulations to avoid a requirement to file with the Commission any electronic road show.

 

(d)   Ongoing Compliance. If at any time prior to the date when a prospectus relating to the Stock is required to be delivered (or in lieu thereof, the notice referred to in Rule 173(a) under the Securities Act) any event occurs or condition exists as a result of which the Prospectus as then amended or supplemented would include any untrue statement of a material fact, or omit to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made when the Prospectus is delivered (or in lieu thereof, the notice referred to in Rule 173(a) of the Rules and Regulations), not misleading, or if it is necessary at any time to amend or supplement the Registration Statement or the Prospectus to comply with the Securities Act, that the Company will promptly notify the Representatives thereof and upon their request will prepare an appropriate amendment or supplement in form and substance satisfactory to the Representatives which will correct such statement or omission or effect such compliance and will use its reasonable best efforts to have any amendment to the Registration Statement declared effective as soon as possible. The Company will furnish without charge to each Underwriter and to any dealer in securities as many copies as the Representatives may from time to time reasonably request of such amendment or supplement. In case any Underwriter is required to deliver a prospectus (or in lieu thereof, the notice referred to in Rule 173(a) of the Rules and Regulations) relating to the Stock, the Company upon the request of the Representatives will prepare promptly an amended or supplemented Prospectus as may be necessary to permit compliance with the requirements of Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act and deliver to such Underwriter as many copies as such Underwriter may reasonably request of such amended or supplemented Prospectus complying with Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act.

 

(e)   Amendment to General Disclosure Package. If the General Disclosure Package is being used to solicit offers to buy the Stock at a time when the Prospectus is not yet available to prospective purchasers and any event shall occur as a result of which, in the judgment of the Company or in the reasonable opinion of the Underwriters, it becomes necessary to amend or supplement the General Disclosure Package in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances then prevailing, not misleading, or to make the statements therein not conflict with the information contained in the Registration Statement then on file and not superseded or modified, or if it is necessary at any time to amend or supplement the General Disclosure Package to comply with any law, the Company promptly will prepare, file with the Commission (if required) and furnish to the Underwriters and any dealers an appropriate amendment or supplement to the General Disclosure Package.

 

 
 21

 

(f)   Amendment to Issuer Free Writing Prospectus. If at any time following issuance of an Issuer Free Writing Prospectus there occurred or occurs an event or development as a result of which such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus conflicted or will conflict with the information contained in the Registration Statement, Pricing Prospectus or Prospectus and not superseded or modified or included or would include an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted or would omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances prevailing at the subsequent time, not misleading, the Company has promptly notified or will promptly notify the Representatives so that any use of the Issuer Free Writing Prospectus may cease until it is amended or supplemented and has promptly amended or will promptly amend or supplement, at its own expense, such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus to eliminate or correct such conflict, untrue statement or omission. The foregoing sentence does not apply to statements in or omissions from any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus in reliance upon, and in conformity with, written information furnished to the Company through the Representatives by or on behalf of any Underwriter specifically for inclusion therein, which information the parties hereto agree is limited to the Underwriter’s Information.

 

(g)  Delivery of Registration Statement. To the extent not available on the Commission’s Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis and Retrieval system or any successor system (“EDGAR”), upon the request of the Representatives, to furnish promptly to the Representatives and to counsel for the Underwriters a signed copy of the Registration Statement as originally filed with the Commission, and of each amendment thereto filed with the Commission, including all consents and exhibits filed therewith.

 

(h)   Delivery of Copies. Upon request of the Representatives, to the extent not available on EDGAR, to deliver promptly to the Representatives in New York City such number of the following documents as the Representatives shall reasonably request: (i) conformed copies of the Registration Statement as originally filed with the Commission (in each case excluding exhibits), (ii) each Preliminary Prospectus, (iii) any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, (iv) the Prospectus (the delivery of the documents referred to in clauses (i), (ii), (iii) and (iv) of this paragraph (h) to be made not later than 10:00 A.M., New York time, on the business day following the execution and delivery of this Agreement), (v) conformed copies of any amendment to the Registration Statement (excluding exhibits) and (vi) any amendment or supplement to the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus (the delivery of the documents referred to in clauses (v) and (vi) of this paragraph (h) to be made not later than 10:00 A.M., New York City time, on the business day following the date of such amendment or supplement).

 

(i)    Earnings Statement. To make generally available to its stockholders as soon as practicable, but in any event not later than sixteen (16) months after the effective date of the Registration Statement (as defined in Rule 158(c) of the Rules and Regulations), an earnings statement of the Company and its subsidiaries (which need not be audited) complying with Section 11(a) of the Securities Act (including, at the option of the Company, Rule 158), which may be satisfied by the Company’s filings on EDGAR.

 

 
 22

 

(j)    Blue Sky Compliance. To take promptly from time to time such actions as the Representatives may reasonably request to qualify the Stock for offering and sale under the securities or Blue Sky laws of such jurisdictions (domestic or foreign) as the Representatives may reasonably designate and to continue such qualifications in effect, and to comply with such laws, for so long as required to permit the offer and sale of Stock in such jurisdictions; provided that the Company and its subsidiaries shall not be obligated to (i) qualify as foreign corporations in any jurisdiction in which they are not so qualified, (ii) file a general consent to service of process in any jurisdiction or (iii) subject itself to taxation in any such jurisdiction if it is not otherwise so subject.

 

(k)   Reports. Upon request, during the period of three (3) years from the date hereof, to deliver to each of the Underwriters, (i) as soon as they are available, copies of all reports or other communications (financial or other) furnished to stockholders of the Company, and (ii) as soon as they are available, copies of any reports and financial statements furnished or filed with the Commission or any national securities exchange on which the Stock is listed. However, so long as the Company is subject to the reporting requirements of either Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act and is timely filing reports with the Commission on its EDGAR system , it is not required to furnish such reports or statements to the Underwriters.

 

(l)    Lock-Up. During the period commencing on and including the date hereof and ending on and including the (90th) day following the date of this Agreement, (the “Lock-Up Period”) the Company will not, without the prior written consent of the Representatives (which consent may be withheld at the sole discretion of the Representatives), directly or indirectly offer, sell (including, without limitation, any short sale), assign, transfer, pledge, contract to sell, establish an open “put equivalent position” within the meaning of Rule 16a-1(h) under the Exchange Act, or otherwise dispose of, or announce the offering of, or submit or file any registration statement under the Securities Act in respect of, any Common Stock, options, rights or warrants to acquire Common Stock or securities exchangeable or exercisable for or convertible into Common Stock (other than is contemplated by this Agreement with respect to the Stock) or publicly announce any intention to do any of the foregoing; provided, however, that the Company may (i) issue Common Stock and options to purchase Common Stock, shares of Common Stock underlying options granted and other securities, each pursuant to any director or employee stock option plan, stock ownership plan or dividend reinvestment plan of the Company in effect on the date hereof and described in the General Disclosure Package; (ii) issue Common Stock pursuant to the conversion of securities or the exercise of warrants, which securities or warrants are outstanding on the date hereof and described in the General Disclosure Package; (iii) adopt a new equity incentive plan, and file a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register the offer and sale of securities to be issued pursuant to such new equity incentive plan, and issue securities pursuant to such new equity incentive plan (including, without limitation, the issuance of shares of Common Stock upon the exercise of options or other securities issued pursuant to such new equity incentive plan), provided that (1) such new equity incentive plan satisfies the transaction requirements of General Instruction A.1 of Form S-8 under the Securities Act and (2) this clause (iii) shall not be available unless each recipient of shares of Common Stock, or securities exchangeable or exercisable for or convertible into Common Stock, pursuant to such new equity incentive plan shall be contractually prohibited from selling, offering, disposing of or otherwise transferring any such shares or securities during the remainder of the Lock-Up Period. The Company will cause each officer and director of the Company to furnish to the Representatives, prior to the Closing Date, a “lock-up” agreement, substantially in the form of Exhibit I hereto. In addition, the Company will direct the transfer agent to place stop transfer restrictions upon any such securities of the Company that are bound by such “lock-up” agreements.

 

 
 23

 

(m)            Release of Lock-Up. If the Representatives, in their sole discretion, agree to release or waive the restrictions set forth in a lock-up letter described in Section 4(i)(l) hereof for an officer or director of the Company and provides the Company with notice of the impending release or waiver at least three business days before the effective date of the release or waiver, the Company agrees to announce the impending release or waiver by a press release substantially in the form of Exhibit II hereto through a major news service at least two business days before the effective date of the release or waiver.

 

(n)            Delivery of SEC Correspondence. To supply the Underwriters with copies of all correspondence to and from, and all documents issued to and by, the Commission in connection with the registration of the Stock under the Securities Act or any of the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto or document incorporated by reference therein.

 

(o)            Press Releases. Prior to the Closing Date, not to issue any press release or other public communication directly or indirectly or hold any press conference with respect to the Company, its condition, financial or otherwise, or earnings, business affairs or business prospects (except for routine oral marketing communications in the ordinary course of business and consistent with the past practices of the Company and of which the Representatives are notified), without the prior consent of the Representatives, unless in the judgment of the Company and its counsel, and after notification to the Representatives, such press release or communication is required by law.

 

(p)            Compliance with Regulation M. Until the Underwriters shall have notified the Company of the completion of the resale of the Stock, that the Company will not, and will use its reasonable efforts to cause its affiliated purchasers (as defined in Regulation M under the Exchange Act) not to, either alone or with one or more other persons, bid for or purchase, for any account in which it or any of its affiliated purchasers has a beneficial interest, any Stock, or attempt to induce any person to purchase any Stock; and not to, and to use its reasonable efforts to cause its affiliated purchasers not to, make bids or purchase for the purpose of creating actual, or apparent, active trading in or of raising the price of the Stock.

 

(q)   Registrar and Transfer Agent. To maintain, at its expense, a registrar and transfer agent for the Stock.

 

(r)    Use of Proceeds. To apply the net proceeds from the sale of the Stock as set forth in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus under the heading “Use of Proceeds,” and except as disclosed in the General Disclosure Package, the Company does not intend to use any of the proceeds from the sale of the Stock hereunder to repay any outstanding debt owed to any affiliate of any Underwriter.

 

(s)   Exchange Listing. To use its reasonable efforts to list the Stock on the Nasdaq Global Market and to maintain admission of the Stock to trading on AIM.

 

(t)    Performance of Covenants and Satisfaction of Conditions. To use its reasonable efforts to do and perform all things required to be done or performed under this Agreement by the Company prior to each Closing Date and to satisfy all conditions precedent to the delivery of the Firm Stock and the Optional Stock.

 

 
 24

 

(ii)  Payment of Expenses. The Company agrees to pay, or reimburse if paid by any Underwriter, whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby are consummated or this Agreement is terminated: (a) the costs incident to the authorization, issuance, sale, preparation and delivery of the Stock and any taxes payable in that connection; (b) the costs incident to the registration of the Stock under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act; (c) the costs incident to the preparation, printing and distribution of the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, the General Disclosure Package, the Prospectus, any amendments, supplements and exhibits thereto and the costs of printing, reproducing and distributing the Underwriters’ Questionnaire, this Agreement and any closing documents by mail, telex or other means of communications; (d) the fees and expenses (including related reasonable and documented fees and expenses of counsel for the Underwriters) incurred in connection with securing any required review by FINRA of the terms of the sale of the Stock and any filings made with FINRA; (e) any applicable listing or other fees; (f) the fees and expenses (including related reasonable and documented fees and expenses of counsel to the Underwriters) of qualifying the Stock under the securities laws of the several jurisdictions as provided in Section 4(i)(j)) and of preparing, printing and distributing wrappers, Blue Sky Memoranda and Legal Investment Surveys; (g) the cost of preparing and printing stock certificates; (h) all fees and expenses of the registrar and transfer agent of the Stock; (i) the costs and expenses of the Company relating to investor presentations on any “road show” undertaken in connection with the marketing of the offering of the Stock, including, without limitation, expenses associated with the preparation or dissemination of any electronic road show, expenses associated with the production of road show slides and graphics, fees and expenses of any consultants engaged in connection with the road show presentations with the prior approval of the Company, travel and lodging expenses of the officers of the Company and such consultants, including one-half of the cost of any aircraft chartered in connection with the road show with the prior approval of the Company, and (j) all other costs and expenses incident to the offering of the Stock or the performance of the obligations of the Company under this Agreement (including, without limitation, the fees and expenses of the Company’s counsel and the Company’s independent accountants); provided, however, that the fees of counsel for the Underwriters incurred pursuant to clauses (d) and (f) of this Section 5 shall not exceed $30,000 in the aggregate; and provided, further, that, except to the extent otherwise provided in this Section 5 and in Sections 9 and 10, the Underwriters shall pay their own costs and expenses, including the fees and expenses of their counsel not contemplated herein, any transfer taxes on the resale of any Stock by them and the expenses of advertising any offering of the Stock made by the Underwriters.

 

5.      Conditions of Underwriters’ Obligations. The respective obligations of the several Underwriters hereunder are subject to the accuracy, when made and as of the Applicable Time and on such Closing Date, of the representations and warranties of the Company contained herein, to the accuracy of the statements of the Company made in any certificates pursuant to the provisions hereof, to the performance by the Company of its obligations hereunder, and to each of the following additional terms and conditions:

 

(a)  Registration Compliance; No Stop Orders. The Registration Statement has become effective under the Securities Act, and no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or any part thereof, preventing or suspending the use of any Preliminary Prospectus, the Prospectus or any Permitted Free Writing Prospectus or any part thereof shall have been issued and no proceedings for that purpose or pursuant to Section 8A under the Securities Act shall have been initiated or threatened by the Commission, and all requests for additional information on the part of the Commission (to be included in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus or otherwise) shall have been complied with to the reasonable satisfaction of the Representatives; the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement, if any, each Issuer Free Writing Prospectus and the Prospectus shall have been filed with, the Commission within the applicable time period prescribed for such filing by, and in compliance with, the Rules and Regulations and in accordance with Section 4(i)(a), and the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement, if any, shall have become effective immediately upon its filing with the Commission; and FINRA shall have raised no unresolved objection to the fairness and reasonableness of the terms of this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

 
 25

 

(b)   No Material Misstatements. None of the Underwriters shall have discovered and disclosed to the Company on or prior to each Closing Date that the Registration Statement or any amendment or supplement thereto contains an untrue statement of a fact which, in the opinion of counsel for the Underwriters, is material or omits to state any fact which, in the opinion of such counsel, is material and is required to be stated therein or is necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, or that the General Disclosure Package, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto contains an untrue statement of fact which, in the opinion of such counsel, is material or omits to state any fact which, in the opinion of such counsel, is material and is necessary in order to make the statements, in the light of the circumstances in which they were made, not misleading.

 

(c)   Corporate Proceedings. All corporate proceedings incident to the authorization, form and validity of each of this Agreement, the Stock, the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package, each Issuer Free Writing Prospectus and the Prospectus and all other legal matters relating to this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby shall be reasonably satisfactory in all material respects to counsel for the Underwriters, and the Company shall have furnished to such counsel all documents and information that they may reasonably request to enable them to pass upon such matters.

 

(d)   Opinion and 10b-5 Statement of Counsel for the Company. Cooley LLP shall have furnished to the Representatives such counsel’s written opinion and 10b-5 Statement, as counsel to the Company, addressed to the Underwriters and dated such Closing Date, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Representatives.

 

 

(e)   Opinion and 10b-5 Statement of Intellectual Property Counsel for the Company. Norton Rose Fulbright US LLP shall have furnished to the Representatives such counsel’s written opinion, as intellectual property counsel to the Company, addressed to the Underwriters and dated such Closing Date, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Representatives.

 

(f)    Opinion and 10b-5 Statement of Counsel for the Underwriters. The Representatives shall have received from DLA Piper LLP (US), counsel for the Underwriters, such opinion or opinions and 10b-5 Statement, dated such Closing Date, with respect to such matters as the Underwriters may reasonably require, and the Company shall have furnished to such counsel such documents as they request for enabling them to pass upon such matters.

 

(g)   Comfort Letter. At the time of the execution of this Agreement, the Representatives shall have received from CohnReznick LLP a letter, addressed to the Underwriters, executed and dated such date, in form and substance satisfactory to the Representatives (i) confirming that they are an independent registered accounting firm with respect to the Company and its subsidiaries within the meaning of the Securities Act and the Rules and Regulations and PCAOB and (ii) stating the conclusions and findings of such firm, of the type ordinarily included in accountants’ “comfort letters” to underwriters, with respect to the financial statements and certain financial information contained or incorporated by reference in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.

 

 
 26

 

(h)   Bring Down Comfort Letter. On the effective date of any post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement and on such Closing Date, the Representatives shall have received a letter (the “bring-down letter”) from CohnReznick LLP addressed to the Underwriters and dated such Closing Date confirming, as of the date of the bring-down letter (or, with respect to matters involving changes or developments since the respective dates as of which specified financial information is given in the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, as the case may be, as of a date not more than three (3) business days prior to the date of the bring-down letter), the conclusions and findings of such firm, of the type ordinarily included in accountants’ “comfort letters” to underwriters, with respect to the financial information and other matters covered by its letter delivered to the Representatives concurrently with the execution of this Agreement pursuant to paragraph (f) of this Section 6.

 

(i)    Officer’s Certificate. The Company shall have furnished to the Representatives a certificate, dated such Closing Date, of its Chairman of the Board, President or Chief Executive Officer and its Chief Financial Officer stating in their respective capacities as officers of the Company on behalf of the Company that (i) no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement (including, for avoidance of doubt, any Rule 462(b) Registration Statement), or any post-effective amendment thereto, shall be in effect and no proceedings for such purpose shall have been instituted or, to their knowledge, threatened by the Commission, (ii) for the period from and including the date of this Agreement through and including such Closing Date, there has not occurred any Material Adverse Effect, (iii) to their knowledge, after reasonable investigation, as of such Closing Date, the representations and warranties of the Company in this Agreement are true and correct and the Company has complied with all agreements and satisfied all conditions on its part to be performed or satisfied hereunder at or prior to such Closing Date, and (iv) there has not been, subsequent to the date of the most recent audited financial statements included or incorporated by reference in the General Disclosure Package, any Material Adverse Effect in the financial position or results of operations of the Company, or any change or development that, singularly or in the aggregate, would reasonably be expected to involve a Material Adverse Effect, except as set forth in the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.

 

(j)    No Material Adverse Effect. Since the date of the latest audited financial statements included in the General Disclosure Package, (i) neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries shall have sustained any loss or interference with its business from fire, explosion, flood or other calamity, whether or not covered by insurance, or from any labor dispute or court or governmental action, order or decree, otherwise than as set forth in the General Disclosure Package, and (ii) there shall not have been any change in the capital stock or long-term debt of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, or any change, or any development involving a prospective change, in or affecting the business, general affairs, management, financial position, stockholders’ equity or results of operations of the Company and its subsidiaries, otherwise than as set forth in the General Disclosure Package, the effect of which, in any such case described in clause (i) or (ii) of this paragraph (i), is, in the judgment of the Representatives, so material and adverse as to make it impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the sale or delivery of the Stock on the terms and in the manner contemplated in the General Disclosure Package.

 

(k)   No Legal Impediment to Issuance. No action shall have been taken and no law, statute, rule, regulation or order shall have been enacted, adopted or issued by any governmental or regulatory agency or body which would prevent the issuance or sale of the Stock; and no injunction, restraining order or order of any other nature by any federal or state court of competent jurisdiction shall have been issued which would prevent the issuance or sale of the Stock or materially and adversely affect or potentially materially and adversely affect the business or operations of the Company.

 

 
 27

 

(l)    No Downgrade. Subsequent to the execution and delivery of this Agreement (i) no downgrading shall have occurred in the Company’s corporate credit rating or the rating accorded the Company’s debt securities by any “nationally recognized statistical rating organization,” as that term is defined by the Commission for purposes of Rule 436(g)(2) of the Rules and Regulations and (ii) no such organization shall have publicly announced that it has under surveillance or review (other than an announcement with positive implications of a possible upgrading), the Company’s corporate credit rating or the rating of any of the Company’s debt securities.

 

(m)  Market Conditions. Subsequent to the execution and delivery of this Agreement there shall not have occurred any of the following: (i) trading in any of the Company’s securities shall have been suspended or materially limited by the Commission or the Exchange, or trading in securities generally on the New York Stock Exchange, the Nasdaq Global Market, Nasdaq, the London Stock Exchange, AIM , NASDAQ Capital Market or the NYSE American LLC, or in the over-the-counter market, or trading in any securities of the Company on any exchange or in the over-the-counter market, shall have been suspended or materially limited, or minimum or maximum prices or maximum range for prices shall have been established on any such exchange or such market by the Commission, by such exchange or market or by any other regulatory body or governmental authority having jurisdiction, (ii) a banking moratorium shall have been declared by Federal or state authorities or a material disruption has occurred in commercial banking or securities settlement or clearance services in the United States, (iii) the United States shall have become engaged in hostilities, or the subject of an act of terrorism, or there shall have been an outbreak of or escalation in hostilities involving the United States, or there shall have been a declaration of a national emergency or war by the United States or (iv) there shall have occurred such a material adverse change in general economic, political or financial conditions (or the effect of international conditions on the financial markets in the United States shall be such) as to make it, in the judgment of the Representatives, impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the sale or delivery of the Stock on the terms and in the manner contemplated in the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.

 

(n)   Exchange Listing. The Exchange shall have approved the Stock for listing therein, subject only to official notice of issuance and evidence of satisfactory distribution.

 

(o)   Good Standing. The Representatives shall have received on and as of such Closing Date satisfactory evidence of the good standing of the Company in its jurisdiction of organization and its good standing as a foreign entity in such other jurisdictions as the Representatives may reasonably request, in each case in writing or any standard form of telecommunication from the appropriate Governmental Authorities of such jurisdictions.

 

(p)   Lock Up Agreements. The Representatives shall have received the written agreements, substantially in the form of Exhibit I hereto, of the officers and directors of the Company.

 

(q)   Secretary’s Certificate. The Company shall have furnished to the Representatives a Secretary’s Certificate of the Company, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to counsel for the Underwriters and customary for the type of offering contemplated by this Agreement.

 

 
 28

 

(r)    [Chief Financial Officer Certificate. The Company shall have furnished to the Representatives a certificate, dated such Closing Date, of its Chief Financial Officer, substantially in the form of Exhibit VI hereto.]

 

(s)  Additional Documents. On or prior to such Closing Date, the Company shall have furnished to the Representatives such further certificates and documents as the Representatives may reasonably request.

 

All opinions, letters, evidence and certificates mentioned above or elsewhere in this Agreement shall be deemed to be in compliance with the provisions hereof only if they are in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to counsel for the Underwriters.

 

6.             Indemnification and Contribution.

 

(a)  Indemnification of Underwriters by the Company. The Company shall indemnify and hold harmless:

 

each Underwriter, its affiliates, directors, officers, managers, members, employees, representatives and agents and each person, if any, who controls any Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act (collectively the “Underwriter Indemnified Parties,” and each an “Underwriter Indemnified Party”) against any loss, claim, damage, expense or liability whatsoever (or any action, investigation or proceeding in respect thereof), joint or several, to which such Underwriter Indemnified Party may become subject, under the Securities Act or otherwise, insofar as such loss, claim, damage, expense, liability, action, investigation or proceeding arises out of or is based upon (A) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication, any Preliminary Prospectus, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, any “issuer information” filed or required to be filed pursuant to Rule 433(d) of the Rules and Regulations, the Registration Statement, the Prospectus, or in any amendment or supplement thereto or in any materials or information provided to investors by, or with the approval of, the Company in connection with the marketing of the offering of the Common Stock, including any roadshow or investor presentations made to investors by the Company (whether in person or electronically) (“Marketing Materials”) or (B) the omission or alleged omission to state in any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication, any Preliminary Prospectus, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, any “issuer information” filed or required to be filed pursuant to Rule 433(d) of the Rules and Regulations, the Registration Statement or the Prospectus, or in any amendment or supplement thereto or in any Marketing Materials, a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and shall reimburse each Underwriter Indemnified Party promptly upon demand for any reasonable and documented legal fees or other expenses reasonably incurred by that Underwriter Indemnified Party in connection with investigating, or preparing to defend, or defending against, or appearing as a third party witness in respect of, or otherwise incurred in connection with, any such loss, claim, damage, expense, liability, action, investigation or proceeding, as such fees and expenses are incurred; provided, however, that the Company shall not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage, expense or liability arises out of or is based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement in, or omission or alleged omission from any Preliminary Prospectus, the Registration Statement or the Prospectus, or any such amendment or supplement thereto, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or any Marketing Materials made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company through the Representatives by or on behalf of any Underwriter specifically for use therein, which information the parties hereto agree is limited to the Underwriter’s Information.

 

 
 29

 

The indemnity agreement in this Section 6(a) is not exclusive and is in addition to each other liability which the Company might have under this Agreement or otherwise, and shall not limit any rights or remedies which may otherwise be available under this Agreement, at law or in equity to any Underwriter Indemnified Party.

 

(b)   Indemnification of Company by the Underwriters. Each Underwriter, severally and not jointly, shall indemnify and hold harmless the Company and its directors, its officers who signed the Registration Statement and each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act (collectively the “Company Indemnified Parties” and each a “Company Indemnified Party”) against any loss, claim, damage, expense or liability whatsoever (or any action, investigation or proceeding in respect thereof), joint or several, to which such Company Indemnified Party may become subject, under the Securities Act or otherwise, insofar as such loss, claim, damage, expense, liability, action, investigation or proceeding arises out of or is based upon (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Preliminary Prospectus, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, any “issuer information” filed or required to be filed pursuant to Rule 433(d) of the Rules and Regulations, the Registration Statement or the Prospectus, or in any amendment or supplement thereto, or (ii) the omission or alleged omission to state in any Preliminary Prospectus, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, any “issuer information” filed or required to be filed pursuant to Rule 433(d) of the Rules and Regulations, the Registration Statement or the Prospectus, or in any amendment or supplement thereto, a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, but in each case only to the extent that the untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission was made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company through the Representatives by or on behalf of that Underwriter specifically for use therein, which information the parties hereto agree is limited to the Underwriter’s Information, and shall reimburse the Company Indemnified Parties for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such party in connection with investigating or preparing to defend or defending against or appearing as third party witness in connection with any such loss, claim, damage, liability, action, investigation or proceeding, as such fees and expenses are incurred. This indemnity agreement is not exclusive and will be in addition to any liability which the Underwriters might otherwise have and shall not limit any rights or remedies which may otherwise be available under this Agreement, at law or in equity to the Company Indemnified Parties.

 

 
 30

 

(c)   Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this Section 6 of notice of the commencement of any action, the indemnified party shall, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against an indemnifying party under this Section 6, notify such indemnifying party in writing of the commencement of that action; provided, however, that the failure to notify the indemnifying party shall not relieve it from any liability which it may have under this Section 6 except to the extent it has been materially prejudiced by such failure; and, provided, further, that the failure to notify an indemnifying party shall not relieve it from any liability which it may have to an indemnified party otherwise than under this Section 6. If any such action shall be brought against an indemnified party, and it shall notify the indemnifying party thereof, the indemnifying party shall be entitled to participate therein and, to the extent that it wishes, jointly with any other similarly notified indemnifying party, to assume the defense of such action with counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party (which counsel shall not, except with the written consent of the indemnified party, be counsel to the indemnifying party). After notice from the indemnifying party to the indemnified party of its election to assume the defense of such action, except as provided herein, the indemnifying party shall not be liable to the indemnified party under Section 6 for any legal or other expenses subsequently incurred by the indemnified party in connection with the defense of such action other than reasonable costs of investigation; provided, however, that any indemnified party shall have the right to employ separate counsel in any such action and to participate in the defense of such action but the fees and expenses of such counsel (other than reasonable costs of investigation) shall be at the expense of such indemnified party unless (i) the employment thereof has been specifically authorized in writing by the Company in the case of a claim for indemnification under Section 6(a) or the Representatives in the case of a claim for indemnification under Section 6(b), (ii) such indemnified party shall have been advised by its counsel that there may be one or more legal defenses available to it which are different from or additional to those available to the indemnifying party, or (iii) the indemnifying party has failed to assume the defense of such action and employ counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party within a reasonable period of time after notice of the commencement of the action or the indemnifying party does not diligently defend the action after assumption of the defense, in which case, if such indemnified party notifies the indemnifying party in writing that it elects to employ separate counsel at the expense of the indemnifying party, the indemnifying party shall not have the right to assume the defense of (or, in the case of a failure to diligently defend the action after assumption of the defense, to continue to defend) such action on behalf of such indemnified party and the indemnifying party shall be responsible for documented legal or other expenses subsequently and reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with the defense of such action; provided, however, the indemnifying party shall not, in connection with any one such action or separate but substantially similar or related actions in the same jurisdiction arising out of the same general allegations or circumstances, be liable for the reasonable fees and expenses of more than one separate firm of attorneys at any time for all such indemnified parties (in addition to any local counsel), which firm shall be designated in writing by the Representatives if the indemnified parties under this Section 6 consist of any Underwriter Indemnified Party or by the Company if the indemnified parties under this Section 6 consist of any Company Indemnified Parties. Subject to this Section 6(c), the amount payable by an indemnifying party under Section 6 shall include, but not be limited to, (x) reasonable and documented legal fees and expenses of counsel to the indemnified party and any other expenses in investigating, or preparing to defend or defending against, or appearing as a third party witness in respect of, or otherwise incurred in connection with, any action, investigation, proceeding or claim, and (y) all amounts paid in settlement of any of the foregoing. No indemnifying party shall, without the prior written consent of the indemnified parties, settle or compromise or consent to the entry of judgment with respect to any pending or threatened action or any claim whatsoever, in respect of which indemnification or contribution could be sought under this Section 6 (whether or not the indemnified parties are actual or potential parties thereto), unless such settlement, compromise or consent (i) includes an unconditional release of each indemnified party in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to such indemnified party from all liability arising out of such action or claim and (ii) does not include a statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of any indemnified party. Subject to the provisions of the following sentence, no indemnifying party shall be liable for settlement of any pending or threatened action or any claim whatsoever that is effected without its written consent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed), but if settled with its written consent, if its consent has been unreasonably withheld or delayed or if there be a judgment for the plaintiff in any such matter, the indemnifying party agrees to indemnify and hold harmless any indemnified party from and against any loss or liability by reason of such settlement or judgment. In addition, if at any time an indemnified party shall have requested that an indemnifying party reimburse the indemnified party for fees and expenses of counsel, such indemnifying party agrees that it shall be liable for any settlement of the nature contemplated by Section 6(a) effected without its written consent if (i) such settlement is entered into more than forty-five (45) days after receipt by such indemnifying party of the request for reimbursement, (ii) such indemnifying party shall have received notice of the terms of such settlement at least thirty (30) days prior to such settlement being entered into and (iii) such indemnifying party shall not have reimbursed such indemnified party in accordance with such request prior to the date of such settlement.

 

 
 31

 

(d)   If the indemnification provided for in this Section 6 is unavailable or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party under Section 6(a) or 6(b), then each indemnifying party shall, in lieu of indemnifying such indemnified party, contribute to the amount paid, payable or otherwise incurred by such indemnified party as a result of such loss, claim, damage, expense or liability (or any action, investigation or proceeding in respect thereof), as incurred, (i) in such proportion as shall be appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other from the offering of the Stock, or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause (i) of this Section 6(d) is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause (i) of this Section 6(d) but also the relative fault of the Company on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other with respect to the statements, omissions, acts or failures to act which resulted in such loss, claim, damage, expense or liability (or any action, investigation or proceeding in respect thereof) as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative benefits received by the Company on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other with respect to such offering shall be deemed to be in the same proportion as the total net proceeds from the offering of the Stock purchased under this Agreement (before deducting expenses) received by the Company bear to the total underwriting discounts and commissions received by the Underwriters with respect to the Stock purchased under this Agreement, in each case as set forth in the table on the cover page of the Prospectus. The relative fault of the Company on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company on the one hand or the Underwriters on the other, the intent of the parties and their relative knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such untrue statement, omission, act or failure to act; provided that the parties hereto agree that the written information furnished to the Company through the Representatives by or on behalf of the Underwriters for use in the Preliminary Prospectus, the Registration Statement or the Prospectus, or in any amendment or supplement thereto, consists solely of the Underwriter’s Information.

 

(e)   The Company and the Underwriters agree that it would not be just and equitable if contributions pursuant to Section 6(d) above were to be determined by pro rata allocation or by any other method of allocation which does not take into account the equitable considerations referred to Section 6(d) above. The amount paid or payable by an indemnified party as a result of the loss, claim, damage, expense, liability, action, investigation or proceeding referred to in Section 6(d) above shall be deemed to include, subject to the limitations set forth above, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating, preparing to defend or defending against or appearing as a third party witness in respect of, or otherwise incurred in connection with, any such loss, claim, damage, expense, liability, action, investigation or proceeding. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 6, no Underwriters shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the total underwriting discounts and commissions received by such Underwriter with respect to the offering of the Stock exceeds the amount of any damages which the Underwriter has otherwise paid or become liable to pay by reason of any untrue or alleged untrue statement, omission or alleged omission, act or alleged act or failure to act or alleged failure to act. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. The Underwriters’ obligations to contribute as provided in this Section 6 are several in proportion to their respective underwriting obligations and not joint.

 

 
 32

 

7.            Termination. The obligations of the Underwriters hereunder may be terminated by the Representatives, in their absolute discretion by notice given to the Company prior to delivery of and payment for the Firm Stock if, prior to that time, any of the events described in Sections 5(j), 5(m) or 5(n) have occurred or if the Underwriters shall decline to purchase the Stock for any reason permitted under this Agreement.

 

8.            Reimbursement of Underwriters’ Expenses. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, if (a) this Agreement shall have been terminated pursuant to Section 7 or 9, (b) the Company shall fail to tender the Stock for delivery to the Underwriters for any reason not permitted under this Agreement, (c) the Underwriters shall decline to purchase the Stock for any reason permitted under this Agreement or (d) the sale of the Stock is not consummated because any condition to the obligations of the Underwriters set forth herein is not satisfied or because of the refusal, inability or failure on the part of the Company to perform any agreement herein or to satisfy any condition or to comply with the provisions hereof, then in addition to the payment of amounts in accordance with Section 4(ii), the Company shall reimburse the Underwriters for the reasonable and documented fees and expenses of Underwriters’ counsel and for such other out-of-pocket expenses as shall have been reasonably incurred by them in connection with this Agreement and the proposed purchase of the Stock, including, without limitation, travel and lodging expenses of the Underwriters, and upon demand the Company shall pay the full amount thereof to the Representatives; provided that if this Agreement is terminated pursuant to Section 9 by reason of the default of one or more Underwriters, the Company shall not be obligated to reimburse any defaulting Underwriter on account of expenses to the extent incurred by such defaulting Underwriter, provided further that the foregoing shall not limit any reimbursement obligation of the Company to any non-defaulting Underwriter under this Section 8.

 

9.            Substitution of Underwriters. If any Underwriter or Underwriters shall default in its or their obligations to purchase shares of Stock hereunder on any Closing Date and the aggregate number of shares which such defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters agreed but failed to purchase does not exceed ten percent (10%) of the total number of shares to be purchased by all Underwriters on such Closing Date, the other Underwriters shall be obligated severally, in proportion to their respective commitments hereunder, to purchase the shares which such defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters agreed but failed to purchase on such Closing Date. If any Underwriter or Underwriters shall so default and the aggregate number of shares with respect to which such default or defaults occur is more than ten percent (10%) of the total number of shares to be purchased by all Underwriters on such Closing Date and arrangements satisfactory to the Representatives and the Company for the purchase of such shares by other persons are not made within forty-eight (48) hours after such default, this Agreement shall terminate.

 

 
 33

 

If the remaining Underwriters or substituted Underwriters are required hereby or agree to take up all or part of the shares of Stock of a defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters on such Closing Date as provided in this Section 9, (i) the Company shall have the right to postpone such Closing Dates for a period of not more than five (5) full business days in order that the Company may effect whatever changes may thereby be made necessary in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus, or in any other documents or arrangements, and the Company agrees promptly to file any amendments to the Registration Statement or supplements to the Prospectus which may thereby be made necessary, and (ii) the respective numbers of shares to be purchased by the remaining Underwriters or substituted Underwriters shall be taken as the basis of their underwriting obligation for all purposes of this Agreement. Nothing herein contained shall relieve any defaulting Underwriter of its liability to the Company or the other Underwriters for damages occasioned by its default hereunder. Any termination of this Agreement pursuant to this Section 9 shall be without liability on the part of any non-defaulting Underwriter or the Company, except that the representations, warranties, covenants, indemnities, agreements and other statements set forth in Section 2, the obligations with respect to expenses to be paid or reimbursed pursuant to Sections 4(ii) and 8 and the provisions of Section 6 and Sections 10 through 20, inclusive, shall not terminate and shall remain in full force and effect.

 

10.          Absence of Fiduciary Relationship. The Company acknowledges and agrees that:

 

(a)            each Underwriter’s responsibility to the Company is solely contractual in nature, the Representatives have been retained solely to act as underwriters in connection with the sale of the Stock and no fiduciary, advisory or agency relationship between the Company and the Representatives has been created in respect of any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, irrespective of whether any of the Representatives has advised or is advising the Company on other matters;

 

(b)            the price of the Stock set forth in this Agreement was established by the Company following discussions and arms-length negotiations with the Representatives, and the Company is capable of evaluating and understanding, and understands and accepts, the terms, risks and conditions of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement;

 

(c)            it has been advised that the Representatives and their affiliates are engaged in a broad range of transactions which may involve interests that differ from those of the Company and that the Representatives have no obligation to disclose such interests and transactions to the Company by virtue of any fiduciary, advisory or agency relationship; and

 

(d)            it waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any claims it may have against the Representatives for breach of fiduciary duty or alleged breach of fiduciary duty and agrees that the Representatives shall have no liability (whether direct or indirect) to the Company in respect of such a fiduciary duty claim or to any person asserting a fiduciary duty claim on behalf of or in right of the Company, including stockholders, employees or creditors of the Company.

 

11.         Successors; Persons Entitled to Benefit of Agreement. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the several Underwriters, the Company and their respective successors and assigns. Nothing expressed or mentioned in this Agreement is intended or shall be construed to give any person, other than the persons mentioned in the preceding sentence, any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or in respect of this Agreement, or any provisions herein contained, this Agreement and all conditions and provisions hereof being intended to be and being for the sole and exclusive benefit of such persons and for the benefit of no other person; except that the representations, warranties, covenants, agreements and indemnities of the Company contained in this Agreement shall also be for the benefit of the Underwriter Indemnified Parties, and the indemnities of the several Underwriters shall be for the benefit of the Company Indemnified Parties. It is understood that each Underwriter’s responsibility to the Company is solely contractual in nature and the Underwriters do not owe the Company, or any other party, any fiduciary duty as a result of this Agreement. No purchaser of any of the Stock from any Underwriter shall be deemed to be a successor or assign by reason merely of such purchase.

 

 
 34

 

12.          Survival of Indemnities, Representations, Warranties, etc. The respective indemnities, covenants, agreements, representations, warranties and other statements of the Company and the several Underwriters, as set forth in this Agreement or made by them respectively, pursuant to this Agreement, shall remain in full force and effect, regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of any Underwriter, the Company or any person controlling any of them and shall survive delivery of and payment for the Stock. Notwithstanding any termination of this Agreement, including without limitation any termination pursuant to Section 7 or Section 9, the indemnities, covenants, agreements, representations, warranties and other statements forth in Sections 2, 4, 6 and 8 and Sections 10 through 20, inclusive, of this Agreement shall not terminate and shall remain in full force and effect at all times.

 

13.          Recognition of the U.S. Special Resolution Regimes.

 

(a)  In the event that any Underwriter that is a Covered Entity becomes subject to a proceeding under a U.S. Special Resolution Regime, the transfer from such Underwriter of this Agreement, and any interest and obligation in or under this Agreement, will be effective to the same extent as the transfer would be effective under the U.S. Special Resolution Regime if this Agreement, and any such interest and obligation, were governed by the laws of the United States or a state of the United States.

 

(b)  In the event that any Underwriter that is a Covered Entity or a BHC Act Affiliate of such Underwriter becomes subject to a proceeding under a U.S. Special Resolution Regime, Default Rights under this Agreement that may be exercised against such Underwriter are permitted to be exercised to no greater extent than such Default Rights could be exercised under the U.S. Special Resolution Regime if this Agreement were governed by the laws of the United States or a state of the United States.

 

14.          Notices. All statements, requests, notices and agreements hereunder shall be in writing, and:

 

(a)  if to the Underwriters, shall be delivered or sent by mail, facsimile transmission or email to (i) Cowen and Company, LLC, Attention: Head of Equity Capital Markets, Fax: 646-562-1249 with a copy to the General Counsel, Fax: 646-562-1130; (ii) Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated, One Montgomery Street, Suite 3700, San Francisco, CA 94104, Attention: Nick Oust and Nathan Thompson, (iii) William Blair & Company, L.L.C., 150 North Riverside Plaza, Chicago, IL 60606, Attention: General Counsel, Facsimile: (312) 551-4646;

 

(b)  if to the Company shall be delivered or sent by mail, telex, facsimile transmission or email to MaxCyte, Inc. Attention: General Counsel, Fax: [●], email maherm@maxcyte.com;

 

provided, however, that any notice to an Underwriter pursuant to Section 7 shall be delivered or sent by mail, or facsimile transmission to such Underwriter at its address set forth in its acceptance telex to the Representatives, which address will be supplied to any other party hereto by the Representatives upon request. Any such statements, requests, notices or agreements shall take effect at the time of receipt thereof.

 

 
 35

 

15.          Definition of Certain Terms. For purposes of this Agreement, (a) “affiliate” has the meaning set forth in Rule 405 under the Securities Act, (b) “business day” means any day on which the New York Stock Exchange, Inc. is open for trading (c) “subsidiary” has the meaning set forth in Rule 405 of the Rules and Regulations, (d) “BHC Act Affiliate” has the meaning assigned to the term “affiliate” in, and shall be interpreted in accordance with, 12 U.S.C. § 1841(k), (e) “Covered Entity” means any of the following: (i) a “covered entity” as that term is defined in, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. § 252.82(b); (ii) a “covered bank” as that term is defined in, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. § 47.3(b); or (iii) a “covered FSI” as that term is defined in, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. § 382.2(b), (f) “Default Right” has the meaning assigned to that term in, and shall be interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. §§ 252.81, 47.2 or 382.1, as applicable, (g) “U.S. Special Resolution Regime” means each of (i) the Federal Deposit Insurance Act and the regulations promulgated thereunder and (ii) Title II of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

16.          Governing Law, Jurisdiction, Waiver of Jury Trial. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, including without limitation Section 5-1401 of the New York General Obligations. The Company irrevocably (a) submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Federal and state courts in the Borough of Manhattan in The City of New York for the purpose of any suit, action or other proceeding arising out of this Agreement or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, the Registration Statement and any Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus, (b) agrees that all claims in respect of any such suit, action or proceeding may be heard and determined by any such court, (c) waives to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any immunity from the jurisdiction of any such court or from any legal process, (d) agrees not to commence any such suit, action or proceeding other than in such courts, and (e) waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any claim that any such suit, action or proceeding is brought in an inconvenient forum. Each of the parties to this Agreement hereby waives any right to trial by jury in any suit or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement.

 

17.          Underwriters’ Information. The parties hereto acknowledge and agree that, for all purposes of this Agreement, the Underwriters’ Information consists solely of the following information in the Prospectus: (i) the last paragraph on the front cover page concerning the terms of the offering by the Underwriters; and (ii) the statements concerning the Underwriters contained in the [●] and [●] paragraphs under the heading “Underwriting.”

 

18.          Authority of the Representatives. In connection with this Agreement, the Representatives will act for and on behalf of the several Underwriters, and any action taken under this Agreement by the Representatives, will be binding on all the Underwriters.

 

19.          Partial Unenforceability. The invalidity or unenforceability of any section, paragraph, clause or provision of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other section, paragraph, clause or provision hereof. If any section, paragraph, clause or provision of this Agreement is for any reason determined to be invalid or unenforceable, there shall be deemed to be made such minor changes (and only such minor changes) as are necessary to make it valid and enforceable.

 

20.General. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement of the parties to this Agreement and supersedes all prior written or oral and all contemporaneous oral agreements, understandings and negotiations with respect to the subject matter hereof. In this Agreement, the masculine, feminine and neuter genders and the singular and the plural include one another. The section headings in this Agreement are for the convenience of the parties only and will not affect the construction or interpretation of this Agreement. This Agreement may be amended or modified, and the observance of any term of this Agreement may be waived, only by a writing signed by the Company and the Representatives.

 

21.Counterparts. This Agreement may be signed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, with the same effect as if the signatures thereto and hereto were upon the same instrument. Counterparts to this Agreement may be delivered via facsimile, electronic mail (including pdf or any electronic signature complying with the U.S. federal ESIGN Act of 2000, Uniform Electronic Transactions Act, the Electronic Signatures and Records Act or other applicable law, e.g., www.docusign.com or www.echosign.com) or other transmission method and any counterpart so delivered shall be deemed to have been duly and validly delivered and be valid and effective for all purposes.

 

 
 36

 

If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding please indicate your acceptance of this Agreement by signing in the space provided for that purpose below.

 

 

  Very truly yours,
   
  MAXCYTE, INC.
   
  By:  
    Name: Doug Doerfler
    Title: Chief Executive Officer

 

Accepted as of

the date first above written:

 

Cowen and Company, LLC

Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated

William Blair & Company, L.L.C.

Acting on their own behalf

and as Representatives of several

Underwriters listed on Schedule A to this

Agreement.

 

By:Cowen and Company, LLC    
     
By:      
  Name:    
  Title:    
     
By:STIFEL, NICOLAUS & COMPANY,
INCORPORATED
   
     
By:      
  Name:    
  Title:    
     
By:William Blair & Company, L.L.C.    
     
By:      
  Name:    
  Title:    

 

 
 37

 

SCHEDULE A

 

Name

Number of Shares of
Firm Stock to be
Purchased

Number of Shares of
Optional Stock to be
Purchased

Cowen and Company, LLC __________ __________
Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated __________ __________
William Blair & Company, L.L.C. __________ __________
BTIG, LLC __________ __________
Total __________ __________

 

 
 38

 

SCHEDULE B

 

General Use Free Writing Prospectuses

 

[None]

 

 

 

 

SCHEDULE C

 

Pricing Information

 

Firm Stock to be Sold: [●] shares

 

Offering Price: $[●] per share

 

Underwriting Discounts and Commissions: [●]%

 

Estimated Net Proceeds to the Company (after underwriting discounts and commissions, but before transaction expenses): $[●]

 

 

 

 

SCHEDULE D

 

[List of Testing the Waters Communications distributed by the Company pursuant to Section 2(i)]

 

 

 

 

Exhibit I

 

[Form of Lock-Up Agreement]

 

 

 2

 

Exhibit II

 

 

MaxCyte, Inc.

 

[Date]

 

MaxCyte, Inc. announced today that Cowen and Company, LLC, Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated, and William Blair & Company, L.L.C., the lead book-running managers in the Company’s recent public sale of [●] shares of common stock, is [waiving][releasing] a lock-up restriction with respect to [●] shares of the Company’s common stock held by [certain officers or directors][an officer or director] of the Company. The [waiver][release] will take effect on                  , 2021, and the shares may be sold on or after such date.

 

This press release is not an offer for sale of the securities in the United States or in any other jurisdiction where such offer is prohibited, and such securities may not be offered or sold in the United States absent registration or exemption from registration under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

 

 

 

exhibit 3.1

 

FifTEENTH AMENDED AND RESTATED
CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
OF
MAXCYTE, INC.

 

Douglas A. Doerfler hereby certifies that:

 

ONE: The original name of the Corporation is Theramed, Inc. and the date of filing the original Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware was July 31, 1998. On December 31, 2001, Theramed, Inc. changed its name to MaxCyte, Inc. by filing with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware a First Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation.

 

TWO: He is the duly elected and acting President of MaxCyte, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

 

THREE: Pursuant to Sections 141, 242 and 245 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, this Fifteenth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation has been duly adopted by the written consent of the Board of Directors of the Corporation and restates and integrates and further amends the provisions of the Fourteenth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation and all Certificates of Designation of all series of Preferred Stock of the Corporation.

 

FOUR: Pursuant to Sections 228, 242 and 245 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, this Fifteenth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation has been duly adopted by the written consent of the stockholders of the Corporation and restates and integrates and further amends the provisions of the Fourteenth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation.

 

FIVE: The Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation is hereby amended and restated to read as follows:

 

Article I

NAME

 

The name of this corporation is MAXCYTE, INC. (the “Corporation”).

 

Article II

REGISTERED OFFICE

 

The address of the registered office of the Corporation in the State of Delaware is 251 Little Falls Drive, City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, Zip Code 19808, and the name of the registered agent of the Corporation in the State of Delaware at such address is Corporation Service Company.

 

Article III

PURPOSE

 

The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which a corporation may be organized under the Delaware General Corporation Law (“DGCL”).

 

1 

 

 

Article IV


CAPITAL STOCK

 

1.             Authorized Capital Stock. The total number of shares of capital stock which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is four hundred five million (405,000,000), four hundred million (400,000,000) of which shall be a class designated as common stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “Common Stock”). The remaining five million (5,000,000) shares of capital stock shall be a class designated as preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “Preferred Stock”). The Preferred Stock may be issued from time to time in one or more series. The Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “Board”) is hereby expressly authorized to provide for the issue of the shares of the Preferred Stock in one or more series, and to fix the number of shares and to determine or alter for each such series, such voting powers, full or limited, or no voting powers, and such designation, preferences, and relative, participating, optional, or other rights and such qualifications, limitations, or restrictions thereof, as shall be stated and expressed in the resolution or resolutions adopted by the Board providing for the issuance of such shares and as may be permitted by the DGCL. The Board is also expressly authorized to increase or decrease the number of shares of any series subsequent to the issuance of shares of that series, but not below the number of shares of such series then outstanding. In case the number of shares of any series shall be decreased in accordance with the foregoing sentence, the shares constituting such decrease shall resume the status that they had prior to the adoption of the resolution originally fixing the number of shares of such series. The number of authorized shares of Preferred Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of the stock of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon, without a separate vote of the holders of the Preferred Stock, or of any series thereof, unless a vote of any such holders is required pursuant to the terms of any certificate of designation filed with respect to any series of Preferred Stock.

 

The number of authorized shares of the class of Common Stock may from time to time be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares of such class outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority in voting power of the outstanding shares of Common Stock.

 

2.             Voting Rights. The powers, preferences and rights of, and the qualifications, limitations and restrictions upon, the Common Stock shall be as follows:

 

(a)           The holders of the Common Stock shall have the exclusive right to vote for the election of directors of the Corporation (the “Directors”) and on all other matters requiring stockholder action, each outstanding share entitling the holder thereof to one vote on each matter properly submitted to the stockholders of the Corporation for their vote;

 

(b)           Dividends may be declared and paid or set apart for payment upon the Common Stock out of any assets or funds of the Corporation legally available for the payment of dividends, but only when and as declared by the Board of Directors or any authorized committee thereof; and

 

(c)           Upon the voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, the net assets of the Corporation shall be distributed pro rata to the holders of the Common Stock.

 

3.             Delisting. Without the prior consent of holders of seventy-five percent (75%) of the voting power of all of the then outstanding shares of capital stock given at a meeting of the stockholders, the Corporation shall not voluntarily cancel the effectiveness of the admission of shares of the Corporation’s Common Stock to trading on AIM, a securities trading market operated by the London Stock Exchange in the United Kingdom (“AIM”) (the “Admission”) or willfully cause the Common Stock of the Corporation to no longer be traded on AIM.

 

2 

 

 

4.             Depositary Interests. The Board of Directors shall, subject always to any applicable laws and regulations, the facilities and requirements of any relevant system concerned and the bylaws of the Corporation, have power to implement and/or approve any arrangements it may, in its sole and absolute discretion, think fit in relation to (without limitation) the evidencing of title to and transfer of interest in shares in the capital of the Corporation in the form of depositary interests or similar interests, instruments or securities and, to the extent such arrangements are so implemented, no provision of this Certificate of Incorporation shall apply or have effect to the extent that it is in any respect inconsistent with the holding or transfer of the shares in the capital of the Corporation represented thereby. The Board of Directors may from time to time take such actions and do such things as it may, in its sole and absolute discretion, think fit in relation to the operation of any such arrangements.

 

5.             Rights, Privileges, and Preferences. The capital stock of the Corporation shall have the rights, privileges, and preferences as set forth in this Fifteenth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation.

 

Article V

STOCKHOLDER ACTION

 

1.             Action without Meeting. Any action required or permitted to be taken by the stockholders of the Corporation at any annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation must be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting of stockholders and may not be taken or effected by a written consent of stockholders in lieu thereof.

 

2.             Special Meetings. Except as otherwise required by statute, special meetings of the stockholders of the Corporation may be called only by the Board of Directors acting pursuant to a resolution approved by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Directors then in office.

 

3.             Annual Meetings. The annual meeting of the stockholders for the election of Directors and for the transaction of such other business as may properly come before the meeting shall be held at such date, time and place, if any, as shall be determined solely by the resolution of the Board of Directors in its sole and absolute discretion.

 

Article VI

DIRECTORS

 

1.             General. The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors except as otherwise provided herein or required by law.

 

2.             Election of Directors. Election of Directors need not be by written ballot unless the By-laws of the Corporation (the “By-laws”) shall so provide.

 

3.             Number of Directors; Term of Office. The number of Directors of the Corporation shall be fixed solely and exclusively by resolution duly adopted from time to time by the Board of Directors. The Directors shall be classified, with respect to the term for which they severally hold office, into three classes. The current Class I directors shall serve for a term expiring at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2022, the current Class II directors shall serve for a term expiring at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2023, and the current Class III directors shall serve for a term expiring at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2021. At each annual meeting of stockholders, Directors elected to succeed those Directors whose terms expire shall be elected for a term of office to expire at the third succeeding annual meeting of stockholders after their election. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Directors elected to each class shall hold office until their successors are duly elected and qualified or until their earlier resignation, death or removal.

 

3 

 

 

4.             Vacancies. Any and all vacancies in the Board of Directors, however occurring, including, without limitation, by reason of an increase in the size of the Board of Directors, or the death, resignation, disqualification or removal of a Director, shall be filled solely and exclusively by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining Directors then in office, even if less than a quorum of the Board of Directors, and not by the stockholders. Any Director appointed in accordance with the preceding sentence shall hold office for the remainder of the full term of the class of Directors in which the new directorship was created or the vacancy occurred and until such Director’s successor shall have been duly elected and qualified or until his or her earlier resignation, death or removal. When the number of Directors is increased or decreased, the Board of Directors shall, subject to Section 3 of this Article VI, determine the class or classes to which the increased or decreased number of Directors shall be apportioned; provided, however, that no decrease in the number of Directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent Director. In the event of a vacancy in the Board of Directors, the remaining Directors, except as otherwise provided by law, shall exercise the powers of the full Board of Directors until the vacancy is filled.

 

5.             Removal. Any Director (including persons elected by Directors to fill vacancies in the Board of Directors) may be removed from office (i) with or without cause, by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of capital stock then entitled to vote at an election of Directors or (ii) with cause, by the affirmative vote or consent of at least two-thirds of the other members of the Board of Directors. At least twenty-eight (28) days prior to any annual or special meeting of stockholders at which it is proposed that any Director be removed from office with cause, written notice of such proposed removal and the alleged grounds thereof shall be sent to the Director whose removal will be considered at the meeting.

 

Article VII

LIMITATION OF LIABILITY

 

A Director of the Corporation shall not be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a Director, except for liability (a) for any breach of the Director’s duty of loyalty to the Corporation or its stockholders, (b) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (c) under Section 174 of the DGCL or (d) for any transaction from which the Director derived an improper personal benefit. If the DGCL is amended after the effective date of this Certificate to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of Directors, then the liability of a Director of the Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as so amended.

 

Any amendment, repeal or modification of this Article VII by either of (i) the stockholders of the Corporation or (ii) an amendment to the DGCL, shall not adversely affect any right or protection existing at the time of such amendment, repeal or modification with respect to any acts or omissions occurring before such amendment, repeal or modification of a person serving as a Director at the time of such amendment, repeal or modification.

 

Article VIII

INDEMNIFICATION

 

The Corporation shall indemnify each person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, or is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of a foreign or domestic corporation that was a predecessor corporation of this corporation or another enterprise at the request of the predecessor corporation to the fullest extent permitted by Section 145 of the DGCL, as amended. The indemnification provided for herein shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those indemnified may be entitled under any bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in an official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office, and such indemnification shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be such a person and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.

 

4 

 

 

Any amendment, repeal or modification of the foregoing provisions of this Article VIII shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director, officer, agent, or other person existing at the time of, or increase the liability of any director of the Corporation with respect to any acts or omissions of such director, officer or agent occurring prior to, such amendment, repeal or modification.

 

Article IX

EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION

 

Unless the Corporation consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware shall be the sole and exclusive forum for (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the Corporation, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer or other employee of the Corporation to the Corporation or the Corporation’s stockholders, (iii) any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL or the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation or By-laws, or (iv) any action asserting a claim against the Corporation governed by the internal affairs doctrine. Unless the Corporation consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the federal district courts of the United States of America shall be the exclusive forum for the resolution of any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of capital stock of the Corporation shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to the provisions of this Article IX.

 

Article X

AMENDMENT OF BY-LAWS

 

1.             Amendment by Directors. Except as otherwise provided by law, the By-laws of the Corporation may be amended or repealed by the Board of Directors by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Directors then in office.

 

2.            Amendment by Stockholders. The By-laws of the Corporation may be amended or repealed at any annual meeting of stockholders, or special meeting of stockholders called for such purpose, by the affirmative vote of at least 75% of the outstanding shares of capital stock entitled to vote on such amendment or repeal, voting together as a single class; provided, however, that if the Board of Directors recommends that stockholders approve such amendment or repeal at such meeting of stockholders, such amendment or repeal shall only require the affirmative vote of the majority of the outstanding shares of capital stock entitled to vote on such amendment or repeal, voting together as a single class.

 

Article XI

AMENDMENT OF FIFTEENTH AMENDED AND RESTATED
CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

 

The Corporation reserves the right to amend or repeal this Fifteenth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by statute and this Fifteenth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, and all rights conferred upon stockholders herein are granted subject to this reservation. Whenever any vote of the holders of capital stock of the Corporation is required to amend or repeal any provision of this Fifteenth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, and in addition to any other vote of holders of capital stock that is required by this Fifteenth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or by law, such amendment or repeal shall require the affirmative vote of the majority of the outstanding shares of capital stock entitled to vote on such amendment or repeal, and the affirmative vote of the majority of the outstanding shares of each class entitled to vote thereon as a class, at a duly constituted meeting of stockholders called expressly for such purpose; provided, however, that the affirmative vote of not less than 75% of the outstanding shares of capital stock entitled to vote on such amendment or repeal, and the affirmative vote of not less than 75% of the outstanding shares of each class entitled to vote thereon as a class, shall be required to amend or repeal any provision of:

 

5 

 

 

(a)           Section 2 (Voting Rights) of Article IV (Capital Stock);

 

(b)           Article V (Stockholder Action);

 

(c)           Article VI (Directors);

 

(d)           Article VII (Limitation of Liability);

 

(e)           Article VIII (Indemnification);

 

(f)            Article IX (Exclusive Jurisdiction);

 

(g)           Article X (Amendment of By-Laws);

 

(h)           Article XI (Amendment of Fifteenth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation); or

 

(i)            Article XII (Disclosure of Voting Rights and Interests and Mandatory Offers).

 

Article XII

DISCLOSURE OF VOTING RIGHTS AND INTERESTS AND MANDATORY
OFFERS

 

A.            Definitions

 

In this Article XII, the following words and expressions have the meanings set forth below:

 

(a)           Persons “acting in concert” comprise individuals, corporations, firms, partnerships (general or limited), associations, limited liability companies, joint ventures, trusts, estates or other legal entities or organizations (each, a “Person” and, collectively, (“Persons”), who, pursuant to an agreement, arrangement or understanding (whether formal or informal), co-operate to obtain or consolidate Control of the Corporation or to frustrate the successful outcome of an offer for the Corporation. A Person and each of its affiliated Persons will be deemed to be acting in concert all with each other;

 

(b)           affiliated persons” means any undertaking in respect of which any Person: (a) has a majority of the stockholders’ or members’ voting rights; (b) is a stockholder or member and at the same time has the right to appoint or remove a majority of the members of its board of directors; (c) is a stockholder or member and alone controls a majority of the stockholders’ or members’ voting rights pursuant to an agreement entered into with other stockholders or members; or (d) has the power to exercise, or actually exercises, dominant influence or Control. For these purposes, a person’s rights as regards voting, appointment or removal shall include the rights of any other affiliated person and those of any Person or entity acting in his own name but on behalf of that Person or of any other affiliated person;

 

(c)           beneficial ownership” means, with respect to a security (i) sole or shared voting power (whether conditional or absolute and including the power to vote, or to direct the voting of, such security or a general control of such security); and/or (ii) investment power (which includes the power to dispose, or to direct the disposition of, such security), whether direct or indirect and whether through any contract, arrangement, understanding, relationship or otherwise; and/or (iii) by virtue of any agreement to purchase, option or derivative (a) the right or option to acquire them or call for their delivery; or (b) an obligation to take delivery of them, whether the right, option or obligation is conditional or absolute and whether it is in the money or otherwise; and/or (iv) is party to any derivative: (a) whose value is determined by reference to their price; and (b) which results, or may result, in a long position in them;

 

6 

 

 

(d)           Control” means beneficial ownership of shares of capital stock of the Corporation representing in aggregate thirty percent (30%) or more of the Voting Rights (as defined below) of the Corporation, whether or not such ownership holdings give de facto control;

 

(e)           Disclosure and Transparency Rules” means the Disclosure and Transparency Rules published by the FCA (as defined below) as amended from time to time;

 

(f)            Disclosure Notice” means a notice issued by the Corporation pursuant to Section D of this Article XII requiring the disclosure of beneficial ownership of shares of capital stock of the Corporation;

 

(g)           FCA” means the Financial Conduct Authority of the United Kingdom, or such other entities which take over the functions of the FCA for the oversight of the Disclosure and Transparency Rules;

 

(h)           interest” in a Person means beneficial ownership of any securities of such person;

 

(i)            Offer” means a written offer made in accordance with Article E.1 of this Article XII and may, subject to this Article, include an offer to consummate a takeover, merger or consolidation transaction, however effected, including a reverse takeover, partial offer, tender offer, court scheme (including a plan of reorganization under insolvency or bankruptcy laws), or offer by a parent company for shares in its subsidiary;

 

(j)            Offer Period” means the period from the time when an announcement is made of a proposed or possible Offer (with or without terms) until the first closing date or, if later, the date when the Offer becomes or is declared unconditional as to acceptances or lapses. An announcement that 30% or more of the Voting Rights of the Corporation is for sale or that the Board of Directors is seeking potential offers to acquire Control of the Corporation will be treated as the announcement of a possible Offer for purposes of determining the applicable Offer Period;

 

(k)           Operator” means any Person who is a stockholder of record of the Corporation by virtue of his, her or its holding stock of the Corporation as trustee or nominee on behalf of those Persons who beneficially own capital stock of the Corporation and have elected to hold such capital stock in dematerialized form through a depository interest;

 

(l)            Restrictions” means one or more of the restrictions referred to in Section D.4(a) of this Article XII determined by the Board of Directors;

 

(m)         Specified Shares” means the shares specified in a Disclosure Notice; and

 

(n)           Voting Rights” means all the voting power attributable to the issued and outstanding capital stock of the Corporation that is currently exercisable at a meeting of stockholders.

 

7 

 

 

B.            Effect of this Article

 

This Article XII shall be in effect as a condition to ownership of shares of capital stock of the Corporation; provided, however, that this Article XII shall cease to apply with immediate effect from the date that:

 

(a)           The Corporation has a class of shares registered with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) pursuant to Sections 12 of 15 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), provided that Section C of this Article XII, together with the definitions of “Disclosure and Transparency Rules” and “Voting Rights” in Section A of this Article XII, shall remain in effect in their entirety notwithstanding that the Corporation has a class of shares registered with the SEC pursuant to Section 12 of the Exchange Act; or

 

(b)           the Corporation no longer has any shares of its capital stock listed or admitted to trading on the Official List of the United Kingdom Listing Authority or on AIM, or any successor to either of them.

 

C.            Disclosure of Voting Rights

 

1.             Notification. Without prejudice to and in addition to any obligation to disclose under the Disclosure and Transparency Rules, a Person must notify the Corporation of the percentage of his, her or its Voting Rights if the percentage of Voting Rights which he, she or it holds, directly or indirectly, as a stockholder of the Corporation or through his, her or its direct or indirect holding of financial instruments as set out in the Disclosure and Transparency Rules (or a combination of such holdings):

 

(a)           reaches, exceeds or falls below three percent (3%), four percent (4%), five percent (5%), six percent (6%), seven percent (7%), eight percent (8%), nine percent (9%), ten percent (10%) and each one percent (1%) threshold thereafter up to one hundred percent (100%); or

 

(b)           reaches, exceeds or falls below an applicable threshold in Section C.1(a) of this Article XII as a result of events changing the breakdown of Voting Rights and on the basis of information disclosed by the Corporation in accordance with the requirements of the Disclosure and Transparency Rules (or in accordance with requirements which are treated as equivalent to those set out in the Disclosure and Transparency Rules).

 

2.             Timing of Notification. Without prejudice to and in addition to any obligation to disclose under the Disclosure and Transparency Rules, the notification to the Corporation shall be effected as soon as possible, but in any event no later than two (2) trading days after the date on which the relevant Person:

 

(a)           learns of the acquisition or disposal or of the possibility of exercising Voting Rights, or on which, having regard to the circumstances, should have learned of it, regardless of the date on which the acquisition, disposal or possibility of exercising Voting Rights takes effect; or

 

(b)           is informed about the event mentioned in Section C.1(b) of this Article XII.

 

3.             Form of Notification. A notification must be made using the form TR1 available in electronic format at the FCA’s website at www.fca.org.uk.

 

8 

 

 

D.            Disclosure of Interests

 

1.             Generally. For the purposes of this Section D of Article XII:

 

(a)           a Person who is interested in a right to subscribe for, or convert into, shares of the Corporation shall be deemed to be interested in shares and references to interests in shares shall include any interest whatsoever in such shares including, without limitation:

 

(i)            a right to control, directly or indirectly, the exercise of any right conferred by the holding of shares alone or in conjunction with any Person and the interest of any Person shall be deemed to include the interest of any other Person deemed to be so acting in concert;

 

(ii)           the interest of a beneficiary of a trust of property where such interest in shares is comprised in the property; and

 

(iii)          Persons having a joint interest are taken each of them to have that interest.

 

(b)           a Person is taken to have an interest in shares of the Corporation if:

 

(i)            he, she or it enters into a contract for their purchase by him, her or it (whether for cash or other consideration);

 

(ii)           not being the registered holder, he, she or it is entitled to exercise any right conferred by the holding of the shares or is entitled to control the exercise of any such right;

 

(iii)          if otherwise than by virtue of having an interest under a trust, he, she or it has a right to call for delivery of the shares to himself, herself or itself or to his, her or its order, whether the right or obligation is conditional or absolute; or

 

(iv)          if otherwise than by virtue of having an interest under a trust, he, she or it has a right to acquire an interest in shares or is under an obligation to take an interest in shares, whether the right or obligation is conditional or absolute.

 

(c)           a Person shall be treated as appearing to be interested in shares of the Corporation if:

 

(i)            the Person has been named in a Disclosure Notice as being interested;

 

(ii)           in response to a Disclosure Notice, the Person holding the Specified Shares or another Person appearing to be interested in them has failed to establish the identities of those who are interested and (taking into account the response and other relevant information) the Corporation has reasonable cause to believe that the Person in question is or may be interested in such shares; or

 

(iii)          the Person holding the Specified Shares is an Operator and the Person in question has notified the Operator that he, she or it is so interested.

 

2.             Disclosure Notices

 

(a)           The Board of Directors may serve a Disclosure Notice in writing on any Person whom the Board of Directors knows or has reasonable cause to believe to be interested in shares of the Corporation, requiring such Person to indicate whether or not it is the case and, where such Person holds any interest in any such shares, to give such further information as may be required by the Board of Directors.

 

9 

 

 

(b)           Any Disclosure Notice may require the Person to whom it is addressed to give particulars of his, her or its own present interest in shares of the Corporation.

 

(c)           A notice under this Section D.2 of Article XII shall require any information given in response to the Disclosure Notice to be given in writing within such reasonable time as may be specified in the Disclosure Notice (subject to Section D.5 and Section D.7 of this Article XII).

 

(d)           A notice which has taken effect under this Section D.2 of Article XII shall remain in effect in accordance with its terms following a transfer of the shares of the Corporation to which it relates unless and until the Board of Directors determines otherwise and notifies the stockholder accordingly.

 

3.             Failure to Timely Respond. Notwithstanding anything in this Section D of Article XII to the contrary, if:

 

(a)           a Disclosure Notice has been served on a Person appearing to be interested in Specified Shares; and

 

(b)           the Corporation has not received the information required in respect of the Specified Shares within a period of fourteen (14) days (subject to Section D.5 and Section D.7 of this Article XII) after the service of the Disclosure Notice, then the Board of Directors may determine that the stockholder holding or who is interested in Specified Shares is subject to the Restrictions in respect of such shares. The Corporation shall, as soon as practicable after the determination, give notice to the relevant Person stating that (until such time as the Board of Directors determines otherwise under Section D.7 of this Article XII) the Specified Shares shall be subject to the Restrictions stated in the notice.

 

4.             Restrictions

 

(a)           Subject to Section D.4(b), Section D.5 and Section D.7 of this Article XII, the Restrictions which the Board of Directors determines applicable to Specified Shares shall be one or more (as determined by the Board of Directors) of the following:

 

(i)            the Person holding the Specified Shares shall not be entitled, in respect of the Specified Shares, to be present or to vote (either personally, or by proxy or otherwise) at an annual or special meeting or at a separate meeting of the holders of a class or series of shares of the Corporation, or to exercise any other right in relation to an annual or special meeting or a separate class meeting;

 

(ii)           no transfer of the Specified Shares shall be effective or shall be recognized by the Corporation; and

 

(iii)         no dividend or other sums which would otherwise be payable on or in respect of the Specified Shares shall be paid to the Person holding the Specified Shares and, in circumstances where an offer of the right to elect to receive shares instead of cash in respect of a dividend is or has been made, an election made in respect of the Specified Shares shall not be effective.

 

10 

 

 

(b)           The Board of Directors may determine that one or more Restrictions imposed on Specified Shares shall cease to apply at any time, provided, however, that the Board of Directors has given notice to the holder of the Specified Shares within seven (7) days of the cessation of such restrictions and has identified the date upon which the restrictions ceased to apply. If the Corporation receives the information required in the relevant Disclosure Notice, the Board of Directors shall, within seven (7) days of receipt, determine that all Restrictions imposed on the Specified Shares shall cease to apply and shall give notice to the holder of the Specified Shares within seven (7) days of the cessation of all such restrictions and shall identify the date upon which the restrictions ceased to apply. In addition, the Board of Directors shall determine that all Restrictions imposed on the Specified Shares shall cease to apply if the Corporation receives an executed and, if necessary, duly stamped instrument of transfer in respect of the Specified Shares, which would otherwise be given effect to:

 

(i)            if the transfer is made pursuant to a sale of the Specified Shares on AIM;

 

(ii)           if the transfer is by way of an acceptance of an offer to acquire all the shares in the Corporation or all the shares in the Corporation of any class or series or classes or series (other than shares which at the date of the Offer are already held by the Offeror), being an offer on terms which are the same in relation to all the shares to which the offer relates or, where such shares include shares of different classes, in relation to all the shares of each class; or

 

(iii)          if the transfer is made pursuant to a sale which is shown to the satisfaction of the Board of Directors to be a bona fide sale of the whole of the beneficial interest in the Specified Shares to a Person who is unconnected with the transferor or with any other Person appearing to be interested in the shares.

 

(c)           Where dividends or other sums payable on Specified Shares are not paid as a result of Restrictions having been imposed, the dividends or other sums shall accrue and be payable (without interest) on the relevant Restrictions ceasing to apply.

 

(d)           If the Board of Directors makes a determination under Section D.4(b) of this Article XII, it shall notify the purported transferee as soon as practicable and any Person may make representations in writing to the Board of Directors concerning the determination. Neither the Corporation nor the Board of Directors shall in any event be liable to any Person as a result of the Board of Directors having imposed Restrictions, or failed to determine that Restrictions shall cease to apply, if the Board of Directors has acted in good faith.

 

5.             Exceptions. Where the Specified Shares represent less than one-quarter of one percent (0.25%) of the issued and outstanding shares of the Corporation or shares of the same class as the Specified Shares in issue at the date of issue of the relevant Disclosure Notice, then:

 

(a)           the period of fourteen (14) days referred to in Section D.3(b) of this Article XII is to be treated as a reference to a period of twenty-eight (28) days; and

 

(b)           any determination made by the Board of Directors under Section D.4(b) of this Article XII may only impose the Restrictions referred to in Section D.4(a)(i) of this Article XII.

 

6.             Shares Issued in Respect of Specified Shares. Shares issued in respect of Specified Shares that are at the relevant time subject to particular Restrictions shall, on issue, become subject to the same Restrictions as the relevant Specified Shares. For this purpose, shares which the Corporation procures to be offered to stockholders pro rata (or pro rata ignoring fractional entitlements and shares not offered to certain stockholders by reason of legal restrictions associated with offering shares outside the United Kingdom) shall be treated as shares issued in respect of Specified Shares.

 

7.             Suspension of Restrictions. The Board of Directors may, in its sole and absolute discretion, suspend, in whole or in part, the imposition of a Restriction, either permanently or for a given period, and may pay a dividend or other sums payable in respect of the Specified Shares to a trustee (subject to the Restriction referred to in Section D.4(a)(iii) of this Article XII). Notice of suspension, specifying the Restrictions suspended and the period of suspension, shall be given by the Corporation to the relevant stockholder as soon as practicable.

 

8.             Obligations of Operators. Where a Disclosure Notice is served on an Operator, the obligations of the Operator shall be limited to disclosing information recorded by it relating to a Person appearing to be interested in the shares held by it.

 

11 

 

 

E.            Offer Requirements.

 

1.             Offer. Subject to the DGCL, the Exchange Act (if the Corporation has a class of equity securities registered under the Exchange Act) and any applicable SEC regulations, for so long as the Corporation has any shares admitted to trading on AIM (or any successor body or organization) when:

 

(a)           any Person acquires, whether by a series of transactions over a period of time or not, beneficial ownership of securities that (taken together with securities owned, held or acquired by Persons acting in concert with such Person) represents at the time of, and including such acquisition, thirty percent (30%) or more of the Voting Rights; or

 

(b)           any Person who, together with Persons acting in concert with such Person, holds beneficial ownership of securities representing not less than thirty percent (30%) but not more than fifty percent (50%) of the Voting Rights and such Person, or any Person acting in concert with such Person, acquires additional securities that will increase his, her or its percentage of the Voting Rights, then such Person and any Person acting in concert with such Person (each such Person referred to as an “Offeror”) shall extend an offer, in accordance with this Section E of Article XII (an “Offer”), to the holders of all issued and outstanding capital stock of the Corporation; provided, however, that the obligation to make an Offer pursuant to this Section E of Article XII shall not apply to (i) any underwriter or (ii) any Person(s) in relation to whom the obligation to make an Offer pursuant to this Section E of Article XII would not have arisen but for the exercise by any such Person of an entitlement to acquire shares of capital stock of the Corporation pursuant to an option or warrant granted to such Person by the Corporation prior to the date of Admission or pursuant to an option or warrant granted to such Person by the Corporation after the date of Admission pursuant to a pre-existing contractual commitment of the Corporation to issue such warrant or option or (iii) in the case of a natural stockholder, if such stockholder dies, the survivors or survivor (where he was a joint holder), his personal representative and any person registered as holder of stock pursuant to its transmission to that person by operation of the law. Such Offer must be conditional only upon the Offeror having received acceptances in respect of shares of capital stock of the Corporation that, together with all of the shares of capital stock of the Corporation beneficially owned by such Offeror or any Person acting in concert with it, will result in the Offeror and any Person acting in concert with it beneficially owning shares of capital stock of the Corporation representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the Voting Rights; provided, however, that an offer must be unconditional if the Offeror (and any person acting in concert with it) holds securities carrying more than fifty percent (50%) of the Voting Rights before the Offer is made. No acquisition of securities which would give rise to the obligation to make an Offer under this Section E of Article XII may be made if the making or implementation of such Offer would or might be dependent on the passing of a resolution at any meeting of the stockholders or beneficial owners of the Offeror or upon any other condition, consent or arrangement.

 

The grant of an option to acquire existing issued shares of capital stock of the Corporation will be deemed to constitute the acquisition by the grantee of the option of securities giving rise to the obligation to make an Offer under this Section E of Article XII where the relationship and arrangements between the parties concerned is such that effective Control of the shares of capital stock of the Corporation has passed to the grantee of the option.

 

2.             Form of Offer. An Offer must be made in writing and publicly disclosed, must be open for acceptance for a period of not less than 30 days and, if the Offer is made conditional as to acceptances and becomes or is declared unconditional as to acceptances, must remain open for not less than 14 days after the date on which it would otherwise have expired. An Offer must, in respect of each class or series of capital stock of the Corporation, be in cash or be accompanied by a cash alternative at a value not less than the highest price (as computed in accordance with Section E.3 of this Article XII) paid by the Offeror for shares of that class or series during the Offer Period and within 12 months prior to its commencement (the “Highest Price”). The Highest Price shall be determined, by the Board of Directors or any advisor retained by the Board of Directors for such purpose; provided, however, that the Board of Directors or any advisor retained by the Board of Directors shall adhere to the guidelines set forth in Section E.3 of this Article XII.

 

12 

 

 

3.             Calculation of Highest Price

 

(a)           Non-Cash Consideration. When capital stock of the Corporation has been acquired for consideration other than cash in a transaction giving rise to an obligation to make an Offer under this Section E of Article XII, the Offer must nevertheless be in cash or be accompanied by a cash alternative of at least equal value, which value must be determined by an independent valuation.

 

(b)           Stamp Duty and Broker’s Commission. In calculating the Highest Price, stamp duty and broker’s commission, if any, shall be excluded.

 

(c)           Listed Securities. If capital stock of the Corporation has been acquired in exchange for listed securities in a transaction giving rise to an obligation to make an Offer under this Section E of Article XII, the Highest Price will be established by reference to the middle market price of such listed securities on the applicable market on the date of such acquisition.

 

(d)           Conversion, Warrants, Options or Other Subscription Rights. If capital stock of the Corporation is admitted to trading on AIM and has been acquired by the conversion or exercise (as applicable) of convertible securities, warrants, options or other subscription rights, the Highest Price shall be established by reference to the middle market price of such capital stock on the London Stock Exchange at the close of business on the day on which the relevant exercise or conversion notice was submitted provided that if the convertible securities, warrants, options or subscription rights were acquired during the Offer Period or within 12 months prior to its commencement, they will be treated as if they were purchases of the underlying capital stock of the Corporation at a price equal to the sum of the purchase price of such convertible securities, warrants, options or other subscription rights plus the relevant conversion or exercise price paid (or if such convertible securities, warrants, options or other subscription rights have not yet been converted or exercised, the maximum conversion or exercise price payable under the relevant conversion or exercise terms).

 

4.             Sales by Directors. In the event that any director of the Corporation (or any of his or her affiliates) sells shares of the Corporation to a purchaser as a result of which the purchaser is required to make an Offer under this Section E of Article XII, such director must ensure that as a condition of the sale the purchaser undertakes to fulfill its obligations under this Section E of Article XII. In addition, such director shall not resign from the Board of Directors until the first closing date of the Offer or the date when the Offer becomes or is declared wholly unconditional, whichever is later.

 

5.             Public Disclosure. No Offeror or nominee of an Offeror may be appointed to the Board of Directors, nor may an Offeror exercise the Voting Rights represented by the securities of the Corporation held by such Offeror, until public disclosure of the Offer has been made.

 

6.             Stockholder Waiver of Offer Obligation. The obligation to make an offer under this Section E of Article XII may be waived in the circumstances and with the relevant consent described below;

 

(a)           the obligation may be waived in any circumstance with the consent of the holders of more than fifty percent (50%) of the Voting Rights (excluding for this purpose the Voting Rights of the Offeror and any Persons who are affiliated or acting in concert with the Offeror);

 

(b)           if an allotment of shares of capital stock of the Corporation or any other shares or securities convertible into shares of capital stock of the Corporation or any warrants or options to purchase shares or securities convertible into shares of capital stock of the Corporation (collectively, “New Securities”) by the Corporation as consideration for an acquisition or a cash subscription would otherwise result in an obligation to make an Offer under this Section E of Article XII, the obligation may be waived with the consent of the holders of a majority of the Voting Rights of those Persons who are neither the proposed allottee(s) of the New Securities nor affiliated or acting in concert with the proposed allottee(s) of such New Securities; or

 

13 

 

 

(c)           if an underwriter incurs an obligation under this Section E of Article XII unexpectedly (e.g., as a result of an inability to complete a distribution of securities of the Corporation), the obligation may be waived with the consent of the holders of a majority of the Voting Rights of those Persons who are neither the underwriter(s) nor affiliated or acting in concert with such underwriter(s).

 

7.             Consequences of Noncompliance. If an Offeror shall fail to comply with this Section E of Article XII or shall fail to comply with such Offeror’s obligations under the Offer, and shall persist in such failure after written notice from the Corporation to such Person(s), the Board of Directors may:

 

(a)           require such Person(s) to provide such information as the Board of Directors considers appropriate;

 

(b)           make an award for costs against the Offeror;

 

(c)           determine that some or all of such securities acquired in breach of this Section E of Article XII be sold;

 

(d)           direct that the Offeror shall not be entitled to exercise any Voting Rights; and/or

 

(e)           direct that no dividends shall be paid in respect of all or any of the capital stock of the Corporation held by the Offeror.

 

The restrictions in subparagraphs (d) and (e) of this Section E.7 of Article XII may be waived at the discretion of the Board of Directors, and shall be waived when (i) the shares subject to such restrictions are proved to the reasonable satisfaction of the Board of Directors to have been sold to a new beneficial owner that is not affiliated or acting in concert with the Offeror, (ii) such shares have been sold pursuant to an Offer made to all holders of shares of the Corporation on terms which do not differentiate between such holders; or (iii) the provisions of this Section E of Article XII relating to the Offer or, as the case may be, the Offeror’s obligations under the Offer, have been complied with in full.

 

8.             Severability. If any term or provision in this Article XII shall be in violation of any applicable law or public policy, then this Article XII shall be deemed to include such provision only to the fullest extent that it is legal, valid and enforceable, and the remainder of the terms and provisions herein shall be construed as if such illegal, invalid, unlawful, void, voidable or unenforceable term or provision were not contained herein; if this Article XII shall be incorporation of any applicable law or public policy in its entirety, then/this Certificate of Incorporation shall be deemed not to include the provisions of this Article XII.

 

9.             Interpretation. To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Board of Directors shall have the exclusive power and authority to administer and interpret the provisions of this Article XII and to exercise all rights and powers specifically granted to the Board of Directors or the Corporation or as may be necessary or advisable in the administration of this Article XII, and all such actions, calculations, determinations and interpretations which are done or made by the Board of Directors in good faith shall be final, conclusive and binding on the Corporation and the beneficial and record owners of the capital stock of the Corporation and shall not subject the Board of Directors to any liability.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Fifteenth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation has been executed by a duly authorized officer of this corporation on this 23rd day of July, 2021.

 

14 

 

 

Maxcyte, Inc.
   
By: /s/ Douglas A. Doerfler
Name: Douglas A. Doerfler
Title: President & CEO

 

15 

 

 

Exhibit 3.2

 

Bylaws of

Maxcyte, Inc.

 

Effective March 29, 2016

 

 

 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

    Page
ARTICLE I CORPORATE OFFICES 1
1.1 Registered Office 1
1.2 Other Offices 1
ARTICLE II MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS 1
2.1 Place of Meetings 1
2.2 Annual Meeting 1
2.3 Special Meeting 1
2.4 Notice of Stockholders’ Meetings 1
2.5 Manner of Giving Notice; Affidavit of Notice 2
2.6 Quorum 2
2.7 Adjourned Meeting; Notice 2
2.8 Administration of the Meeting 3
2.9 Voting 3
2.10 Stockholder Action by Written Consent Without a Meeting 4
2.11 Record Date for Stockholder Notice; Voting; Giving Consents 4
2.12 Proxies 4
2.13 List of Stockholders Entitled to Vote 4
2.14 Advance Notice of Stockholder Business 5
2.15 Advance Notice of Director Nominations 6
ARTICLE III DIRECTORS 6
3.1 Powers 6
3.2 Number of Directors 6
3.3 Election, Qualification and Term of Office of Directors 7
3.4 Resignation and Vacancies 7
3.5 Place of Meetings; Meetings by Telephone 7
3.6 Regular Meetings 7
3.7 Special Meetings; Notice 7
3.8 Quorum 8
3.9 Waiver of Notice 8
3.10 Board Action by Written Consent Without a Meeting 8
3.11 Adjourned Meeting; Notice 8
3.12 Fees and Compensation of Directors 8
3.13 Removal of Directors 8
3.14 Interested Directors 8
ARTICLE IV COMMITTEES 9

 

-i-

 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

    Page
4.1 Committees of Directors 9
4.2 Committee Minutes 9
4.3 Meetings and Action of Committees 9
ARTICLE V OFFICERS 10
5.1 Officers 10
5.2 Appointment of Officers 10
5.3 Subordinate Officers 10
5.4 Removal and Resignation of Officers 10
5.5 Vacancies in Offices 10
5.6 Representation of Shares of Other Corporations 10
5.7 Authority and Duties of Officers 10
ARTICLE VI RECORDS AND REPORTS 11
6.1 Maintenance and Inspection of Records 11
6.2 Inspection by Directors 11
ARTICLE VII GENERAL MATTERS 11
7.1 Checks; Drafts; Evidences of Indebtedness 11
7.2 Execution of Corporate Contracts and Instruments 11
7.3 Stock Certificates; Partly Paid Shares 11
7.4 Special Designation on Certificates 12
7.5 Lost Certificates 12
7.6 Dividends 12
7.7 Fiscal Year 12
7.8 Seal 12
7.9 Transfer of Stock 12
7.10 Stock Transfer Agreements 12
7.11 Registered Stockholders 12
7.12 Waiver of Notice 13
ARTICLE VIII NOTICE BY ELECTRONIC TRANSMISSION 13
8.1 Notice by Electronic Transmission 13
8.2 Definition of Electronic Transmission 14
8.3 Inapplicability 14
ARTICLE IX INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS 14
9.1 Power to Indemnify in Actions, Suits or Proceedings Other Than Those by or in the Right of the Corporation 14

 

-ii-

 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

    Page
9.2 Power to Indemnify in Actions, Suits or Proceedings by or in the Right of the Corporation 14
9.3 Authorization of Indemnification 14
9.4 Good Faith Defined 15
9.5 Indemnification by a Court 15
9.6 Expenses Payable in Advance 15
9.7 Nonexclusivity of Indemnification and Advancement of Expenses 15
9.8 Insurance 16
9.9 Certain Definitions 16
9.10 Survival of Indemnification and Advancement of Expenses 16
9.11 Limitation on Indemnification 16
9.12 Indemnification of Employees and Agents 16
9.13 Effect of Amendment or Repeal 16
ARTICLE X MISCELLANEOUS 17
10.1 Provisions of Certificate Govern 17
10.2 Construction; Definitions 17
10.3 Severability 17
10.4 Amendment 17
10.5 Exclusive Forum 17
10.6 Loans to Officers or Employees 17
10.7 Right to Refuse Transfers of Common Stock 17

 

-iii-

 

 

Bylaws of Maxcyte, Inc.

 

 

Article I

CORPORATE OFFICES

 

1.1          Registered Office. The registered office of MaxCyte, Inc. shall be fixed in the corporation’s certificate of incorporation, as the same may be amended and/or restated from time to time (as so amended and/or restated, the “Certificate”).

 

1.2          Other Offices. The corporation’s Board of Directors (the “Board”) may at any time establish other offices at any place or places where the corporation is qualified to do business.

 

Article II

MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

 

2.1          Place of Meetings. Meetings of stockholders shall be held at any place within or outside the State of Delaware as designated by the Board. The Board may, in its sole discretion, determine that a meeting of stockholders shall not be held at any place, but may instead be held solely by means of remote communication as authorized by Section 211(a)(2) of the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “DGCL”). In the absence of any such designation or determination, stockholders’ meetings shall be held at the corporation’s principal executive office.

 

2.2          Annual Meeting. The annual meeting of stockholders shall be held each year on a date and at a time designated by the Board. At the annual meeting, directors shall be elected as set forth in the Certificate and any other proper business may be transacted.

 

2.3          Special Meeting. Unless otherwise required by law or the Certificate, special meetings of the stockholders may be called at any time, for any purpose or purposes, only by (a) the Board, pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the total number of authorized directors, (b) the Chairperson of the Board, or (c) the chief executive officer.

 

No business may be transacted at such special meeting other than the business specified in the notice to stockholders of such meeting.

 

2.4          Notice of Stockholders’ Meetings. All notices of meetings of stockholders shall be sent or otherwise given in accordance with either Section 2.5 or Section 8.1 of these bylaws not less than ten (10) nor more than 60 days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting, except as otherwise required by applicable law. The notice shall specify the place, if any, date and hour of the meeting, the means of remote communication, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting, and, in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called. Any previously scheduled meeting of stockholders may be postponed, and, unless the Certificate provides otherwise, any special meeting of the stockholders may be cancelled by resolution duly adopted by a majority of the Board members then in office upon public notice given prior to the date previously scheduled for such meeting of stockholders.

 

Whenever notice is required to be given, under the DGCL, the Certificate or these bylaws, to any person with whom communication is unlawful, the giving of such notice to such person shall not be required and there shall be no duty to apply to any governmental authority or agency for a license or permit to give such notice to such person. Any action or meeting which shall be taken or held without notice to any such person with whom communication is unlawful shall have the same force and effect as if such notice had been duly given. In the event that the action taken by the corporation is such as to require the filing of a certificate with the Secretary of State of Delaware, the certificate shall state, if such is the fact and if notice is required, that notice was given to all persons entitled to receive notice except such persons with whom communication is unlawful.

 

1

 

 

Whenever notice is required to be given, under any provision of the DGCL, the Certificate or these bylaws, to any stockholder to whom (A) notice of two (2) consecutive annual meetings, or (B) all, and at least two (2), payments (if sent by first-class mail) of dividends or interest on securities during a 12 month period, have been mailed addressed to such person at such person’s address as shown on the records of the corporation and have been returned undeliverable, the giving of such notice to such person shall not be required. Any action or meeting which shall be taken or held without notice to such person shall have the same force and effect as if such notice had been duly given. If any such person shall deliver to the corporation a written notice setting forth such person’s then current address, the requirement that notice be given to such person shall be reinstated. In the event that the action taken by the corporation is such as to require the filing of a certificate with the Secretary of State of Delaware, the certificate need not state that notice was not given to persons to whom notice was not required to be given pursuant to Section 230(b) of the DGCL.

 

The exception in subsection (A) of the above paragraph to the requirement that notice be given shall not be applicable to any notice returned as undeliverable if the notice was given by electronic transmission.

 

2.5          Manner of Giving Notice; Affidavit of Notice.

 

Notice of any meeting of stockholders shall be given:

 

(a)           if mailed, when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at his or her address as it appears on the corporation’s records;

 

(b)           if electronically transmitted, as provided in Section 8.1 of these bylaws; or

 

(c)           otherwise, when delivered.

 

An affidavit of the secretary or an assistant secretary of the corporation or of the transfer agent or any other agent of the corporation that the notice has been given shall, in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.

 

Notice may be waived in accordance with Section 7.12 of these bylaws.

 

2.6          Quorum. Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate or required by law, stockholders representing a majority of the voting power of the issued and outstanding capital stock of the corporation, present in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at all meetings of the stockholders. If such quorum is not present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, then the chairperson of the meeting, or the stockholders representing a majority of the voting power of the capital stock at the meeting, present in person or represented by proxy, shall have power to adjourn the meeting from time to time until a quorum is present or represented. At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum is present or represented, any business may be transacted that might have been transacted at the meeting as originally noticed. The stockholders present at a duly called meeting at which a quorum is present may continue to transact business until adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough stockholders to leave less than a quorum unless the number of stockholders who withdrew does not permit action to be taken by the stockholders in accordance with DGCL.

 

2.7          Adjourned Meeting; Notice. Any meeting of stockholders, whether annual or special, may be adjourned from time to time either by the chairman of the meeting or by the vote of a majority of the shares present in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy at the meeting. When a meeting is adjourned to another time or place, unless these bylaws otherwise require, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time, place if any thereof, and the means of remote communications if any by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such adjourned meeting are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. At the continuation of the adjourned meeting, the corporation may transact any business that might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than 30 days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.4 and Section 2.5 of these bylaws.

 

2

 

 

2.8          Administration of the Meeting. Meetings of stockholders shall be presided over by the chief executive officer of the corporation. If the chief executive officer will not be present at a meeting of stockholders, such meeting shall be presided over by such chairperson as the Board shall appoint, or, in the event that the Board shall fail to make such appointment, any officer of the corporation elected by the Board. The secretary of the meeting shall be the secretary of the corporation, or, in the absence of the secretary of the corporation, such person as the chairperson of the meeting appoints.

 

The Board shall, in advance of any meeting of stockholders, appoint one (1) or more inspector(s), who may include individual(s) who serve the corporation in other capacities, including without limitation as officers, employees or agents, to act at the meeting of stockholders and make a written report thereof. The Board may designate one (1) or more persons as alternate inspector(s) to replace any inspector, who fails to act. If no inspector or alternate has been appointed or is able to act at a meeting of stockholders, the chairperson of the meeting shall appoint one (1) or more inspector(s) to act at the meeting. Each inspector, before discharging his or her duties, shall take and sign an oath to faithfully execute the duties of inspector with strict impartiality and according to the best of his or her ability. The inspector(s) or alternate(s) shall have the duties prescribed pursuant to Section 231 of the DGCL or other applicable law.

 

The Board shall be entitled to make such rules or regulations for the conduct of meetings of stockholders as it shall deem necessary, appropriate or convenient to the extent not inconsistent with law, the corporation’s Certificate or these Bylaws, as they are in effect from time to time. Subject to such rules and regulations, if any, the chairperson of the meeting shall have the right and authority to prescribe such rules, regulations and procedures and to do all acts as, in the judgment of such chairperson, are necessary, appropriate or convenient for the proper conduct of the meeting, including without limitation establishing an agenda of business of the meeting, rules or regulations to maintain order, restrictions on entry to the meeting after the time fixed for commencement thereof and the fixing of the date and time of the opening and closing of the polls for each matter upon which the stockholders will vote at a meeting (and shall announce such at the meeting). In the absence of any rule of procedure adopted by the Board, the chairperson shall make all decisions regarding procedures to be followed in any meeting.

 

2.9          Voting. The stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.11 of these bylaws, subject to Section 217 (relating to voting rights of fiduciaries, pledgors and joint owners of stock) and Section 218 (relating to voting trusts and other voting agreements) of the DGCL.

 

Except as otherwise provided in the provisions of Section 213 of the DGCL (relating to the fixing of a date for determination of stockholders of record), each stockholder shall be entitled to that number of votes for each share of capital stock held by such stockholder as set forth in the Certificate.

 

In all matters, other than the election of directors and except as otherwise required by law, the Certificate or these bylaws, including any provisions requiring a separate vote of a class or series of the Company’s shares, the affirmative vote of a majority of the voting power of the shares present or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the subject matter shall be the act of the stockholders. Directors shall be elected by a plurality of the voting power of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the election of directors.

 

The stockholders of the corporation shall not have the right to cumulate their votes for the election of directors of the corporation.

 

3

 

 

2.10        Stockholder Action by Written Consent Without a Meeting. Notwithstanding any statutory provision to the contrary, the shareholders shall have no power or authority to act by written consent or by electronic transmission in lieu of an annual or special meeting called in accordance with these Bylaws.

 

2.11        Record Date for Stockholder Notice; Voting; Giving Consents. In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board may fix, in advance, a record date, which record date shall not precede the date on which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted and which shall not be more than 60 nor less than ten (10) days before the date of such meeting, nor more than 60 days prior to any other such action.

 

If the Board does not fix a record date in accordance with these bylaws and applicable law:

 

(a)           The record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held.

 

(b)           The record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, when no prior action by the Board is necessary, shall be the first day on which a signed written consent setting forth the action taken or proposed to be taken is delivered to the corporation.

 

(c)           The record date for determining stockholders for any other purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board adopts the resolution relating thereto.

 

A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

 

2.12        Proxies. Each stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders may authorize another person or persons to act for such stockholder by proxy authorized by an instrument in writing or by a transmission permitted by law and filed with the secretary of the corporation, but no such proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three (3) years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period. A stockholder may also authorize another person or persons to act for him, her or it as proxy in the manner(s) provided under Section 212(c) of the DGCL or as otherwise provided under Delaware law. The revocability of a proxy that states on its face that it is irrevocable shall be governed by the provisions of Section 212 of the DGCL.

 

2.13        List of Stockholders Entitled to Vote. The officer who has charge of the stock ledger of the corporation shall prepare and make, at least ten (10) days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. The corporation shall not be required to include electronic mail addresses or other electronic contact information on such list. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting for a period of at least ten (10) days prior to the meeting: (a) on a reasonably accessible electronic network, provided that the information required to gain access to such list is provided with the notice of the meeting, or (b) during ordinary business hours, at the corporation’s principal place of business.

 

In the event that the corporation determines to make the list available on an electronic network, the corporation may take reasonable steps to ensure that such information is available only to stockholders of the corporation. If the meeting is to be held at a place, then the list shall be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present. If the meeting is to be held solely by means of remote communication, then the list shall also be open to the examination of any stockholder during the whole time of the meeting on a reasonably accessible electronic network, and the information required to access such list shall be provided with the notice of the meeting.

 

4

 

 

2.14        Advance Notice of Stockholder Business. Only such business shall be conducted as shall have been properly brought before a meeting of the stockholders of the corporation. To be properly brought before an annual meeting, business must be (a) specified in the notice of meeting (or any supplement thereto) given by or at the direction of the Board, (b) otherwise properly brought before the meeting by or at the direction of the Board, or (c) a proper matter for stockholder action under the DGCL that has been properly brought before the meeting by a stockholder (i) who is a stockholder of record on the date of the giving of the notice provided for in this Section 2.14 and on the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to vote at such annual meeting and (ii) who complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 2.14. For such business to be considered properly brought before the meeting by a stockholder such stockholder must, in addition to any other applicable requirements, have given timely notice in proper form of such stockholder’s intent to bring such business before such meeting. To be timely, such stockholder’s notice must be delivered to or mailed and received by the secretary of the corporation at the principal executive offices of the corporation not later than the close of business on the 90th day, nor earlier than the close of business on the 120th day, prior to the anniversary date of the immediately preceding annual meeting; provided, however, that in the event that no annual meeting was held in the previous year or the annual meeting is called for a date that is not within thirty (30) days before or after such anniversary date, notice by the stockholder to be timely must be so received not later than the close of business on the tenth (10th) day following the day on which such notice of the date of the meeting was mailed or public disclosure of the date of the meeting was made, whichever occurs first.

 

To be in proper form, a stockholder’s notice to the secretary shall be in writing and shall set forth:

 

(a)           the name and record address of the stockholder who intends to propose the business and the class or series and number of shares of capital stock of the corporation which are owned beneficially or of record by such stockholder;

 

(b)           a representation that the stockholder is a holder of record of stock of the corporation entitled to vote at such meeting and intends to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to introduce the business specified in the notice;

 

(c)           a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the annual meeting and the reasons for conducting such business at the annual meeting;

 

(d)           any material interest of the stockholder in such business; and

 

(e)           any other information that is reasonably required to be provided by the stockholder by the Company.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, in order to include information with respect to a stockholder proposal in the proxy statement and form of proxy for a stockholder’s meeting, stockholders must provide notice as required by, and otherwise comply with the requirements of, the Act and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

No business shall be conducted at the annual meeting of stockholders except business brought before the annual meeting in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 2.14. The chairperson of the meeting may refuse to acknowledge the proposal of any business not made in compliance with the foregoing procedure.

 

5

 

 

2.15        Advance Notice of Director Nominations. Only persons who are nominated in accordance with the following procedures shall be eligible for election as directors of the corporation. To be properly brought before an annual meeting of stockholders, or any special meeting of stockholders called for the purpose of electing directors, nominations for the election of director must be (a) specified in the notice of meeting (or any supplement thereto), (b) made by or at the direction of the Board (or any duly authorized committee thereof) or (c) made by any stockholder of the corporation (i) who is a stockholder of record on the date of the giving of the notice provided for in this Section 2.15 and on the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting and (ii) who complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 2.15.

 

In addition to any other applicable requirements, for a nomination to be made by a stockholder, such stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in proper written form to the secretary of the corporation. To be timely, a stockholder’s notice to the secretary must be delivered to or mailed and received at the principal executive offices of the corporation, in the case of an annual meeting, in accordance with the provisions set forth in Section 2.14 of these bylaws, and, in the case of a special meeting of stockholders called for the purpose of electing directors, not later than the close of business on the tenth (10th) day following the day on which notice of the date of the special meeting was mailed or public disclosure of the date of the special meeting was made, whichever first occurs.

 

To be in proper written form, a stockholder’s notice to the secretary must set forth:

 

(a)           as to each person whom the stockholder proposes to nominate for election as a director (i) the name, age, business address and residence address of the person, (ii) the principal occupation or employment of the person, (iii) the class or series and number of shares of capital stock of the corporation which are owned beneficially or of record by the person, (iv) a description of all arrangements or understandings between the stockholder and each nominee and any other person or persons (naming such person or persons) pursuant to which the nominations are to be made by the stockholder, and (v) any other information relating to such person that is required to be disclosed in solicitations of proxies for elections of directors, or is otherwise required, (including without limitation such person’s written consent to being named in the proxy statement, if any, as a nominee and to serving as a director if elected); and

 

(b)           as to such stockholder giving notice, the information required to be provided pursuant to Section 2.14 of these bylaws.

 

No person shall be eligible for election as a director of the corporation unless nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 2.15. If the chairperson of the meeting properly determines that a nomination was not made in accordance with the foregoing procedures, the chairperson shall declare to the meeting that the nomination was defective and such defective nomination shall be disregarded.

 

Article III

DIRECTORS

 

3.1          Powers. Subject to the provisions of the DGCL and any limitations in the Certificate, the business and affairs of the corporation shall be managed and all corporate powers shall be exercised by or under the direction of the Board.

 

3.2          Number of Directors. The authorized number of directors shall be determined from time to time by resolution of the Board, provided the Board shall consist of at least one member. No reduction of the authorized number of directors shall have the effect of removing any director before that director’s term of office expires.

 

6

 

 

3.3          Election, Qualification and Term of Office of Directors. Except as provided in Section 3.4 and Section 3.13 of these bylaws, directors shall be elected at each annual meeting of stockholders as specified by the Certificate. Directors need not be stockholders unless so required by the Certificate or these bylaws. The Certificate or these bylaws may prescribe other qualifications for directors. Each director, including a director elected to fill a vacancy, shall hold office until such director’s successor is elected and qualified or until such director’s earlier death, resignation or removal.

 

All elections of directors shall be by written ballot, unless otherwise provided in the Certificate. If authorized by the Board, such requirement of a written ballot shall be satisfied by a ballot submitted by electronic transmission, provided that any such electronic transmission must be either set forth or be submitted with information from which it can be determined that the electronic transmission was authorized.

 

3.4          Resignation and Vacancies. Any director may resign at any time upon written notice or by electronic transmission to the corporation.

 

Unless the Board otherwise determines, newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors, or any vacancies on the Board resulting from the death, resignation, retirement, disqualification, removal from office or other cause shall, unless otherwise required by law, be filled by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining directors then in office, even though less than a quorum of the Board, or by a sole remaining director. When one or more directors resigns and the resignation is effective at a future date, a majority of the directors then in office, including those who have so resigned, shall have power to fill such vacancy or vacancies, the vote thereon to take effect when such resignation or resignations shall become effective, and each director so chosen shall hold office as provided in this Section 3.4 in the filling of other vacancies.

 

3.5          Place of Meetings; Meetings by Telephone. The Board may hold meetings, both regular and special, either within or outside the State of Delaware.

 

Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate or these bylaws, members of the Board, or any committee designated by the Board, may participate in a meeting of the Board, or any committee, by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.

 

3.6          Regular Meetings. Regular meetings of the Board may be held without notice at such time and at such place as shall from time to time be determined by the Board.

 

3.7          Special Meetings; Notice. Special meetings of the Board for any purpose or purposes may be called at any time by the chairperson of the Board, the chief executive officer, the president, the secretary or a majority of the authorized number of directors. The person(s) authorized to call special meetings of the Board may fix the place and time of the meeting.

 

Notice of the time and place of special meetings shall be:

 

(a)           delivered personally by hand, by courier or by telephone;

 

(b)           sent by United States first-class mail, postage prepaid;

 

(c)           sent by facsimile; or

 

(d)           sent by electronic mail,

 

directed to each director at that director’s address, telephone number, facsimile number or electronic mail address, as the case may be, as shown on the corporation’s records.

 

7

 

 

If the notice is (i) delivered personally by hand, by courier or by telephone, (ii) sent by facsimile or (iii) sent by electronic mail, it shall be delivered or sent at least 24 hours before the time of the holding of the meeting. If the notice is sent by United States mail, it shall be deposited in the United States mail at least four days before the time of the holding of the meeting. Any oral notice may be communicated either to the director or to a person at the office of the director who the person giving notice has reason to believe will promptly communicate such notice to the director. The notice need not specify the place of the meeting if the meeting is to be held at the corporation’s principal executive office nor the purpose of the meeting.

 

3.8          Quorum. Except as otherwise required by law or the Certificate, at all meetings of the Board, a majority of the authorized number of directors (as determined pursuant to Section 3.2 of these bylaws) shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, except to adjourn as provided in Section 3.11 of these bylaws. The vote of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board, except as may be otherwise specifically provided by statute, the Certificate or these bylaws.

 

3.9          Waiver of Notice. Whenever notice is required to be given under any provisions of the DGCL, the Certificate or these bylaws, a written waiver thereof, signed by the person entitled to notice, or a waiver by electronic transmission by the person entitled to notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to notice. Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the person attends a meeting solely for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the directors, or members of a committee of directors, need be specified in any written waiver of notice or any waiver by electronic transmission unless so required by the Certificate or these bylaws.

 

3.10        Board Action by Written Consent Without a Meeting. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate or these bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board, or of any committee thereof, may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission and the writing or writings or electronic transmission or transmissions are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board or committee. Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form.

 

3.11        Adjourned Meeting; Notice. If a quorum is not present at any meeting of the Board, then a majority of the directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum is present.

 

3.12        Fees and Compensation of Directors. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate or these bylaws, the Board shall have the authority to fix the compensation of directors. Nothing herein contained shall be construed to preclude any director from serving the corporation in any other capacity as an officer, agent, employee, or otherwise and receiving compensation therefor.

 

3.13        Removal of Directors. Any director or the entire Board may be removed from office at any time, with cause, by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the voting power of the issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of the corporation then entitled to vote in the election of directors.

 

3.14        Interested Directors. No contract or transaction between the corporation and one or more of its directors or officers, or between the corporation and any other corporation, partnership, association or other organization in which one or more of its directors or officers are directors or officers, or have a financial interest, shall be void or voidable solely for this reason, or solely because the director or officer is present at or participates in the meeting of the Board or committee thereof which authorizes the contract or transaction, or solely because his, her or their votes are counted for such purpose, if (i) the material facts as to his, her or their relationship or interest and as to the contract or transaction are disclosed or are known to the Board or the committee, and the Board or committee in good faith authorizes the contract or transaction by the affirmative votes of a majority of the disinterested directors, even though the disinterested directors be less than a quorum, or (ii) the material facts as to his, her or their relationship or interest and as to the contract or transaction are disclosed or are known to the stockholders entitled to vote thereon, and the contract or transaction is specifically approved in good faith by vote of the stockholders, or (iii) the contract or transaction is fair as to the corporation as of the time it is authorized, approved or ratified by the Board, a committee thereof or the stockholders. Common or interested directors may be counted in determining the presence of a quorum at a meeting of the Board or of a committee which authorizes the contract or transaction.

 

8

 

 

Article IV

COMMITTEES

 

4.1          Committees of Directors. The Board may designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the corporation. The Board may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member. Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board or in these bylaws, shall have and may exercise such lawfully delegable powers and duties as the Board may confer.

 

4.2          Committee Minutes. Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report to the Board when required.

 

4.3          Meetings and Action of Committees. Meetings and actions of committees shall be governed by, and held and taken in accordance with, the provisions of:

 

(a)           Section 3.5 (relating to place of meetings and meetings by telephone);

 

(b)           Section 3.6 (relating to regular meetings);

 

(c)           Section 3.7 (relating to special meetings and notice);

 

(d)           Section 3.8 (relating to quorum);

 

(e)           Section 3.9 (relating to waiver of notice);

 

(f)            Section 3.10 (relating to action without a meeting); and

 

(g)           Section 3.11 (relating to adjournment and notice of adjournment) of these bylaws, with such changes in the context of those bylaws as are necessary to substitute the committee and its members for the Board and its members.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing:

 

(i)            the time of regular meetings of committees may be determined either by resolution of the Board or by resolution of the committee;

 

(ii)           special meetings of committees may also be called by resolution of the Board; and

 

(iii)          notice of special meetings of committees shall also be given to all alternate members, who shall have the right to attend all meetings of the committee. The Board may adopt rules for the governance of any committee not inconsistent with the provisions of these bylaws.

 

9

 

 

Article V

OFFICERS

 

5.1          Officers. The officers of the corporation shall be a president and a secretary. The corporation may also have, at the discretion of the Board, a chairperson of the Board, a vice chairperson of the Board, a chief executive officer, a chief financial officer or treasurer, one or more vice presidents, one or more assistant vice presidents, one or more assistant treasurers, one or more assistant secretaries, and any such other officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of these bylaws. Any number of offices may be held by the same person.

 

5.2          Appointment of Officers. The Board shall appoint the officers of the corporation, except such officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.3 of these bylaws, subject to the rights, if any, of an officer under any contract of employment. Each officer shall hold office until his or her successor is elected and qualified or until his or her earlier resignation or removal. A failure to elect officers shall not dissolve or otherwise affect the corporation.

 

5.3          Subordinate Officers. The Board may appoint, or empower the chief executive officer or, in the absence of a chief executive officer, the president, to appoint, such other officers and agents as the business of the corporation may require. Each of such officers and agents shall hold office for such period, have such authority, and perform such duties as are provided in these bylaws or as the Board may from time to time determine.

 

5.4          Removal and Resignation of Officers. Any officer may be removed, either with or without cause, by an affirmative vote of the majority of the Board at any regular or special meeting of the Board, by the unanimous written consent of the directors in office at the time or, except in the case of an officer appointed by the Board, by any officer upon whom such power of removal may be conferred by the Board.

 

Any officer may resign at any time by giving written notice to the corporation. Any resignation shall take effect at the date of the receipt of that notice or at any later time specified in that notice. Unless otherwise specified in the notice of resignation, the acceptance of the resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. Any resignation is without prejudice to the rights, if any, of the corporation under any contract to which the officer is a party.

 

5.5          Vacancies in Offices. Any vacancy occurring in any office of the corporation may only be filled by the Board or as provided in Section 5.3 of these bylaws.

 

5.6          Representation of Shares of Other Corporations. The chairperson of the Board, the chief executive officer, the president, any vice president, the treasurer, the secretary or assistant secretary of this corporation, or any other person authorized by the Board, the chief executive officer, the president or a vice president, is authorized to vote, represent, and exercise on behalf of this corporation all rights incident to any and all shares or other equity interests of any other corporation or entity standing in the name of this corporation. The authority granted herein may be exercised either by such person directly or by any other person authorized to do so by proxy or power of attorney duly executed by such person having the authority.

 

5.7          Authority and Duties of Officers. In addition to the foregoing authority and duties, all officers of the corporation shall respectively have such authority and perform such duties in the management of the business of the corporation as may be designated from time to time by the Board.

 

10

 

 

Article VI

RECORDS AND REPORTS

 

6.1          Maintenance and Inspection of Records. The corporation shall, either at its principal executive office or at such place or places as designated by the Board, keep a record of its stockholders listing their names and addresses and the number and class of shares held by each stockholder, a copy of these bylaws, as may be amended to date, minute books, accounting books and other records.

 

Any such records maintained by the corporation may be kept on, or by means of, or be in the form of, any information storage device or method, provided that the records so kept can be converted into clearly legible paper form within a reasonable time. The corporation shall so convert any records so kept upon the request of any person entitled to inspect such records pursuant to the provisions of the DGCL. When records are kept in such manner, a clearly legible paper form produced from or by means of the information storage device or method shall be admissible in evidence, and accepted for all other purposes, to the same extent as an original paper form accurately portrays the record.

 

Any stockholder of record, in person or by attorney or other agent, shall, upon written demand under oath stating the purpose thereof, have the right during the usual hours for business to inspect for any proper purpose the corporation’s stock ledger, a list of its stockholders, and its other books and records and to make copies or extracts therefrom. A proper purpose shall mean a purpose reasonably related to such person’s interest as a stockholder. In every instance where an attorney or other agent is the person who seeks the right to inspection, the demand under oath shall be accompanied by a power of attorney or such other writing that authorizes the attorney or other agent to so act on behalf of the stockholder. The demand under oath shall be directed to the corporation at its registered office in Delaware or at its principal executive office.

 

6.2          Inspection by Directors. Any director shall have the right to examine the corporation’s stock ledger, a list of its stockholders, and its other books and records for a purpose reasonably related to his or her position as a director.

 

Article VII

GENERAL MATTERS

 

7.1          Checks; Drafts; Evidences of Indebtedness. From time to time, the Board shall determine by resolution which person or persons may sign or endorse all checks, drafts, other orders for payment of money, notes or other evidences of indebtedness that are issued in the name of or payable to the corporation, and only the persons so authorized shall sign or endorse those instruments.

 

7.2          Execution of Corporate Contracts and Instruments. Except as otherwise provided in these bylaws, the Board, or any officers of the corporation authorized thereby, may authorize any officer or officers, or agent or agents, to enter into any contract or execute any instrument in the name of and on behalf of the corporation; such authority may be general or confined to specific instances.

 

7.3          Stock Certificates; Partly Paid Shares. The shares of the corporation shall be represented by certificates, provided that the Board may provide by resolution or resolutions that some or all of any or all classes or series of its stock shall be uncertificated shares. Any such resolution shall not apply to shares represented by a certificate until such certificate is surrendered to the corporation. Notwithstanding the adoption of such a resolution by the Board, every holder of stock represented by certificates and upon request every holder of uncertificated shares shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by, or in the name of the corporation by the chairperson or vice-chairperson of the Board, or the president or vice-president, and by the treasurer or an assistant treasurer, or the secretary or an assistant secretary of the corporation representing the number of shares registered in certificate form. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be a facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate has ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the corporation with the same effect as if he or she were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue.

 

11

 

 

7.4          Special Designation on Certificates. If the corporation is authorized to issue more than one class of stock or more than one series of any class, then the powers, designations, preferences, and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights shall be set forth in full or summarized on the face or back of the certificate that the corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock; provided, however, that, except as otherwise provided in Section 202 of the DGCL, in lieu of the foregoing requirements there may be set forth on the face or back of the certificate that the corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock a statement that the corporation will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, designations, preferences, and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights.

 

7.5          Lost Certificates. Except as provided in this Section 7.5, no new certificates for shares shall be issued to replace a previously issued certificate unless the latter is surrendered to the corporation and cancelled at the same time. The corporation may issue a new certificate of stock or uncertificated shares in the place of any certificate theretofore issued by it, alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, and the corporation may require the owner of the lost, stolen or destroyed certificate, or such owner’s legal representative, to give the corporation a bond sufficient to indemnify it against any claim that may be made against it on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of any such certificate or the issuance of such new certificate or uncertificated shares.

 

7.6          Dividends. The Board, subject to any restrictions contained in either (a) the DGCL or (b) the Certificate, may declare and pay dividends upon the shares of its capital stock. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the corporation’s capital stock.

 

The Board may set apart out of any of the funds of the corporation available for dividends a reserve or reserves for any proper purpose and may abolish any such reserve.

 

7.7          Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the corporation shall initially be the calendar year but may be changed by the Board.

 

7.8          Seal. The corporation may adopt a corporate seal, which shall be adopted and which may be altered by the Board. The corporation may use the corporate seal by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or in any other manner reproduced.

 

7.9          Transfer of Stock. Transfers of stock shall be made only upon the transfer books of the corporation kept at an office of the corporation or by transfer agents designated to transfer shares of the stock of the corporation. Except where a certificate is issued in accordance with Section 7.5 of these bylaws, an outstanding certificate for the number of shares involved shall be surrendered for cancellation before a new certificate is issued therefore. Upon surrender to the corporation or the transfer agent of the corporation of a certificate for shares duly endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignation or authority to transfer, it shall be the duty of the corporation to issue a new certificate to the person entitled thereto, cancel the old certificate, and record the transaction in its books.

 

7.10        Stock Transfer Agreements. The corporation shall have power to enter into and perform any agreement with any number of stockholders of any one or more classes or series of stock of the corporation to restrict the transfer of shares of stock of the corporation of any one or more classes or series owned by such stockholders in any manner not prohibited by the DGCL.

 

7.11        Registered Stockholders. The corporation:

 

(a)           shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends and to vote as such owner;

 

12

 

 

(b)           shall be entitled to hold liable for calls and assessments on partly paid shares the person registered on its books as the owner of shares; and

 

(c)           shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of another person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of Delaware.

 

7.12        Waiver of Notice. Whenever notice is required to be given under any provision of the DGCL, the Certificate or these bylaws, a written waiver, signed by the person entitled to notice, or a waiver by electronic transmission by the person entitled to notice, whether before or after the time of the event for which notice is to be given, shall be deemed equivalent to notice. Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the person attends a meeting solely for the express purpose of objecting at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the stockholders need be specified in any written waiver of notice or any waiver by electronic transmission unless so required by the Certificate or these bylaws.

 

Article VIII

NOTICE BY ELECTRONIC TRANSMISSION

 

8.1          Notice by Electronic Transmission. Without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given effectively to stockholders pursuant to the DGCL, the Certificate or these bylaws, any notice to stockholders given by the corporation under any provision of the DGCL, the Certificate or these bylaws shall be effective if given by a form of electronic transmission consented to by the stockholder to whom the notice is given. Any such consent shall be revocable by the stockholder by written notice to the corporation. Any such consent shall be deemed revoked if:

 

(a)           the corporation is unable to deliver by electronic transmission two consecutive notices given by the corporation in accordance with such consent; and

 

(b)           such inability becomes known to the secretary or an assistant secretary of the corporation or to the transfer agent, or other person responsible for the giving of notice.

 

However, the inadvertent failure to treat such inability as a revocation shall not invalidate any meeting or other action.

 

Any notice given pursuant to the preceding paragraph shall be deemed given:

 

(i)            if by facsimile telecommunication, when directed to a number at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice;

 

(ii)           if by electronic mail, when directed to an electronic mail address at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice;

 

(iii)          if by a posting on an electronic network together with separate notice to the stockholder of such specific posting, upon the later of (A) such posting and (B) the giving of such separate notice; and

 

(iv)          if by any other form of electronic transmission, when directed to the stockholder.

 

An affidavit of the secretary or an assistant secretary or of the transfer agent or other agent of the corporation that the notice has been given by a form of electronic transmission shall, in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.

 

13

 

 

8.2          Definition of Electronic Transmission. An “electronic transmission” means any form of communication, not directly involving the physical transmission of paper, that creates a record that may be retained, retrieved, and reviewed by a recipient thereof, and that may be directly reproduced in paper form by such a recipient through an automated process.

 

8.3          Inapplicability. Notice by a form of electronic transmission shall not apply to Section 164 (relating to failure to pay for stock; remedies), Section 296 (relating to adjudication of claims; appeal), Section 311 (relating to revocation of voluntary dissolution), Section 312 (relating to renewal, revival, extension and restoration of certificate of incorporation) or Section 324 (relating to attachment of shares of stock or any option, right or interest therein) of the DGCL.

 

Article IX

INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

 

9.1          Power to Indemnify in Actions, Suits or Proceedings Other Than Those by or in the Right of the Corporation. Subject to Section 9.3 of these bylaws, the corporation shall indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as now or hereafter in effect, any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the corporation) by reason of the fact that such person (or the legal representative of such person) is or was a director or officer of the corporation or any predecessor of the corporation, or is or was a director or officer of the corporation serving at the request of the corporation as a director or officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe such person’s conduct was unlawful. The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that such person’s conduct was unlawful.

 

9.2          Power to Indemnify in Actions, Suits or Proceedings by or in the Right of the Corporation. Subject to Section 9.3 of these bylaws, the corporation shall indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as now or hereafter in effect, any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that such person (or the legal representative of such person) is or was a director or officer of the corporation or any predecessor of the corporation, or is or was a director or officer of the corporation serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation; except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

 

9.3          Authorization of Indemnification. Any indemnification under this Article IX (unless ordered by a court) shall be made by the corporation only as authorized in the specific case upon a determination that indemnification of the director or officer is proper in the circumstances because such person has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Section 9.1 or Section 9.2 of these bylaws, as the case may be. Such determination shall be made, with respect to a person who is either a director or officer at the time of such determination or a former director or officer, (i) by a majority vote of the directors who are not parties to such action, suit or proceeding, even though less than a quorum, or (ii) by a committee of such directors designated by a majority vote of such directors, even though less than a quorum, or (iii) if there are no such directors, or if such directors so direct, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion or (iv) by the stockholders (but only if a majority of the directors who are not parties to such action, suit or proceeding, if they constitute a quorum of the board of directors, presents the issue of entitlement to indemnification to the stockholders for their determination). To the extent, however, that a present or former director or officer of the corporation has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding described above, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, such person shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection therewith, without the necessity of authorization in the specific case.

 

14

 

 

9.4          Good Faith Defined. For purposes of any determination under Section 9.3 of these bylaws, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, a person shall be deemed to have acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, or, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, to have had no reasonable cause to believe such person’s conduct was unlawful, if such person’s action is based on the records or books of account of the corporation or another enterprise, or on information supplied to such person by the officers of the corporation or another enterprise in the course of their duties, or on the advice of legal counsel for the corporation or another enterprise or on information or records given or reports made to the corporation or another enterprise by an independent certified public accountant or by an appraiser or other expert selected with reasonable care by the corporation or another enterprise. The term “another enterprise” as used in this Section 9.4 shall mean any other corporation or any partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise of which such person is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent. The provisions of this Section 9.4 shall not be deemed to be exclusive or to limit in any way the circumstances in which a person may be deemed to have met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Section 9.1 or 9.2 of these bylaws, as the case may be.

 

9.5          Indemnification by a Court. Notwithstanding any contrary determination in the specific case under Section 9.3 of this Article IX, and notwithstanding the absence of any determination thereunder, any director or officer may apply to the Court of Chancery in the State of Delaware for indemnification to the extent otherwise permissible under Section 9.1 and Section 9.2 of these bylaws. The basis of such indemnification by a court shall be a determination by such court that indemnification of the director or officer is proper in the circumstances because such person has met the applicable standards of conduct set forth in Section 9.1 or Section 9.2 of these bylaws, as the case may be. Neither a contrary determination in the specific case under Section 9.3 of these bylaws nor the absence of any determination thereunder shall be a defense to such application or create a presumption that the director or officer seeking indemnification has not met any applicable standard of conduct. Notice of any application for indemnification pursuant to this Section 9.5 shall be given to the corporation promptly upon the filing of such application. If successful, in whole or in part, the director or officer seeking indemnification shall also be entitled to be paid the expense of prosecuting such application.

 

9.6          Expenses Payable in Advance. To the fullest extent not prohibited by the DGCL, or by any other applicable law, expenses incurred by a person who is or was a director or officer in defending any civil, criminal, administrative or investigative action, suit or proceeding shall be paid by the corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding; provided, however, that if the DGCL requires, an advance of expenses incurred by any person in his or her capacity as a director or officer (and not in any other capacity) shall be made only upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such person to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that such person is not entitled to be indemnified by the corporation as authorized in this Article IX.

 

9.7          Nonexclusivity of Indemnification and Advancement of Expenses. The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by or granted pursuant to this Article IX shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under the Certificate, any bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in such person’s official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office, it being the policy of the corporation that indemnification of the persons specified in Section 9.1 and Section 9.2 of these bylaws shall be made to the fullest extent permitted by law. The provisions of this Article IX shall not be deemed to preclude the indemnification of any person who is not specified in Section 9.1 or Section 9.2 of these bylaws but whom the corporation has the power or obligation to indemnify under the provisions of the DGCL, or otherwise. The corporation is specifically authorized to enter into individual contracts with any or all of its directors, officers, employees or agents respecting indemnification and advances, to the fullest extent not prohibited by the DGCL, or by any other applicable law.

 

15

 

 

9.8          Insurance. To the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL or any other applicable law, the corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise against any liability asserted against such person and incurred by such person in any such capacity, or arising out of such person’s status as such, whether or not the corporation would have the power or the obligation to indemnify such person against such liability under the provisions of this Article IX.

 

9.9          Certain Definitions. For purposes of this Article IX, references to “the corporation” shall include, in addition to the resulting corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors or officers, so that any person who is or was a director or officer of such constituent corporation, or is or was a director or officer of such constituent corporation serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this Article IX with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as such person would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued. For purposes of this Article IX, references to “fines” shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to an employee benefit plan; and references to “serving at the request of the corporation” shall include any service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director or officer with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “not opposed to the best interests of the corporation” as referred to in this Article IX.

 

9.10        Survival of Indemnification and Advancement of Expenses. The rights to indemnification and advancement of expenses conferred by this Article IX shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director or officer and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors, administrators and other personal and legal representatives of such a person.

 

9.11        Limitation on Indemnification. Notwithstanding anything contained in this Article IX to the contrary, except for proceedings to enforce rights to indemnification (which shall be governed by Section 9.5 of these bylaws), the corporation shall not be obligated to indemnify any director or officer in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such person unless such proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized or consented to by the board of directors of the corporation.

 

9.12        Indemnification of Employees and Agents. The corporation may, to the extent authorized from time to time by the board of directors, provide rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses to employees and agents of the corporation similar to those conferred in this Article IX to directors and officers of the corporation.

 

9.13        Effect of Amendment or Repeal. Neither any amendment or repeal of any Section of this Article IX, nor the adoption of any provision of the Certificate or the bylaws inconsistent with this Article IX, shall adversely affect any right or protection of any director, officer, employee or other agent established pursuant to this Article IX existing at the time of such amendment, repeal or adoption of an inconsistent provision, including without limitation by eliminating or reducing the effect of this Article IX, for or in respect of any act, omission or other matter occurring, or any action or proceeding accruing or arising (or that, but for this Article IX, would accrue or arise), prior to such amendment, repeal or adoption of an inconsistent provision.

 

16

 

 

Article X

MISCELLANEOUS

 

10.1        Provisions of Certificate Govern. In the event of any inconsistency between the terms of these bylaws and the Certificate, the terms of the Certificate will govern.

 

10.2        Construction; Definitions. Unless the context requires otherwise, the general provisions, rules of construction, and definitions in the DGCL shall govern the construction of these bylaws. Without limiting the generality of this provision, the singular number includes the plural, the plural number includes the singular, and the term “person” includes both a corporation and a natural person.

 

10.3        Severability. In the event that any bylaw or the application thereof becomes or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, void or unenforceable, the remaining bylaws will continue in full force and effect.

 

10.4        Amendment. Neither these bylaws nor any provision herein may be amended, altered, or repealed by the shareholders of the corporation, nor shall any provision of these bylaws of the corporation inconsistent with any such provision be adopted by the stockholders of the Corporation, unless approved by the affirmative vote of at least sixty six and two thirds percent (66 2/3rds%) of the issued and outstanding shares of Common Stock of the Corporation. These bylaws may be amended, altered, or repealed by the affirmative vote of at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the whole Board of Directors at any regular or special meeting of the Board.

 

10.5        Exclusive Forum. Unless the Corporation consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware shall be the sole and exclusive forum for (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the Corporation, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer, or other employee of the Corporation to the Corporation or the Corporation’s stockholders, (iii) any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the Delaware General Corporation Law, the certificate of incorporation or the bylaws of the corporation, or (iv) any action asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine. Unless the Corporation consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the federal district courts of the United States of America shall be the exclusive forum for the resolution of any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of capital stock of the corporation shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to the provisions of this Section 10.5.

 

10.6        Loans to Officers or Employees. Except as otherwise prohibited by applicable law, including the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the corporation may lend money to, or guarantee any obligation of, or otherwise assist any officer or other employee of the corporation or of its subsidiaries, including any officer or employee who is a director of the corporation or its subsidiaries, whenever, in the judgment of the Board of Directors, such loan, guarantee or assistance may reasonably be expected to benefit the corporation. The loan, guarantee or other assistance may be with or without interest and may be unsecured, or secured in such manner as the Board of Directors shall approve, including, without limitation, a pledge of shares of stock of the corporation. Nothing in these Bylaws shall be deemed to deny, limit or restrict the powers of guaranty or warranty of the corporation at common law or under any statute.

 

10.7        Right to Refuse Transfers of Common Stock. The Company, and any transfer agents designated to transfer shares of the stock of the corporation, shall have the authority to refuse in its sole discretion to register any transfer of Common Stock of the Corporation that (a) does not comply with Regulation S of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended; (b) is not made under a registration statement as set out under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended; or (c) is not made pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements set out under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

17

 

Exhibit 3.3

 

 

Amended and Restated Bylaws

 

of

 

MAXCYTE, INC.

(a Delaware Corporation)

 

July [__], 2021

 

 

 

 

MAXCYTE, INC.

Amended and Restated

Bylaws

 

ARTICLE I

 

Offices

 

Section 1.      Registered Office. The registered office shall be established and maintained at the office of Corporation Service Company, 251 Little Falls Drive, in the City of Wilmington, in the County of New Castle, in the State of Delaware, 19808 and said corporation, or other such person or entity as the Board of Directors may from time to time designate, shall be the registered agent of the corporation.

 

Section 2.      Other Offices. The corporation shall also have and maintain an office or principal place of business at such place as may be fixed by the Board of Directors, and may also have offices at such other places, both within and without the State of Delaware as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine or the business of the corporation may require.

 

ARTICLE II

 

Corporate Seal

 

Section 3.      Corporate Seal. The Board of Directors may adopt a corporate seal. If adopted, the corporate seal shall consist of a die bearing the name of the corporation and the inscription, “Corporate Seal-Delaware.” Said seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or reproduced or otherwise.

 

ARTICLE III

 

Stockholders’ Meetings

 

Section 4.      Place of Meetings. Meetings of the stockholders of the corporation may be held at such place, either within or without the State of Delaware, as may be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may, in its sole discretion, determine that the meeting shall not be held at any place, but may instead be held solely by means of remote communication as provided under the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “DGCL”).

 

Section 5.      Annual Meetings.

 

(a)            The annual meeting of the stockholders of the corporation, for the purpose of election of directors and for such other business as may properly come before it, shall be held on such date and at such time as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors. Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors of the corporation and the proposal of business to be considered by the stockholders may be made at an annual meeting of stockholders: (i) pursuant to the corporation’s notice of meeting of stockholders (with respect to business other than nominations); (ii) brought specifically by or at the direction of the Board of Directors; or (iii) by any stockholder of the corporation who was a stockholder of record at the time of giving the stockholder’s notice provided for in Section 5(b) below, who is entitled to vote at the meeting and who complied with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 5. For the avoidance of doubt, clause (iii) above shall be the exclusive means for a stockholder to make nominations and submit other business (other than matters properly included in the corporation’s notice of meeting of stockholders and proxy statement under Rule 14a-8 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder (the “1934 Act”)) before an annual meeting of stockholders.

 

1

 

 

(b)            At an annual meeting of the stockholders, only such business shall be conducted as is a proper matter for stockholder action under Delaware law and as shall have been properly brought before the meeting.

 

(1)            For nominations for the election to the Board of Directors to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder pursuant to clause (iii) of Section 5(a) of these Bylaws, the stockholder must deliver written notice to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation on a timely basis as set forth in Section 5(b)(3) and must update and supplement such written notice on a timely basis as set forth in Section 5(c). Such stockholder’s notice shall set forth: (A) as to each nominee such stockholder proposes to nominate at the meeting: (1) the name, age, business address and residence address of such nominee, (2) the principal occupation or employment of such nominee, (3) the class and number of shares of each class of capital stock of the corporation which are owned of record and beneficially by such nominee, (4) the date or dates on which such shares were acquired and the investment intent of such acquisition and (5) such other information concerning such nominee as would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement soliciting proxies for the election of such nominee as a director in an election contest (even if an election contest is not involved), or that is otherwise required to be disclosed pursuant to Section 14 of the 1934 Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder (including such person’s written consent to being named as a nominee and to serving as a director if elected); and (B) the information required by Section 5(b)(4). The corporation may require any proposed nominee to furnish such other information as it may reasonably require to determine the eligibility of such proposed nominee to serve as an independent director of the corporation or that could be material to a reasonable stockholder’s understanding of the independence, or lack thereof, of such proposed nominee.

 

(2)            Other than proposals sought to be included in the corporation’s proxy materials pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the 1934 Act, for business other than nominations for the election to the Board of Directors to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder pursuant to clause (iii) of Section 5(a) of these Bylaws, the stockholder must deliver written notice to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation on a timely basis as set forth in Section 5(b)(3), and must update and supplement such written notice on a timely basis as set forth in Section 5(c). Such stockholder’s notice shall set forth: (A) as to each matter such stockholder proposes to bring before the meeting, a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the meeting, the reasons for conducting such business at the meeting, and any material interest (including any anticipated benefit of such business to any Proponent (as defined below) other than solely as a result of its ownership of the corporation’s capital stock, that is material to any Proponent individually, or to the Proponents in the aggregate) in such business of any Proponent; and (B) the information required by Section 5(b)(4).

 

2

 

 

(3)            To be timely, the written notice required by Section 5(b)(1) or 5(b)(2) must be received by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation not later than the close of business on the ninetieth (90th) day nor earlier than the close of business on the one hundred twentieth (120th) day prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting; provided, however, that, subject to the last sentence of this Section 5(b)(3), in the event that the date of the annual meeting is advanced more than thirty (30) days prior to or delayed by more than thirty (30) days after the anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting, notice by the stockholder to be timely must be so received not earlier than the close of business on the one hundred twentieth (120th) day prior to such annual meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of the ninetieth (90th) day prior to such annual meeting or the tenth (10th) day following the day on which public announcement of the date of such meeting is first made. In no event shall an adjournment or a postponement of an annual meeting for which notice has been given, or the public announcement thereof has been made, commence a new time period for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above.

 

(4)            The written notice required by Section 5(b)(1) or 5(b)(2) shall also set forth, as of the date of the notice and as to the stockholder giving the notice and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination or proposal is made (each, a “Proponent” and collectively, the “Proponents”): (A) the name and address of each Proponent, as they appear on the corporation’s books; (B) the class, series and number of shares of the corporation that are owned beneficially and of record by each Proponent; (C) a description of any agreement, arrangement or understanding (whether oral or in writing) with respect to such nomination or proposal between or among any Proponent and any of its affiliates or associates, and any others (including their names) acting in concert, or otherwise under the agreement, arrangement or understanding, with any of the foregoing; (D) a representation that the Proponents are holders of record or beneficial owners, as the case may be, of shares of the corporation entitled to vote at the meeting and intend to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to nominate the person or persons specified in the notice (with respect to a notice under Section 5(b)(1)) or to propose the business that is specified in the notice (with respect to a notice under Section 5(b)(2)); (E) a representation as to whether the Proponents intend to deliver a proxy statement and form of proxy to holders of a sufficient number of holders of the corporation’s voting shares to elect such nominee or nominees (with respect to a notice under Section 5(b)(1)) or to carry such proposal (with respect to a notice under Section 5(b)(2)); (F) to the extent known by any Proponent, the name and address of any other stockholder supporting the proposal on the date of such stockholder’s notice; and (G) a description of all Derivative Transactions (as defined below) by each Proponent during the previous twelve (12) month period, including the date of the transactions and the class, series and number of securities involved in, and the material economic terms of, such Derivative Transactions.

 

For purposes of Sections 5 and 6, a “Derivative Transaction” means any agreement, arrangement, interest or understanding entered into by, or on behalf or for the benefit of, any Proponent or any of its affiliates or associates, whether record or beneficial:

 

(w)            the value of which is derived in whole or in part from the value of any class or series of shares or other securities of the corporation,

 

3

 

 

(x)          which otherwise provides any direct or indirect opportunity to gain or share in any gain derived from a change in the value of securities of the corporation,

 

(y)         the effect or intent of which is to mitigate loss, manage risk or benefit of security value or price changes, or

 

(z)          which provides the right to vote or increase or decrease the voting power of, such Proponent, or any of its affiliates or associates, with respect to any securities of the corporation,

 

which agreement, arrangement, interest or understanding may include, without limitation, any option, warrant, debt position, note, bond, convertible security, swap, stock appreciation right, short position, profit interest, hedge, right to dividends, voting agreement, performance-related fee or arrangement to borrow or lend shares (whether or not subject to payment, settlement, exercise or conversion in any such class or series), and any proportionate interest of such Proponent in the securities of the corporation held by any general or limited partnership, or any limited liability company, of which such Proponent is, directly or indirectly, a general partner or managing member.

 

(c)            A stockholder providing written notice required by Section 5(b)(1) or (2) shall update and supplement such notice in writing, if necessary, so that the information provided or required to be provided in such notice is true and correct in all material respects as of (i) the record date for the meeting and (ii) the date that is five (5) business days prior to the meeting and, in the event of any adjournment or postponement thereof, five (5) business days prior to such adjourned or postponed meeting. In the case of an update and supplement pursuant to clause (i) of this Section 5(c), such update and supplement shall be received by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation not later than five (5) business days after the record date for the meeting. In the case of an update and supplement pursuant to clause (ii) of this Section 5(c), such update and supplement shall be received by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation not later than two (2) business days prior to the date for the meeting, and, in the event of any adjournment or postponement thereof, two (2) business days prior to such adjourned or postponed meeting.

 

(d)            Notwithstanding anything in Section 5(b)(3) to the contrary, in the event that the number of directors in an Expiring Class is increased and there is no public announcement of the appointment of a director to such class, or, if no appointment was made, of the vacancy in such class, made by the corporation at least ten (10) days before the last day a stockholder may deliver a notice of nomination in accordance with Section 5(b)(3), a stockholder’s notice required by this Section 5 and which complies with the requirements in Section 5(b)(1), other than the timing requirements in Section 5(b)(3), shall also be considered timely, but only with respect to nominees for any new positions in such Expiring Class created by such increase, if it shall be received by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation not later than the close of business on the tenth (10th) day following the day on which such public announcement is first made by the corporation. For purposes of this section, an “Expiring Class” shall mean a class of directors whose term shall expire at the next annual meeting of stockholders.

 

4

 

 

(e)            A person shall not be eligible for election or re-election as a director unless the person is nominated either in accordance with clause (ii) of Section 5(a), or in accordance with clause (iii) of Section 5(a). Except as otherwise required by law, the chairman of the meeting shall have the power and duty to determine whether a nomination or any business proposed to be brought before the meeting was made, or proposed, as the case may be, in accordance with the procedures set forth in these Bylaws and, if any proposed nomination or business is not in compliance with these Bylaws, or the Proponent does not act in accordance with the representations in Sections 5(b)(4)(D) and 5(b)(4)(E), to declare that such proposal or nomination shall not be presented for stockholder action at the meeting and shall be disregarded, notwithstanding that proxies in respect of such nominations or such business may have been solicited or received.

 

(f)            Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 5, in order to include information with respect to a stockholder proposal in the proxy statement and form of proxy for a stockholders’ meeting, a stockholder must also comply with all applicable requirements of the 1934 Act and the rules and regulations thereunder. Nothing in these Bylaws shall be deemed to affect any rights of stockholders to request inclusion of proposals in the corporation’s proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the 1934 Act; provided, however, that any references in these Bylaws to the 1934 Act or the rules and regulations thereunder are not intended to and shall not limit the requirements applicable to proposals and/or nominations to be considered pursuant to Section 5(a)(iii) of these Bylaws.

 

(g)            For purposes of Sections 5 and 6,

 

(1)            public announcement” shall mean disclosure in a press release reported by the Dow Jones News Service, Associated Press or comparable national news service or in a document publicly filed by the corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Section 13, 14 or 15(d) of the 1934 Act; and

 

(2)            affiliates” and “associates” shall have the meanings set forth in Rule 405 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “1933 Act”).

 

Section 6.      Special Meetings.

 

(a)            Special meetings of the stockholders of the corporation may be called, for any purpose as is a proper matter for stockholder action under Delaware law, by (i) the Chairman of the Board of Directors, (ii) the Chief Executive Officer, or (iii) the Board of Directors pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the total number of authorized directors (whether or not there exist any vacancies in previously authorized directorships at the time any such resolution is presented to the Board of Directors for adoption).

 

(b)            The Board of Directors shall determine the time and place, if any, of such special meeting. Upon determination of the time and place, if any, of the meeting, the Secretary shall cause a notice of meeting to be given to the stockholders entitled to vote, in accordance with the provisions of Section 7 of these Bylaws. No business may be transacted at such special meeting otherwise than specified in the notice of meeting.

 

5

 

 

(c)            Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors may be made at a special meeting of stockholders at which directors are to be elected (i) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or (ii) by any stockholder of the corporation who is a stockholder of record at the time of giving notice provided for in this paragraph, who shall be entitled to vote at the meeting and who delivers written notice to the Secretary of the corporation setting forth the information required by Section 5(b)(1). In the event the corporation calls a special meeting of stockholders for the purpose of electing one or more directors to the Board of Directors, any such stockholder of record may nominate a person or persons (as the case may be), for election to such position(s) as specified in the corporation’s notice of meeting, if written notice setting forth the information required by Section 5(b)(1) of these Bylaws shall be received by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation not later than the close of business on the later of the ninetieth (90th) day prior to such meeting or the tenth (10th) day following the day on which public announcement is first made of the date of the special meeting and of the nominees proposed by the Board of Directors to be elected at such meeting. The stockholder shall also update and supplement such information as required under Section 5(c). In no event shall an adjournment or a postponement of a special meeting for which notice has been given, or the public announcement thereof has been made, commence a new time period for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above.

 

(d)            Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 6, a stockholder must also comply with all applicable requirements of the 1934 Act and the rules and regulations thereunder with respect to matters set forth in this Section 6. Nothing in these Bylaws shall be deemed to affect any rights of stockholders to request inclusion of proposals in the corporation’s proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the 1934 Act; provided, however, that any references in these Bylaws to the 1934 Act or the rules and regulations thereunder are not intended to and shall not limit the requirements applicable to nominations for the election to the Board of Directors to be considered pursuant to Section 6(c) of these Bylaws.

 

Section 7.      Notice Of Meetings. Except as otherwise provided by law, notice, given in writing or by electronic transmission, of each meeting of stockholders shall be given not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting, such notice to specify the place, if any, date and hour, in the case of special meetings, the purpose or purposes of the meeting, and the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at any such meeting. If mailed, notice is deemed given when deposited in the U.S. mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at such stockholder’s address as it appears on the records of the corporation. Notice of the time, place, if any, and purpose of any meeting of stockholders may be waived in writing, signed by the person entitled to notice thereof, or by electronic transmission by such person, either before or after such meeting, and will be waived by any stockholder by his, her or its attendance thereat in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or by proxy, except when the stockholder attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Any stockholder so waiving notice of such meeting shall be bound by the proceedings of any such meeting in all respects as if due notice thereof had been given.

 

6

 

 

Section 8.      Quorum. At all meetings of stockholders, except where otherwise provided by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation, or by these Bylaws, the presence, in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or by proxy duly authorized, of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of stock entitled to vote shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. In the absence of a quorum, any meeting of stockholders may be adjourned, from time to time, either by the chairman of the meeting or by vote of the holders of a majority of the shares represented thereat, but no other business shall be transacted at such meeting. The stockholders present at a duly called or convened meeting, at which a quorum is present, may continue to transact business until adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough stockholders to leave less than a quorum. Except as otherwise provided by statute or by applicable stock exchange rules, or by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, in all matters other than the election of directors, the affirmative vote of the majority of shares present in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote generally on the subject matter shall be the act of the stockholders. Except as otherwise provided by statute, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes of the shares present in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote generally on the election of directors. Where a separate vote by a class or classes or series is required, except where otherwise provided by the statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, a majority of the outstanding shares of such class or classes or series, present in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy duly authorized, shall constitute a quorum entitled to take action with respect to that vote on that matter. Except where otherwise provided by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, the affirmative vote of the majority (plurality, in the case of the election of directors) of shares of such class or classes or series present in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy at the meeting shall be the act of such class or classes or series.

 

Section 9.      Adjournment And Notice Of Adjourned Meetings. Any meeting of stockholders, whether annual or special, may be adjourned from time to time either by the chairman of the meeting or by the vote of a majority of the shares present in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy at the meeting. When a meeting is adjourned to another time or place, if any, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time and place, if any, thereof are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. At the adjourned meeting, the corporation may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than thirty (30) days or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting.

 

Section 10.      Voting Rights. For the purpose of determining those stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting of the stockholders, except as otherwise provided by law, only persons in whose names shares stand on the stock records of the corporation on the record date, as provided in Section 12 of these Bylaws, shall be entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders. Every person entitled to vote shall have the right to do so either in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or by an agent or agents authorized by a proxy granted in accordance with Delaware law. An agent so appointed need not be a stockholder. No proxy shall be voted after three (3) years from its date of creation unless the proxy provides for a longer period.

 

Section 11.      Joint Owners Of Stock. If shares or other securities having voting power stand of record in the names of two (2) or more persons, whether fiduciaries, members of a partnership, joint tenants, tenants in common, tenants by the entirety, or otherwise, or if two (2) or more persons have the same fiduciary relationship respecting the same shares, unless the Secretary is given written notice to the contrary and is furnished with a copy of the instrument or order appointing them or creating the relationship wherein it is so provided, their acts with respect to voting shall have the following effect: (a) if only one (1) votes, his or her act binds all; (b) if more than one (1) votes, the act of the majority so voting binds all; (c) if more than one (1) votes, but the vote is evenly split on any particular matter, each faction may vote the securities in question proportionally, or may apply to the Delaware Court of Chancery for relief as provided in the DGCL, Section 217(b). If the instrument filed with the Secretary shows that any such tenancy is held in unequal interests, a majority or even-split for the purpose of subsection (c) shall be a majority or even-split in interest.

 

7

 

 

Section 12.      List Of Stockholders. The Secretary shall prepare and make, at least ten (10) days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at said meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, (a) on a reasonably accessible electronic network, provided that the information required to gain access to such list is provided with the notice of the meeting, or (b) during ordinary business hours, at the principal place of business of the corporation. In the event that the corporation determines to make the list available on an electronic network, the corporation may take reasonable steps to ensure that such information is available only to stockholders of the corporation. The list shall be open to examination of any stockholder during the time of the meeting as provided by law.

 

Section 13.      Action Without Meeting. No action shall be taken by the stockholders except at an annual or special meeting of stockholders called in accordance with these Bylaws, and no action shall be taken by the stockholders by written consent or by electronic transmission.

 

Section 14.      Organization.

 

(a)            At every meeting of stockholders, the Chairman of the Board of Directors, or, if a Chairman has not been appointed or is absent, the President, or, if the President is absent, a chairman of the meeting chosen by a majority in interest of the stockholders entitled to vote, present in person or by proxy, shall act as chairman. The Secretary, or, in his or her absence, an Assistant Secretary directed to do so by the President, shall act as secretary of the meeting.

 

(b)            The Board of Directors of the corporation shall be entitled to make such rules or regulations for the conduct of meetings of stockholders as it shall deem necessary, appropriate or convenient. Subject to such rules and regulations of the Board of Directors, if any, the chairman of the meeting shall have the right and authority to prescribe such rules, regulations and procedures and to do all such acts as, in the judgment of such chairman, are necessary, appropriate or convenient for the proper conduct of the meeting, including, without limitation, establishing an agenda or order of business for the meeting, rules and procedures for maintaining order at the meeting and the safety of those present, limitations on participation in such meeting to stockholders of record of the corporation and their duly authorized and constituted proxies and such other persons as the chairman shall permit, restrictions on entry to the meeting after the time fixed for the commencement thereof, limitations on the time allotted to questions or comments by participants and regulation of the opening and closing of the polls for balloting on matters which are to be voted on by ballot. The date and time of the opening and closing of the polls for each matter upon which the stockholders will vote at the meeting shall be announced at the meeting. Unless and to the extent determined by the Board of Directors or the chairman of the meeting, meetings of stockholders shall not be required to be held in accordance with rules of parliamentary procedure.

 

8

 

 

ARTICLE IV

 

Directors

 

Section 15.      Number And Term Of Office. The authorized number of directors of the corporation shall be fixed in accordance with the Certificate of Incorporation. Directors need not be stockholders unless so required by the Certificate of Incorporation. If for any cause, the directors shall not have been elected at an annual meeting, they may be elected as soon thereafter as convenient at a special meeting of the stockholders called for that purpose in the manner provided in these Bylaws.

 

Section 16.      Powers. The powers of the corporation shall be exercised, its business conducted and its property controlled by the Board of Directors, except as may be otherwise provided by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation.

 

Section 17.      Classes of Directors. Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect additional directors under specified circumstances, immediately following the closing of the U.S. initial public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the 1933 Act covering the offer and sale of Common Stock to the public (the “Initial Public Offering”), the directors shall be divided into three classes designated as Class I, Class II and Class III, respectively. The Board of Directors is authorized to assign members of the Board of Directors already in office to such classes at the time the classification becomes effective. At the first annual meeting of stockholders following the closing of the Initial Public Offering, the term of office of the Class III directors shall expire and Class III directors shall be elected for a full term of three years. At the second annual meeting of stockholders following the closing of the Initial Public Offering, the term of office of the Class I directors shall expire and Class I directors shall be elected for a full term of three years. At the third annual meeting of stockholders following the closing of the Initial Public Offering, the term of office of the Class II directors shall expire and Class II directors shall be elected for a full term of three years. At each succeeding annual meeting of stockholders, directors shall be elected for a full term of three years to succeed the directors of the class whose terms expire at such annual meeting.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 17, each director shall serve until his or her successor is duly elected and qualified or until his or her earlier death, resignation or removal. No decrease in the number of directors constituting the Board of Directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.

 

Section 18.      Vacancies. Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, and subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock, any vacancies on the Board of Directors resulting from death, resignation, disqualification, removal or other causes and any newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the number of directors shall, unless the Board of Directors determines by resolution that any such vacancies or newly created directorships shall be filled by stockholders, be filled only by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors then in office, even though less than a quorum of the Board of Directors, or by a sole remaining director, and not by the stockholders, provided, however, that whenever the holders of any class or classes of stock or series thereof are entitled to elect one or more directors by the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, vacancies and newly created directorships of such class or classes or series shall, unless the Board of Directors determines by resolution that any such vacancies or newly created directorships shall be filled by stockholders, be filled by a majority of the directors elected by such class or classes or series thereof then in office, or by a sole remaining director so elected, and not by the stockholders. Any director elected in accordance with the preceding sentence shall hold office for the remainder of the full term of the director for which the vacancy was created or occurred and until such director’s successor shall have been elected and qualified. A vacancy in the Board of Directors shall be deemed to exist under this Bylaw in the case of the death, removal or resignation of any director.

 

9

 

 

Section 19.      Resignation. Any director may resign at any time by delivering his or her notice in writing or by electronic transmission to the Secretary, such resignation to specify whether it will be effective at a particular time. If no such specification is made, it shall be deemed effective at the time of delivery to the Secretary. When one or more directors shall resign from the Board of Directors, effective at a future date, a majority of the directors then in office, including those who have so resigned, shall have power to fill such vacancy or vacancies, the vote thereon to take effect when such resignation or resignations shall become effective, and each Director so chosen shall hold office for the unexpired portion of the term of the Director whose place shall be vacated and until his or her successor shall have been duly elected and qualified.

 

Section 20.      Removal.

 

(a)            Subject to the rights of holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect additional directors under specified circumstances, neither the Board of Directors nor any individual director may be removed without cause.

 

(b)            Subject to any limitation imposed by law, any director or the entire Board may be removed from office (i) with or without cause, by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the voting power of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the corporation then entitled to vote in the election of directors or (ii) with cause, by the affirmative vote or consent of at least two-thirds of the other members of the Board. At least twenty-eight (28) days prior to any annual or special meeting of stockholders at which it is proposed that any director be removed from office with cause, written notice of such proposed removal and the alleged grounds thereof shall be sent to the director whose removal will be considered at the meeting.

 

Section 21.      Meetings.

 

(a)            Regular Meetings. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation, regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held at any time or date and at any place within or without the State of Delaware which has been designated by the Board of Directors and publicized among all directors, either orally or in writing, by telephone, including a voice-messaging system or other system designed to record and communicate messages, facsimile, telegraph or telex, or by electronic mail or other electronic means. No further notice shall be required for regular meetings of the Board of Directors.

 

10

 

 

(b)            Special Meetings. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation, special meetings of the Board of Directors may be held at any time and place within or without the State of Delaware whenever called by the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or a majority of the authorized number of directors.

 

(c)            Meetings by Electronic Communications Equipment. Any member of the Board of Directors, or of any committee thereof, may participate in a meeting by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation in a meeting by such means shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

 

(d)            Notice of Special Meetings. Notice of the time and place of all special meetings of the Board of Directors shall be orally or in writing, by telephone, including a voice messaging system or other system or technology designed to record and communicate messages, facsimile, telegraph or telex, or by electronic mail or other electronic means, during normal business hours, at least twenty-four (24) hours before the date and time of the meeting. If notice is sent by US mail, it shall be sent by first class mail, charges prepaid, at least three (3) days before the date of the meeting. Notice of any meeting may be waived in writing, or by electronic transmission, at any time before or after the meeting and will be waived by any director by attendance thereat, except when the director attends the meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.

 

(e)            Waiver of Notice. The transaction of all business at any meeting of the Board of Directors, or any committee thereof, however called or noticed, or wherever held, shall be as valid as though it had been transacted at a meeting duly held after regular call and notice, if a quorum be present and if, either before or after the meeting, each of the directors not present who did not receive notice shall sign a written waiver of notice or shall waive notice by electronic transmission. All such waivers shall be filed with the corporate records or made a part of the minutes of the meeting.

 

Section 22.      Quorum And Voting.

 

(a)            Unless the Certificate of Incorporation requires a greater number, and except with respect to questions related to indemnification arising under Section 43 herein for which a quorum shall be one-third of the exact number of directors fixed from time to time, a quorum of the Board of Directors shall consist of a majority of the exact number of directors fixed from time to time by the Board of Directors in accordance with the Certificate of Incorporation; provided, however, at any meeting whether a quorum be present or otherwise, a majority of the directors present may adjourn from time to time until the time fixed for the next regular meeting of the Board of Directors, without notice other than by announcement at the meeting.

 

11

 

 

(b)            At each meeting of the Board of Directors at which a quorum is present, all questions and business shall be determined by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors present, unless a different vote be required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws.

 

Section 23.      Action Without Meeting. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting, if all members of the Board of Directors or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission, and such writing or writings or transmission or transmissions are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors or committee. Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form.

 

Section 24.      Fees And Compensation. Directors shall be entitled to such compensation for their services as may be approved by the Board of Directors, including, if so approved, by resolution of the Board of Directors, a fixed sum and expenses of attendance, if any, for attendance at each regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors and at any meeting of a committee of the Board of Directors. Nothing herein contained shall be construed to preclude any director from serving the corporation in any other capacity as an officer, agent, employee, or otherwise and receiving compensation therefor.

 

Section 25.      Committees.

 

(a)            Executive Committee. The Board of Directors may appoint an Executive Committee to consist of one (1) or more members of the Board of Directors. The Executive Committee, to the extent permitted by law and provided in the resolution of the Board of Directors shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the corporation, and may authorize the seal of the corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it; but no such committee shall have the power or authority in reference to (i) approving or adopting, or recommending to the stockholders, any action or matter (other than the election or removal of directors) expressly required by the DGCL to be submitted to stockholders for approval, or (ii) adopting, amending or repealing any Bylaw of the corporation.

 

(b)            Other Committees. The Board of Directors may, from time to time, appoint such other committees as may be permitted by law. Such other committees appointed by the Board of Directors shall consist of one (1) or more members of the Board of Directors and shall have such powers and perform such duties as may be prescribed by the resolution or resolutions creating such committees, but in no event shall any such committee have the powers denied to the Executive Committee in these Bylaws.

 

(c)            Term. The Board of Directors, subject to any requirements of any outstanding series of Preferred Stock and the provisions of subsections (a) or (b) of this Section 25, may at any time increase or decrease the number of members of a committee or terminate the existence of a committee. The membership of a committee member shall terminate on the date of his or her death or voluntary resignation from the committee or from the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may at any time for any reason remove any individual committee member and the Board of Directors may fill any committee vacancy created by death, resignation, removal or increase in the number of members of the committee. The Board of Directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee, and, in addition, in the absence or disqualification of any member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not he or they constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member.

 

12

 

 

(d)            Meetings. Unless the Board of Directors shall otherwise provide, regular meetings of the Executive Committee or any other committee appointed pursuant to this Section 25 shall be held at such times and places as are determined by the Board of Directors, or by any such committee, and when notice thereof has been given to each member of such committee, no further notice of such regular meetings need be given thereafter. Special meetings of any such committee may be held at any place which has been determined from time to time by such committee, and may be called by any director who is a member of such committee, upon notice to the members of such committee of the time and place of such special meeting given in the manner provided for the giving of notice to members of the Board of Directors of the time and place of special meetings of the Board of Directors. Notice of any special meeting of any committee may be waived in writing or by electronic transmission at any time before or after the meeting and will be waived by any director by attendance thereat, except when the director attends such special meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Unless otherwise provided by the Board of Directors in the resolutions authorizing the creation of the committee, a majority of the authorized number of members of any such committee shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, and the act of a majority of those present at any meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of such committee.

 

Section 26.      Organization. At every meeting of the directors and stockholders, the Chairman of the Board of Directors, or, if a Chairman has not been appointed or is absent, the Chief Executive Officer (if a director), or, if a Chief Executive Officer is absent, the President (if a director), or if the President is absent, the most senior Vice President (if a director), or, in the absence of any such person, a chairman of the meeting chosen by a majority of the directors present, shall preside over the meeting. The Secretary, or in his or her absence, any Assistant Secretary or other officer or director directed to do so by the President, shall act as secretary of the meeting. The Chairman of the Board of Directors shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers, as the Board of Directors shall designate from time to time.

 

ARTICLE V

 

Officers

 

Section 27.      Officers Designated. The officers of the corporation shall include, if and when designated by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board of Directors (provided that notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in these Bylaws, the Chairman of the Board of Directors shall not be deemed an officer of the corporation unless so designated by the Board of Directors), the Chief Executive Officer, the President, one or more Vice Presidents, the Secretary, the Chief Financial Officer and the Treasurer. The Board of Directors may also appoint one or more Assistant Secretaries and Assistant Treasurers and such other officers and agents with such powers and duties as it shall deem necessary. The Board of Directors may assign such additional titles to one or more of the officers as it shall deem appropriate. Any one person may hold any number of offices of the corporation at any one time unless specifically prohibited therefrom by law. The salaries and other compensation of the officers of the corporation shall be fixed by or in the manner designated by the Board of Directors.

 

13

 

 

Section 28.      Tenure And Duties Of Officers.

 

(a)            General. All officers shall hold office at the pleasure of the Board of Directors and until their successors shall have been duly elected and qualified, unless sooner removed. Any officer elected or appointed by the Board of Directors may be removed at any time by the Board of Directors. If the office of any officer becomes vacant for any reason, the vacancy may be filled by the Board of Directors.

 

(b)            Duties of Chief Executive Officer. The Chief Executive Officer shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and at all meetings of the Board of Directors, unless the Chairman of the Board of Directors has been appointed and is present. Unless an officer has been appointed Chief Executive Officer of the corporation, the President shall be the chief executive officer of the corporation and shall, subject to the control of the Board of Directors, have general supervision, direction and control of the business and officers of the corporation. To the extent that a Chief Executive Officer has been appointed and no President has been appointed, all references in these Bylaws to the President shall be deemed references to the Chief Executive Officer. The Chief Executive Officer shall perform other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers, as the Board of Directors shall designate from time to time.

 

(c)            Duties of President. The President shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and at all meetings of the Board of Directors, unless the Chairman of the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer has been appointed and is present. Unless another officer has been appointed Chief Executive Officer of the corporation, the President shall be the chief executive officer of the corporation and shall, subject to the control of the Board of Directors, have general supervision, direction and control of the business and officers of the corporation. The President shall perform other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers, as the Board of Directors shall designate from time to time.

 

(d)            Duties of Vice Presidents. The Vice Presidents may assume and perform the duties of the President in the absence or disability of the President or whenever the office of President is vacant. The Vice Presidents shall perform other duties commonly incident to their office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer, or, if the Chief Executive Officer has not been appointed or is absent, the President shall designate from time to time.

 

(e)            Duties of Secretary. The Secretary shall attend all meetings of the stockholders and of the Board of Directors and shall record all acts and proceedings thereof in the minute book of the corporation. The Secretary shall give notice in conformity with these Bylaws of all meetings of the stockholders and of all meetings of the Board of Directors and any committee thereof requiring notice. The Secretary shall perform all other duties provided for in these Bylaws and other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers, as the Board of Directors shall designate from time to time. The President may direct any Assistant Secretary or other officer to assume and perform the duties of the Secretary in the absence or disability of the Secretary, and each Assistant Secretary shall perform other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors or the President shall designate from time to time.

 

14

 

 

(f)            Duties of Chief Financial Officer. The Chief Financial Officer shall keep or cause to be kept the books of account of the corporation in a thorough and proper manner and shall render statements of the financial affairs of the corporation in such form and as often as required by the Board of Directors or the President. The Chief Financial Officer, subject to the order of the Board of Directors, shall have the custody of all funds and securities of the corporation. The Chief Financial Officer shall perform other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors or the President shall designate from time to time. To the extent that a Chief Financial Officer has been appointed and no Treasurer has been appointed, all references in these Bylaws to the Treasurer shall be deemed references to the Chief Financial Officer. The President may direct the Treasurer, if any, or any Assistant Treasurer, or the Controller or any Assistant Controller to assume and perform the duties of the Chief Financial Officer in the absence or disability of the Chief Financial Officer, and each Treasurer and Assistant Treasurer and each Controller and Assistant Controller shall perform other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors or the President shall designate from time to time.

 

(g)            Duties of Treasurer. Unless another officer has been appointed Chief Financial Officer of the corporation, the Treasurer shall be the chief financial officer of the corporation and shall keep or cause to be kept the books of account of the corporation in a thorough and proper manner and shall render statements of the financial affairs of the corporation in such form and as often as required by the Board of Directors or the President, and, subject to the order of the Board of Directors, shall have the custody of all funds and securities of the corporation. The Treasurer shall perform other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors or the President shall designate from time to time.

 

Section 29.      Delegation Of Authority. The Board of Directors may from time to time delegate the powers or duties of any officer to any other officer or agent, notwithstanding any provision hereof.

 

Section 30.      Resignations. Any officer may resign at any time by giving notice in writing or by electronic transmission to the Board of Directors or to the President or to the Secretary. Any such resignation shall be effective when received by the person or persons to whom such notice is given, unless a later time is specified therein, in which event the resignation shall become effective at such later time. Unless otherwise specified in such notice, the acceptance of any such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. Any resignation shall be without prejudice to the rights, if any, of the corporation under any contract with the resigning officer.

 

15

 

 

Section 31.      Removal. Any officer may be removed from office at any time, either with or without cause, by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors in office at the time, or by the unanimous written consent of the directors in office at the time, or by any committee or by the Chief Executive Officer or other superior officers upon whom such power of removal may have been conferred by the Board of Directors.

 

ARTICLE VI

 

Execution Of Corporate Instruments And Voting Of Securities Owned By The corporation

 

Section 32.      Execution Of Corporate Instruments. The Board of Directors may, in its discretion, determine the method and designate the signatory officer or officers, or other person or persons, to execute on behalf of the corporation any corporate instrument or document, or to sign on behalf of the corporation the corporate name without limitation, or to enter into contracts on behalf of the corporation, except where otherwise provided by law or these Bylaws, and such execution or signature shall be binding upon the corporation.

 

All checks and drafts drawn on banks or other depositaries on funds to the credit of the corporation or in special accounts of the corporation shall be signed by such person or persons as the Board of Directors shall authorize so to do.

 

Unless authorized or ratified by the Board of Directors or within the agency power of an officer, no officer, agent or employee shall have any power or authority to bind the corporation by any contract or engagement or to pledge its credit or to render it liable for any purpose or for any amount.

 

Section 33.      Voting Of Securities Owned By The Corporation. All stock and other securities of other corporations owned or held by the corporation for itself, or for other parties in any capacity, shall be voted, and all proxies with respect thereto shall be executed, by the person authorized so to do by resolution of the Board of Directors, or, in the absence of such authorization, by the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, or any Vice President.

 

ARTICLE VII

 

Shares Of Stock

 

Section 34.      Form And Execution Of Certificates. The shares of the corporation shall be represented by certificates, or shall be uncertificated if so provided by resolution or resolutions of the Board of Directors. Certificates for the shares of stock, if any, shall be in such form as is consistent with the Certificate of Incorporation and applicable law. Every holder of stock represented by certificate in the corporation shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by or in the name of the corporation by the Chairman of the Board of Directors, or the President or any Vice President and by the Treasurer or Assistant Treasurer or the Secretary or Assistant Secretary, certifying the number of shares owned by him in the corporation. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be facsimiles. In case any officer, transfer agent, or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent, or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued with the same effect as if he were such officer, transfer agent, or registrar at the date of issue.

 

16

 

 

Section 35.      Lost Certificates. A new certificate or certificates shall be issued in place of any certificate or certificates theretofore issued by the corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen, or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificate of stock to be lost, stolen, or destroyed. The corporation may require, as a condition precedent to the issuance of a new certificate or certificates, the owner of such lost, stolen, or destroyed certificate or certificates, or the owner’s legal representative, to agree to indemnify the corporation in such manner as it shall require or to give the corporation a surety bond in such form and amount as it may direct as indemnity against any claim that may be made against the corporation with respect to the certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen, or destroyed.

 

Section 36.      Transfers.

 

(a)            Transfers of record of shares of stock of the corporation shall be made only upon its books by the holders thereof, in person or by attorney duly authorized, and, in the case of stock represented by certificate, upon the surrender of a properly endorsed certificate or certificates for a like number of shares.

 

(b)            The corporation shall have power to enter into and perform any agreement with any number of stockholders of any one or more classes of stock of the corporation to restrict the transfer of shares of stock of the corporation of any one or more classes owned by such stockholders in any manner not prohibited by the DGCL.

 

Section 37.      Fixing Record Dates.

 

(a)            In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which record date shall, subject to applicable law, not be more than sixty (60) nor less than ten (10) days before the date of such meeting. If no record date is fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

 

(b)            In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights or the stockholders entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted, and which record date shall be not more than sixty (60) days prior to such action. If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.

 

17

 

 

Section 38.      Registered Stockholders. The corporation shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends, and to vote as such owner, and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of any other person whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of Delaware.

 

ARTICLE VIII

 

Other Securities Of The corporation

 

Section 39.      Execution Of Other Securities. All bonds, debentures and other corporate securities of the corporation, other than stock certificates (covered in Section 34), may be signed by the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the President or any Vice President, or such other person as may be authorized by the Board of Directors, and the corporate seal impressed thereon or a facsimile of such seal imprinted thereon and attested by the signature of the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, or the Chief Financial Officer or Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer; provided, however, that where any such bond, debenture or other corporate security shall be authenticated by the manual signature, or where permissible facsimile signature, of a trustee under an indenture pursuant to which such bond, debenture or other corporate security shall be issued, the signatures of the persons signing and attesting the corporate seal on such bond, debenture or other corporate security may be the imprinted facsimile of the signatures of such persons. Interest coupons appertaining to any such bond, debenture or other corporate security, authenticated by a trustee as aforesaid, shall be signed by the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer of the corporation or such other person as may be authorized by the Board of Directors, or bear imprinted thereon the facsimile signature of such person. In case any officer who shall have signed or attested any bond, debenture or other corporate security, or whose facsimile signature shall appear thereon or on any such interest coupon, shall have ceased to be such officer before the bond, debenture or other corporate security so signed or attested shall have been delivered, such bond, debenture or other corporate security nevertheless may be adopted by the corporation and issued and delivered as though the person who signed the same or whose facsimile signature shall have been used thereon had not ceased to be such officer of the corporation.

 

ARTICLE IX

 

Dividends

 

Section 40.      Declaration Of Dividends. Dividends upon the capital stock of the corporation, subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation and applicable law, if any, may be declared by the Board of Directors pursuant to law at any regular or special meeting. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the capital stock, subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation and applicable law.

 

18

 

 

Section 41.      Dividend Reserve. Before payment of any dividend, there may be set aside out of any funds of the corporation available for dividends such sum or sums as the Board of Directors from time to time, in their absolute discretion, think proper as a reserve or reserves to meet contingencies, or for equalizing dividends, or for repairing or maintaining any property of the corporation, or for such other purpose as the Board of Directors shall think conducive to the interests of the corporation, and the Board of Directors may modify or abolish any such reserve in the manner in which it was created.

 

ARTICLE X

 

Fiscal Year

 

Section 42.      Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors.

 

ARTICLE XI

 

Indemnification

 

Section 43.      Indemnification Of Directors, Officers, Employees And Other Agents.

 

(a)            Directors. The corporation shall indemnify its directors to the fullest extent not prohibited by the DGCL or any other applicable law; provided, however, that the corporation may modify the extent of such indemnification by individual contracts with its directors; and, provided, further, that the corporation shall not be required to indemnify any director in connection with any proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such person unless (i) such indemnification is expressly required to be made by law, (ii) the proceeding was authorized by the Board of Directors of the corporation, (iii) such indemnification is provided by the corporation, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the corporation under the DGCL or any other applicable law or (iv) such indemnification is required to be made under subsection (d).

 

(b)            Officers, Employees and Other Agents. The corporation shall have power to indemnify its officers, employees and other agents as set forth in the DGCL or any other applicable law. The Board of Directors shall have the power to delegate the determination of whether indemnification shall be given to any such person to such officers or other persons as the Board of Directors shall determine.

 

(c)            Expenses. The corporation shall advance to any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that he is or was a director of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, prior to the final disposition of the proceeding, promptly following request therefor, all expenses incurred by any director in connection with such proceeding; provided, however, that, if the DGCL requires, an advancement of expenses incurred by a director in his or her capacity as a director (and not in any other capacity in which service was or is rendered by such indemnitee, including, without limitation, service to an employee benefit plan) shall be made only upon delivery to the corporation of an undertaking, by or on behalf of such indemnitee, to repay all amounts so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined by final judicial decision from which there is no further right to appeal that such indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified for such expenses under this section or otherwise.

 

19

 

 

(d)            Enforcement. Without the necessity of entering into an express contract, all rights to indemnification and advances to directors under this Bylaw shall be deemed to be contractual rights and be effective to the same extent and as if provided for in a contract between the corporation and the director. Any right to indemnification or advances granted by this Bylaw to a director shall be enforceable by or on behalf of the person holding such right in any court of competent jurisdiction if (i) the claim for indemnification or advances is denied, in whole or in part, or (ii) no disposition of such claim is made within ninety (90) days of request therefor. To the extent permitted by law, the claimant in such enforcement action, if successful in whole or in part, shall be entitled to be paid also the expense of prosecuting the claim. In connection with any claim for indemnification, the corporation shall be entitled to raise as a defense to any such action that the claimant has not met the standards of conduct that make it permissible under the DGCL or any other applicable law for the corporation to indemnify the claimant for the amount claimed. Neither the failure of the corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel or its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such action that indemnification of the claimant is proper in the circumstances because the director has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the DGCL or any other applicable law, nor an actual determination by the corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel or its stockholders) that the claimant has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that claimant has not met the applicable standard of conduct. In any suit brought by a director to enforce a right to indemnification or to an advancement of expenses hereunder, the burden of proving that the director is not entitled to be indemnified, or to such advancement of expenses, under this section or otherwise shall be on the corporation.

 

(e)            Non-Exclusivity of Rights. The rights conferred on any person by this Bylaw shall not be exclusive of any other right which such person may have or hereafter acquire under any applicable statute, provision of the Certificate of Incorporation, Bylaws, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in his or her official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding office. The corporation is specifically authorized to enter into individual contracts with any or all of its directors, officers, employees or agents respecting indemnification and advances, to the fullest extent not prohibited by the DGCL, or by any other applicable law.

 

(f)            Survival of Rights. The rights conferred on any person by this Bylaw shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.

 

(g)            Insurance. To the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL or any other applicable law, the corporation, upon approval by the Board of Directors, may purchase insurance on behalf of any person required or permitted to be indemnified pursuant to this section.

 

20

 

 

(h)            Amendments. Any repeal or modification of this section shall only be prospective and shall not affect the rights under this Bylaw in effect at the time of the alleged occurrence of any action or omission to act that is the cause of any proceeding against any agent of the corporation.

 

(i)            Saving Clause. If this Bylaw or any portion hereof shall be invalidated on any ground by any court of competent jurisdiction, then the corporation shall nevertheless indemnify each director to the full extent not prohibited by any applicable portion of this section that shall not have been invalidated, or by any other applicable law. If this section shall be invalid due to the application of the indemnification provisions of another jurisdiction, then the corporation shall indemnify each director to the full extent under any other applicable law.

 

(j)            Certain Definitions. For the purposes of this Bylaw, the following definitions shall apply:

 

(1)            The term “proceeding” shall be broadly construed and shall include, without limitation, the investigation, preparation, prosecution, defense, settlement, arbitration and appeal of, and the giving of testimony in, any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative.

 

(2)            The term “expenses” shall be broadly construed and shall include, without limitation, court costs, attorneys’ fees, witness fees, fines, amounts paid in settlement or judgment and any other costs and expenses of any nature or kind incurred in connection with any proceeding.

 

(3)            The term the “corporation” shall include, in addition to the resulting corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors, officers, and employees or agents, so that any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such constituent corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this section with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as he would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued.

 

(4)            References to a “director,” “executive officer,” “officer,” “employee,” or “agent” of the corporation shall include, without limitation, situations where such person is serving at the request of the corporation as, respectively, a director, executive officer, officer, employee, trustee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise.

 

(5)            References to “other enterprises” shall include employee benefit plans; references to “fines” shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to an employee benefit plan; and references to “serving at the request of the corporation” shall include any service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director, officer, employee, or agent with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants, or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “not opposed to the best interests of the corporation” as referred to in this section.

 

21

 

 

ARTICLE XII

 

Notices

 

Section 44.      Notices.

 

(a)            Notice To Stockholders. Written notice to stockholders of stockholder meetings shall be given as provided in Section 7 herein. Without limiting the manner by which notice may otherwise be given effectively to stockholders under any agreement or contract with such stockholder, and except as otherwise required by law, written notice to stockholders for purposes other than stockholder meetings may be sent by U.S. mail or nationally recognized overnight courier, or by facsimile, telegraph or telex or by electronic mail or other electronic means.

 

(b)            Notice To Directors. Any notice required to be given to any director may be given by the method stated in subsection (a), as otherwise provided in these Bylaws, or by overnight delivery service, facsimile, telex or telegram, except that such notice other than one which is delivered personally shall be sent to such address as such director shall have filed in writing with the Secretary, or, in the absence of such filing, to the last known post office address of such director.

 

(c)            Affidavit Of Mailing. An affidavit of mailing, executed by a duly authorized and competent employee of the corporation or its transfer agent appointed with respect to the class of stock affected, or other agent, specifying the name and address or the names and addresses of the stockholder or stockholders, or director or directors, to whom any such notice or notices was or were given, and the time and method of giving the same, shall in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts therein contained.

 

(d)            Methods of Notice. It shall not be necessary that the same method of giving notice be employed in respect of all recipients of notice, but one permissible method may be employed in respect of any one or more, and any other permissible method or methods may be employed in respect of any other or others.

 

(e)            Notice To Person With Whom Communication Is Unlawful. Whenever notice is required to be given, under any provision of law or of the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws of the corporation, to any person with whom communication is unlawful, the giving of such notice to such person shall not be required and there shall be no duty to apply to any governmental authority or agency for a license or permit to give such notice to such person. Any action or meeting which shall be taken or held without notice to any such person with whom communication is unlawful shall have the same force and effect as if such notice had been duly given. In the event that the action taken by the corporation is such as to require the filing of a certificate under any provision of the DGCL, the certificate shall state, if such is the fact and if notice is required, that notice was given to all persons entitled to receive notice except such persons with whom communication is unlawful.

 

22

 

 

(f)            Notice to Stockholders Sharing an Address. Except as otherwise prohibited under DGCL, any notice given under the provisions of DGCL, the Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws shall be effective if given by a single written notice to stockholders who share an address if consented to by the stockholders at that address to whom such notice is given. Such consent shall have been deemed to have been given if such stockholder fails to object in writing to the corporation within sixty (60) days of having been given notice by the corporation of its intention to send the single notice. Any consent shall be revocable by the stockholder by written notice to the corporation.

 

ARTICLE XIII

 

Amendments

 

Section 45.      Bylaw Amendments. Subject to the limitations set forth in Section 43(h) of these Bylaws or the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, the Board of Directors is expressly empowered to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the corporation. Any adoption, amendment or repeal of the Bylaws of the corporation by the Board of Directors shall require the approval of a majority of the authorized number of directors. The stockholders also shall have power to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the corporation; provided, however, that, in addition to any vote of the holders of any class or series of stock of the corporation required by law or by the Certificate of Incorporation, such action by stockholders shall require the affirmative vote of the holders of at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66-2/3%) of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares of the capital stock of the corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class.

 

ARTICLE XIV

 

Loans To Officers OR EMPLOYEES

 

Section 46.      Loans To Officers Or Employees. Except as otherwise prohibited by applicable law, including the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the corporation may lend money to, or guarantee any obligation of, or otherwise assist any officer or other employee of the corporation or of its subsidiaries, including any officer or employee who is a director of the corporation or its subsidiaries, whenever, in the judgment of the Board of Directors, such loan, guarantee or assistance may reasonably be expected to benefit the corporation. The loan, guarantee or other assistance may be with or without interest and may be unsecured, or secured in such manner as the Board of Directors shall approve, including, without limitation, a pledge of shares of stock of the corporation. Nothing in these Bylaws shall be deemed to deny, limit or restrict the powers of guaranty or warranty of the corporation at common law or under any statute.

 

23

 

 

 

Exhibit 5.1

 

 

Brian F. Leaf

+1 703 456-8053

bleaf@cooley.com

 

July 26, 2021

 

MaxCyte, Inc.

22 Firstfield Road, Suite 110

Gaithersburg, Maryland 20878

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

We have acted as counsel to MaxCyte, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), in connection with the filing by the Company of a Registration Statement (No. 333-257810) on Form S-1 (the “Registration Statement”) with the Securities and Exchange Commission, including a related prospectus filed with the Registration Statement (the “Prospectus”), covering an underwritten public offering of up to 13,800,000 shares of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.01 per share (“Shares”) (including up to 1,800,000 Shares that may be sold by the Company upon exercise of an option to purchase additional shares to be granted to the underwriters).

 

In connection with this opinion, we have (i) examined and relied upon (a) the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, (b) the Company’s Fifteenth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as amended, and Amended and Restated Bylaws, each as currently in effect, (c) the form of the Company’s Amended and Restated Bylaws, filed as Exhibit 3.3 to the Registration Statement, which is to be in effect on the closing of the offering contemplated by the Registration Statement and (d) originals or copies certified to our satisfaction of such records, documents, certificates, memoranda and other instruments as in our judgment are necessary or appropriate to enable us to render the opinion expressed below and (ii) assumed that the Shares will be sold at a price established by the Board of Directors of the Company or a duly authorized committee thereof.

 

We have assumed the genuineness of all signatures, the authenticity of all documents submitted to us as originals, the conformity to originals of all documents submitted to us as copies, the accuracy, completeness and authenticity of the certificates of public officials and the due authorization, execution and delivery of all documents by all persons other than by the Company where due authorization, execution and delivery are prerequisites to the effectiveness thereof. As to certain factual matters, we have relied upon a certificate of an officer of the Company and have not independently verified such matters.

 

Our opinion is expressed only with respect to the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware. We express no opinion to the extent that any other laws are applicable to the subject matter hereof and express no opinion and provide no assurance as to compliance with any federal or state securities law, rule or regulation.

 

On the basis of the foregoing, and in reliance thereon, we are of the opinion that the Shares, when sold and issued against payment therefor as described in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable.

 

Cooley LLP   11951 Freedom Drive, Reston, VA 20190-5640
t: (703) 456-8000 f: (703) 456-8100 cooley.com

 

 

 

 

 

July 26, 2021

Page Two

 

We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption “Legal Matters” in the Prospectus included in the Registration Statement and to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement.

 

Sincerely,

 

Cooley LLP

 

By:/s/ Brian F. Leaf 
   Brian F. Leaf 

 

Cooley LLP   11951 Freedom Drive, Reston, VA 20190-5640
t: (703) 456-8000 f: (703) 456-8100 cooley.com

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.5 

 

MaxCyte, Inc.

2021 Equity Incentive Plan

 

Adopted by the Board of Directors: _______, 2021

Approved by the Stockholders: _______, 2021

 

1.            General.

 

(a)            Defined Terms. Except as otherwise provided, any capitalized term shall have the meaning provided in Section 14 of this Plan.

 

(b)            Successor to and Continuation of Prior Plan. The Plan is the successor to and continuation of the Prior Plan. As of the Effective Date, (i) no additional awards may be granted under the Prior Plan; (ii) the Prior Plan’s Available Reserve (plus any Returning Shares) will become available for issuance pursuant to Awards granted under this Plan; and (iii) all outstanding awards granted under the Prior Plan will remain subject to the terms of the Prior Plan. All Awards granted under this Plan will be subject to the terms of this Plan.

 

(c)            Plan Purpose. The Company, by means of the Plan, seeks to secure and retain the services of Employees, Directors and Consultants, to provide incentives for such persons to exert maximum efforts for the success of the Company and any Affiliate and to provide a means by which such persons may be given an opportunity to benefit from increases in value of the Common Stock through the granting of Awards.

 

(d)            Available Awards. The Plan provides for the grant of the following Awards: (i) Incentive Stock Options; (ii) Nonstatutory Stock Options; (iii) SARs; (iv) Restricted Stock Awards; (v) RSU Awards; (vi) Performance Awards; and (vii) Other Awards.

 

(e)            Adoption Date; Effective Date. The Plan will come into existence on the Adoption Date, but no Award may be granted prior to the Effective Date.

 

2.            Shares Subject to the Plan.

 

(a)            Share Reserve. Subject to adjustment in accordance with Section 2(c) and any adjustments as necessary to implement any Capitalization Adjustments, the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued pursuant to Awards will not exceed [_______] shares, which number is the sum of: (i) [_______] new shares, plus (ii) a number of shares of Common Stock equal to the Prior Plan’s Available Reserve, plus (iii) a number of shares of Common Stock equal to the number of Returning Shares, if any, as such shares become available from time to time.1 In addition, subject to any adjustments as necessary to implement any Capitalization Adjustments, such aggregate number of shares of Common Stock will automatically increase on January 1st of each year for a period of ten years commencing on January 1, 2022 and ending on (and including) January 1, 2031, in an amount equal to 5% of the total number of shares of Common Stock outstanding on December 31 of the preceding year; provided, however, that the Board may act prior to January 1st of a given year to provide that the increase for such year will be a lesser number of shares of Common Stock.

 

 

1 This number of shares will be inserted prior to final Board approval and shareholder approval, and will equal the sum of (i), (ii) and (iii). The sum of (i) and (ii) will not exceed 4,000,000 shares.

 

 

 

 

(b)            Aggregate Incentive Stock Option Limit. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 2(a) and subject to any adjustments as necessary to implement any Capitalization Adjustments, the aggregate maximum number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued pursuant to the exercise of Incentive Stock Options is [________]2 shares.

 

(c)            Share Reserve Operation.

 

(i)            Limit Applies to Common Stock Issued Pursuant to Awards. For clarity, the Share Reserve is a limit on the number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued pursuant to Awards and does not limit the granting of Awards, except that the Company will keep available at all times the number of shares of Common Stock reasonably required to satisfy its obligations to issue shares pursuant to such Awards. Shares may be issued in connection with a merger or acquisition as permitted by, as applicable, Nasdaq Listing Rule 5635(c), NYSE Listed Company Manual Section 303A.08, NYSE American Company Guide Section 711 or other applicable rule, and such issuance will not reduce the number of shares available for issuance under the Plan.

 

(ii)          Actions that Do Not Constitute Issuance of Common Stock and Do Not Reduce Share Reserve. The following actions do not result in an issuance of shares under the Plan and accordingly do not reduce the number of shares subject to the Share Reserve and available for issuance under the Plan: (1) the expiration or termination of any portion of an Award without the shares covered by such portion of the Award having been issued, (2) the settlement of any portion of an Award in cash (i.e., the Participant receives cash rather than Common Stock), (3) the withholding of shares that would otherwise be issued by the Company to satisfy the exercise, strike or purchase price of an Award, or (4) the withholding of shares that would otherwise be issued by the Company to satisfy a tax withholding obligation in connection with an Award.

 

(iii)         Reversion of Previously Issued Shares of Common Stock to Share Reserve. The following shares of Common Stock previously issued pursuant to an Award and accordingly initially deducted from the Share Reserve will be added back to the Share Reserve and again become available for issuance under the Plan: (1) any shares that are forfeited back to or repurchased by the Company because of a failure to meet a contingency or condition required for the vesting of such shares, (2) any shares that are reacquired by the Company to satisfy the exercise, strike or purchase price of an Award, and (3) any shares that are reacquired by the Company to satisfy a tax withholding obligation in connection with an Award.

 

3.            Eligibility and Limitations.

 

(a)            Eligible Award Recipients. Subject to the terms of the Plan, Employees, Directors and Consultants are eligible to receive Awards.

 

(b)            Specific Award Limitations.

 

(i)            Limitations on Incentive Stock Option Recipients. Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to Employees of the Company or a “parent corporation” or “subsidiary corporation” thereof (as such terms are defined in Sections 424(e) and (f) of the Code).

 

(ii)           Incentive Stock Option $100,000 Limitation. To the extent that the aggregate fair market value (determined at the time of grant) of the shares of Common Stock with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by any Optionholder during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company and any “parent corporation” or “subsidiary corporation” thereof, as such terms are defined in Sections 424(e) and (f) of the Code) exceeds $100,000 (or such other limit established in the Code), or any Incentive Stock Options otherwise do not comply with the rules governing Incentive Stock Options, the Options or portions thereof that exceed such limit (according to the order in which they were granted) or otherwise do not comply with such rules will be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options, notwithstanding any contrary provision of the applicable Option Agreement(s).

 

 

2 This number will equal 3x the share reserve.

 

2 

 

 

(iii)          Limitations on Incentive Stock Options Granted to Ten Percent Stockholders. A Ten Percent Stockholder may not be granted an Incentive Stock Option unless (i) the exercise price of such Option is at least 110% of the Fair Market Value on the date of grant of such Option and (ii) the Option is not exercisable after the expiration of five years from the date of grant of such Option.

 

(iv)           Limitations on Nonstatutory Stock Options and SARs. Nonstatutory Stock Options and SARs may not be granted to Employees, Directors and Consultants who are providing Continuous Service only to any “parent” of the Company (as such term is defined in Rule 405) unless the stock underlying such Awards is treated as “service recipient stock” under Section 409A because the Awards are granted pursuant to a corporate transaction (such as a spin off transaction) or unless such Awards otherwise comply with the distribution requirements of Section 409A.

 

(c)            Aggregate Incentive Stock Option Limit. The aggregate maximum number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued pursuant to the exercise of Incentive Stock Options is the number of shares specified in Section 2(b).

 

(d)            Non-Employee Director Compensation Limit. The aggregate value of all compensation granted or paid, as applicable, in each case following the IPO Date, to any individual for service as a Non-Employee Director with respect to any fiscal year, including Awards granted and cash fees paid by the Company to such Non-Employee Director for his or her service as a Non-Employee Director, will not exceed (i) $900,000 in total value or (ii) in the event such Non-Employee Director is first appointed or elected to the Board during such fiscal year, $1,400,000_______ in total value, in each case calculating the value of any equity awards based on the grant date fair value of such equity awards for financial reporting purposes.

 

4.            Options and Stock Appreciation Rights.

 

Each Option and SAR will have such terms and conditions as determined by the Board. Each Option will be designated in writing as an Incentive Stock Option or Nonstatutory Stock Option at the time of grant; provided, however, that if an Option is not so designated, then such Option will be a Nonstatutory Stock Option, and the shares purchased upon exercise of each type of Option will be separately accounted for. Each SAR will be denominated in shares of Common Stock equivalents. The terms and conditions of separate Options and SARs need not be identical; provided, however, that each Option Agreement and SAR Agreement will conform (through incorporation of provisions hereof by reference in the Award Agreement or otherwise) to the substance of each of the following provisions:

 

(a)            Term. Subject to Section 3(b) regarding Ten Percent Stockholders, no Option or SAR will be exercisable after the expiration of ten years from the date of grant of such Award or such shorter period specified in the Award Agreement.

 

(b)            Exercise or Strike Price. Subject to Section 3(b) regarding Ten Percent Stockholders, the exercise or strike price of each Option or SAR will not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value on the date of grant of such Award. Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Option or SAR may be granted with an exercise or strike price lower than 100% of the Fair Market Value on the date of grant of such Award if such Award is granted pursuant to an assumption of or substitution for another option or stock appreciation right pursuant to a Corporate Transaction and in a manner consistent with the provisions of Sections 409A and, if applicable, 424(a) of the Code.

 

3 

 

 

(c)            Exercise Procedure and Payment of Exercise Price for Options. In order to exercise an Option, the Participant must provide notice of exercise to the Plan Administrator in accordance with the procedures specified in the Option Agreement or otherwise provided by the Company. The Board has the authority to grant Options that do not permit all of the following methods of payment (or otherwise restrict the ability to use certain methods) and to grant Options that require the consent of the Company to utilize a particular method of payment. The exercise price of an Option may be paid, to the extent permitted by Applicable Law and as determined by the Board, by one or more of the following methods of payment to the extent set forth in the Option Agreement:

 

(i)            by cash or check, bank draft or money order payable to the Company;

 

(ii)           pursuant to a “cashless exercise” program developed under Regulation T as promulgated by the United States Federal Reserve Board that, prior to the issuance of the Common Stock subject to the Option, results in either the receipt of cash (or check) by the Company or the receipt of irrevocable instructions to pay the exercise price to the Company from the sales proceeds;

 

(iii)          by delivery to the Company (either by actual delivery or attestation) of shares of Common Stock that are already owned by the Participant free and clear of any liens, claims, encumbrances or security interests, with a Fair Market Value on the date of exercise that does not exceed the exercise price, provided that (1) at the time of exercise the Common Stock is publicly traded, (2) any remaining balance of the exercise price not satisfied by such delivery is paid by the Participant in cash or other permitted form of payment, (3) such delivery would not violate any Applicable Law or agreement restricting the redemption of the Common Stock, (4) any certificated shares are endorsed or accompanied by an executed assignment separate from certificate, and (5) such shares have been held by the Participant for any minimum period necessary to avoid adverse accounting treatment as a result of such delivery;

 

(iv)           if the Option is a Nonstatutory Stock Option, by a “net exercise” arrangement pursuant to which the Company will reduce the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise by the largest whole number of shares with a Fair Market Value on the date of exercise that does not exceed the exercise price, provided that (1) such shares used to pay the exercise price will not be exercisable thereafter and (2) any remaining balance of the exercise price not satisfied by such net exercise is paid by the Participant in cash or other permitted form of payment; or

 

(v)            in any other form of consideration that may be acceptable to the Board and permissible under Applicable Law.

 

(d)            Exercise Procedure and Payment of Appreciation Distribution for SARs. In order to exercise any SAR, the Participant must provide notice of exercise to the Plan Administrator in accordance with the SAR Agreement. The appreciation distribution payable to a Participant upon the exercise of a SAR will not be greater than an amount equal to the excess of (i) the aggregate Fair Market Value on the date of exercise of a number of shares of Common Stock equal to the number of Common Stock equivalents that are vested and being exercised under such SAR, over (ii) the strike price of such SAR. Such appreciation distribution may be paid to the Participant in the form of Common Stock or cash (or any combination of Common Stock and cash) or in any other form of payment, as determined by the Board and specified in the SAR Agreement.

 

4 

 

 

(e)            Transferability. Options and SARs may not be transferred to third party financial institutions for value. The Board may impose such additional limitations on the transferability of an Option or SAR as it determines. In the absence of any such determination by the Board, the following restrictions on the transferability of Options and SARs will apply, provided that except as explicitly provided herein, neither an Option nor a SAR may be transferred for consideration and provided, further, that if an Option is an Incentive Stock Option, such Option may be deemed to be a Nonstatutory Stock Option as a result of being transferred:

 

(i)            Restrictions on Transfer. An Option or SAR will not be transferable, except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, and will be exercisable during the lifetime of the Participant only by the Participant; provided, however, that the Board may permit transfer of an Option or SAR in a manner that is not prohibited by applicable tax and securities laws upon the Participant’s request, including to a trust if the Participant is considered to be the sole beneficial owner of such trust (as determined under Section 671 of the Code and applicable U.S. state law) while such Option or SAR is held in such trust, provided that the Participant and the trustee enter into a transfer and other agreements required by the Company.

 

(ii)          Domestic Relations Orders. Notwithstanding the foregoing, subject to the execution of transfer documentation in a format acceptable to the Company and subject to the approval of the Board or a duly authorized Officer, an Option or SAR may be transferred pursuant to a domestic relations order.

 

(f)            Vesting. The Board may impose such restrictions on or conditions to the vesting and/or exercisability of an Option or SAR as determined by the Board. Except as otherwise provided in the applicable Award Agreement or other written agreement between a Participant and the Company or an Affiliate, vesting of Options and SARs will cease upon termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service.

 

(g)            Termination of Continuous Service for Cause. Except as explicitly otherwise provided in the Award Agreement or other written agreement between a Participant and the Company or an Affiliate, if a Participant’s Continuous Service is terminated for Cause, the Participant’s Options and SARs will terminate and be forfeited immediately upon such termination of Continuous Service, and the Participant will be prohibited from exercising any portion (including any vested portion) of such Awards on and after the date of such termination of Continuous Service and the Participant will have no further right, title or interest in such forfeited Award, the shares of Common Stock subject to the forfeited Award, or any consideration in respect of the forfeited Award.

 

(h)            Post-Termination Exercise Period Following Termination of Continuous Service for Reasons Other than Cause. Subject to Section 4(i), if a Participant’s Continuous Service terminates for any reason other than for Cause, the Participant may exercise his or her Option or SAR to the extent vested, but only within the following period of time or, if applicable, such other period of time provided in the Award Agreement or other written agreement between a Participant and the Company or an Affiliate; provided, however, that in no event may such Award be exercised after the expiration of its maximum term (as set forth in Section 4(a)):

 

(i)            three months following the date of such termination if such termination is a termination without Cause (other than any termination due to the Participant’s Disability or death);

 

(ii)          12 months following the date of such termination if such termination is due to the Participant’s Disability;

 

5 

 

 

(iii)         18 months following the date of such termination if such termination is due to the Participant’s death; or

 

(iv)          18 months following the date of the Participant’s death if such death occurs following the date of such termination but during the period such Award is otherwise exercisable (as provided in (i) or (ii) above).

 

Following the date of such termination, to the extent the Participant does not exercise such Award within the applicable Post-Termination Exercise Period (or, if earlier, prior to the expiration of the maximum term of such Award), such unexercised portion of the Award will terminate, and the Participant will have no further right, title or interest in terminated Award, the shares of Common Stock subject to the terminated Award, or any consideration in respect of the terminated Award.

 

(i)            Restrictions on Exercise; Extension of Exercisability. A Participant may not exercise an Option or SAR at any time that the issuance of shares of Common Stock upon such exercise would violate Applicable Law. Except as otherwise provided in the Award Agreement or other written agreement between a Participant and the Company or an Affiliate, if a Participant’s Continuous Service terminates for any reason other than for Cause and, at any time during the last thirty days of the applicable Post-Termination Exercise Period, the exercise of the Participant’s Option or SAR would be prohibited solely because the issuance of shares of Common Stock upon such exercise would violate Applicable Law (as determined in the sole discretion of the Board), then the applicable Post-Termination Exercise Period will be extended to the last day of the calendar month that commences following the date the Award would otherwise expire, with an additional extension of the exercise period to the last day of the next calendar month to apply if any of the foregoing restrictions apply at any time during such extended exercise period, generally without limitation as to the maximum permitted number of extensions; provided, however, that in no event may such Award be exercised after the expiration of its maximum term (as set forth in Section 4(a)).

 

(j)            Non-Exempt Employees. No Option or SAR, whether or not vested, granted to an Employee who is a non-exempt employee for purposes of the United States Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938, as amended, will be first exercisable for any shares of Common Stock until at least six months following the date of grant of such Award. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in accordance with the provisions of the United States Worker Economic Opportunity Act, any vested portion of such Award may be exercised earlier than six months following the date of grant of such Award in the event of (i) such Participant’s death or Disability, (ii) a Corporate Transaction in which such Award is not assumed, continued or substituted, (iii) a Change in Control, or (iv) such Participant’s retirement (as such term may be defined in the Award Agreement or another applicable agreement or, in the absence of any such definition, in accordance with the Company’s then current employment policies and guidelines). This Section 4(j) is intended to operate so that any income derived by a non-exempt employee in connection with the exercise or vesting of an Option or SAR will be exempt from his or her regular rate of pay.

 

(k)           Whole Shares. Options and SARs may be exercised only with respect to whole shares of Common Stock or their equivalents.

 

6 

 

 

5.            Awards Other Than Options and Stock Appreciation Rights.

 

(a)            Restricted Stock Awards and RSU Awards. Each Restricted Stock Award and RSU Award will have such terms and conditions as determined by the Board; provided, however, that each Restricted Stock Award Agreement and RSU Award Agreement will conform (through incorporation of the provisions hereof by reference in the Award Agreement or otherwise) to the substance of each of the following provisions:

 

(i)            Form of Award.

 

(1)            RSAs: To the extent consistent with the Company’s Bylaws, at the Board’s election, shares of Common Stock subject to a Restricted Stock Award may be (i) held in book entry form subject to the Company’s instructions until such shares become vested or any other restrictions lapse, or (ii) evidenced by a certificate, which certificate will be held in such form and manner as determined by the Board. Unless otherwise determined by the Board, a Participant will have voting and other rights as a stockholder of the Company with respect to any shares subject to a Restricted Stock Award.

 

(2)            RSUs: A RSU Award represents a Participant’s right to be issued on a future date the number of shares of Common Stock that is equal to the number of restricted stock units subject to the RSU Award. As a holder of a RSU Award, a Participant is an unsecured creditor of the Company with respect to the Company’s unfunded obligation, if any, to issue shares of Common Stock in settlement of such Award and nothing contained in the Plan or any RSU Agreement, and no action taken pursuant to its provisions, will create or be construed to create a trust of any kind or a fiduciary relationship between a Participant and the Company or an Affiliate or any other person. A Participant will not have voting or any other rights as a stockholder of the Company with respect to any RSU Award (unless and until shares are actually issued in settlement of a vested RSU Award).

 

(ii)            Consideration.

 

(1)            RSA: A Restricted Stock Award may be granted in consideration for (A) cash or check, bank draft or money order payable to the Company, (B) past services to the Company or an Affiliate, or (C) any other form of consideration as the Board may determine and permissible under Applicable Law.

 

(2)            RSU: Unless otherwise determined by the Board at the time of grant, a RSU Award will be granted in consideration for the Participant’s services to the Company or an Affiliate, such that the Participant will not be required to make any payment to the Company (other than such services) with respect to the grant or vesting of the RSU Award, or the issuance of any shares of Common Stock pursuant to the RSU Award. If, at the time of grant, the Board determines that any consideration must be paid by the Participant (in a form other than the Participant’s services to the Company or an Affiliate) upon the issuance of any shares of Common Stock in settlement of the RSU Award, such consideration may be paid in any form of consideration as the Board may determine and permissible under Applicable Law.

 

(iii)            Vesting. The Board may impose such restrictions on or conditions to the vesting of a Restricted Stock Award or RSU Award as determined by the Board. Except as otherwise provided in the Award Agreement or other written agreement between a Participant and the Company or an Affiliate, vesting of Restricted Stock Awards and RSU Awards will cease upon termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service.

 

(iv)             Termination of Continuous Service. Except as otherwise provided in the Award Agreement or other written agreement between a Participant and the Company or an Affiliate, if a Participant’s Continuous Service terminates for any reason, (i) the Company may receive through a forfeiture condition or a repurchase right any or all of the shares of Common Stock held by the Participant under his or her Restricted Stock Award that have not vested as of the date of such termination as set forth in the Restricted Stock Award Agreement and (ii) any portion of his or her RSU Award that has not vested will be forfeited upon such termination and the Participant will have no further right, title or interest in the RSU Award, the shares of Common Stock issuable pursuant to the RSU Award, or any consideration in respect of the RSU Award.

 

7 

 

 

(v)             Dividends and Dividend Equivalents. Dividends or dividend equivalents may be paid or credited, as applicable, with respect to any shares of Common Stock subject to a Restricted Stock Award or RSU Award, as determined by the Board and specified in the Award Agreement.

 

(vi)            Settlement of RSU Awards. A RSU Award may be settled by the issuance of shares of Common Stock or cash (or any combination thereof) or in any other form of payment, as determined by the Board and specified in the RSU Award Agreement. At the time of grant, the Board may determine to impose such restrictions or conditions that delay such delivery to a date following the vesting of the RSU Award.

 

(b)            Performance Awards. With respect to any Performance Award, the length of any Performance Period, the Performance Goals to be achieved during the Performance Period, the other terms and conditions of such Award, and the measure of whether and to what degree such Performance Goals have been attained will be determined by the Board.

 

(c)            Other Awards. Other Awards may be granted either alone or in addition to Awards provided for under Section 4 and the preceding provisions of this Section 5. Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Board will have sole and complete discretion to determine the persons to whom and the time or times at which such Other Awards will be granted, the number of shares of Common Stock (or the cash equivalent thereof) to be granted pursuant to such Other Awards and all other terms and conditions of such Other Awards.

 

6.            Adjustments upon Changes in Common Stock; Other Corporate Events.

 

(a)            Capitalization Adjustments. In the event of a Capitalization Adjustment, the Board shall appropriately and proportionately adjust: (i) the class(es) and maximum number of shares of Common Stock subject to the Plan and the maximum number of shares by which the Share Reserve may annually increase pursuant to Section 2(a), (ii) the class(es) and maximum number of shares that may be issued pursuant to the exercise of Incentive Stock Options pursuant to Section 2(b), and (iii) the class(es) and number of securities and exercise price, strike price or purchase price of Common Stock subject to outstanding Awards. The Board shall make such adjustments, and its determination shall be final, binding and conclusive. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no fractional shares or rights for fractional shares of Common Stock shall be created in order to implement any Capitalization Adjustment. The Board shall determine an appropriate equivalent benefit, if any, for any fractional shares or rights to fractional shares that might be created by the adjustments referred to in the preceding provisions of this Section.

 

(b)            Dissolution or Liquidation. Except as otherwise provided in the Award Agreement, in the event of a dissolution or liquidation of the Company, all outstanding Awards (other than Awards consisting of vested and outstanding shares of Common Stock not subject to a forfeiture condition or the Company’s right of repurchase) will terminate immediately prior to the completion of such dissolution or liquidation, and the shares of Common Stock subject to the Company’s repurchase rights or subject to a forfeiture condition may be repurchased or reacquired by the Company notwithstanding the fact that the holder of such Award is providing Continuous Service, provided, however, that the Board may determine to cause some or all Awards to become fully vested, exercisable and/or no longer subject to repurchase or forfeiture (to the extent such Awards have not previously expired or terminated) before the dissolution or liquidation is completed but contingent on its completion.

 

8 

 

 

(c)            Corporate Transaction. The following provisions will apply to Awards in the event of a Corporate Transaction except as set forth in Section 11, and unless otherwise provided in the instrument evidencing the Award or any other written agreement between the Company or any Affiliate and the Participant or unless otherwise expressly provided by the Board at the time of grant of an Award.

 

(i)              Awards May Be Assumed. In the event of a Corporate Transaction, any surviving corporation or acquiring corporation (or the surviving or acquiring corporation’s parent company) may assume or continue any or all Awards outstanding under the Plan or may substitute similar awards for Awards outstanding under the Plan (including but not limited to, awards to acquire the same consideration paid to the stockholders of the Company pursuant to the Corporate Transaction), and any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by the Company in respect of Common Stock issued pursuant to Awards may be assigned by the Company to the successor of the Company (or the successor’s parent company, if any), in connection with such Corporate Transaction. A surviving corporation or acquiring corporation (or its parent) may choose to assume or continue only a portion of an Award or substitute a similar award for only a portion of an Award, or may choose to assume, continue, or substitute the Awards held by some, but not all Participants. The terms of any assumption, continuation or substitution will be set by the Board.

 

(ii)            Awards Held by Current Participants. In the event of a Corporate Transaction in which the surviving corporation or acquiring corporation (or its parent company) does not assume or continue such outstanding Awards or substitute similar awards for such outstanding Awards, then with respect to Awards that have not been assumed, continued or substituted and that are held by Participants whose Continuous Service has not terminated prior to the effective time of the Corporate Transaction (referred to as the “Current Participants”), the vesting of such Awards (and, with respect to Options and SARs, the time when such Awards may be exercised) will be accelerated in full to a date prior to the effective time of such Corporate Transaction (contingent upon the effectiveness of the Corporate Transaction) as the Board determines (or, if the Board does not determine such a date, to the date that is five days prior to the effective time of the Corporate Transaction), and such Awards will terminate if not exercised (if applicable) at or prior to the effective time of the Corporate Transaction, and any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by the Company with respect to such Awards will lapse (contingent upon the effectiveness of the Corporate Transaction). With respect to the vesting of Performance Awards that will accelerate upon the occurrence of a Corporate Transaction pursuant to this subsection (ii) and that have multiple vesting levels depending on the level of performance, unless otherwise provided in the Award Agreement, the vesting of such Performance Awards will accelerate at 100% of the target level upon the occurrence of the Corporate Transaction. With respect to the vesting of Awards that will accelerate upon the occurrence of a Corporate Transaction pursuant to this subsection (ii) and are settled in the form of a cash payment, such cash payment will be made no later than 30 days following the occurrence of the Corporate Transaction.

 

(iii)            Awards Held by Persons other than Current Participants. In the event of a Corporate Transaction in which the surviving corporation or acquiring corporation (or its parent company) does not assume or continue such outstanding Awards or substitute similar awards for such outstanding Awards, then with respect to Awards that have not been assumed, continued or substituted and that are held by persons other than Current Participants, such Awards will terminate if not exercised (if applicable) prior to the occurrence of the Corporate Transaction; provided, however, that any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by the Company with respect to such Awards will not terminate and may continue to be exercised notwithstanding the Corporate Transaction.

 

(iv)            Payment for Awards in Lieu of Exercise. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event an Award will terminate if not exercised prior to the effective time of a Corporate Transaction, the Board may provide, in its sole discretion, that the holder of such Award may not exercise such Award but will receive a payment, in such form as may be determined by the Board, equal in value, at the effective time, to the excess, if any, of (1) the value of the property the Participant would have received upon the exercise of the Award (including, at the discretion of the Board, any unvested portion of such Award), over (2) any exercise price payable by such holder in connection with such exercise.

 

9 

 

(d)            Appointment of Stockholder Representative. As a condition to the receipt of an Award under this Plan, a Participant will be deemed to have agreed that the Award will be subject to the terms of any agreement governing a Corporate Transaction involving the Company, including, without limitation, a provision for the appointment of a stockholder representative that is authorized to act on the Participant’s behalf with respect to any escrow, indemnities and any contingent consideration.

 

(e)            No Restriction on Right to Undertake Transactions. The grant of any Award under the Plan and the issuance of shares pursuant to any Award does not affect or restrict in any way the right or power of the Company or the stockholders of the Company to make or authorize any adjustment, recapitalization, reorganization or other change in the Company’s capital structure or its business, any merger or consolidation of the Company, any issue of stock or of options, rights or options to purchase stock or of bonds, debentures, preferred or prior preference stocks whose rights are superior to or affect the Common Stock or the rights thereof or which are convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock, or the dissolution or liquidation of the Company, or any sale or transfer of all or any part of its assets or business, or any other corporate act or proceeding, whether of a similar character or otherwise.

 

7.            Administration.

 

(a)            Administration by Board. The Board will administer the Plan unless and until the Board delegates administration of the Plan to a Committee or Committees, as provided in subsection (c) below.

 

(b)            Powers of Board. The Board will have the power, subject to, and within the limitations of, the express provisions of the Plan:

 

(i)              To determine from time to time: (1) which of the persons eligible under the Plan will be granted Awards; (2) when and how each Award will be granted; (3) what type or combination of types of Award will be granted; (4) the provisions of each Award granted (which need not be identical), including the time or times when a person will be permitted to receive an issuance of Common Stock or other payment pursuant to an Award; (5) the number of shares of Common Stock or cash equivalent with respect to which an Award will be granted to each such person; (6) the Fair Market Value applicable to an Award; and (7) the terms of any Performance Award that is not valued in whole or in part by reference to, or otherwise based on, the Common Stock, including the amount of cash payment or other property that may be earned and the timing of payment.

 

(ii)             To construe and interpret the Plan and Awards granted under it, and to establish, amend and revoke rules and regulations for its administration. The Board, in the exercise of this power, may correct any defect, omission or inconsistency in the Plan or in any Award Agreement, in a manner and to the extent it deems necessary or expedient to make the Plan or Award fully effective.

 

(iii)            To settle all controversies regarding the Plan and Awards granted under it.

 

(iv)             To accelerate the time at which an Award may first be exercised or the time during which an Award or any part thereof will vest, notwithstanding the provisions in the Award Agreement stating the time at which it may first be exercised or the time during which it will vest.

 

10 

 

 

(v)              To prohibit the exercise of any Option, SAR or other exercisable Award during a period of up to 30 days prior to the consummation of any pending stock dividend, stock split, combination or exchange of shares, merger, consolidation or other distribution (other than normal cash dividends) of Company assets to stockholders, or any other change affecting the shares of Common Stock or the share price of the Common Stock (including, but not limited to, any Corporate Transaction), for reasons of administrative convenience.

 

(vi)             To suspend or terminate the Plan at any time. Suspension or termination of the Plan will not Materially Impair rights and obligations under any Award granted while the Plan is in effect except with the written consent of the affected Participant.

 

(vii)            To amend the Plan in any respect the Board deems necessary or advisable; provided, however, that stockholder approval will be required for any amendment to the extent required by Applicable Law. Except as provided above, rights under any Award granted before amendment of the Plan will not be Materially Impaired by any amendment of the Plan unless (1) the Company requests the consent of the affected Participant, and (2) such Participant consents in writing.

 

(viii)          To submit any amendment to the Plan for stockholder approval.

 

(ix)            To approve forms of Award Agreements for use under the Plan and to amend the terms of any one or more Awards, including, but not limited to, amendments to provide terms more favorable to the Participant than previously provided in the Award Agreement, subject to any specified limits in the Plan that are not subject to Board discretion; provided however, that, a Participant’s rights under any Award will not be Materially Impaired by any such amendment unless (1) the Company requests the consent of the affected Participant, and (2) such Participant consents in writing.

 

(x)              Generally, to exercise such powers and to perform such acts as the Board deems necessary or expedient to promote the best interests of the Company and that are not in conflict with the provisions of the Plan or Awards.

 

(xi)            To adopt such procedures and sub-plans as are necessary or appropriate to permit and facilitate participation in the Plan by, or take advantage of specific tax treatment for Awards granted to, Employees, Directors or Consultants who are non-U.S. nationals or employed outside the United States (provided that Board approval will not be necessary for immaterial modifications to the Plan or any Award Agreement to ensure or facilitate compliance with the laws of the relevant non-U.S. jurisdiction).

 

(xii)           To effect, at any time and from time to time, subject to the consent of any Participant whose Award is Materially Impaired by such action and subject to the approval of the stockholders of the Company, (1) the reduction of the exercise price (or strike price) of any outstanding Option or SAR; (2) the cancellation of any outstanding Option or SAR and the grant in substitution therefor of (A) a new Option, SAR, Restricted Stock Award, RSU Award or Other Award, under the Plan or another equity plan of the Company, covering the same or a different number of shares of Common Stock, (B) cash and/or (C) other valuable consideration (as determined by the Board); or (3) any other action that is treated as a repricing under generally accepted accounting principles.

 

(c)            Delegation to Committee.

 

(i)            General. The Board may delegate some or all of the administration of the Plan to a Committee or Committees. If administration of the Plan is delegated to a Committee, the Committee will have, in connection with the administration of the Plan, the powers theretofore possessed by the Board that have been delegated to the Committee, including the power to delegate to another Committee or a subcommittee of the Committee any of the administrative powers the Committee is authorized to exercise (and references in this Plan to the Board will thereafter be to the Committee or subcommittee), subject, however, to such resolutions, not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan, as may be adopted from time to time by the Board. Each Committee may retain the authority to concurrently administer the Plan with the Committee or subcommittee to which it has delegated its authority hereunder and may, at any time, revest in such Committee some or all of the powers previously delegated. The Board may retain the authority to concurrently administer the Plan with any Committee and may, at any time, revest in the Board some or all of the powers previously delegated.

 

11 

 

 

(ii)            Rule 16b-3 Compliance. To the extent an Award is intended to qualify for the exemption from Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act that is available under Rule 16b-3 of the Exchange Act, the Award will be granted by the Board or a Committee that consists solely of two or more Non-Employee Directors, as determined under Rule 16b-3(b)(3) of the Exchange Act and thereafter any action establishing or modifying the terms of the Award will be approved by the Board or a Committee meeting such requirements to the extent necessary for such exemption to remain available.

 

(d)            Effect of Board’s Decision. All determinations, interpretations and constructions made by the Board or any Committee in good faith will not be subject to review by any person and will be final, binding and conclusive on all persons.

 

(e)            Delegation to an Officer. The Board or any Committee may delegate to one or more Officers the authority to do one or both of the following (i) designate Employees who are not Officers to be recipients of Options and SARs (and, to the extent permitted by Applicable Law, other types of Awards) and, to the extent permitted by Applicable Law, the terms thereof, and (ii) determine the number of shares of Common Stock to be subject to such Awards granted to such Employees; provided, however, that the resolutions or charter adopted by the Board or any Committee evidencing such delegation will specify the total number of shares of Common Stock that may be subject to the Awards granted by such Officer and that such Officer may not grant an Award to himself or herself. Any such Awards will be granted on the applicable form of Award Agreement most recently approved for use by the Board or the Committee, unless otherwise provided in the resolutions approving the delegation authority. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, neither the Board nor any Committee may delegate to an Officer who is acting solely in the capacity of an Officer (and not also as a Director) the authority to determine the Fair Market Value.

 

8.            Tax Withholding

 

(a)            Withholding Authorization. As a condition to acceptance of any Award under the Plan, a Participant authorizes withholding from payroll and any other amounts payable to such Participant, and otherwise agrees to make adequate provision for, any sums required to satisfy any U.S. and/or non-U.S. federal, state or local tax or social insurance contribution withholding obligations of the Company or an Affiliate, if any, which arise in connection with the grant, vesting, exercise, or settlement of such Award, as applicable. Accordingly, a Participant may not be able to exercise an Award even though the Award is vested, and the Company shall have no obligation to issue shares of Common Stock subject to an Award, unless and until such obligations are satisfied.

 

(b)            Satisfaction of Withholding Obligation. To the extent permitted by the terms of an Award Agreement, the Company may, in its sole discretion, satisfy any U.S. and/or non-U.S. federal, state or local tax or social insurance withholding obligation relating to an Award by any of the following means or by a combination of such means: (i) causing the Participant to tender a cash payment; (ii) withholding shares of Common Stock from the shares of Common Stock issued or otherwise issuable to the Participant in connection with the Award; (iii) withholding cash from an Award settled in cash; (iv) withholding payment from any amounts otherwise payable to the Participant; (v) by allowing a Participant to effectuate a “cashless exercise” pursuant to a program developed under Regulation T as promulgated by the United States Federal Reserve Board; or (vi) by such other method as may be set forth in the Award Agreement.

 

12 

 

 

(c)            No Obligation to Notify or Minimize Taxes; No Liability to Claims. Except as required by Applicable Law, the Company has no duty or obligation to any Participant to advise such holder as to the time or manner of exercising such Award. Furthermore, the Company has no duty or obligation to warn or otherwise advise such holder of a pending termination or expiration of an Award or a possible period in which the Award may not be exercised. The Company has no duty or obligation to minimize the tax consequences of an Award to the holder of such Award and will not be liable to any holder of an Award for any adverse tax consequences to such holder in connection with an Award. As a condition to accepting an Award under the Plan, each Participant (i) agrees to not make any claim against the Company, or any of its Officers, Directors, Employees or Affiliates related to tax liabilities arising from such Award or other Company compensation and (ii) acknowledges that such Participant was advised to consult with his or her own personal tax, financial and other legal advisors regarding the tax consequences of the Award and has either done so or knowingly and voluntarily declined to do so. Additionally, each Participant acknowledges any Option or SAR granted under the Plan is exempt from Section 409A only if the exercise or strike price is at least equal to the “fair market value” of the Common Stock on the date of grant as determined by the United States Internal Revenue Service and there is no other impermissible deferral of compensation associated with the Award. Additionally, as a condition to accepting an Option or SAR granted under the Plan, each Participant agrees not to make any claim against the Company, or any of its Officers, Directors, Employees or Affiliates in the event that the United States Internal Revenue Service asserts that such exercise price or strike price is less than the “fair market value” of the Common Stock on the date of grant as subsequently determined by the United States Internal Revenue Service.

 

(d)            Withholding Indemnification. As a condition to accepting an Award under the Plan, in the event that the amount of the Company’s and/or its Affiliate’s withholding obligation in connection with such Award was greater than the amount actually withheld by the Company and/or its Affiliates, each Participant agrees to indemnify and hold the Company and/or its Affiliates harmless from any failure by the Company and/or its Affiliates to withhold the proper amount.

 

9.            Miscellaneous.

 

(a)            Source of Shares. The stock issuable under the Plan will be shares of authorized but unissued or reacquired Common Stock, including shares repurchased by the Company on the open market or otherwise.

 

(b)            Use of Proceeds from Sales of Common Stock. Proceeds from the sale of shares of Common Stock pursuant to Awards will constitute general funds of the Company.

 

(c)            Corporate Action Constituting Grant of Awards. Corporate action constituting a grant by the Company of an Award to any Participant will be deemed completed as of the date of such corporate action, unless otherwise determined by the Board, regardless of when the instrument, certificate, or letter evidencing the Award is communicated to, or actually received or accepted by, the Participant. In the event that the corporate records (e.g., Board consents, resolutions or minutes) documenting the corporate action approving the grant contain terms (e.g., exercise price, vesting schedule or number of shares) that are inconsistent with those in the Award Agreement or related grant documents as a result of a clerical error in the Award Agreement or related grant documents, the corporate records will control and the Participant will have no legally binding right to the incorrect term in the Award Agreement or related grant documents.

 

13 

 

 

 

(d)            Stockholder Rights. No Participant will be deemed to be the holder of, or to have any of the rights of a holder with respect to, any shares of Common Stock subject to such Award unless and until (i) such Participant has satisfied all requirements for exercise of the Award pursuant to its terms, if applicable, and (ii) the issuance of the Common Stock subject to such Award is reflected in the records of the Company.

 

(e)            No Employment or Other Service Rights. Nothing in the Plan, any Award Agreement or any other instrument executed thereunder or in connection with any Award granted pursuant thereto will confer upon any Participant any right to continue to serve the Company or an Affiliate in the capacity in effect at the time the Award was granted or affect the right of the Company or an Affiliate to terminate at will and without regard to any future vesting opportunity that a Participant may have with respect to any Award (i) the employment of an Employee with or without notice and with or without cause, (ii) the service of a Consultant pursuant to the terms of such Consultant’s agreement with the Company or an Affiliate, or (iii) the service of a Director pursuant to the Bylaws of the Company or an Affiliate, and any applicable provisions of the corporate law of the U.S. state or non-U.S. jurisdiction in which the Company or the Affiliate is incorporated, as the case may be. Further, nothing in the Plan, any Award Agreement or any other instrument executed thereunder or in connection with any Award will constitute any promise or commitment by the Company or an Affiliate regarding the fact or nature of future positions, future work assignments, future compensation or any other term or condition of employment or service or confer any right or benefit under the Award or the Plan unless such right or benefit has specifically accrued under the terms of the Award Agreement and/or Plan.

 

(f)            Change in Time Commitment. In the event a Participant’s regular level of time commitment in the performance of his or her services for the Company and any Affiliates is reduced (for example, and without limitation, if the Participant is an Employee of the Company and the Employee has a change in status from a full-time Employee to a part-time Employee or takes an extended leave of absence) after the date of grant of any Award to the Participant, the Board may determine, to the extent permitted by Applicable Law, to (i) make a corresponding reduction in the number of shares or cash amount subject to any portion of such Award that is scheduled to vest or become payable after the date of such change in time commitment, and (ii) in lieu of or in combination with such a reduction, extend the vesting or payment schedule applicable to such Award. In the event of any such reduction, the Participant will have no right with respect to any portion of the Award that is so reduced or extended.

 

(g)            Execution of Additional Documents. As a condition to accepting an Award under the Plan, the Participant agrees to execute any additional documents or instruments necessary or desirable, as determined in the Plan Administrator’s sole discretion, to carry out the purposes or intent of the Award, or facilitate compliance with securities and/or other regulatory requirements, in each case at the Plan Administrator’s request.

 

(h)            Electronic Delivery and Participation. Any reference herein or in an Award Agreement to a “written” agreement or document will include any agreement or document delivered electronically, filed publicly at www.sec.gov (or any successor website thereto) or posted on the Company’s intranet (or other shared electronic medium controlled by the Company to which the Participant has access). By accepting any Award, the Participant consents to receive documents by electronic delivery and to participate in the Plan through any on-line electronic system established and maintained by the Plan Administrator or another third party selected by the Plan Administrator. The form of delivery of any Common Stock (e.g., a stock certificate or electronic entry evidencing such shares) shall be determined by the Company.

 

 14 

 

 

(i)            Clawback/Recovery. All Awards granted under the Plan will be subject to recoupment in accordance with any clawback policy that the Company is required to adopt pursuant to the listing standards of any national securities exchange or association on which the Company’s securities are listed or as is otherwise required by the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act or other Applicable Law and any clawback policy that the Company otherwise adopts, to the extent applicable and permissible under Applicable Law. In addition, the Board may impose such other clawback, recovery or recoupment provisions in an Award Agreement as the Board determines necessary or appropriate, including but not limited to a reacquisition right in respect of previously acquired shares of Common Stock or other cash or property upon the occurrence of Cause. No recovery of compensation under such a clawback policy will be an event giving rise to a Participant’s right to voluntarily terminate employment upon a “resignation for good reason,” or for a “constructive termination” or any similar term under any plan of or agreement with the Company.

 

(j)            Securities Law Compliance. A Participant will not be issued any shares in respect of an Award unless either (i) the shares are registered under the Securities Act; or (ii) the Company has determined that such issuance would be exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act. Each Award also must comply with other Applicable Law governing the Award, and a Participant will not receive such shares if the Company determines that such receipt would not be in material compliance with Applicable Law.

 

(k)            Transfer or Assignment of Awards; Issued Shares. Except as expressly provided in the Plan or the form of Award Agreement, Awards granted under the Plan may not be transferred or assigned by the Participant. After the vested shares subject to an Award have been issued, or in the case of a Restricted Stock Award and similar awards, after the issued shares have vested, the holder of such shares is free to assign, hypothecate, donate, encumber or otherwise dispose of any interest in such shares provided that any such actions are in compliance with the provisions herein, the terms of the Trading Policy and Applicable Law.

 

(l)            Effect on Other Employee Benefit Plans. The value of any Award granted under the Plan, as determined upon grant, vesting or settlement, shall not be included as compensation, earnings, salaries, or other similar terms used when calculating any Participant’s benefits under any employee benefit plan sponsored by the Company or any Affiliate, except as such plan otherwise expressly provides. The Company expressly reserves its rights to amend, modify, or terminate any of the Company’s or any Affiliate’s employee benefit plans.

 

(m)            Deferrals. To the extent permitted by Applicable Law, the Board, in its sole discretion, may determine that the delivery of Common Stock or the payment of cash, upon the exercise, vesting or settlement of all or a portion of any Award may be deferred and may also establish programs and procedures for deferral elections to be made by Participants. Deferrals will be made in accordance with the requirements of Section 409A.

 

(n)            Section 409A. Unless otherwise expressly provided for in an Award Agreement, the Plan and Award Agreements will be interpreted to the greatest extent possible in a manner that makes the Plan and the Awards granted hereunder exempt from Section 409A, and, to the extent not so exempt, in compliance with the requirements of Section 409A. If the Board determines that any Award granted hereunder is not exempt from and is therefore subject to Section 409A, the Award Agreement evidencing such Award will incorporate the terms and conditions necessary to avoid the consequences specified in Section 409A(a)(1) of the Code, and to the extent an Award Agreement is silent on terms necessary for compliance, such terms are hereby incorporated by reference into the Award Agreement. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Plan (and unless the Award Agreement specifically provides otherwise), if the shares of Common Stock are publicly traded, and if a Participant holding an Award that constitutes “deferred compensation” under Section 409A is a “specified employee” for purposes of Section 409A, no distribution or payment of any amount that is due because of a “separation from service” (as defined in Section 409A without regard to alternative definitions thereunder) will be issued or paid before the date that is six months and one day following the date of such Participant’s “separation from service” or, if earlier, the date of the Participant’s death, unless such distribution or payment can be made in a manner that complies with Section 409A, and any amounts so deferred will be paid in a lump sum on the day after such six month period elapses, with the balance paid thereafter on the original schedule.

 

 15 

 

 

(o)            Choice of Law. This Plan and any controversy arising out of or relating to this Plan shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the internal laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to conflict of law principles that would result in any application of any law other than the law of the State of Delaware.

 

10.            Covenants of the Company.

 

(a)            Compliance with Law. The Company will seek to obtain from each regulatory commission or agency, as may be deemed necessary, having jurisdiction over the Plan such authority as may be required to grant Awards and to issue and sell shares of Common Stock upon exercise or vesting of the Awards; provided, however, that this undertaking will not require the Company to register under the Securities Act the Plan, any Award or any Common Stock issued or issuable pursuant to any such Award. If, after reasonable efforts and at a reasonable cost, the Company is unable to obtain from any such regulatory commission or agency the authority that counsel for the Company deems necessary or advisable for the lawful issuance and sale of Common Stock under the Plan, the Company will be relieved from any liability for failure to issue and sell Common Stock upon exercise or vesting of such Awards unless and until such authority is obtained. A Participant is not eligible for the grant of an Award or the subsequent issuance of Common Stock pursuant to the Award if such grant or issuance would be in violation of any Applicable Law.

 

11.            Additional Rules for Awards Subject to Section 409A.

 

(a)            Application. Unless the provisions of this Section of the Plan are expressly superseded by the provisions in the form of Award Agreement, the provisions of this Section shall apply and shall supersede anything to the contrary set forth in the Award Agreement for a Non-Exempt Award.

 

(b)            Non-Exempt Awards Subject to Non-Exempt Severance Arrangements. To the extent a Non-Exempt Award is subject to Section 409A due to application of a Non-Exempt Severance Arrangement, the following provisions of this subsection (b) apply.

 

(i)            If the Non-Exempt Award vests in the ordinary course during the Participant’s Continuous Service in accordance with the vesting schedule set forth in the Award Agreement, and does not accelerate vesting under the terms of a Non-Exempt Severance Arrangement, in no event will the shares be issued in respect of such Non-Exempt Award any later than the later of: (i) December 31st of the calendar year that includes the applicable vesting date, or (ii) the 60th day that follows the applicable vesting date.

 

(ii)            If vesting of the Non-Exempt Award accelerates under the terms of a Non-Exempt Severance Arrangement in connection with the Participant’s Separation from Service, and such vesting acceleration provisions were in effect as of the date of grant of the Non-Exempt Award and, therefore, are part of the terms of such Non-Exempt Award as of the date of grant, then the shares will be earlier issued in settlement of such Non-Exempt Award upon the Participant’s Separation from Service in accordance with the terms of the Non-Exempt Severance Arrangement, but in no event later than the 60th day that follows the date of the Participant’s Separation from Service. However, if at the time the shares would otherwise be issued the Participant is subject to the distribution limitations contained in Section 409A applicable to “specified employees,” as defined in Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code, such shares shall not be issued before the date that is six months following the date of such Participant’s Separation from Service, or, if earlier, the date of the Participant’s death that occurs within such six month period.

 

 16 

 

 

(iii)            If vesting of a Non-Exempt Award accelerates under the terms of a Non-Exempt Severance Arrangement in connection with a Participant’s Separation from Service, and such vesting acceleration provisions were not in effect as of the date of grant of the Non-Exempt Award and, therefore, are not a part of the terms of such Non-Exempt Award on the date of grant, then such acceleration of vesting of the Non-Exempt Award shall not accelerate the issuance date of the shares, but the shares shall instead be issued on the same schedule as set forth in the Grant Notice as if they had vested in the ordinary course during the Participant’s Continuous Service, notwithstanding the vesting acceleration of the Non-Exempt Award. Such issuance schedule is intended to satisfy the requirements of payment on a specified date or pursuant to a fixed schedule, as provided under United States Treasury Regulations Section 1.409A-3(a)(4).

 

(c)            Treatment of Non-Exempt Awards Upon a Corporate Transaction for Employees and Consultants. The provisions of this subsection (c) shall apply and shall supersede anything to the contrary set forth in the Plan with respect to the permitted treatment of any Non-Exempt Award in connection with a Corporate Transaction if the Participant was either an Employee or Consultant upon the applicable date of grant of the Non-Exempt Award.

 

(i)            Vested Non-Exempt Awards. The following provisions shall apply to any Vested Non-Exempt Award in connection with a Corporate Transaction:

 

(1)            If the Corporate Transaction is also a Section 409A Change in Control, then the Acquiring Entity may not assume, continue or substitute the Vested Non-Exempt Award. Upon the Section 409A Change in Control, the settlement of the Vested Non-Exempt Award will automatically be accelerated and the shares will be immediately issued in respect of the Vested Non-Exempt Award. Alternatively, the Company may instead provide that the Participant will receive a cash settlement equal to the Fair Market Value of the shares that would otherwise be issued to the Participant upon the Section 409A Change in Control.

 

(2)            If the Corporate Transaction is not also a Section 409A Change in Control, then the Acquiring Entity must either assume, continue or substitute each Vested Non-Exempt Award. The shares to be issued in respect of the Vested Non-Exempt Award shall be issued to the Participant by the Acquiring Entity on the same schedule that the shares would have been issued to the Participant if the Corporate Transaction had not occurred. In the Acquiring Entity’s discretion, in lieu of an issuance of shares, the Acquiring Entity may instead substitute a cash payment on each applicable issuance date, equal to the Fair Market Value of the shares that would otherwise be issued to the Participant on such issuance dates, with the determination of the Fair Market Value of the shares made on the date of the Corporate Transaction.

 

(ii)            Unvested Non-Exempt Awards. The following provisions shall apply to any Unvested Non-Exempt Award unless otherwise determined by the Board pursuant to subsection (e) of this Section.

 

 17 

 

 

(1)            In the event of a Corporate Transaction, the Acquiring Entity shall assume, continue or substitute any Unvested Non-Exempt Award. Unless otherwise determined by the Board, any Unvested Non-Exempt Award will remain subject to the same vesting and forfeiture restrictions that were applicable to the Award prior to the Corporate Transaction. The shares to be issued in respect of any Unvested Non-Exempt Award shall be issued to the Participant by the Acquiring Entity on the same schedule that the shares would have been issued to the Participant if the Corporate Transaction had not occurred. In the Acquiring Entity’s discretion, in lieu of an issuance of shares, the Acquiring Entity may instead substitute a cash payment on each applicable issuance date, equal to the Fair Market Value of the shares that would otherwise be issued to the Participant on such issuance dates, with the determination of Fair Market Value of the shares made on the date of the Corporate Transaction.

 

(2)            If the Acquiring Entity will not assume, substitute or continue any Unvested Non-Exempt Award in connection with a Corporate Transaction, then such Award shall automatically terminate and be forfeited upon the Corporate Transaction with no consideration payable to any Participant in respect of such forfeited Unvested Non-Exempt Award. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent permitted and in compliance with the requirements of Section 409A, the Board may in its discretion determine to elect to accelerate the vesting and settlement of the Unvested Non-Exempt Award upon the Corporate Transaction, or instead substitute a cash payment equal to the Fair Market Value of such shares that would otherwise be issued to the Participant, as further provided in subsection (e)(ii) below. In the absence of such discretionary election by the Board, any Unvested Non-Exempt Award shall be forfeited without payment of any consideration to the affected Participants if the Acquiring Entity will not assume, substitute or continue the Unvested Non-Exempt Awards in connection with the Corporate Transaction.

 

(3)            The foregoing treatment shall apply with respect to all Unvested Non-Exempt Awards upon any Corporate Transaction, and regardless of whether or not such Corporate Transaction is also a Section 409A Change in Control.

 

(d)            Treatment of Non-Exempt Awards Upon a Corporate Transaction for Non-Employee Directors. The following provisions of this subsection (d) shall apply and shall supersede anything to the contrary that may be set forth in the Plan with respect to the permitted treatment of a Non-Exempt Director Award in connection with a Corporate Transaction.

 

(i)            If the Corporate Transaction is also a Section 409A Change in Control, then the Acquiring Entity may not assume, continue or substitute the Non-Exempt Director Award. Upon the Section 409A Change in Control, the vesting and settlement of any Non-Exempt Director Award will automatically be accelerated and the shares will be immediately issued to the Participant in respect of the Non-Exempt Director Award. Alternatively, the Company may provide that the Participant will instead receive a cash settlement equal to the Fair Market Value of the shares that would otherwise be issued to the Participant upon the Section 409A Change in Control pursuant to the preceding provision.

 

(ii)            If the Corporate Transaction is not also a Section 409A Change in Control, then the Acquiring Entity must either assume, continue or substitute the Non-Exempt Director Award. Unless otherwise determined by the Board, the Non-Exempt Director Award will remain subject to the same vesting and forfeiture restrictions that were applicable to the Award prior to the Corporate Transaction. The shares to be issued in respect of the Non-Exempt Director Award shall be issued to the Participant by the Acquiring Entity on the same schedule that the shares would have been issued to the Participant if the Corporate Transaction had not occurred. In the Acquiring Entity’s discretion, in lieu of an issuance of shares, the Acquiring Entity may instead substitute a cash payment on each applicable issuance date, equal to the Fair Market Value of the shares that would otherwise be issued to the Participant on such issuance dates, with the determination of Fair Market Value made on the date of the Corporate Transaction.

 

 18 

 

 

(e)            If the RSU Award is a Non-Exempt Award, then the provisions in this Section 11(e) shall apply and supersede anything to the contrary that may be set forth in the Plan or the Award Agreement with respect to the permitted treatment of such Non-Exempt Award:

 

(i)            Any exercise by the Board of discretion to accelerate the vesting of a Non-Exempt Award shall not result in any acceleration of the scheduled issuance dates for the shares in respect of the Non-Exempt Award unless earlier issuance of the shares upon the applicable vesting dates would be in compliance with the requirements of Section 409A.

 

(ii)            The Company explicitly reserves the right to earlier settle any Non-Exempt Award to the extent permitted and in compliance with the requirements of Section 409A, including pursuant to any of the exemptions available in United States Treasury Regulations Section 1.409A-3(j)(4)(ix).

 

(iii)            To the extent the terms of any Non-Exempt Award provide that it will be settled upon a Change in Control or Corporate Transaction, to the extent it is required for compliance with the requirements of Section 409A, the Change in Control or Corporate Transaction event triggering settlement must also constitute a Section 409A Change in Control. To the extent the terms of a Non-Exempt Award provides that it will be settled upon a termination of employment or termination of Continuous Service, to the extent it is required for compliance with the requirements of Section 409A, the termination event triggering settlement must also constitute a Separation From Service. However, if at the time the shares would otherwise be issued to a Participant in connection with a “separation from service” such Participant is subject to the distribution limitations contained in Section 409A applicable to “specified employees,” as defined in Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code, such shares shall not be issued before the date that is six months following the date of the Participant’s Separation From Service, or, if earlier, the date of the Participant’s death that occurs within such six month period.

 

(iv)            The provisions in this subsection (e) for delivery of the shares in respect of the settlement of a RSU Award that is a Non-Exempt Award are intended to comply with the requirements of Section 409A so that the delivery of the shares to the Participant in respect of such Non-Exempt Award will not trigger the additional tax imposed under Section 409A, and any ambiguities herein will be so interpreted.

 

12.          Severability.

 

If all or any part of the Plan or any Award Agreement is declared by any court or governmental authority to be unlawful or invalid, such unlawfulness or invalidity shall not invalidate any portion of the Plan or such Award Agreement not declared to be unlawful or invalid. Any Section of the Plan or any Award Agreement (or part of such a Section) so declared to be unlawful or invalid shall, if possible, be construed in a manner which will give effect to the terms of such Section or part of a Section to the fullest extent possible while remaining lawful and valid.

 

13.          Termination of the Plan.

 

The Board may suspend or terminate the Plan at any time. No Incentive Stock Options may be granted after the tenth anniversary of the earlier of: (i) the Adoption Date, or (ii) the date the Plan is approved by the Company’s stockholders. No Awards may be granted under the Plan while the Plan is suspended or after it is terminated.

 

 19 

 

 

14.          Definitions.

 

As used in the Plan, the following definitions apply to the capitalized terms indicated below:

 

(a)            Acquiring Entity” means the surviving or acquiring corporation (or its parent company) in connection with a Corporate Transaction.

 

(b)            Adoption Date” means the date the Plan is first approved by the Board or Compensation Committee.

 

(c)            Affiliate” means, at the time of determination, any “parent” or “subsidiary” of the Company as such terms are defined in Rule 405 promulgated under the Securities Act. The Board may determine the time or times at which “parent” or “subsidiary” status is determined within the foregoing definition.

 

(d)            Applicable Law” means the Code and any applicable U.S. or non-U.S. securities, federal, state, material local or municipal or other law, statute, constitution, principle of common law, resolution, ordinance, code, edict, decree, rule, listing rule, regulation, judicial decision, ruling or requirement issued, enacted, adopted, promulgated, implemented or otherwise put into effect by or under the authority of any Governmental Body (including under the authority of any applicable self-regulating organization such as the Nasdaq Stock Market, New York Stock Exchange, or the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority).

 

(e)            Award” means any right to receive Common Stock, cash or other property granted under the Plan (including an Incentive Stock Option, a Nonstatutory Stock Option, a Restricted Stock Award, a RSU Award, a SAR, a Performance Award or any Other Award).

 

(f)            Award Agreement” means a written agreement between the Company and a Participant evidencing the terms and conditions of an Award. The Award Agreement generally consists of the Grant Notice and the agreement containing the written summary of the general terms and conditions applicable to the Award and which is provided to a Participant along with the Grant Notice.

 

(g)            Board” means the board of directors of the Company (or its designee). Any decision or determination made by the Board shall be a decision or determination that is made in the sole discretion of the Board (or its designee), and such decision or determination shall be final and binding on all Participants.

 

(h)            Capitalization Adjustment” means any change that is made in, or other events that occur with respect to, the Common Stock subject to the Plan or subject to any Award after the Effective Date without the receipt of consideration by the Company through merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization, reincorporation, stock dividend, dividend in property other than cash, large nonrecurring cash dividend, stock split, reverse stock split, liquidating dividend, combination of shares, exchange of shares, change in corporate structure or any similar equity restructuring transaction, as that term is used in Statement of Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718 (or any successor thereto). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the conversion of any convertible securities of the Company will not be treated as a Capitalization Adjustment.

 

(i)            Cause” has the meaning ascribed to such term in any written agreement between the Participant and the Company or an Affiliate defining such term and, in the absence of such agreement, such term means, with respect to a Participant, the occurrence of any of the following events: (i) such Participant’s actual or attempted commission of, or participation in, a fraud or act of dishonesty against the Company or an Affiliate; (ii) such Participant’s intentional, material violation of any contract or agreement between the Participant and the Company or an Affiliate or of any statutory duty owed to the Company or an Affiliate; (iii)  such Participant’s unauthorized use or disclosure of the Company’s or any of its Affiliate’s confidential information or trade secrets; or (iv) such Participant’s gross misconduct. The determination that a termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service is either for Cause or without Cause will be made by the Board with respect to Participants who are executive officers of the Company and by the Company’s Chief Executive Officer with respect to Participants who are not executive officers of the Company. Any determination by the Company that the Continuous Service of a Participant was terminated with or without Cause for the purposes of outstanding Awards held by such Participant will have no effect upon any determination of the rights or obligations of the Company or an Affiliate or such Participant for any other purpose.

 

 20 

 

 

(j)            Change in Control” or “Change of Control” means the occurrence, in a single transaction or in a series of related transactions, of any one or more of the following events; provided, however, to the extent necessary to avoid adverse personal income tax consequences to the Participant in connection with an Award, such event or events, as the case may be, also constitute a Section 409A Change in Control:

 

(i)            any Exchange Act Person becomes the Owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing more than 50% of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities other than by virtue of a merger, consolidation or similar transaction. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Change in Control shall not be deemed to occur (A) on account of the acquisition of securities of the Company directly from the Company, (B) on account of the acquisition of securities of the Company by an investor, any affiliate thereof or any other Exchange Act Person that acquires the Company’s securities in a transaction or series of related transactions the primary purpose of which is to obtain financing for the Company through the issuance of equity securities, or (C) solely because the level of Ownership held by any Exchange Act Person (the “Subject Person”) exceeds the designated percentage threshold of the outstanding voting securities as a result of a repurchase or other acquisition of voting securities by the Company reducing the number of shares outstanding, provided that if a Change in Control would occur (but for the operation of this sentence) as a result of the acquisition of voting securities by the Company, and after such share acquisition, the Subject Person becomes the Owner of any additional voting securities that, assuming the repurchase or other acquisition had not occurred, increases the percentage of the then outstanding voting securities Owned by the Subject Person over the designated percentage threshold, then a Change in Control shall be deemed to occur;

 

(ii)            there is consummated a merger, consolidation or similar transaction involving (directly or indirectly) the Company and, immediately after the consummation of such merger, consolidation or similar transaction, the stockholders of the Company immediately prior thereto do not Own, directly or indirectly, either (A) outstanding voting securities representing more than 50% of the combined outstanding voting power of the surviving Entity in such merger, consolidation or similar transaction or (B) more than 50% of the combined outstanding voting power of the parent of the surviving Entity in such merger, consolidation or similar transaction, in each case in substantially the same proportions as their Ownership of the outstanding voting securities of the Company immediately prior to such transaction;

 

(iii)            there is consummated a sale, lease, exclusive license or other disposition of all or substantially all of the consolidated assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries, other than a sale, lease, license or other disposition of all or substantially all of the consolidated assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries to an Entity, more than 50% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of which are Owned by stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their Ownership of the outstanding voting securities of the Company immediately prior to such sale, lease, license or other disposition; or

 

 21 

 

 

(iv)            individuals who, on the date the Plan is adopted by the Board, are members of the Board (the “Incumbent Board”) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the members of the Board; provided, however, that if the appointment or election (or nomination for election) of any new Board member was approved or recommended by a majority vote of the members of the Incumbent Board then still in office, such new member shall, for purposes of this Plan, be considered as a member of the Incumbent Board.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing or any other provision of this Plan, (A) the term Change in Control shall not include a sale of assets, merger or other transaction effected exclusively for the purpose of changing the domicile of the Company, and (B) the definition of Change in Control (or any analogous term) in an individual written agreement between the Company or any Affiliate and the Participant shall supersede the foregoing definition with respect to Awards subject to such agreement; provided, however, that if no definition of Change in Control or any analogous term is set forth in such an individual written agreement, the foregoing definition shall apply.

 

(k)            Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, including any applicable regulations and guidance thereunder.

 

(l)            Committee” means the Compensation Committee and any other committee of one or more Directors to whom authority has been delegated by the Board or Compensation Committee in accordance with the Plan.

 

(m)            Common Stock” means the common stock of the Company.

 

(n)            Company” means MaxCyte, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and any successor thereto.

 

(o)            Compensation Committee” means the Compensation Committee of the Board.

 

(p)            Consultant” means any person, including an advisor, who is (i) engaged by the Company or an Affiliate to render consulting or advisory services and is compensated for such services, or (ii) serving as a member of the board of directors of an Affiliate and is compensated for such services. However, service solely as a Director, or payment of a fee for such service, will not cause a Director to be considered a “Consultant” for purposes of the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a person is treated as a Consultant under this Plan only if a Form S-8 Registration Statement under the Securities Act is available to register either the offer or the sale of the Company’s securities to such person.

 

(q)            Continuous Service” means that the Participant’s service with the Company or an Affiliate, whether as an Employee, Director or Consultant, is not interrupted or terminated. A change in the capacity in which the Participant renders service to the Company or an Affiliate as an Employee, Director or Consultant or a change in the Entity for which the Participant renders such service, provided that there is no interruption or termination of the Participant’s service with the Company or an Affiliate, will not terminate a Participant’s Continuous Service; provided, however, that if the Entity for which a Participant is rendering services ceases to qualify as an Affiliate, as determined by the Board, such Participant’s Continuous Service will be considered to have terminated on the date such Entity ceases to qualify as an Affiliate. For example, a change in status from an Employee of the Company to a Consultant of an Affiliate or to a Director will not constitute an interruption of Continuous Service. To the extent permitted by law, the Board or the chief executive officer of the Company, in that party’s sole discretion, may determine whether Continuous Service will be considered interrupted in the case of (i) any leave of absence approved by the Board or chief executive officer, including sick leave, military leave or any other personal leave, or (ii) transfers between the Company, an Affiliate, or their successors. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a leave of absence will be treated as Continuous Service for purposes of vesting in an Award only to such extent as may be provided in the Company’s leave of absence policy, in the written terms of any leave of absence agreement or policy applicable to the Participant, or as otherwise required by law. In addition, to the extent required for exemption from or compliance with Section 409A, the determination of whether there has been a termination of Continuous Service will be made, and such term will be construed, in a manner that is consistent with the definition of “separation from service” as defined under United States Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h) (without regard to any alternative definition thereunder).

 

 22 

 

 

(r)            Corporate Transaction” means the consummation, in a single transaction or in a series of related transactions, of any one or more of the following events:

 

(i)            a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all, as determined by the Board, of the consolidated assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries;

 

(ii)            a sale or other disposition of at least 50% of the outstanding securities of the Company;

 

(iii)            a merger, consolidation or similar transaction following which the Company is not the surviving corporation; or

 

(iv)            a merger, consolidation or similar transaction following which the Company is the surviving corporation but the shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately preceding the merger, consolidation or similar transaction are converted or exchanged by virtue of the merger, consolidation or similar transaction into other property, whether in the form of securities, cash or otherwise.

 

(s)            Director” means a member of the Board.

 

(t)            determine” or “determined” means as determined by the Board or the Committee (or its designee) in its sole discretion.

 

(u)            Disability” means, with respect to a Participant, such Participant is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or which has lasted or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months, as provided in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code, and will be determined by the Board on the basis of such medical evidence as the Board deems warranted under the circumstances.

 

(v)            Effective Date” means the IPO Date, provided this Plan is approved by the Company’s stockholders prior to the IPO Date.

 

(w)            Employee” means any person employed by the Company or an Affiliate. However, service solely as a Director, or payment of a fee for such services, will not cause a Director to be considered an “Employee” for purposes of the Plan.

 

(x)            Employer” means the Company or the Affiliate that employs the Participant.

 

(y)            Entity” means a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity.

 

(z)            Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

 23 

 

 

(aa)      Exchange Act Person” means any natural person, Entity or “group” (within the meaning of Section 13(d) or 14(d) of the Exchange Act), except that “Exchange Act Person” will not include (i) the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company, (ii) any employee benefit plan of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company or any trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company, (iii) an underwriter temporarily holding securities pursuant to a registered public offering of such securities, (iv) an Entity Owned, directly or indirectly, by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their Ownership of stock of the Company; or (v) any natural person, Entity or “group” (within the meaning of Section 13(d) or 14(d) of the Exchange Act) that, as of the Effective Date, is the Owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing more than 50% of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities.

 

(bb)      Fair Market Value” means, as of any date, unless otherwise determined by the Board, the value of the Common Stock (as determined on a per share or aggregate basis, as applicable) determined as follows:

 

(i)            If the Common Stock is listed on any established stock exchange or traded on any established market, the Fair Market Value will be the closing sales price for such stock as quoted on such exchange or market (or the exchange or market with the greatest volume of trading in the Common Stock) on the date of determination, as reported in a source the Board deems reliable.

 

(ii)            If there is no closing sales price for the Common Stock on the date of determination, then the Fair Market Value will be the closing selling price on the last preceding date for which such quotation exists.

 

(iii)            In the absence of such markets for the Common Stock, or if otherwise determined by the Board, the Fair Market Value will be determined by the Board in good faith and in a manner that complies with Sections 409A and 422 of the Code.

 

(cc)      Governmental Body” means any: (i) nation, state, commonwealth, province, territory, county, municipality, district or other jurisdiction of any nature; (ii) U.S. federal, state, local, municipal, non-U.S. or other government; (iii) governmental or regulatory body, or quasi-governmental body of any nature (including any governmental division, department, administrative agency or bureau, commission, authority, instrumentality, official, ministry, fund, foundation, center, organization, unit, body or Entity and any court or other tribunal, and for the avoidance of doubt, any Tax authority) or other body exercising similar powers or authority; or (iv) self-regulatory organization (including the Nasdaq Stock Market, New York Stock Exchange, and the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority).

 

(dd)      Grant Notice” means the notice provided to a Participant that he or she has been granted an Award under the Plan and which includes the name of the Participant, the type of Award, the date of grant of the Award, number of shares of Common Stock subject to the Award or potential cash payment right, (if any), the vesting schedule for the Award (if any) and other key terms applicable to the Award.

 

(ee)      Incentive Stock Option” means an option granted pursuant to Section 4 of the Plan that is intended to be, and qualifies as, an “incentive stock option” within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code.

 

(ff)      IPO Date” means the date of execution of the underwriting agreement between the Company and the underwriter(s) managing the initial public offering of the Common Stock, pursuant to which the Common Stock is priced for the initial public offering.

 

 24 

 

 

(gg)      Materially Impair” means any amendment to the terms of the Award that materially adversely affects the Participant’s rights under the Award. A Participant's rights under an Award will not be deemed to have been Materially Impaired by any such amendment if the Board, in its sole discretion, determines that the amendment, taken as a whole, does not materially impair the Participant’s rights. For example, the following types of amendments to the terms of an Award do not Materially Impair the Participant’s rights under the Award: (i) imposition of reasonable restrictions on the minimum number of shares subject to an Option that may be exercised, (ii) to maintain the qualified status of the Award as an Incentive Stock Option under Section 422 of the Code; (iii) to change the terms of an Incentive Stock Option in a manner that disqualifies, impairs or otherwise affects the qualified status of the Award as an Incentive Stock Option under Section 422 of the Code; (iv) to clarify the manner of exemption from, or to bring the Award into compliance with or qualify it for an exemption from, Section 409A; or (v) to comply with other Applicable Law.

 

(hh)      Non-Employee Director” means a Director who either (i) is not a current employee or officer of the Company or an Affiliate, does not receive compensation, either directly or indirectly, from the Company or an Affiliate for services rendered as a consultant or in any capacity other than as a Director (except for an amount as to which disclosure would not be required under Item 404(a) of Regulation S-K promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act (“Regulation S-K”)), does not possess an interest in any other transaction for which disclosure would be required under Item 404(a) of Regulation S-K, and is not engaged in a business relationship for which disclosure would be required pursuant to Item 404(b) of Regulation S-K; or (ii) is otherwise considered a “non-employee director” for purposes of Rule 16b-3.

 

(ii)            Non-Exempt Award” means any Award that is subject to, and not exempt from, Section 409A, including as the result of (i) a deferral of the issuance of the shares subject to the Award which is elected by the Participant or imposed by the Company or (ii) the terms of any Non-Exempt Severance Agreement.

 

(jj)      Non-Exempt Director Award” means a Non-Exempt Award granted to a Participant who was a Director but not an Employee on the applicable grant date.

 

(kk)      Non-Exempt Severance Arrangement” means a severance arrangement or other agreement between the Participant and the Company that provides for acceleration of vesting of an Award and issuance of the shares in respect of such Award upon the Participant’s termination of employment or separation from service (as such term is defined in Section 409A(a)(2)(A)(i) of the Code (and without regard to any alternative definition thereunder) (“Separation from Service”)) and such severance benefit does not satisfy the requirements for an exemption from application of Section 409A provided under United States Treasury Regulations Section 1.409A-1(b)(4), 1.409A-1(b)(9) or otherwise.

 

(ll)      Nonstatutory Stock Option” means any option granted pursuant to Section 4 of the Plan that does not qualify as an Incentive Stock Option.

 

(mm)      Officer” means a person who is an officer of the Company within the meaning of Section 16 of the Exchange Act.

 

(nn)      Option” means an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonstatutory Stock Option to purchase shares of Common Stock granted pursuant to the Plan.

 

(oo)            Option Agreement” means a written agreement between the Company and the Optionholder evidencing the terms and conditions of the Option grant. The Option Agreement includes the Grant Notice for the Option and the agreement containing the written summary of the general terms and conditions applicable to the Option and which is provided to a Participant along with the Grant Notice. Each Option Agreement will be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

 

 25 

 

 

(pp)      Optionholder” means a person to whom an Option is granted pursuant to the Plan or, if applicable, such other person who holds an outstanding Option.

 

(qq)      Other Award” means an award valued in whole or in part by reference to, or otherwise based on, Common Stock, including the appreciation in value thereof (e.g., options or stock rights with an exercise price or strike price less than 100% of the Fair Market Value at the time of grant), that is not an Incentive Stock Option, Nonstatutory Stock Option, SAR, Restricted Stock Award, RSU Award or Performance Award.

 

(rr)      Other Award Agreement” means a written agreement between the Company and a holder of an Other Award evidencing the terms and conditions of an Other Award grant. Each Other Award Agreement will be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

 

(ss)      Own,” “Owned,” “Owner,” “Ownership” means that a person or Entity will be deemed to “Own,” to have “Owned,” to be the “Owner” of, or to have acquired “Ownership” of securities if such person or Entity, directly or indirectly, through any contract, arrangement, understanding, relationship or otherwise, has or shares voting power, which includes the power to vote or to direct the voting, with respect to such securities.

 

(tt)      Participant” means an Employee, Director or Consultant to whom an Award is granted pursuant to the Plan or, if applicable, such other person who holds an outstanding Award.

 

(uu)      Performance Award” means an Award that may vest or may be exercised or a cash award that may vest or become earned and paid contingent upon the attainment during a Performance Period of certain Performance Goals and which is granted under the terms and conditions of Section 5(b) pursuant to such terms as are approved by the Board. In addition, to the extent permitted by Applicable Law and set forth in the applicable Award Agreement, the Board may determine that cash or other property may be used in payment of Performance Awards. Performance Awards that are settled in cash or other property are not required to be valued in whole or in part by reference to, or otherwise based on, the Common Stock.

 

(vv)      Performance Criteria” means the one or more criteria that the Board will select for purposes of establishing the Performance Goals for a Performance Period. The Performance Criteria that will be used to establish such Performance Goals may be based on any one of, or combination of, the following as determined by the Board: earnings (including earnings per share and net earnings); earnings before interest, taxes and depreciation; earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization; net income/loss adjusted for interest expense, interest income, other income/expenses, net provision for/benefit from income taxes, depreciation and amortization, legal settlement expenses and stock-based compensation expenses; other earnings measures; total stockholder return; return on equity or average stockholder’s equity; return on assets, investment, or capital employed; stock price; margin (including gross margin); income (before or after taxes); operating income; operating income after taxes; pre-tax profit; operating cash flow; sales or revenue targets; increases in revenue or product revenue; expenses and cost reduction goals; improvement in or attainment of working capital levels; economic value added (or an equivalent metric); market share; cash flow; cash flow per share; share price performance; debt reduction; customer satisfaction; stockholders’ equity; capital expenditures; debt levels; operating profit or net operating profit; workforce diversity; growth of net income or operating income; pre-clinical development related compound goals; operations within or below pre-determined annual budget, sales of certain number of instruments, reagents and/or service contracts; financing; regulatory milestones, including approval of a compound; stockholder liquidity; corporate governance and compliance; product commercialization; intellectual property; personnel matters; progress of internal research or clinical programs; progress of partnered programs; partner satisfaction; budget management; clinical achievements; completing phases of a clinical study (including the treatment phase); announcing or presenting preliminary or final data from clinical studies; in each case, whether on particular timelines or generally; timely completion of clinical trials; submission of INDs and NDAs and other regulatory achievements; partner or collaborator achievements; internal controls, including those related to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002; research progress, including the development of programs; investor relations, analysts and communication; manufacturing achievements (including obtaining particular yields from manufacturing runs and other measurable objectives related to process development activities); strategic partnerships or transactions (including in-licensing and out-licensing of intellectual property; establishing relationships with commercial entities with respect to the marketing, distribution and sale of the Company’s products (including with group purchasing organizations, distributors and other vendors); supply chain achievements (including establishing relationships with key manufacturers or suppliers of active pharmaceutical ingredients and other component materials and manufacturers of the Company’s products); co-development, co-marketing, profit sharing, joint venture or other similar arrangements; individual performance goals; corporate development and planning goals; and other measures of performance selected by the Board or Committee.

 

 26 

 

 

(ww)      Performance Goals” means, for a Performance Period, the one or more goals established by the Board for the Performance Period based upon the Performance Criteria. Performance Goals may be based on a Company-wide basis, with respect to one or more business units, divisions, Affiliates, or business segments, and in either absolute terms or relative to the performance of one or more comparable companies or the performance of one or more relevant indices. Unless specified otherwise by the Board (i) in the Award Agreement at the time the Award is granted or (ii) in such other document setting forth the Performance Goals at the time the Performance Goals are established, the Board will appropriately make adjustments in the method of calculating the attainment of Performance Goals for a Performance Period as follows: (1) to exclude restructuring and/or other nonrecurring charges; (2) to exclude exchange rate effects; (3) to exclude the effects of changes to generally accepted accounting principles; (4) to exclude the effects of any statutory adjustments to corporate tax rates; (5) to exclude the effects of items that are “unusual” in nature or occur “infrequently” as determined under generally accepted accounting principles; (6) to exclude the dilutive effects of acquisitions or joint ventures; (7) to assume that any business divested by the Company achieved performance objectives at targeted levels during the balance of a Performance Period following such divestiture; (8) to exclude the effect of any change in the outstanding shares of Common Stock by reason of any stock dividend or split, stock repurchase, reorganization, recapitalization, merger, consolidation, spin-off, combination or exchange of shares or other similar corporate change, or any distributions to common stockholders other than regular cash dividends; (9) to exclude the effects of stock based compensation and the award of bonuses under the Company’s bonus plans; (10) to exclude costs incurred in connection with potential acquisitions or divestitures that are required to be expensed under generally accepted accounting principles; and (11) to exclude the goodwill and intangible asset impairment charges that are required to be recorded under generally accepted accounting principles. In addition, the Board retains the discretion to reduce or eliminate the compensation or economic benefit due upon attainment of Performance Goals and to define the manner of calculating the Performance Criteria it selects to use for such Performance Period. Partial achievement of the specified criteria may result in the payment or vesting corresponding to the degree of achievement as specified in the Award Agreement.

 

(xx)            Performance Period” means the period of time selected by the Board over which the attainment of one or more Performance Goals will be measured for the purpose of determining a Participant’s right to vesting or exercise of an Award. Performance Periods may be of varying and overlapping duration, at the sole discretion of the Board.

 

 27 

 

 

(yy)      Plan” means this MaxCyte, Inc. 2021 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended from time to time.

 

(zz)      Plan Administrator” means the person, persons, and/or third-party administrator designated by the Company to administer the day to day operations of the Plan and the Company’s other equity incentive programs.

 

(aaa)      Post-Termination Exercise Period” means the period following termination of a Participant’s Continuous Service within which an Option or SAR is exercisable, as specified in Section 4(h).

 

(bbb)      Prior Plan” means the Company’s 2015 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended.

 

(ccc)      Prior Plan’s Available Reserve” means the number of shares available for the grant of new awards under the Prior Plan as of immediately prior to the Effective Date.

 

(ddd)      Returning Shares” means shares subject to outstanding stock awards granted under the Prior Plan and that following the Effective Date: (A)  are not issued because such stock award or any portion thereof expires or otherwise terminates without all of the shares covered by such stock award having been issued; (B)  are not issued because such stock award or any portion thereof is settled in cash; (C)  are forfeited back to or repurchased by the Company because of the failure to meet a contingency or condition required for the vesting of such shares; (D) are withheld or reacquired to satisfy the exercise, strike or purchase price; or (E) are withheld or reacquired to satisfy a tax withholding obligation.

 

(eee)      Restricted Stock Award” or “RSA” means an Award of shares of Common Stock which is granted pursuant to the terms and conditions of Section 5(a).

 

(fff)      Restricted Stock Award Agreement” means a written agreement between the Company and a holder of a Restricted Stock Award evidencing the terms and conditions of a Restricted Stock Award grant. The Restricted Stock Award Agreement includes the Grant Notice for the Restricted Stock Award and the agreement containing the written summary of the general terms and conditions applicable to the Restricted Stock Award and which is provided to a Participant along with the Grant Notice. Each Restricted Stock Award Agreement will be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

 

(ggg)      RSU Award” or “RSU” means an Award of restricted stock units representing the right to receive an issuance of shares of Common Stock which is granted pursuant to the terms and conditions of Section 5(a).

 

(hhh)      RSU Award Agreement” means a written agreement between the Company and a holder of a RSU Award evidencing the terms and conditions of a RSU Award. The RSU Award Agreement includes the Grant Notice for the RSU Award and the agreement containing the written summary of the general terms and conditions applicable to the RSU Award and which is provided to a Participant along with the Grant Notice. Each RSU Award Agreement will be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

 

(iii)            Rule 16b-3” means Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act or any successor to Rule 16b-3, as in effect from time to time.

 

(jjj)      Rule 405” means Rule 405 promulgated under the Securities Act.

 

 28 

 

 

(kkk)      Section 409A” means Section 409A of the Code and the regulations and other guidance thereunder.

 

(lll)      Section 409A Change in Control” means a change in the ownership or effective control of the Company, or in the ownership of a substantial portion of the Company’s assets, as provided in Section 409A(a)(2)(A)(v) of the Code and United States Treasury Regulations Section 1.409A-3(i)(5) (without regard to any alternative definition thereunder).

 

(mmm)      Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

(nnn)      Share Reserve” means the number of shares available for issuance under the Plan as set forth in Section 2(a).

 

(ooo)            Stock Appreciation Right” or “SAR” means a right to receive the appreciation on Common Stock that is granted pursuant to the terms and conditions of Section 4.

 

(ppp)      SAR Agreement” means a written agreement between the Company and a holder of a SAR evidencing the terms and conditions of a SAR grant. The SAR Agreement includes the Grant Notice for the SAR and the agreement containing the written summary of the general terms and conditions applicable to the SAR and which is provided to a Participant along with the Grant Notice. Each SAR Agreement will be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

 

(qqq)      Subsidiary” means, with respect to the Company, (i) any corporation of which more than 50% of the outstanding capital stock having ordinary voting power to elect a majority of the board of directors of such corporation (irrespective of whether, at the time, stock of any other class or classes of such corporation will have or might have voting power by reason of the happening of any contingency) is at the time, directly or indirectly, Owned by the Company, and (ii) any partnership, limited liability company or other entity in which the Company has a direct or indirect interest (whether in the form of voting or participation in profits or capital contribution) of more than 50%.

 

(rrr)      Ten Percent Stockholder” means a person who Owns (or is deemed to Own pursuant to Section 424(d) of the Code) stock possessing more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Affiliate.

 

(sss)      Trading Policy” means the Company’s policy permitting certain individuals to sell Company shares only during certain “window” periods and/or otherwise restricts the ability of certain individuals to transfer or encumber Company shares, as in effect from time to time.

 

(ttt)      Unvested Non-Exempt Award” means the portion of any Non-Exempt Award that had not vested in accordance with its terms upon or prior to the date of any Corporate Transaction.

 

(uuu)      Vested Non-Exempt Award” means the portion of any Non-Exempt Award that had vested in accordance with its terms upon or prior to the date of a Corporate Transaction.

 

 29 

 

 

Exhibit 10.6 

 

MaxCyte, Inc.
Stock Option Grant Notice
(2021 Equity Incentive Plan)

 

MaxCyte, Inc. (the “Company”), pursuant to its 2021 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”), has granted to you (“Optionholder”) an option to purchase the number of shares of the Common Stock set forth below (the “Option”). Your Option is subject to all of the terms and conditions as set forth in this Stock Option Grant Notice (the “Grant Notice”), the Global Stock Option Agreement, including any additional terms and conditions for your country included in the appendix attached thereto (together, the “Option Agreement”) and the Plan, both of which are attached hereto and incorporated herein in their entirety. Capitalized terms not explicitly defined herein but defined in the Plan or the Option Agreement shall have the meanings set forth in the Plan or the Option Agreement, as applicable.

 

Optionholder:
Date of Grant:
Vesting Commencement Date:
Number of Shares of Common Stock Subject to Option:
Exercise Price (Per Share):
Total Exercise Price:
Expiration Date:

 

Type of Grant: [Incentive Stock Option] OR [Nonstatutory Stock Option]
   
Exercise and  
Vesting Schedule: Subject to the Optionholder’s Continuous Service through each applicable vesting date, the Option will vest as follows:
   
  [            ]

 

Optionholder
Acknowledgements:By your signature below or by electronic acceptance or authentication in a form authorized by the Company, you understand and agree that:

 

·The Option is governed by this Grant Notice, and the provisions of the Plan and the Option Agreement, both of which are made a part of this document. Unless otherwise provided in the Plan, this Grant Notice and the Option Agreement may not be modified, amended or revised except in a writing signed by you and a duly authorized Officer of the Company.

 

·If the Option is an Incentive Stock Option, it (plus other outstanding Incentive Stock Options granted to you) cannot be first exercisable for more than $100,000 in value (measured by exercise price) in any calendar year. Any excess over $100,000 is a Nonstatutory Stock Option.

 

·You consent to receive this Grant Notice, the Option Agreement, the Plan, the Prospectus and any other Plan-related documents by electronic delivery and to participate in the Plan through an on-line or electronic system established and maintained by the Company or another third party designated by the Company.

 

·You have read and are familiar with the provisions of the Plan, the Option Agreement and the Prospectus. In the event of any conflict between the provisions in this Grant Notice, the Option Agreement or the Prospectus and the terms of the Plan, the terms of the Plan shall control.

 

 

 

 

·The Option Agreement sets forth the entire understanding between you and the Company regarding the acquisition of Common Stock and supersedes all prior oral and written agreements, promises and/or representations on that subject with the exception of other equity awards previously granted to you and any written employment agreement, offer letter, severance agreement, written severance plan or policy, or other written agreement between the Company and you in each case that specifies the terms that should govern this Option.

 

·Counterparts may be delivered via facsimile, electronic mail (including pdf or any electronic signature complying with the U.S. federal ESIGN Act of 2000, Uniform Electronic Transactions Act or other applicable law) or other transmission method and any counterpart so delivered will be deemed to have been duly and validly delivered and be valid and effective for all purposes.

 

MaxCyte, INC.   Optionholder:
     

By:

 

By:

 

Signature   Signature
     
Title:     Title:  
         
Date:     Date:  

 

 

 

 

MaxCyte, Inc.
2021 Equity Incentive Plan
Global Stock Option Agreement

 

As reflected by your Stock Option Grant Notice (“Grant Notice”) MaxCyte, Inc. (the “Company”) has granted you an option under its 2021 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) to purchase a number of shares of Common Stock at the exercise price indicated in your Grant Notice (the “Option”). Capitalized terms not explicitly defined in this Agreement but defined in the Grant Notice or the Plan shall have the meanings set forth in the Grant Notice or Plan, as applicable. The terms of your Option as specified in the Grant Notice and this Global Stock Option Agreement, including any additional terms and conditions for your country included in the appendix attached hereto, constitute your Option Agreement.

 

The general terms and conditions applicable to your Option are as follows:

 

1.            GOVERNING PLAN DOCUMENT. Your Option is subject to all the provisions of the Plan. Your Option is further subject to all interpretations, amendments, rules and regulations, which may from time to time be promulgated and adopted pursuant to the Plan. In the event of any conflict between the Option Agreement and the provisions of the Plan, the provisions of the Plan shall control.

 

2.            Exercise.

 

(a)            You may generally exercise the vested portion of your Option for whole shares of Common Stock at any time during its term by delivery of payment of the exercise price and applicable withholding taxes and other required documentation to the Plan Administrator in accordance with the exercise procedures established by the Plan Administrator, which may include an electronic submission. Please review the Plan, which may restrict or prohibit your ability to exercise your Option during certain periods.

 

(b)            To the extent permitted by Applicable Law, you may pay your Option exercise price as follows:

 

(i)            cash, check, bank draft or money order;

 

(ii)           subject to Company and/or Committee consent at the time of exercise, pursuant to a “cashless exercise” program as further described in the Plan if at the time of exercise the Common Stock is publicly traded;

 

(iii)         subject to Company and/or Committee consent at the time of exercise, by delivery of previously owned shares of Common Stock as further described in the Plan; or

 

(iv)          subject to Company and/or Committee consent at the time of exercise, if the Option is a Nonstatutory Stock Option, by a “net exercise” arrangement as further described in the Plan.

 

3.            TERM. You may not exercise your Option before the commencement of its term or after its term expires. The term of your option commences on the Date of Grant and expires upon the earliest of the following:

 

(a)            immediately upon the termination of your Continuous Service for Cause;

 

(b)            three months after the termination of your Continuous Service for any reason other than Cause, Disability or death;

 

(c)            12 months after the termination of your Continuous Service due to your Disability;

 

(d)            18 months after your death if you die during your Continuous Service;

 

1.

 

 

(e)            immediately upon a Corporate Transaction if the Board has determined that the Option will terminate in connection with a Corporate Transaction,

 

(f)            the Expiration Date indicated in your Grant Notice; or

 

(g)            the day before the 10th anniversary of the Date of Grant.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if you die during the period provided in Section 3(b) or 3(c) above, the term of your Option shall not expire until the earlier of (i) eighteen months after your death, (ii) upon any termination of the Option in connection with a Corporate Transaction, (iii) the Expiration Date indicated in your Grant Notice, or (iv) the day before the tenth anniversary of the Date of Grant. Additionally, the Post-Termination Exercise Period of your Option may be extended as provided in the Plan.

 

For US taxpayers, to obtain the federal income tax advantages associated with an Incentive Stock Option, the Code requires that at all times beginning on the date of grant of your Option and ending on the day three months before the date of your Option’s exercise, you must be an employee of the Company or an Affiliate, except in the event of your death or Disability. If the Company provides for the extended exercisability of your Option under certain circumstances for your benefit, your Option will not necessarily be treated as an Incentive Stock Option if you exercise your Option more than three months after the date your employment terminates.

 

4.            Withholding Obligations.

 

(a)            You acknowledge that, regardless of any action taken by the Company, or if different, the Affiliate employing you (the “Employer”), the ultimate liability for all income tax (including U.S. federal, state, and local taxes and/or non-U.S. taxes), social insurance, payroll tax, fringe benefits tax, payment on account or other tax-related items related to your participation in the Plan and legally applicable to you (“Tax-Related Items”) is and remains your responsibility and may exceed the amount, if any, actually withheld by the Company or the Employer. You further acknowledge that the Company and/or the Employer (i) make no representations or undertakings regarding the treatment of any Tax-Related Items in connection with any aspect of the Option, including the grant of the Option, the vesting of the Option, the exercise of the Option, the subsequent sale of any shares of Common Stock acquired pursuant to the Option and the receipt of any dividends; and (ii) do not commit to and are under no obligation to reduce or eliminate your liability for Tax-Related Items. Further, if you become subject to taxation in more than one country, you acknowledge that the Company and/or the Employer (or former employer, as applicable) may be required to withhold or account for Tax-Related Items in more than one country.

 

(b)            Prior to any relevant taxable or tax withholding event, as applicable, you agree to make adequate arrangements satisfactory to the Company and/or the Employer to satisfy all Tax-Related Items. In this regard, you authorize the Company and/or the Employer, or their respective agents, at their discretion, to satisfy any applicable withholding obligations with regard to all Tax-Related Items by one or a combination of the following: (i) withholding from your wages or other cash compensation paid to you by the Company and/or the Employer; (ii) allowing or requiring you to make a cash payment to cover the Tax-Related Items; (iii) withholding from proceeds of the sale of shares of Common Stock acquired upon exercise of this Option either through a voluntary sale or through a mandatory sale arranged by the Company (on your behalf pursuant to this authorization without further consent); (iv) withholding from the shares of Common Stock to be issued to you upon exercise of this Option; or (v) any other method of withholding determined by the Company and permitted by applicable law; provided, however, that that if you are a Section 16 Officer of the Company under the Exchange Act, then the Plan Administrator shall establish the method of withholding from alternatives (i)-(iv) herein and, if the Plan Administrator does not exercise its discretion prior to the applicable withholding event, then you shall be entitled to elect the method of withholding from the alternatives above.

 

(c)            The Company and/or the Employer may withhold or account for Tax-Related Items by considering applicable statutory withholding amounts or other applicable withholding rates, including minimum and maximum rates applicable in your jurisdiction. In the event of over-withholding you may receive a refund of any over-withheld amount in cash (with no entitlement to the equivalent amount in shares of Common Stock) from the Company or the Employer; otherwise, you may be able to seek a refund from the local tax authorities. In the event of under-withholding, you may be required to pay any additional Tax-Related Items directly to the applicable tax authority or to the Company and/or the Employer. If the obligation for Tax-Related Items is satisfied by withholding in shares of Common Stock, for tax purposes, you are deemed to have been issued the full number of shares of Common Stock subject to the exercised Option, notwithstanding that a number of the shares of Common Stock is held back solely for the purpose of paying the Tax-Related Items.

 

2.

 

 

(d)            You agree to pay to the Company or the Employer any amount of Tax-Related Items that the Company or the Employer may be required to withhold or account for as a result of your participation in the Plan that cannot be satisfied by the means previously described. The Company may refuse to issue or deliver the shares of Common Stock, or the proceeds of the sale of shares of Common Stock, if you fail to comply with your obligations in connection with the Tax-Related Items.

 

5.            INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION DISPOSITION REQUIREMENT. If your Option is an Incentive Stock Option, you must notify the Company in writing within 15 days after the date of any disposition of any of the shares of the Common Stock issued upon exercise of your Option that occurs within two years after the date of your Option grant or within one year after you acquired such shares of Common Stock upon exercise of your Option. The Company may require that such shares of Common Stock be retained with a particular broker or agent for a designated period of time and/or may establish other procedures to permit tracking of qualifying and disqualifying dispositions of such shares of Common Stock.

 

6.            NATURE OF GRANT. In accepting the Option, you acknowledge, understand and agree that:

 

(a)            the Plan is established voluntarily by the Company, it is discretionary in nature, and may be amended, suspended or terminated by the Company at any time, to the extent permitted by the Plan;

 

(b)            the grant of the Option is exceptional, voluntary and occasional and does not create any contractual or other right to receive future grants of options or benefits in lieu of options, even if options have been granted in the past;

 

(c)            all decisions with respect to future Options or other grants, if any, will be at the sole discretion of the Company;

 

(d)            the Option grant and your participation in the Plan shall not create a right to employment or be interpreted as forming or amending an employment or service contract with the Company, the Employer or any Affiliate;

 

(e)            you are voluntarily participating in the Plan;

 

(f)            the Option and any shares of Common Stock acquired under the Plan, and the income from and value of same, are not intended to replace any pension rights or compensation;

 

(g)           the Option and any shares of Common Stock acquired under the Plan, and the income from and value of same, are not part of normal or expected compensation for any purpose, including, without limitation, calculating any severance, resignation, termination, redundancy, dismissal, end-of-service payments, holiday pay, bonuses, long-service awards, pension or retirement or welfare benefits or similar mandatory payments;

 

(h)           the future value of the shares of Common Stock underlying the Option is unknown, indeterminable, and cannot be predicted with certainty;

 

(i)            if the underlying shares of Common Stock do not increase in value, the Option will have no value;

 

(j)            if you exercise the Option and acquire shares of Common Stock, the value of such shares of Common Stock may increase or decrease in value, even below the exercise price;

 

3.

 

 

(k)            for purposes of the Option, your Continuous Service will be considered terminated as of the date you are no longer actively providing services to the Company or one of its Affiliates (regardless of the reason for such termination and whether or not later found to be invalid or in breach of employment laws in the jurisdiction where you are employed or the terms of your employment agreement, if any), and unless otherwise expressly provided in the Option Agreement or determined by the Company, (i) your right to vest in the Option under the Plan, if any, and (ii) the period (if any) during which you may exercise the Option after such termination of Continuous Service will terminate as of such date. However, unless otherwise determined by the Company, the Option will continue to vest through any statutory notice period or any period of “garden leave” or similar period mandated under employment laws in the jurisdiction where you are employed or the terms of your employment agreement, if any; the Plan Administrator shall have the exclusive discretion to determine when you are no longer actively providing services for purposes of the Option (including whether you may still be considered to be providing services while on a leave of absence);

 

(l)            no claim or entitlement to compensation or damages shall arise from forfeiture of the Option resulting from your termination of Continuous Service (for any reason whatsoever, whether or not later found to be invalid or in breach of employment laws in the jurisdiction where you are employed, or the terms of your employment agreement, if any);

 

(m)          unless otherwise agreed with the Company in writing, the Option and any shares of Common Stock acquired under the Plan, and the income from and value of same, are not granted as consideration for, or in connection with, any service you may provide as a Director of the Company or a member of the board of directors of any Affiliate; and

 

(n)           neither the Company, the Employer or any Affiliate shall be liable for any foreign exchange rate fluctuation between your local currency and the United States Dollar that may affect the value of the Option or of any amounts due to you pursuant to the exercise of the Option or the subsequent sale of any shares of Common Stock acquired upon exercise.

 

7.            ELECTRONIC DELIVERY AND PARTICIPATION. The Company may, in its sole discretion, decide to deliver any documents related to current or future participation in the Plan by electronic means or request your consent to participate in the Plan by electronic means. You hereby consent to receive such documents by electronic delivery and agree to participate in the Plan through an on-line or electronic system established and maintained by the Company or a third party designated by the Company.

 

8.            TRANSFERABILITY. Except as otherwise provided in the Plan, your Option is not transferable, except by will or by the applicable laws of descent and distribution, and is exercisable during your life only by you.

 

9.            CORPORATE TRANSACTION. Your Option is subject to the terms of any agreement governing a Corporate Transaction involving the Company, including, without limitation, a provision for the appointment of a stockholder representative that is authorized to act on your behalf with respect to any escrow, indemnities and any contingent consideration.

 

10.          NO LIABILITY FOR TAXES. As a condition to accepting the Option, you hereby (a) agree to not make any claim against the Company, or any of its Officers, Directors, Employees or Affiliates related to tax liabilities arising from the Option or other Company compensation and (b) acknowledge that you were advised to consult with your own personal tax, financial and other legal advisors regarding the tax consequences of the Option and have either done so or knowingly and voluntarily declined to do so. Additionally, you acknowledge that the Option is exempt from Section 409A for U.S. tax purposes only if the exercise price is at least equal to the “fair market value” of the Common Stock on the date of grant as determined by the U.S. Internal Revenue Service and there is no other impermissible deferral of compensation associated with the Option. Additionally, as a condition to accepting the Option, you agree not make any claim against the Company, or any of its Officers, Directors, Employees or Affiliates in the event that the U.S. Internal Revenue Service asserts that such exercise price is less than the “fair market value” of the Common Stock on the date of grant as subsequently determined by the U.S. Internal Revenue Service.

 

4.

 

 

11.            SEVERABILITY. If any part of this Option Agreement or the Plan is declared by any court or governmental authority to be unlawful or invalid, such unlawfulness or invalidity will not invalidate any portion of this Option Agreement or the Plan not declared to be unlawful or invalid. Any Section of this Option Agreement (or part of such a Section) so declared to be unlawful or invalid will, if possible, be construed in a manner which will give effect to the terms of such Section or part of a Section to the fullest extent possible while remaining lawful and valid.

 

12.            WAIVER. You acknowledge that a waiver by the Company of a breach of any provision of this Option Agreement shall not operate or be construed as a waiver of any other provision of this Option Agreement, or of any subsequent breach of this Option Agreement.

 

13.            NO ADVICE REGARDING GRANT. The Company is not providing any tax, legal or financial advice, nor is the Company making any recommendations regarding your participation in the Plan, or your acquisition or sale of the underlying shares of Common Stock. You should consult with your own personal tax, legal and financial advisors regarding your participation in the Plan before taking any action related to the Plan.

 

14.            Data Privacy Notice and Consent.

 

(a)            Data Collection and Usage. The Company and the Employer collect, process and use certain personal information about you, including, but not limited to, your name, home address, email address and telephone number, date of birth, social insurance number, passport or other identification number, salary, nationality, job title, any shares of Common Stock or directorships held in the Company, details of all Options or any other entitlement to shares of Common Stock awarded, canceled, exercised, vested, unvested or outstanding in your favor (“Data”), for the purposes of implementing, administering and managing the Plan. The legal basis, where required, for the processing of Data is your consent.

 

(b)            Stock Plan Administration Service Providers. The Company transfers Data to E*TRADE Financial Corporate Services, Inc. and certain of its affiliated companies (the "Designated Broker"), an independent service provider based in the United States, which is assisting the Company with the implementation, administration and management of the Plan. The Company may select a different service provider or additional service providers and share Data with such other provider serving in a similar manner. You may be asked to agree on separate terms and data processing practices with the Designated Broker or other service providers, with such agreement being a condition to the ability to participate in the Plan. The Company and the Designated Broker are based in the United States. Your country or jurisdiction may have different data privacy laws and protections than the United States. The Company's legal basis, where required, for the transfer of Data is your consent.

 

(c)            Data Retention. The Company will hold and use the Data only as long as is necessary to implement, administer and manage your participation in the Plan, or as required to comply with legal or regulatory obligations, including under tax, exchange control, labor and securities laws. This period may extend beyond your period of employment with the Employer.

 

(d)            Voluntariness and Consequences of Consent Denial or Withdrawal. Participation in the Plan is voluntary and you are providing the consents herein on a purely voluntary basis. If you do not consent, or if you later seek to revoke your consent, your salary from or employment or other service with the Employer will not be affected; the only consequence of refusing or withdrawing your consent is that the Company would not be able to grant Options or other equity awards to you or administer or maintain such awards.

 

(e)            Data Subject Rights. You may have a number of rights under data privacy laws in your jurisdiction. Depending on where you are based, such rights may include the right to (i) request access or copies of Data the Company processes, (ii) rectification of incorrect Data, (iii) deletion of Data, (iv) restrictions on processing of Data, (v) portability of Data, (vi) lodge complaints with competent authorities in your jurisdiction, and/or (vii) receive a list with the names and addresses of any potential recipients of Data. To receive clarification regarding these rights or to exercise these rights, you can contact your local human resources representative.

 

15.            LANGUAGE. You acknowledge that you are sufficiently proficient in the English language, or have consulted with an advisor who is sufficiently proficient in English, so as to allow you to understand the terms and conditions of this Option Agreement. If you have received this Option Agreement or any other documents related to the Plan translated into a language other than English, and if the meaning of the translated version is different than the English version, the English version will control.

 

5.

 

 

16.            GOVERNING LAW/VENUE. The Option Agreement and any controversy arising out of or relating to the Option Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the internal laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to conflict of law principles that would result in any application of any law other than the law of the State of Delaware. For purposes of any action, lawsuit or other proceeding brought to enforce this Agreement, relating to it, or arising from it, the parties hereby submit to and consent to the sole and exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of Alameda County, California, or the federal courts for the United States for the Northern District of California, and no other courts where this grant is made and/or to be performed.

 

17.            INSIDER TRADING RESTRICTIONS / MARKET ABUSE LAW. You may be subject to insider trading restrictions and/or market abuse laws based on the exchange on which the shares of Common Stock are listed and in applicable jurisdictions, including the United States, your country and the designated broker’s country, which may affect your ability to accept, acquire, sell or otherwise dispose of shares of Common Stock, rights to shares of Common Stock (i.e., Options) or rights linked to the value of the shares of Common Stock under the Plan during such times as you are considered to have “inside information” regarding the Company (as defined by the laws in the applicable jurisdiction(s)). Local insider trading laws and regulations may prohibit the cancellation or amendment of orders you placed before you possessed inside information. Furthermore, you could be prohibited from (i) disclosing the inside information to any third party, which may include fellow employees and (ii) “tipping” third parties or causing them otherwise to buy or sell securities. Any restrictions under these laws or regulations are separate from and in addition to any restrictions that may be imposed under the Company’s insider trading policy, or any other applicable insider trading policy then in effect. You acknowledge that you are responsible for complying with any applicable restrictions and are encouraged to speak with your personal legal advisor for further details regarding any applicable insider-trading and/or market-abuse laws in your country.

 

18.            FOREIGN ASSET/ACCOUNT, EXCHANGE CONTROL AND TAX REPORTING. You may be subject to foreign asset/account, exchange control and/or tax reporting requirements as a result of the acquisition, holding and/or transfer of shares of Common Stock or cash (including dividends and the proceeds arising from the sale of shares of Common Stock) derived from your participation in the Plan in, to and/or from a brokerage/bank account or legal entity located outside your country. The Applicable Laws in your country may require that you report such accounts, assets and balances therein, the value thereof and/or the transactions related thereto to the applicable authorities in such country. You may also be required to repatriate sale proceeds or other funds received as a result of your participation in the Plan to your country through a designated bank or broker within a certain time after receipt. You acknowledge that it is your responsibility to be compliant with such regulations and you are encouraged to consult with your personal legal advisor for any details.

 

19.            COUNTRY-SPECIFIC PROVISIONS. Notwithstanding any provisions of the Option Agreement to the contrary, the Option shall be subject to any terms and conditions for your country of residence (and country of employment, if different) set forth in the appendix attached hereto (the “Appendix”). Further, if you transfer residence and/or employment to another country reflected in the Appendix, the terms and conditions for such country will apply to you to the extent the Company determines, in its sole discretion, that the application of such terms and conditions is necessary or advisable for legal or administrative reasons. The Appendix constitutes part of the Option Agreement.

 

20.            IMPOSITION OF OTHER REQUIREMENTS. The Company reserves the right to impose other requirements on your participation in the Plan, on the Option and on any shares of Common Stock acquired under the Plan, to the extent the Company determines it is necessary or advisable for legal or administrative reasons, and to require you to sign any additional agreements or undertakings that may be necessary to accomplish the foregoing.

 

21.            OTHER DOCUMENTS. You hereby acknowledge receipt of or the right to receive a document providing the information required by Rule 428(b)(1) promulgated under the Securities Act, which includes the Prospectus. In addition, you acknowledge receipt of the Company’s Insider Trading Policy.

 

6.

 

 

22.            QUESTIONS. If you have questions regarding these or any other terms and conditions applicable to your Option, including a summary of the applicable federal income tax consequences please see the Prospectus.

 

* * * *

 

7.

 

 

APPENDIX

 

to the
MaxCyte, Inc.
2021 Equity Incentive Plan
Global Stock Option Agreement

 

Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Appendix have the meanings set forth in the Plan, the Grant Notice and/or the Global Stock Option Agreement.

 

Terms and Conditions

 

This Appendix includes additional terms and conditions that govern the Option granted to you under the Plan if you are an employee that works or resides outside the U.S. and/or in one of the countries listed below. If you are a citizen or resident of a country other than the one in which you are currently working and/or residing, transfer employment and/or residency to another country after the date of grant, are a consultant, change employment status to a consultant position, or are considered a resident of another country for local law purposes, the Company shall, in its discretion, determine the extent to which the special terms and conditions contained herein shall be applicable to you. References to your Employer shall include any entity that engages your services.

 

Notifications

 

This Appendix also includes information regarding exchange controls and certain other issues of which you should be aware with respect to your participation in the Plan. The information is provided solely for your convenience and is based on the securities, exchange control and other laws in effect in the respective countries as of February 2021. Such laws are often complex and change frequently. As a result, the Company strongly recommends that you not rely on the information noted herein as the only source of information relating to the consequences of your participation in the Plan because the information may be out of date by the time you vest in or exercise the Option or sell any shares of Common Stock acquired upon exercise.

 

In addition, the information contained in this Appendix is general in nature and may not apply to your particular situation, and the Company is not in a position to assure you of any particular result. Accordingly, you should seek appropriate professional advice as to how the applicable laws in your country may apply to your situation.

 

Finally, if you are a citizen or resident of a country other than the one in which you are currently residing and/or working, transfer to another country after the date of grant, or are considered a resident of another country for local law purposes, the notifications contained herein may not be applicable to you in the same manner.

 

1.

 

Exhibit 10.7

 

MaxCyte, Inc.

 

2021 Employee Stock Purchase Plan

 

Adopted by the Board of Directors: _____________, 2021

Approved by the Stockholders: ______________, 2021

IPO Date: ______________, 2021

 

1.            General; Purpose.

 

(a)            The Plan provides a means by which Eligible Employees of the Company and certain eligible Employees of designated Related Corporations may be given an opportunity to purchase shares of Common Stock. The Plan permits the Company to grant a series of Purchase Rights to such Employees under an Employee Stock Purchase Plan. In addition, the Plan permits the Company to grant a series of Purchase Rights to Eligible Employees that do not meet the requirements of an Employee Stock Purchase Plan.

 

(b)            The Plan includes two components: a 423 Component and a Non-423 Component. The Company intends (but makes no undertaking or representation to maintain) the 423 Component to qualify as an Employee Stock Purchase Plan. The provisions of the 423 Component, accordingly, will be construed in a manner that is consistent with the requirements of Section 423 of the Code. Except as otherwise provided in the Plan or determined by the Board, the Non-423 Component will operate and be administered in the same manner as the 423 Component.

 

(c)            The Company, by means of the Plan, seeks to retain the services of Eligible Employees, to secure and retain the services of new Employees and to provide incentives for such persons to exert maximum efforts for the success of the Company and its Related Corporations.

 

2.            Administration.

 

(a)            The Board or the Committee will administer the Plan. References herein to the Board shall be deemed to refer to the Committee except where context dictates otherwise.

 

(b)            The Board will have the power, subject to, and within the limitations of, the express provisions of the Plan:

 

(i)            To determine how and when Purchase Rights will be granted and the provisions of each Offering (which need not be identical).

 

(ii)           To designate from time to time (A) which Related Corporations will be eligible to participate in the Plan as Designated 423 Corporations, (B) which Related Corporations or Affiliates will be eligible to participate in the Plan as Designated Non-423 Corporations, and (C) which Designated Companies will participate in each separate Offering (to the extent that the Company makes separate Offerings).

 

(iii)         To construe and interpret the Plan and Purchase Rights, and to establish, amend and revoke rules and regulations for its administration. The Board, in the exercise of this power, may correct any defect, omission or inconsistency in the Plan, in a manner and to the extent it deems necessary or expedient to make the Plan fully effective.

 

 

 

(iv)           To settle all controversies regarding the Plan and Purchase Rights granted under the Plan.

 

(v)            To suspend or terminate the Plan at any time as provided in Section 12.

 

(vi)           To amend the Plan at any time as provided in Section 12.

 

(vii)           Generally, to exercise such powers and to perform such acts as it deems necessary or expedient to promote the best interests of the Company and its Related Corporations and Affiliates and to carry out the intent that the Plan be treated as an Employee Stock Purchase Plan with respect to the 423 Component.

 

(viii)        To adopt such rules, procedures and sub-plans as are necessary or appropriate to permit or facilitate participation in the Plan by Employees who are non-U.S. nationals or employed or located outside the United States. Without limiting the generality of, and consistent with, the foregoing, the Board specifically is authorized to adopt rules, procedures, and sub-plans regarding, without limitation, eligibility to participate in the Plan, the definition of eligible “earnings,” handling and making of Contributions, establishment of bank or trust accounts to hold Contributions, payment of interest, conversion of local currency, obligations to pay payroll tax, determination of beneficiary designation requirements, withholding procedures and handling of share issuances, any of which may vary according to applicable requirements, and which, if applicable to a Designated Non-423 Corporation, do not have to comply with the requirements of Section 423 of the Code.

 

(c)            The Board may delegate some or all of the administration of the Plan to a Committee or Committees. If administration is delegated to a Committee, the Committee will have, in connection with the administration of the Plan, the powers theretofore possessed by the Board that have been delegated to the Committee, including the power to delegate to a subcommittee any of the administrative powers the Committee is authorized to exercise (and references in this Plan and any Offering Document to the Board will thereafter be to the Committee or subcommittee), subject, however, to such resolutions, not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan, as may be adopted from time to time by the Board. Further, to the extent not prohibited by Applicable Law, the Board or Committee may, from time to time, delegate some or all of its authority under the Plan to one or more officers of the Company or other persons or groups of persons as it deems necessary, appropriate or advisable under conditions or limitations that it may set at or after the time of the delegation. References in this Plan to the Board will thereafter be to the Committee or any delegate of the Committee or Board. The Board may retain the authority to concurrently administer the Plan with the Committee (or its delegate) and may, at any time, revest in the Board some or all of the powers previously delegated. Whether or not the Board has delegated administration of the Plan to a Committee (or its delegate), the Board will have the final power to determine all questions of policy and expediency that may arise in the administration of the Plan.

 

(d)            All determinations, interpretations and constructions made by the Board in good faith will not be subject to review by any person and will be final, binding and conclusive on all persons.

 

3.           Shares of Common Stock Subject to the Plan.

 

(a)            Subject to the provisions of Section 11(a) relating to Capitalization Adjustments, the maximum number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued under the Plan will not exceed [_______]1 shares of Common Stock, plus the number of shares of Common Stock that are automatically added on January 1st of each year for a period of up to ten years, commencing on January 1, 2022 and ending on (and including) January 1, 2031, in an amount equal to the lesser of (i) 1% of the total number of shares of Common Stock outstanding on December 31st of the preceding calendar year, and (ii) [_______]2 shares of Common Stock. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Board may act prior to the first day of any calendar year to provide that there will be no January 1st increase in the share reserve for such calendar year or that the increase in the share reserve for such calendar year will be a lesser number of shares of Common Stock than would otherwise occur pursuant to the preceding sentence. For the avoidance of doubt, up to the maximum number of shares of Common Stock reserved under this Section 3(a) may be used to satisfy purchases of Common Stock under the 423 Component and any remaining portion of such maximum number of shares may be used to satisfy purchases of Common Stock under the Non-423 Component.

 

 

1 Number of shares will equal 1% of the shares of common stock.

 

2

 

 

(b)            If any Purchase Right granted under the Plan terminates without having been exercised in full, the shares of Common Stock not purchased under such Purchase Right will again become available for issuance under the Plan.

 

(c)            The stock purchasable under the Plan will be shares of authorized but unissued or reacquired Common Stock, including shares repurchased by the Company on the open market.

 

4.            Grant of Purchase Rights; Offering.

 

(a)            The Board may from time to time grant or provide for the grant of Purchase Rights to Eligible Employees under an Offering (consisting of one or more Purchase Periods) on an Offering Date or Offering Dates selected by the Board. Each Offering will be in such form and will contain such terms and conditions as the Board will deem appropriate, and, with respect to the 423 Component, will comply with the requirement of Section 423(b)(5) of the Code that all Employees granted Purchase Rights will have the same rights and privileges. The terms and conditions of an Offering shall be incorporated by reference into the Plan and treated as part of the Plan. The provisions of separate Offerings need not be identical, but each Offering will include (through incorporation of the provisions of this Plan by reference in the document comprising the Offering or otherwise) the period during which the Offering will be effective, which period will not exceed 27 months beginning with the Offering Date, and the substance of the provisions contained in Sections 5 through 8, inclusive.

 

(b)            If a Participant has more than one Purchase Right outstanding under the Plan, unless he or she otherwise indicates in forms delivered to the Company or a third party designated by the Company (each, a “Company Designee”): (i) each form will apply to all of his or her Purchase Rights under the Plan, and (ii) a Purchase Right with a lower exercise price (or an earlier-granted Purchase Right, if different Purchase Rights have identical exercise prices) will be exercised to the fullest possible extent before a Purchase Right with a higher exercise price (or a later-granted Purchase Right if different Purchase Rights have identical exercise prices) will be exercised.

 

(c)            The Board will have the discretion to structure an Offering so that if the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the first Trading Day of a new Purchase Period within that Offering is less than or equal to the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the Offering Date for that Offering, then (i) that Offering will terminate immediately as of that first Trading Day, and (ii) the Participants in such terminated Offering will be automatically enrolled in a new Offering beginning on the first Trading Day of such new Purchase Period.

 

 

2 Number of shares will equal 3% of the shares of common stock.

 

3

 

 

5.            Eligibility.

 

(a)            Purchase Rights may be granted only to Employees of the Company or, as the Board may designate in accordance with Section 2(b), to Employees of a Related Corporation or an Affiliate. Except as provided in Section 5(b) or as required by Applicable Law, an Employee will not be eligible to be granted Purchase Rights unless, on the Offering Date, the Employee has been in the employ of the Company or the Related Corporation or an Affiliate, as the case may be, for such continuous period preceding such Offering Date as the Board may require, but in no event will the required period of continuous employment be equal to or greater than two years. In addition, the Board may (unless prohibited by Applicable Law) provide that no Employee will be eligible to be granted Purchase Rights under the Plan unless, on the Offering Date, such Employee’s customary employment with the Company, the Related Corporation, or the Affiliate is more than 20 hours per week and more than five months per calendar year or such other criteria as the Board may determine consistent with Section 423 of the Code with respect to the 423 Component. The Board may also exclude from participation in the Plan or any Offering Employees who are “highly compensated employees” (within the meaning of Section 423(b)(4)(D) of the Code) of the Company or a Related Corporation or an Affiliate or a subset of such highly compensated employees.

 

(b)            The Board may provide that each person who, during the course of an Offering, first becomes an Eligible Employee will, on a date or dates specified in the Offering which coincides with the day on which such person becomes an Eligible Employee or which occurs thereafter, receive a Purchase Right under that Offering, which Purchase Right will thereafter be deemed to be a part of that Offering. Such Purchase Right will have the same characteristics as any Purchase Rights originally granted under that Offering, as described herein, except that:

 

(i)            the date on which such Purchase Right is granted will be the “Offering Date” of such Purchase Right for all purposes, including determination of the exercise price of such Purchase Right;

 

(ii)            the period of the Offering with respect to such Purchase Right will begin on its Offering Date and end coincident with the end of such Offering; and

 

(iii)            the Board may provide that if such person first becomes an Eligible Employee within a specified period of time before the end of the Offering, he or she will not receive any Purchase Right under that Offering.

 

(c)            No Employee will be eligible for the grant of any Purchase Rights under the 423 Component if, immediately after any such Purchase Rights are granted, such Employee owns stock possessing five percent or more of the total combined voting power or value of all classes of stock of the Company or of any Related Corporation. For purposes of this Section 5(c), the rules of Section 424(d) of the Code will apply in determining the stock ownership of any Employee, and stock which such Employee may purchase under all outstanding Purchase Rights and options will be treated as stock owned by such Employee.

 

(d)            As specified by Section 423(b)(8) of the Code, an Eligible Employee may be granted Purchase Rights under the 423 Component only if such Purchase Rights, together with any other rights granted under all Employee Stock Purchase Plans of the Company and any Related Corporations, do not permit such Eligible Employee’s rights to purchase stock of the Company or any Related Corporation to accrue at a rate which, when aggregated, exceeds U.S. $25,000 of Fair Market Value of such stock (determined at the time such rights are granted, and which, with respect to the Plan, will be determined as of their respective Offering Dates) for each calendar year in which such rights are outstanding at any time.

 

4

 

 

(e)            Officers of the Company and any Designated Company, if they are otherwise Eligible Employees, will be eligible to participate in Offerings under the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Board may (unless prohibited by Applicable Law) provide in an Offering that Employees who are highly compensated Employees within the meaning of Section 423(b)(4)(D) of the Code will not be eligible to participate.

 

(f)            Notwithstanding anything in this Section 5 to the contrary, in the case of an Offering under the Non-423 Component, an Eligible Employee (or group of Eligible Employees) may be excluded from participation in the Plan or an Offering if the Board has determined, in its sole discretion, that participation of such Eligible Employee(s) is not advisable or practical for any reason (unless prohibited by Applicable Law).

 

(g)            Notwithstanding anything in this Section 5 or the remaining provisions of the Plan to the contrary, in the case of an Offering under the Non-423 Component, the Board may provide that Consultants of a Designated Non-423 Corporation are eligible to participate in the Plan, provided the Consultants otherwise meet the eligibility criteria set forth in this Section 5, as determined by the Board (unless prohibited by Applicable Law) Any references in this Plan to Employees and Eligible Employees shall encompass references to Consultants, as appropriate, and any reference to employment shall encompass references to services as a Consultant, as appropriate.

 

6.            Purchase Rights; Purchase Price.

 

(a)            On each Offering Date, each Eligible Employee, pursuant to an Offering made under the Plan, will be granted a Purchase Right to purchase up to that number of shares of Common Stock purchasable either with a percentage of earnings (as defined by the Board in each Offering) or with a maximum dollar amount, as designated by the Board, during the period that begins on the Offering Date (or such later date as the Board determines for a particular Offering) and ends on the date stated in the Offering, which date will be no later than the end of the Offering.

 

(b)            The Board will establish one or more Purchase Dates during an Offering on which Purchase Rights granted for that Offering will be exercised and shares of Common Stock will be purchased in accordance with such Offering.

 

(c)            In connection with each Offering made under the Plan, the Board may specify (i) a maximum number of shares of Common Stock that may be purchased by any Participant on any Purchase Date during such Offering, (ii) a maximum aggregate number of shares of Common Stock that may be purchased by all Participants pursuant to such Offering and/or (iii) a maximum aggregate number of shares of Common Stock that may be purchased by all Participants on any Purchase Date under the Offering. If the aggregate purchase of shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of Purchase Rights granted under the Offering would exceed any such maximum aggregate number, then, in the absence of any Board action otherwise, a pro rata (based on each Participant’s accumulated Contributions) allocation of the shares of Common Stock (rounded down to the nearest whole share) available will be made in as nearly a uniform manner as will be practicable and equitable.

 

(d)            The purchase price of shares of Common Stock acquired pursuant to Purchase Rights will be not less than the lesser of:

 

(i)            an amount equal to 85% of the Fair Market Value of the shares of Common Stock on the Offering Date; or

 

(ii)           an amount equal to 85% of the Fair Market Value of the shares of Common Stock on the applicable Purchase Date.

 

5

 

 

7.            Participation; Withdrawal; Termination.

 

(a)            An Eligible Employee may elect to participate in an Offering and authorize payroll deductions as the means of making Contributions by completing and delivering to the Company or a Company Designee, within the time specified for the Offering, an enrollment form provided by the Company or Company Designee. The enrollment form will specify the amount of Contributions not to exceed the maximum amount specified by the Board. Each Participant’s Contributions will be credited to a bookkeeping account for such Participant under the Plan and will be deposited with the general funds of the Company except where Applicable Law requires that Contributions be held separately or deposited with a third party. If permitted in the Offering, a Participant may begin such Contributions with the first payroll occurring on or after the Offering Date (or, in the case of a payroll date that occurs after the end of the prior Offering but before the Offering Date of the next new Offering, Contributions from such payroll will be included in the new Offering). If permitted in the Offering, a Participant may thereafter reduce (including to zero) or increase his or her Contributions. If required under Applicable Law or if specifically provided in the Offering, in addition to or instead of making Contributions by payroll deductions, a Participant may make Contributions through payment by cash, check or wire transfer prior to a Purchase Date.

 

(b)            During an Offering, a Participant may cease making Contributions and withdraw from the Offering by delivering to the Company or a Company Designee a withdrawal form provided by the Company. The Company may impose a deadline before a Purchase Date for withdrawing. Upon such withdrawal, such Participant’s Purchase Right in that Offering will immediately terminate and the Company will distribute as soon as practicable to such Participant all of his or her accumulated but unused Contributions and such Participant’s Purchase Right in that Offering shall thereupon terminate. A Participant’s withdrawal from that Offering will have no effect upon his or her eligibility to participate in any other Offerings under the Plan, but such Participant will be required to deliver a new enrollment form to participate in subsequent Offerings.

 

(c)            Unless otherwise required by Applicable Law, Purchase Rights granted pursuant to any Offering under the Plan will terminate immediately if the Participant either (i) is no longer an Employee for any reason or for no reason (subject to any post-employment participation period required by Applicable Law) or (ii) is otherwise no longer eligible to participate. The Company will distribute as soon as practicable to such individual all of his or her accumulated but unused Contributions, without interest.

 

(d)            Unless otherwise determined by the Board, a Participant whose employment transfers or whose employment terminates with an immediate rehire (with no break in service) by or between the Company and a Designated Company or between Designated Companies will not be treated as having terminated employment for purposes of participating in the Plan or an Offering; however, if a Participant transfers from an Offering under the 423 Component to an Offering under the Non-423 Component, the exercise of the Participant’s Purchase Right will be qualified under the 423 Component only to the extent such exercise complies with Section 423 of the Code. If a Participant transfers from an Offering under the Non-423 Component to an Offering under the 423 Component, the exercise of the Purchase Right will remain non-qualified under the Non-423 Component. The Board may establish different and additional rules governing transfers between separate Offerings within the 423 Component and between Offerings under the 423 Component and Offerings under the Non-423 Component.

 

6

 

 

(e)            During a Participant’s lifetime, Purchase Rights will be exercisable only by such Participant. Purchase Rights are not transferable by a Participant, except by will, by the laws of descent and distribution, or, if permitted by the Company, by a beneficiary designation as described in Section 10.

 

(f)            Unless otherwise specified in the Offering or as required by Applicable Law, the Company will have no obligation to pay interest on Contributions.

 

8.            Exercise of Purchase Rights.

 

(a)            On each Purchase Date, each Participant’s accumulated Contributions will be applied to the purchase of shares of Common Stock, up to the maximum number of shares of Common Stock permitted by the Plan and the applicable Offering, at the purchase price specified in the Offering. No fractional shares will be issued unless specifically provided for in the Offering.

 

(b)            Unless otherwise provided in the Offering, if any amount of accumulated Contributions remains in a Participant’s account after the purchase of shares of Common Stock on the final Purchase Date of an Offering, then such remaining amount will not roll over to the next Offering and will instead be distributed in full to such Participant after the final Purchase Date of such Offering as soon as practicable without interest (unless otherwise required by Applicable Law).

 

(c)            No Purchase Rights may be exercised to any extent unless the shares of Common Stock to be issued upon such exercise under the Plan are covered by an effective registration statement pursuant to the Securities Act and the Plan is in material compliance with all applicable U.S. and non-U.S. federal, state, and other securities, exchange control and other laws applicable to the Plan. If on a Purchase Date the shares of Common Stock are not so registered or the Plan is not in such compliance, no Purchase Rights will be exercised on such Purchase Date, and the Purchase Date will be delayed until the shares of Common Stock are subject to such an effective registration statement and the Plan is in material compliance, except that the Purchase Date will in no event be more than 27 months from the Offering Date. If, on the Purchase Date, as delayed to the maximum extent permissible, the shares of Common Stock are not registered and the Plan is not in material compliance with all Applicable Law, as determined by the Company in its sole discretion, no Purchase Rights will be exercised and all accumulated but unused Contributions will be distributed to the Participants without interest (unless the payment of interest is otherwise required by Applicable Law).

 

9.            Covenants of the Company.

 

The Company will seek to obtain from each U.S. and non-U.S. federal, state or other regulatory commission, agency or other Governmental Body having jurisdiction over the Plan such authority as may be required to grant Purchase Rights and issue and sell shares of Common Stock thereunder unless the Company determines, in its sole discretion, that doing so is not practical or would cause the Company to incur costs that are unreasonable. If, after commercially reasonable efforts, the Company is unable to obtain the authority that counsel for the Company deems necessary for the grant of Purchase Rights or the lawful issuance and sale of Common Stock under the Plan, and at a commercially reasonable cost, the Company will be relieved from any liability for failure to grant Purchase Rights and/or to issue and sell Common Stock upon exercise of such Purchase Rights.

 

7

 

 

10.          Designation of Beneficiary.

 

(a)            The Company may, but is not obligated to, permit a Participant to submit a form designating a beneficiary who will receive any shares of Common Stock and/or Contributions from the Participant’s account under the Plan if the Participant dies before such shares and/or Contributions are delivered to the Participant. The Company may, but is not obligated to, permit the Participant to change such designation of beneficiary. Any such designation and/or change must be on a form approved by the Company.

 

(b)            If a Participant dies, and in the absence of a valid beneficiary designation, the Company will deliver any shares of Common Stock and/or Contributions to the executor or administrator of the estate of the Participant. If no executor or administrator has been appointed (to the knowledge of the Company), the Company, in its sole discretion, may deliver such shares of Common Stock and/or Contributions, without interest (unless the payment of interest is otherwise required by Applicable Law), to the Participant’s spouse, dependents or relatives, or if no spouse, dependent or relative is known to the Company, then to such other person as the Company may designate.

 

11.          Adjustments upon Changes in Common Stock; Corporate Transactions.

 

(a)            In the event of a Capitalization Adjustment, the Board will appropriately and proportionately adjust: (i) the class(es) and maximum number of securities subject to the Plan pursuant to Section 3(a), (ii) the class(es) and maximum number of securities by which the share reserve is to increase automatically each year pursuant to Section 3(a), (iii) the class(es) and number of securities subject to, and the purchase price applicable to outstanding Offerings and Purchase Rights, and (iv) the class(es) and number of securities that are the subject of the purchase limits under each ongoing Offering. The Board will make these adjustments, and its determination will be final, binding and conclusive.

 

(b)            In the event of a Corporate Transaction, then: (i) any surviving corporation or acquiring corporation (or the surviving or acquiring corporation’s parent company) may assume or continue outstanding Purchase Rights or may substitute similar rights (including a right to acquire the same consideration paid to the stockholders in the Corporate Transaction) for outstanding Purchase Rights, or (ii) if any surviving or acquiring corporation (or its parent company) does not assume or continue such Purchase Rights or does not substitute similar rights for such Purchase Rights, then the Participants’ accumulated Contributions will be used to purchase shares of Common Stock (rounded down to the nearest whole share) within ten business days (or such other period specified by the Board) prior to the Corporate Transaction under the outstanding Purchase Rights, and the Purchase Rights will terminate immediately after such purchase.

 

12.          Amendment, Termination or Suspension of the Plan.

 

(a)            The Board may amend the Plan at any time in any respect the Board deems necessary or advisable. However, except as provided in Section 11(a) relating to Capitalization Adjustments, stockholder approval will be required for any amendment of the Plan for which stockholder approval is required by Applicable Law.

 

(b)            The Board may suspend or terminate the Plan at any time. No Purchase Rights may be granted under the Plan while the Plan is suspended or after it is terminated.

 

8

 

 

Any benefits, privileges, entitlements and obligations under any outstanding Purchase Rights granted before an amendment, suspension or termination of the Plan will not be materially impaired by any such amendment, suspension or termination except (i) with the consent of the person to whom such Purchase Rights were granted, (ii) as necessary to facilitate compliance with Applicable Law, listing requirements, or governmental regulations (including, without limitation, the provisions of Section 423 of the Code and the regulations and other interpretive guidance issued thereunder relating to Employee Stock Purchase Plans) including without limitation any such regulations or other guidance that may be issued or amended after the date the Plan is adopted by the Board, or (iii) as necessary to obtain or maintain favorable tax, listing, or regulatory treatment. To be clear, the Board may amend outstanding Purchase Rights without a Participant’s consent if such amendment is necessary to ensure that the Purchase Right and/or the Plan complies with the requirements of Section 423 of the Code with respect to the 423 Component or with respect to other Applicable Law. Notwithstanding anything in the Plan or any Offering Document to the contrary, the Board will be entitled to: (i) establish the exchange ratio applicable to amounts withheld in a currency other than U.S. dollars; (ii) permit Contributions in excess of the amount designated by a Participant in order to adjust for mistakes in the Company’s processing of properly completed Contribution elections; (iii) establish reasonable waiting and adjustment periods and/or accounting and crediting procedures to ensure that amounts applied toward the purchase of Common Stock for each Participant properly correspond with amounts withheld from the Participant’s Contributions; (iv) amend any outstanding Purchase Rights or clarify any ambiguities regarding the terms of any Offering to enable the Purchase Rights to qualify under and/or comply with Section 423 of the Code with respect to the 423 Component; and (v) establish other limitations or procedures as the Board determines in its sole discretion advisable that are consistent with the Plan. The actions of the Board pursuant to this paragraph will not be considered to alter or impair any Purchase Rights granted under an Offering as they are part of the initial terms of each Offering and the Purchase Rights granted under each Offering.

 

13.           Tax Qualification; Tax Withholding.

 

(a)            Although the Company may endeavor to (i) qualify a Purchase Right for special tax treatment under the laws of the United States or jurisdictions outside of the United States or (ii) avoid adverse tax treatment, the Company makes no representation to that effect and expressly disavows any covenant to maintain special or to avoid unfavorable tax treatment, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Plan.  The Company will be unconstrained in its corporate activities without regard to the potential negative tax impact on Participants.

 

(b)            Each Participant will make arrangements, satisfactory to the Company and any applicable Related Corporation or Affiliate, to enable the Company or the Related Corporation or Affiliate to fulfill any withholding obligation for Tax-Related Items. Without limitation to the foregoing, in the Company’s sole discretion and subject to Applicable Law, such withholding obligation may be satisfied in whole or in part by (i) withholding from the Participant’s salary or any other cash payment due to the Participant from the Company or a Related Corporation or Affiliate; (ii) withholding from the proceeds of the sale of shares of Common Stock acquired under the Plan, either through a voluntary sale or a mandatory sale arranged by the Company; or (iii) any other method deemed acceptable by the Board. The Company shall not be required to issue any shares of Common Stock under the Plan until such obligations are satisfied.

 

14.            Effective Date of Plan.

 

The Plan will become effective immediately prior to and contingent upon the IPO Date. No Purchase Rights will be exercised unless and until the Plan has been approved by the stockholders of the Company, which approval must be within 12 months before or after the date the Plan is adopted (or if required under Section 12(a) above, materially amended) by the Board.

 

15.           Miscellaneous Provisions.

 

(a)            Proceeds from the sale of shares of Common Stock pursuant to Purchase Rights will constitute general funds of the Company.

 

(b)            A Participant will not be deemed to be the holder of, or to have any of the rights of a holder with respect to, shares of Common Stock subject to Purchase Rights unless and until the Participant’s shares of Common Stock acquired upon exercise of Purchase Rights are recorded in the books of the Company (or its transfer agent) and all tax withholding obligations have been satisfied.

 

(c)            The Plan and Offering do not constitute an employment contract. Nothing in the Plan or in the Offering will in any way alter the at will nature of a Participant’s employment or amend a Participant’s employment contract, if applicable, or be deemed to create in any way whatsoever any obligation on the part of any Participant to continue in the employ of the Company or a Related Corporation or an Affiliate, or on the part of the Company, a Related Corporation or an Affiliate to continue the employment of a Participant.

 

9

 

 

(d)            The provisions of the Plan will be governed by the laws of the State of Delaware without resort to that state’s conflicts of laws rules.

 

(e)            If any particular provision of the Plan is found to be invalid or otherwise unenforceable, such provision will not affect the other provisions of the Plan, but the Plan will be construed in all respects as if such invalid provision were omitted.

 

(f)            If any provision of the Plan does not comply with Applicable Law, such provision shall be construed in such a manner as to comply with Applicable Law.

 

16.          Definitions.

 

As used in the Plan, the following definitions will apply to the capitalized terms indicated below:

 

(a)            423 Component” means the part of the Plan, which excludes the Non-423 Component, pursuant to which Purchase Rights that satisfy the requirements for an Employee Stock Purchase Plan may be granted to Eligible Employees.

 

(b)            Affiliate” means any entity, other than a Related Corporation, whether now or subsequently established, which is at the time of determination, a “parent” or “subsidiary” of the Company as such terms are defined in Rule 405 promulgated under the Securities Act. The Board may determine the time or times at which “parent” or “subsidiary” status is determined within the foregoing definition.

 

(c)            Applicable Law” means the Code and any applicable U.S. and non-U.S. securities, federal, state, , material local or municipal or other law, statute, constitution, principle of common law, resolution, ordinance, code, edict, decree, rule, listing rule, regulation, judicial decision, ruling or requirement issued, enacted, adopted, promulgated, implemented or otherwise put into effect by or under the authority of any Governmental Body (or under the authority of the Nasdaq Stock Market or the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority).

 

(d)            Board” means the board of directors of the Company.

 

(e)            Capitalization Adjustment” means any change that is made in, or other events that occur with respect to, the Common Stock subject to the Plan or subject to any Purchase Right after the date the Plan is adopted by the Board without the receipt of consideration by the Company through merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization, reincorporation, stock dividend, dividend in property other than cash, large nonrecurring cash dividend, stock split, liquidating dividend, combination of shares, exchange of shares, change in corporate structure or other similar equity restructuring transaction, as that term is used in Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718 (or any successor thereto). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the conversion of any convertible securities of the Company will not be treated as a Capitalization Adjustment.

 

10

 

 

(f)            Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, including any applicable regulations and guidance thereunder.

 

(g)            Committee” means a committee of one or more members of the Board to whom authority has been delegated by the Board in accordance with Section 2(c).

 

(h)            Common Stock” means the common stock of the Company.

 

(i)            Company” means MaxCyte, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and any successor thereto.

 

(j)            Consultant” means any person, including an advisor, who is (i) engaged by a Related Corporation or an Affiliate to render consulting or advisory services or to otherwise act as a service provider and is compensated for such services, or (ii) serving as a member of the board of directors of a Related Corporation or an Affiliate and is compensated for such services. However, service solely as a Director, or payment of a fee for such service, will not cause a Director to be considered a “Consultant” for purposes of the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a person is treated as a Consultant under this Plan only if a Form S-8 Registration Statement under the Securities Act is available to register either the offer or the sale of the Company’s securities to such person.

 

(k)            Contributions” means the payroll deductions, contributions made by Participants in case payroll deductions are not permissible or problematic under Applicable Law and other additional payments specifically provided for in the Offering that a Participant contributes to fund the exercise of a Purchase Right. A Participant may make additional payments into his or her account if specifically provided for in the Offering, and then only if the Participant has not already had the maximum permitted amount withheld during the Offering through payroll deductions or other contributions.

 

(l)            Corporate Transaction” means the consummation, in a single transaction or in a series of related transactions, of any one or more of the following events:

 

(i)            a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all, as determined by the Board in its sole discretion, of the consolidated assets of the Company and its subsidiaries;

 

(ii)            a sale or other disposition of at least 50% of the outstanding securities of the Company;

 

(iii)            a merger, consolidation or similar transaction following which the Company is not the surviving corporation; or

 

(iv)            a merger, consolidation or similar transaction following which the Company is the surviving corporation but the shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately preceding the merger, consolidation or similar transaction are converted or exchanged by virtue of the merger, consolidation or similar transaction into other property, whether in the form of securities, cash or otherwise.

 

(m)            Designated 423 Corporation” means any Related Corporation selected by the Board to participate in the 423 Component.

 

11

 

 

(n)            Designated Company” means any Designated Non-423 Corporation or Designated 423 Corporation, provided, however, that at any given time, a Related Corporation participating in the 423 Component shall not be a Related Corporation participating in the Non-423 Component.

 

(o)            Designated Non-423 Corporation” means any Related Corporation or Affiliate selected by the Board to participate in the Non-423 Component.

 

(p)            Director” means a member of the Board.

 

(q)            Eligible Employee” means an Employee who meets the requirements set forth in the document(s) governing the Offering for eligibility to participate in the Offering, provided that such Employee also meets the requirements for eligibility to participate set forth in the Plan.

 

(r)            Employee” means any person, including an Officer or Director, who is “employed” for purposes of Section 423(b)(4) of the Code by the Company or a Related Corporation, or solely with respect to the Non-423 Component, an Affiliate. However, service solely as a Director, or payment of a fee for such services, will not cause a Director to be considered an “Employee” for purposes of the Plan.

 

(s)            Employee Stock Purchase Plan” means a plan that grants Purchase Rights intended to be options issued under an “employee stock purchase plan,” as that term is defined in Section 423(b) of the Code.

 

(t)            Exchange Act” means the United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

(u)            Fair Market Value” means, as of any date, the value of the Common Stock determined as follows:

 

(i)            If the Common Stock is listed on any established stock exchange or traded on any established market, the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock will be the closing sales price for such stock as quoted on such exchange or market (or the exchange or market with the greatest volume of trading in the Common Stock) on the date of determination, as reported in such source as the Board deems reliable. Unless otherwise provided by the Board, if there is no closing sales price for the Common Stock on the date of determination, then the Fair Market Value will be the closing sales price on the last preceding date for which such quotation exists.

 

(ii)            In the absence of such markets for the Common Stock, the Fair Market Value will be determined by the Board in good faith in compliance with Applicable Law and, to the extent applicable as determined in the sole discretion of the Board, in a manner that complies with Section 409A of the Code.

 

(iii)            Notwithstanding the foregoing, for any Offering that commences on the IPO Date, the Fair Market Value of the shares of Common Stock on the Offering Date will be the price per share at which shares are first sold to the public in the Company’s initial public offering as specified in the final prospectus for that initial public offering.

 

(v)            Governmental Body” means any: (i) nation, state, commonwealth, province, territory, county, municipality, district or other jurisdiction of any nature; (ii) U.S. and non-U.S. federal, state, local, municipal, or other government; (iii) governmental or regulatory body, or quasi-governmental body of any nature (including any governmental division, department, administrative agency or bureau, commission, authority, instrumentality, official, ministry, fund, foundation, center, organization, unit, body or entity and any court or other tribunal, and for the avoidance of doubt, any tax authority) or other body exercising similar powers or authority; or (iv) self-regulatory organization (including the Nasdaq Stock Market and the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority).

 

12

 

 

(w)            IPO Date” means the date of the underwriting agreement between the Company and the underwriters managing the initial public offering of the Common Stock, pursuant to which the Common Stock is priced for the initial public offering.

 

(x)            Non-423 Component” means the part of the Plan, which excludes the 423 Component, pursuant to which Purchase Rights that are not intended to satisfy the requirements for an Employee Stock Purchase Plan may be granted to Eligible Employees.

 

(y)            Offering” means the grant to Eligible Employees of Purchase Rights, with the exercise of those Purchase Rights automatically occurring at the end of one or more Purchase Periods. The terms and conditions of an Offering will generally be set forth in the “Offering Document” approved by the Board for that Offering.

 

(z)            Offering Date” means a date selected by the Board for an Offering to commence.

 

(aa)          Officer” means a person who is an officer of the Company or a Related Corporation within the meaning of Section 16 of the Exchange Act.

 

(bb)         Participant” means an Eligible Employee who holds an outstanding Purchase Right.

 

(cc)         Plan” means this MaxCyte, Inc. 2021 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, as amended from time to time, including both the 423 Component and the Non-423 Component.

 

(dd)         Purchase Date” means one or more dates during an Offering selected by the Board on which Purchase Rights will be exercised and on which purchases of shares of Common Stock will be carried out in accordance with such Offering.

 

(ee)         Purchase Period” means a period of time specified within an Offering, generally beginning on the Offering Date or on the first Trading Day following a Purchase Date, and ending on a Purchase Date. An Offering may consist of one or more Purchase Periods.

 

(ff)         Purchase Right” means an option to purchase shares of Common Stock granted pursuant to the Plan.

 

(gg)         Related Corporation” means any “parent corporation” or “subsidiary corporation” of the Company whether now or subsequently established, as those terms are defined in Sections 424(e) and (f), respectively, of the Code.

 

(hh)         Securities Act” means the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

(ii)            Tax-Related Items” means any income tax, social insurance, payroll tax, fringe benefit tax, payment on account or other tax-related items arising out of or in relation to a Participant’s participation in the Plan, including, but not limited to, the exercise of a Purchase Right and the receipt of shares of Common Stock or the sale or other disposition of shares of Common Stock acquired under the Plan.

 

13

 

 

(jj)         Trading Day” means any day on which the exchange(s) or market(s) on which shares of Common Stock are listed, including but not limited to the NYSE, Nasdaq Global Select Market, the Nasdaq Global Market, the Nasdaq Capital Market or any successors thereto, is open for trading.

 

14

 

Exhibit 10.8

 

INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

 

This Indemnification Agreement (this “Agreement”) dated as of July ___, 2021, is made by and between MaxCyte, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and _________________ (“Indemnitee”).

 

Recitals

 

A.            The Company desires to attract and retain the services of highly qualified individuals as directors, officers, employees and agents.

 

B.            The Company’s bylaws (the “Bylaws”) require that the Company indemnify its directors and officers, and empowers the Company to indemnify its employees and agents, as authorized by the Delaware General Corporation Law, as amended (the “Code”), under which the Company is organized and such Bylaws expressly provide that the indemnification provided therein is not exclusive and contemplates that the Company may enter into separate agreements with its directors, officers and other persons to set forth specific indemnification provisions.

 

C.            Indemnitee does not regard the protection currently provided by applicable law, the Bylaws, the Company’s other governing documents, and available insurance as adequate under the present circumstances, and the Company has determined that Indemnitee and other directors, officers, employees and agents of the Company may not be willing to serve or continue to serve in such capacities without additional protection.

 

D.            The Company desires and has requested Indemnitee to serve or continue to serve as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company, as the case may be, and has proffered this Agreement to Indemnitee as an additional inducement to serve in such capacity.

 

E.             Indemnitee is willing to serve, or to continue to serve, as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company, as the case may be, if Indemnitee is furnished the indemnity provided for herein by the Company.

 

Agreement

 

Now Therefore, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements set forth herein, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound, hereby agree as follows:

 

1.            Definitions.

 

(a)            Agent. For purposes of this Agreement, the term “Agent” of the Company means any person who: (i) is or was a director, officer, employee, agent, or other fiduciary of the Company or a subsidiary of the Company; or (ii) is or was serving at the request or for the convenience of, or representing the interests of, the Company or a subsidiary of the Company, as a director, officer, employee, agent, or other fiduciary of a foreign or domestic corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise.

 

1 

 

 

(b)            Change in Control. For purposes of this Agreement, a “Change in Control” shall be deemed to have occurred if (i) any “person” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended), other than a trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company or a corporation owned directly or indirectly by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of stock of the Company, is or becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under said Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing 20% or more of the total voting power represented by the Company’s then outstanding Voting Securities, (ii) individuals who on the date of this Agreement are members of the Board (the “Incumbent Board”) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the members of the Board (provided, however, that if the appointment or election (or nomination for election) of any new Board member was approved or recommended by a majority vote of the members of the Incumbent Board then still in office, such new member shall be considered as a member of the Incumbent Board), or (iii) the stockholders of the Company approve a merger or consolidation of the Company with any other corporation, other than a merger or consolidation which would result in the Voting Securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into Voting Securities of the surviving entity) at least 80% of the total voting power represented by the Voting Securities of the Company or such surviving entity outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation, or the stockholders of the Company approve a plan of complete liquidation of the Company or an agreement for the sale or disposition by the Company of (in one transaction or a series of transactions) all or substantially all of the Company’s assets.

 

(c)            Expenses. For purposes of this Agreement, the term “Expenses” shall be broadly construed and shall include, without limitation, all direct and indirect costs of any type or nature whatsoever (including, without limitation, all attorneys’, witness, or other professional fees and related disbursements, and other out-of-pocket costs of whatever nature, actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee in connection with the investigation, defense or appeal of a proceeding or establishing or enforcing a right to indemnification under this Agreement, the Code or otherwise. The term “Expenses” shall also include reasonable compensation for time spent by Indemnitee for which he or she is not compensated by the Company or any subsidiary or third party: (i) for any period during which Indemnitee is not an Agent, in the employment of, or providing services for compensation to, the Company or any subsidiary; and (ii) if the rate of compensation and estimated time involved is approved by the directors of the Company who are not parties to any action with respect to which Expenses are incurred, for Indemnitee while an Agent of, employed by, or providing services for compensation to, the Company or any subsidiary.

 

(d)            Independent Counsel. For purposes of this Agreement, the term “Independent Counsel” means a law firm, or a partner (or, if applicable, member) of such a law firm, that is experienced in matters of corporation law and neither presently is, nor in the past five (5) years has been, retained to represent: (i) the Company or Indemnitee in any matter material to either such party, or (ii) any other party to the proceeding giving rise to a claim for indemnification hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Independent Counsel” shall not include any person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the Company or Indemnitee in an action to determine Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement. The Company will pay the reasonable fees and expenses of the Independent Counsel referred to above and to fully indemnify such counsel against any and all expenses, claims, liabilities and damages arising out of or relating to this Agreement or its engagement pursuant hereto.

 

2 

 

 

(e)            Liabilities. For purposes of this Agreement, the term “Liabilities” shall be broadly construed and shall include, without limitation, judgments, damages, deficiencies, liabilities, losses, penalties, excise taxes, fines, assessments and amounts paid in settlement, including any interest and any federal, state, local or foreign taxes imposed as a result of the actual or deemed receipt of any payment under this Agreement.

 

(f)             Proceedings. For purposes of this Agreement, the term “proceeding” shall be broadly construed and shall include, without limitation, any threatened, pending, or completed action, suit, claim, counterclaim, cross claim, arbitration, mediation, alternate dispute resolution mechanism, investigation, inquiry, administrative hearing, or any other actual, threatened or completed proceeding, whether brought in the right of the Company or otherwise and whether of a civil, criminal, administrative or investigative nature, and whether formal or informal in any case, in which Indemnitee was, is or will be involved as a party, potential party, non-party witness, or otherwise by reason of: (i) the fact that Indemnitee is or was a director or officer of the Company; (ii) the fact that any action taken by Indemnitee (or a failure to take action by Indemnitee) or of any action (or failure to act) on Indemnitee’s part while acting as an Agent; or (iii) the fact that Indemnitee is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan, or other enterprise, and in any such case described above, whether or not serving in any such capacity at the time any liability or Expense is incurred for which indemnification, reimbursement, or advancement of Expenses may be provided under this Agreement. If the Indemnitee believes in good faith that a given situation may lead to or culminate in the institution of a proceeding, this shall be considered a proceeding under this paragraph.

 

(g)            Subsidiary. For purposes of this Agreement, the term “subsidiary” means any corporation, limited liability company, or other entity, of which more than 50% of the outstanding voting securities or equity interests are owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company and one or more of its subsidiaries, and any other corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise of which Indemnitee is or was serving at the request of the Company as an Agent.

 

(h)            Voting Securities. For purposes of this Agreement, "Voting Securities" shall mean any securities of the Company that vote generally in the election of directors.

 

2.            Agreement to Serve. Indemnitee will serve, or continue to serve, as the case may be, as an Agent, faithfully and to the best of his or her ability, at the will of such entity designated by the Company and at the request of the Company (or under separate agreement, if such agreement exists), in the capacity Indemnitee currently serves such entity, so long as Indemnitee is duly appointed or elected and qualified in accordance with the applicable provisions of the governance documents of such entity, or until such time as Indemnitee tenders his or her resignation in writing; provided, however, that nothing contained in this Agreement is intended as an employment agreement between Indemnitee and the Company or any of its subsidiaries or to create any right to continued employment of Indemnitee with the Company or any of its subsidiaries in any capacity.

 

3 

 

 

The Company acknowledges that it has entered into this Agreement and assumes the obligations imposed on it hereby, in addition to and separate from its obligations to Indemnitee under the Bylaws, to induce Indemnitee to serve, or continue to serve, as an Agent, and the Company acknowledges that Indemnitee is relying upon this Agreement in serving as an Agent.

 

3.            Indemnification.

 

(a)             Indemnification in Third Party Proceedings. Subject to Section 10 below, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by the Code, as the same may be amended from time to time (but, to the fullest extent of the law, only to the extent that such amendment permits Indemnitee to broader indemnification rights than the Code permitted prior to adoption of such amendment), if Indemnitee is a party to or threatened to be made a party to or otherwise involved in any proceeding, other than a proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor, for any and all Expenses and Liabilities (including all interest, assessments and other charges paid or payable in connection with or in respect of such Expenses and Liabilities) incurred by Indemnitee in connection with the investigation, defense, settlement or appeal of such proceeding, if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company and, in the case of a criminal proceeding had no reasonable cause to believe that Indemnitee's conduct was unlawful. The parties hereto intend that this Agreement shall provide to the fullest extent permitted by law for indemnification in excess of that expressly permitted by statute, including, without limitation, any indemnification provided by the Certificate of Incorporation of the Company, the Bylaws, vote of its stockholders or disinterested directors, or applicable law.

 

(b)            Indemnification in Derivative Actions and Direct Actions by the Company. Subject to Section 10 below, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by the Code, as the same may be amended from time to time (but, fullest extent permitted by applicable law, only to the extent that such amendment permits Indemnitee to broader indemnification rights than the Code permitted prior to adoption of such amendment), if Indemnitee is a party to or threatened to be made a party to or otherwise involved in any proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor, against any and all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee in connection with the investigation, defense, settlement, or appeal of such proceedings, if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company. No indemnification for Expenses shall be made under this Section 3(b) in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which Indemnitee shall have been finally adjudged by a court competent jurisdiction to be liable to the Company, unless and only to the extent that the Chancery Court of the State of Delaware or any court in which the proceeding was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, Indemnitee is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnification.

 

4 

 

 

4.            Indemnification of Expenses of Successful Party. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, in circumstances where indemnification is not available under Section 3(a) or 3(b), as the case may be, to the fullest extent permitted by law and to the extent that Indemnitee is a party to (or a participant in) any proceeding and has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any proceeding or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, in whole or part, including the dismissal of any action without prejudice, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses and Liabilities in connection with the investigation, defense or appeal of such proceeding. If Indemnitee is not wholly successful in such proceeding but is successful, on the merits or otherwise, as to one or more but less than all claims, issues or matters in such proceeding, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses and Liabilities incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection with or related to each successfully resolved claim, issue or matter to the fullest extent permitted by law.

 

5.            Partial Indemnification; Witness Indemnification. If Indemnitee is entitled under any provision of this Agreement to indemnification by the Company for some or a portion of any Expenses and Liabilities incurred by Indemnitee in the investigation, defense, settlement or appeal of a proceeding, but is precluded by applicable law or the specific terms of this Agreement to indemnification for the total amount thereof, the Company shall nevertheless indemnify Indemnitee for the portion thereof to which Indemnitee is entitled. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law and to the extent that Indemnitee is, by reason of Indemnitee’s acting as an Agent, a witness or otherwise asked to participate in any proceeding to which Indemnitee is not a party, Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Expenses incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection therewith.

 

6.            Advancement of Expenses. To the extent not prohibited by law, the Company shall advance the Expenses incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any proceeding, and such advancement shall be made within twenty (20) days after the receipt by the Company of a statement or statements requesting such advances (which shall include invoices received by Indemnitee in connection with such Expenses but, in the case of invoices in connection with legal services, any references to legal work performed or to expenditures made that would cause Indemnitee to waive any privilege accorded by applicable law shall not be included with the invoice) and upon request of the Company, an undertaking to repay the advancement of Expenses if and to the extent that it is ultimately determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final judgment, not subject to appeal, that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company. Advances shall be unsecured, interest free and without regard to Indemnitee’s ability to repay the Expenses. Advances shall include any and all Expenses incurred by Indemnitee pursuing an action to enforce Indemnitee’s right to indemnification under this Agreement or otherwise and this right of advancement, including expenses incurred preparing and forwarding statements to the Company to support the advances claimed. Indemnitee acknowledges that the execution and delivery of this Agreement shall constitute an undertaking providing that Indemnitee shall, to the fullest extent required by law, repay the advance (without interest) if and to the extent that it is ultimately determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final judgment, not subject to appeal, that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company. The right to advances under this Section shall continue until final disposition of any proceeding, including any appeal therein. This Section 6 shall not apply to any claim made by Indemnitee for which indemnity is excluded pursuant to Section 10(b).

 

5 

 

 

7.            Notice and Other Indemnification Procedures.

 

(a)            Notification of Proceeding. Indemnitee will notify the Company in writing promptly upon being served with any summons, citation, subpoena, complaint, indictment, information or other document relating to any proceeding or matter which may be subject to indemnification or advancement of Expenses covered hereunder. The written notification to the Company shall include a description of the nature of the proceeding and the facts underlying the proceeding. The failure of Indemnitee to so notify the Company shall not relieve the Company of any obligation which it may have to Indemnitee under this Agreement or otherwise and any delay in so notifying the Company shall not constitute a waiver by Indemnitee of any rights under this Agreement.

 

(b)            Request for Indemnification Payments. To obtain indemnification under this Agreement, Indemnitee shall submit to the Company a written request, including therein or therewith such documentation and information as is reasonably available to Indemnitee and is reasonably necessary to determine whether and to what extent Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under the terms of this Agreement, and shall request payment thereof by the Company.

 

(c)            Determination of Right to Indemnification Payments. Upon written request by Indemnitee for indemnification pursuant to the Section 7(b) hereof, a determination with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement thereto shall be made in the specific case by one of the following four methods, which shall be at the election of the Board of Directors: (1) by a majority vote of the disinterested directors, even though less than a quorum, (2) by a committee of disinterested directors designated by a majority vote of the disinterested directors, even though less than a quorum, (3) if there are no disinterested directors or if the disinterested directors so direct, by Independent Counsel in a written opinion to the Board of Directors, a copy of which shall be delivered to the Indemnitee, or (4) if so directed by the Board of Directors, by the stockholders of the Company; provided, however, that if there has been a Change in Control, then such determination shall be made by Independent Counsel selected by Indemnitee and approved by the Company (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld). For purposes hereof, disinterested directors are those members of the board of directors of the Company who are not parties to the action, suit or proceeding in respect of which indemnification is sought by Indemnitee. Indemnification payments requested by Indemnitee under Section 3 hereof shall be made by the Company no later than sixty (60) days after receipt of the written request of Indemnitee. Claims for advancement of Expenses shall be made under the provisions of Section 6 herein.

 

(d)            Application for Enforcement. In the event the Company fails to make timely payments as set forth in Sections 6 or 7(b) above, Indemnitee shall have the right to apply to any court of competent jurisdiction for the purpose of enforcing Indemnitee’s right to indemnification or advancement of Expenses pursuant to this Agreement. In such an enforcement hearing or proceeding, the burden of proof shall be on the Company to prove that indemnification or advancement of Expenses to Indemnitee is not required under this Agreement or permitted by applicable law. Any determination by the Company (including its Board of Directors, a committee thereof, Independent Counsel) or stockholders of the Company, that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification hereunder, shall not be a defense by the Company to the action nor create any presumption that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification or advancement of Expenses hereunder.

 

6 

 

 

(e)            Indemnification of Certain Expenses. The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses incurred in connection with any hearing or proceeding under this Section 7 unless the Company prevails in such hearing or proceeding on the merits in all material respects.

 

8.            Assumption of Defense. In the event the Company shall be requested by Indemnitee to pay the Expenses of any proceeding, the Company, if appropriate, shall be entitled to assume the defense of such proceeding, or to participate to the extent permissible in such proceeding, with counsel reasonably acceptable to Indemnitee. Upon assumption of the defense by the Company and the retention of such counsel by the Company, the Company shall not be liable to Indemnitee under this Agreement for any fees of counsel subsequently incurred by Indemnitee with respect to the same proceeding, provided that Indemnitee shall have the right to employ separate counsel in such proceeding at Indemnitee’s sole cost and expense. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Indemnitee’s counsel delivers a written notice to the Company stating that such counsel has reasonably concluded that there may be a conflict of interest between the Company and Indemnitee in the conduct of any such defense or the Company shall not, in fact, have employed counsel or otherwise actively pursued the defense of such proceeding within a reasonable time, then in any such event the fees and Expenses of Indemnitee’s counsel to defend such proceeding shall be subject to the indemnification and advancement of Expenses provisions of this Agreement.

 

9.            Insurance. To the extent that the Company maintains an insurance policy or policies providing liability insurance for Agents (“D&O Insurance”), Indemnitee shall be covered by such policy or policies in accordance with its or their terms to the maximum extent of the coverage available for any such Agent under such policy or policies. If, at the time of the receipt of a notice of a claim pursuant to the terms hereof, the Company has D&O Insurance in effect or otherwise potentially available, the Company shall give prompt notice of the commencement of such proceeding to the insurers in accordance with the procedures set forth in the respective policies. The Company shall thereafter take all necessary or desirable action to cause such insurers to pay, on behalf of Indemnitee, all amounts payable as a result of such proceeding in accordance with the terms of such policies.

 

10.          Exceptions.

 

(a)            Certain Matters. Any provision herein to the contrary notwithstanding, the Company shall not be obligated pursuant to the terms of this Agreement to indemnify Indemnitee on account of any proceeding with respect to: (i) remuneration paid to Indemnitee if it is determined by final judgment or other final adjudication that such remuneration was in violation of law (and, in this respect, both the Company and Indemnitee have been advised that the Securities and Exchange Commission believes that indemnification for liabilities arising under the federal securities laws is against public policy and is, therefore, unenforceable and that claims for indemnification should be submitted to appropriate courts for adjudication, as indicated in Section 10(d) below); (ii) a final judgment rendered against Indemnitee for an accounting, disgorgement or repayment of profits made from the purchase or sale by Indemnitee of securities of the Company against Indemnitee pursuant to the provisions of Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or other provisions of any federal, state or local statute or rules and regulations thereunder; or (iii) a final judgment or other final adjudication that Indemnitee’s conduct was in bad faith, knowingly fraudulent or deliberately dishonest or constituted willful misconduct (but only to the extent of such specific determination); or (iv) on account of conduct that is established by a final judgment as constituting a breach of Indemnitee’s duty of loyalty to the Company or resulting in any personal profit or advantage to which Indemnitee is not legally entitled. For purposes of the foregoing sentence, a final judgment or other adjudication may be reached in either the underlying proceeding or action in connection with which indemnification is sought or a separate proceeding or action to establish rights and liabilities under this Agreement.

 

7 

 

 

(b)            Claims Initiated by Indemnitee. Any provision herein to the contrary notwithstanding, the Company shall not be obligated to indemnify or advance Expenses to Indemnitee with respect to proceedings or claims initiated or brought by Indemnitee against the Company or its Agents and not by way of defense, except (i) with respect to proceedings brought to establish or enforce a right to indemnification or advancement under this Agreement or under any other agreement, provision in the Bylaws or Certificate of Incorporation or applicable law, or (ii) with respect to any other proceeding initiated by Indemnitee that is either approved by the Board of Directors or Indemnitee’s participation is required by applicable law. However, indemnification or advancement of Expenses may be provided by the Company in specific cases if the Board of Directors determines it to be appropriate.

 

(c)            Unauthorized Settlements. Any provision herein to the contrary notwithstanding, the Company shall not be obligated pursuant to the terms of this Agreement to indemnify Indemnitee under this Agreement for any amounts paid in settlement of a proceeding effected without the Company’s written consent. Neither the Company nor Indemnitee shall unreasonably withhold consent to any proposed settlement; provided, however, that the Company may in any event decline to consent to (or to otherwise admit or agree to any liability for indemnification hereunder in respect of) any proposed settlement if the Company is also a party in such proceeding and determines in good faith that such settlement is not in the best interests of the Company and its stockholders.

 

(d)            Securities Act Liabilities. Any provision herein to the contrary notwithstanding, the Company shall not be obligated pursuant to the terms of this Agreement to indemnify Indemnitee or otherwise act in violation of any undertaking appearing in and required by the rules and regulations promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”), or in any registration statement filed with the SEC under the Act. Indemnitee acknowledges that paragraph (h) of Item 512 of Regulation S-K currently generally requires the Company to undertake in connection with any registration statement filed under the Act to submit the issue of the enforceability of Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement in connection with any liability under the Act on public policy grounds to a court of appropriate jurisdiction and to be governed by any final adjudication of such issue. Indemnitee specifically agrees that any such undertaking shall supersede the provisions of this Agreement and to be bound by any such undertaking.

 

(e)            Prior Payments Any provision herein to the contrary notwithstanding, the Company shall not be obligated pursuant to the terms of this Agreement to indemnify or advance Expenses to Indemnitee under this Agreement for which payment has actually been made to or on behalf of Indemnitee under any insurance policy or other indemnity provision, expect with respect to any excess beyond the amount paid under any insurance policy or indemnity policy.

 

8 

 

 

11.            Nonexclusivity and Survival of Rights. The provisions for indemnification and advancement of Expenses set forth in this Agreement shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights which Indemnitee may at any time be entitled under any provision of applicable law, the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, Bylaws or other agreements, both as to action in Indemnitee’s official capacity and Indemnitee’s action as an Agent, in any court in which a proceeding is brought, and Indemnitee’s rights hereunder shall continue after Indemnitee has ceased acting as an Agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors, administrators and assigns of Indemnitee. The obligations and duties of the Company to Indemnitee under this Agreement shall be binding on the Company and its successors and assigns until terminated in accordance with its terms. The Company shall require any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company, expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform if no such succession had taken place.

 

No amendment, alteration or repeal of this Agreement or of any provision hereof shall limit or restrict any right of Indemnitee under this Agreement in respect of any action taken or omitted by such Indemnitee in his or her corporate status prior to such amendment, alteration or repeal. To the extent that a change in the Code, whether by statute or judicial decision, permits greater indemnification or advancement of Expenses than would be afforded currently under the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, Bylaws and this Agreement, it is the intent of the parties hereto that Indemnitee shall enjoy by this Agreement the greater benefits so afforded by such change. No right or remedy herein conferred is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every other right and remedy shall be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, by Indemnitee shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other right or remedy by Indemnitee.

 

12.            Term. This Agreement shall continue until and terminate upon the later of: (a) five (5) years after the date that Indemnitee shall have ceased to serve as an Agent; or (b) one (1) year after the final termination of any proceeding, including any appeal then pending, in respect to which Indemnitee was granted rights of indemnification or advancement of Expenses hereunder.

 

No legal action shall be brought and no cause of action shall be asserted by or in the right of the Company against an Indemnitee or an Indemnitee's estate, spouse, heirs, executors or personal or legal representatives after the expiration of five (5) years from the date of accrual of such cause of action, and any claim or cause of action of the Company shall be extinguished and deemed released unless asserted by the timely filing of a legal action within such five-year period; provided, however, that if any shorter period of limitations is otherwise applicable to such cause of action, such shorter period shall govern.

 

9 

 

 

13.            Subrogation. In the event of payment under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee, who, at the request and expense of the Company, shall execute all papers required and shall do everything that may be reasonably necessary to secure such rights, including the execution of such documents necessary to enable the Company effectively to bring suit to enforce such rights.

 

14.            Interpretation of Agreement. It is understood that the parties hereto intend this Agreement to be interpreted and enforced so as to provide indemnification and advancement of Expenses to Indemnitee to the fullest extent now or hereafter permitted by law.

 

15.            Severability. If any provision of this Agreement shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever, (a) the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of the Agreement (including without limitation, all portions of any paragraphs of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that are not themselves invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby; and (b) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, all portions of any paragraph of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that are not themselves invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested by the provision held invalid, illegal or unenforceable and to give effect to Section 14 hereof.

 

16.            Amendment and Waiver. No supplement, modification, amendment, or cancellation of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by the parties hereto. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other provision hereof (whether or not similar) nor shall such waiver constitute a continuing waiver.

 

17.            Notice. Except as otherwise provided herein, any notice or demand which, by the provisions hereof, is required or which may be given to or served upon the parties hereto shall be in writing and, if by electronic transmission, shall be deemed to have been validly served, given or delivered when sent, if by overnight delivery, courier or personal delivery, shall be deemed to have been validly served, given or delivered upon actual delivery and, if mailed, shall be deemed to have been validly served, given or delivered three (3) business days after deposit in the United States mail, as registered or certified mail, with proper postage prepaid and addressed to the party or parties to be notified at the addresses set forth on the signature page of this Agreement (or such other address(es) as a party may designate for itself by like notice). If to the Company, notices and demands shall be delivered to the attention of the General Counsel of the Company.

 

18.            Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed exclusively by and construed according to the laws of the State of Delaware, as applied to contracts between Delaware residents entered into and to be performed entirely within Delaware.

 

19.            Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original but all of which together shall constitute but one and the same Agreement. Only one such counterpart need be produced to evidence the existence of this Agreement.

 

20.            Headings. The headings of the sections of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute part of this Agreement or to affect the construction hereof.

 

10 

 

 

21.            Entire Agreement. Subject to Section 11 hereof, this Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements, understandings and negotiations, written and oral, between the parties with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement; provided, however, that this Agreement is a supplement to and in furtherance of the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, Bylaws, the Code and any other applicable law, and shall not be deemed a substitute therefor, and does not diminish or abrogate any rights of Indemnitee thereunder.

 

22.            Contribution. To the fullest extent permissible under applicable law, if the indemnification provided for in this Agreement is unavailable to Indemnitee for any reason whatsoever, the Company, in lieu of indemnifying Indemnitee, shall contribute to the amount incurred by Indemnitee, whether for judgments, fines, penalties, excise taxes, amounts paid or to be paid in settlement and/or for Expenses, in connection with any claim relating to an indemnifiable event under this Agreement, in such proportion as is deemed fair and reasonable in light of all of the circumstances of such proceeding in order to reflect (i) the relative benefits received by the Company and Indemnitee as a result of the event(s) and/or transaction(s) giving cause to such proceeding; and/or (ii) the relative fault of the Company and Indemnitee in connection with such event(s) and/or transaction(s).

 

23.            Consent to Jurisdiction. The Company and Indemnitee hereby irrevocably and unconditionally (i) agree that any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be brought only in the Chancery Court of the State of Delaware (the “Delaware Court”), and not in any other state or federal court in the United States of America or any court in any other country, (ii) consent to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Delaware Court for purposes of any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement, (iii) agree to appoint, to the extent such party is not otherwise subject to service of process in the State of Delaware, an agent in the State of Delaware as such party's agent for acceptance of legal process in connection with any such action or proceeding against such party with the same legal force and validity as if served upon such party personally within the State of Delaware, (iv) waive any objection to the laying of venue of any such action or proceeding in the Delaware Court, and (v) waive, and agree not to plead or to make, any claim that any such action or proceeding brought in the Delaware Court has been brought in an improper or inconvenient forum.

 

11 

 

 

In Witness Whereof, the parties hereto have entered into this Agreement effective as of the date first above written.

 

  MAXCYTE, INC.
   
  By:  
    Name:               
    Title:  
   
  INDEMNITEE
   
   
  Signature of Indemnitee
   
   
  Print or Type Name of Indemnitee

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.13

 

SEVERANCE AGREEMENT

 

THIS SEVERANCE AGREEMENT is made as of July 20, 2021 (the “Effective Date”), by and between MaxCyte, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), and Doug Doerfler (the "Executive").

 

WHEREAS, the Company considers it essential to its best interests and to the best interests of its shareholders and customers to foster the continuous employment of its key management personnel; and

 

WHEREAS, the Company desires to provide the Executive with certain severance benefits in the event the employment of the Executive is terminated after the Effective Date under certain circumstances.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants herein contained, the Company and the Executive hereby agree as follows:

 

1.             Defined Terms. Definitions of certain capitalized terms used in this Agreement are provided in Section 8 and elsewhere in this Agreement.

 

2.             Term of Agreement. This Agreement shall become effective on the date hereof and shall remain in effect indefinitely thereafter. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement shall terminate upon the earlier of (i) the Date of Termination, in the event the Executive’s employment is terminated by the Company for Cause or is terminated by the Executive without Good Reason, or (ii) the expiration of the Severance Period.

 

3.             Agreement of The Company. In order to induce the Executive to remain in the employ of the Company, the Company agrees, under the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein, including timely executing and not revoking the Release Agreement presented by the Company and complying with the notice requirements in Section 6, that, upon the occurrence of a Triggering Event after the Effective Date, provided that such Triggering Event constitutes a “separation from service” (as defined under Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h), without regard to any alternative definition thereunder, a “Separation from Service”), the Company shall provide to the Executive the benefits described in this Section 3 (collectively, the "Severance Benefits").

 

(a)           Severance Payment and Accelerated Vesting. The benefits that the Executive is eligible to receive under this Section 3(a) only are determined by whether the Triggering Event precedes or occurs on or within the specified period following a Change of Control:

 

(i)             Change of Control. If the Triggering Event occurs on or within twenty-four (24) Months following a Change of Control, in lieu of any further salary payments to the Executive for periods subsequent to the Date of Termination, the Company shall provide the Executive with the following:

 

(1)            The Company will pay to the Executive in equal monthly installments over the Severance Period a severance amount, in cash, equal to (1)  the Executive's Annual Base Salary divided by twelve (12) for the duration of the Severance Period, subject to standard payroll deductions and withholdings, plus (2) the Executive’s Target Bonus, prorated for the number of months set forth in the Severance Period, subject to standard payroll deductions and withholding. These payments will begin on the first day of the month that is at least five (5) business days after the Release Effective Date, as defined below.

 

 - 1 - 
 

 

(2)            100% of the unvested shares subject to any stock options granted to the Executive that remain outstanding and would otherwise not be vested and exercisable as of the Executive’s date of termination will be treated as vested and exercisable as of Executive’s date of termination.

 

(ii)            No Change of Control.

 

(1)            If the Triggering Event occurs at any time prior to a Change of Control, in lieu of any further salary payments to the Executive for periods subsequent to the Date of Termination, the Company shall pay to the Executive in equal monthly installments over the Severance Period a severance amount, in cash, equal to the Executive's Annual Base Salary divided by twelve (12) for the duration of the Severance Period, subject to standard payroll deductions and withholdings, and less any amounts paid to the Executive with respect to the Severance Period under the Company’s Short Term or Long Term Disability Plan. These payments will begin on the first day of the month that is at least five (5) business days after the Release Effective Date. For clarity, if the Executive’s employment is terminated for any reason, whether by the Executive or the Company and whether with or without Cause or Good Reason, after twenty-four (24) Months following a Change of Control, the Executive shall not receive, nor be entitled to, any severance pay or benefits under the terms of this Agreement.

 

(2)            If the Triggering Event occurs at any time within one-hundred eighty (180) days prior to a Change of Control, 100% of the unvested shares subject to any stock options granted to the Executive that remain outstanding and would otherwise not be vested and exercisable as of the Executive’s date of termination will be treated as vested and exercisable as of Executive’s date of termination.

 

(b)           COBRA Payments. Upon the occurrence of a Triggering Event, if the Executive timely elects continued coverage under COBRA for himself/herself and his/her covered dependents under the Company’s group health plans following the date of termination, then the Company will pay, as and when due to the insurance carrier or COBRA administrator (as applicable), the Executive’s COBRA premiums until the earliest of (A) the end of the Severance Period (B) the expiration of the Executive’s eligibility for the continuation coverage under COBRA, or (C) the date when the Executive becomes eligible for substantially equivalent health insurance coverage in connection with new employment or self-employment (such period from the termination date through the earliest of (A) through (C), the “COBRA Payment Period”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, if at any time the Company determines, in its sole discretion, that the payment of the COBRA premiums would result in a violation of the nondiscrimination rules of Section 105(h)(2)  of the Code or any statute or regulation of similar effect (including but not limited to the 2010 Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, as amended by the 2010 Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act), then provided the Executive remains eligible for reimbursement in accordance with this Section, in lieu of providing the COBRA premiums, the Company will instead pay the Executive on the last day of each remaining month of the COBRA Payment Period, a fully taxable cash payment equal to the COBRA premiums for that month, subject to applicable tax withholdings for the remainder of the COBRA Payment Period. If the Executive becomes eligible for coverage under another employer's group health plan through self-employment or otherwise cease to be eligible for COBRA during the period provided in this clause, the Executive must immediately notify the Company of such event, and all payments and obligations under this clause will cease.

 

 - 2 - 
 

 

(c)           Other Plans. The severance pay and other benefits provided for in this Section 3 shall be in lieu of, and not in addition to, any other severance or termination pay to which the Executive may be entitled under any general Company severance or termination plan, program, practice, or arrangement, but shall be in addition to any acceleration of vesting of stock options to which the Executive may become entitled based on the occurrence of a Change in Control under any Stock Option Agreement to which the Executive is a party.

 

(d)           Timing of Payments. The payments provided for in Sections 3 shall be made monthly following the Date of Termination, beginning on the first of the month that is at least five (5) business days after the Release Effective Date, subject to the requirements of Section 7(a). Further the first payment shall include the Executive's Annual Base Salary prorated for the number of days which equals the period of time from the Date of Termination to the Release Effective Date, subject to standard payroll deductions and withholdings.

 

(e)            Conditions to Receiving the Severance Benefits. The obligation of the Company to provide the Severance Benefits to the Executive shall be subject to the Executive, by the 60th day following the date of Executive’s Separation from Service, signing and delivering to the Company the Company’s then-standard Release Agreement of known and unknown claims against the Company, its officers, directors, and shareholders, which cannot be revoked in whole or part by such date (the date that the Release can no longer be revoked is referred to as the “Release Effective Date”). The Company’s current standard Release Agreement is attached as Exhibit A.

 

4.             Non-Exclusivity of Rights. Nothing in this Agreement shall prevent or limit the Executive’s continuing or future participation in any benefit, bonus, incentive, or other plan or program provided by the Company (except for any severance or termination policies, plans, programs, or practices covered in Section 3(d)) and for which the Executive may qualify, nor shall anything herein limit or reduce such rights as the Executive may have under any other agreements with the Company (except for any severance or termination agreement). Amounts which are vested benefits or which the Executive is otherwise entitled to receive under any plan or program of the Company shall be payable in accordance with such plan or program, except as explicitly modified by this Agreement.

 

5.             Termination Procedures.

 

(a)           Notice of Termination. Any termination of the Executive's employment (other than by reason of death) must be preceded by a written Notice of Termination from the terminating party to the other party hereto. For purposes of this Agreement, a "Notice of Termination" shall mean a notice which shall (i) specify the date of termination (the "Date of Termination") which shall not be more than three (3) months from the date such Notice of Termination is given, (ii) indicate the notifying party's opinion regarding the specific provisions of this Agreement that will apply upon such termination and (iii) set forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for the application of the provisions indicated. Termination of the Executive's employment shall occur on the specified Date of Termination even if there is a dispute between the parties pursuant to Section 5(b) hereof relating to the provisions of this Agreement applicable to such termination.

 

 - 3 - 
 

 

(b)           Dispute Concerning Applicable Termination Provisions. If within ten (10) days of receiving the Notice of Termination the party receiving such notice notifies the other party that a dispute exists concerning the provisions of this Agreement that apply to such termination, the dispute shall be resolved either by mutual written agreement of the parties or by expedited commercial arbitration under the rules of the American Arbitration Association, pursuant to the procedures set forth in Section 7(n) hereof. The parties shall pursue the resolution of such dispute with reasonable diligence. Within five (5) days of such a resolution, any party owing any payments pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement shall make all such payments together with interest accrued thereon at the Wall Street Journal Prime Rate; provided however, that if the Company is required to provide the Severance Benefits under Section 3, then the timing of payment will be in accordance with Section 3(e).

 

6.             Notice Requirements in the Event of Termination by the Executive. In consideration of the Company’s agreement to make the payments and to provide the benefits provided for in Section 3 hereof and as an express condition to receiving the Severance Benefits, the Executive agrees (a) to provide the Company with three (3) months’ Notice of Termination of his/her voluntary termination of his/her employment with the Company, other than for Good Reason, and to comply with the notice and cure periods set forth in the definition of Good Reason upon termination for Good Reason (in each case, the “Notice of Termination Period”), (b) to continue to perform his/her duties as an employee of the Company throughout the Notice of Termination Period, (c) to cooperate with the Company in the transfer of his/her duties to a successor employee during the Notice of Termination Period, and (d) notwithstanding any action he/she may take to the contrary, (i) during the Notice of Termination Period he/she shall be deemed to be an employee of the Company and (ii) the Notice of Termination Period shall be deemed to be “during the term of employment” for purposes of the Invention, Non-Disclosure, and non-Competition Agreement entered into between the Executive and the Company.

 

7.             Miscellaneous.

 

(a)           Application of Section 409A. It is intended that all of the severance payments and benefits payable under this Agreement satisfy, to the greatest extent possible, the exemptions from the application of Section 409A of the Code and the regulations and other guidance thereunder and any state law of similar effect (collectively, “Section 409A”) provided under Treasury Regulations Sections 1.409A-1(b)(4) and 1.409A-1(b)(9), and this Agreement will be construed in a manner that complies with Section 409A. If not so exempt, this Agreement (and any definitions hereunder) will be construed in a manner that complies with Section 409A, and incorporates by reference all required definitions and payment terms. No severance payments or benefits will be made under this Agreement unless the Executive’s termination of employment constitutes a Separation from Service. For purposes of Section 409A (including, without limitation, for purposes of Treasury Regulations Section 1.409A-2(b)(2)(iii)), the Executive’s right to receive any installment payments under this Agreement (whether severance payments or otherwise) shall be treated as a right to receive a series of separate payments and, accordingly, each installment payment hereunder shall at all times be considered a separate and distinct payment. To the extent that any severance payments are deferred compensation under Section 409A, and are not otherwise exempt from the application of Section 409A, then, if the period during which the Executive may consider and sign the Release Agreement spans two calendar years, the severance payments will not begin until the second calendar year. If the Company determines that the severance payments or benefits provided under this Agreement constitutes “deferred compensation” under Section 409A and if the Executive is a “specified employee” of the Company, as such term is defined in Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code at the time of the Executive’s Separation from Service, then, solely to the extent necessary to avoid the incurrence of the adverse personal tax consequences under Section 409A, the timing of the severance payments and benefits will be delayed as follows: on the earlier to occur of (a) the date that is six months and one day after the Executive’s Separation from Service, and (b) the date of the Executive’s death (such earlier date, the “Delayed Initial Payment Date”), the Company will (i) pay to the Executive a lump sum amount equal to the sum of the severance benefits that the Executive would otherwise have received through the Delayed Initial Payment Date if the commencement of the payment of the severance benefits had not been delayed pursuant to this Section 7(a) and (ii) commence paying the balance of the severance benefits in accordance with the applicable payment schedule set forth in Section 3. No interest shall be due on any amounts deferred pursuant to this Section 7(a).

 

 - 4 - 
 

 

(b)           No Mitigation. The Company agrees that, if the Executive's employment by the Company is terminated in a manner that results in the obligation of the Company to provide Severance Benefits hereunder, the Executive shall not be required to seek other employment or to attempt in any way to reduce any amounts payable to the Executive by the Company pursuant to this Agreement. Further, the amount of any payment or benefit provided for under this Agreement shall not be reduced by any compensation earned by the Executive as the result of employment by another employer, by retirement benefits, by offset against any amount claimed to be owed by the Executive to the Company, or otherwise, other than by payments under the Company’s Short Term or Long Term Disability Plan as provided for in Section 3(a) and COBRA premiums in accordance with Section 3(b).

 

(c)           Successors. In addition to any obligations imposed by law upon any successor to the Company, the Company shall be obligated to require any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation, operation of law, or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company to expressly assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform it if no such succession had taken place; in the event of such a succession, references to the "Company" herein shall thereafter be deemed to include such successor. Failure of the Company to obtain such assumption and agreement prior to the effectiveness of any such succession shall be a breach of this Agreement and shall entitle the Executive to terminate his employment and thereafter to receive the Severance Benefits.

 

(d)           Incompetency. Any benefit payable to or for the benefit of the Executive, if legally incompetent, or incapable of giving a receipt therefor, shall be deemed paid when paid to the Executive's guardian or to the party providing or reasonably appearing to provide for the care of such person, and such payment shall fully discharge the Company.

 

(e)           Death. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the Executive's personal or legal representatives, executors, administrators, successors, heirs, distributees, devisees and legatees.

 

(f)            Notices. For the purpose of this Agreement, notices and all other communications provided for in the Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given when delivered or mailed by United States registered mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed to the respective addresses set forth below, to the Executive’s Company-issued email address, or to such other address as either party may have furnished to the other in writing in accordance herewith, except that notice of change of address shall be effective only upon actual receipt:

 

 - 5 - 
 

 

To the Company:

 

MaxCyte, Inc.

Attention: CEO

22 Firstfield Road, Suite 110

Gaithersburg, MD 20878

 

With a copy to:

 

MaxCyte, Inc.

Attention: Legal

22 Firstfield Road, Suite 110

Gaithersburg, MD 20878

 

To the Executive:

 

Name: Doug Doerfler

Address:

 

(g)           Modification, Waiver. No provision of this Agreement may be modified, waived, or discharged unless such waiver, modification, or discharge is agreed to in writing and signed by the Executive and such officer as may be specifically designated by the Board or its delegee. No waiver by either party hereto at any time of any breach by the other party hereto of, or compliance with, any condition or provision of this Agreement to be performed by such other party shall be deemed a waiver of similar or dissimilar provisions or conditions at the same or at any prior or subsequent time.

 

(h)           Entire Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements, understandings and negotiations, written and oral, between the parties with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement. No agreements or representations, oral or otherwise, express or implied, with respect to the subject matter hereof have been made by either party which are not expressly set forth in this Agreement. In the event of conflicting provisions with respect to the subject matter hereof as between this Agreement and any other agreement or representation (of any kind) made between Executive and Company, this Agreement shall govern.

 

(i)            Governing Law. The validity, interpretation, construction and performance of this Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of Maryland without regard to principles of conflicts of laws thereof.

 

(i)            Withholding. Any Severance Benefits provided for hereunder shall be provided net of any applicable withholding required under federal, state, or local law and of any additional withholding to which the Executive has agreed.

 

(j)            Validity. The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision of this Agreement, which shall remain in full force and effect.

 

 - 6 - 
 

 

(k)           Survival. In the event a Triggering Event occurs prior to the termination of this Agreement, the right of the Executive to receive the Severance Benefits shall survive the termination of this Agreement

 

(l)            No Right To Continued Employment. Nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to give any Executive the right to be retained in the employ of the Company, or to interfere with the right of the Company to discharge the Executive at any time and for any lawful reason, subject in all cases to the terms of this Agreement. By executing a copy of this Agreement, the Executive acknowledges and agrees that he is an at will employee of the Company.

 

(m)          No Assignment Of Benefits. Except as otherwise provided herein or by law, no right or interest of the Executive under this Agreement shall be assignable or transferable, in whole or in part, either directly or by operation of law or otherwise, including without limitation by execution, levy, garnishment, attachment, pledge, or in any manner; no attempted assignment or transfer thereof shall be effective; and no right or interest of the Executive under this Agreement shall be liable for, or subject to, any obligation or liability of the Executive.

 

(n)           Arbitration Procedures. The parties recognize that litigation in federal or state courts or before federal or state administrative agencies of disputes arising out of the Executive’s employment with the Company or out of this Agreement, or the Executive’s termination of employment or termination of this Agreement, may not be in the best interests of either the Executive or the Company, and may result in unnecessary costs, delays, complexities, and uncertainty. The parties agree that any dispute between the parties arising out of or relating to the negotiation, execution, performance or termination of this Agreement or the Executive’s employment, including, but not limited to, any claim arising out of this Agreement, claims under Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, as amended, the Civil Rights Act of 1991, the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967, the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, Section 1981 of the Civil Rights Act of 1966, as amended, the Family Medical Leave Act, the Executive Retirement Income Security Act, and any similar federal, state or local law, statute, regulation, or any common law doctrine, whether that dispute arises during or after employment, shall be settled by binding arbitration in accordance with the National Rules for the Resolution of Employment Disputes of the American Arbitration Association; provided however, that this dispute resolution provision shall not apply to any separate agreements between the parties that do not themselves specify arbitration as an exclusive remedy. The location for the arbitration shall be the Washington, DC metropolitan area. Any award made by such panel shall be final, binding and conclusive on the parties for all purposes, and judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrators may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof. The arbitrators’ fees and expenses and all administrative fees and expenses associated with the filing of the arbitration shall be borne by the Company; provided however, that at the Executive’s option, Executive may voluntarily pay up to one-half the costs and fees. The parties acknowledge and agree that their obligations to arbitrate under this Section survive the termination of this Agreement and continue after the termination of the employment relationship between Executive and the Company. The parties each further agree that the arbitration provisions of this Agreement shall provide each party with its exclusive remedy, and each party expressly waives any right it might have to seek redress in any other forum, except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement. By election arbitration as the means for final settlement of all claims, the parties hereby waive their respective rights to, and agree not to, sue each other in any action in a Federal, State or local court with respect to such claims, but may seek to enforce in court an arbitration award rendered pursuant to this Agreement. The parties specifically agree to waive their respective rights to a trial by jury, and further agree that no demand, request or motion will be made for trial by jury.

 

 - 7 - 
 

 

(o)           Reduction Of Benefits By Legally Required Benefits. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, if the Company is obligated by law or by contract (other than under this Agreement) to pay severance pay, a termination indemnity, notice pay, or the like, or if the Company is obligated by law or by contract to provide advance notice of separation ("Notice Period"), then any Severance Benefits hereunder shall be reduced by the amount of any such severance pay, termination indemnity, notice pay, or the like, as applicable, and by the amount of any pay received by the Executive with respect to any Notice Period.

 

(p)           Headings. The headings and captions herein are provided for reference and convenience only, shall not be considered part of this Agreement, and shall not be employed in the construction of this Agreement.

 

8.             Definitions.

 

(a)           "Annual Base Salary" means the Executive's total base salary during the twelve (12) month period preceding the Executive's Date of Termination.

 

(b)           "Board" means the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

(c)           “Cause” or for or with “Cause” means with respect to the Executive any of the following as determined by the Board, in its sole discretion, (a) fraud or intentional misrepresentation, (b) embezzlement, misappropriation or conversion of assets or opportunities of the Company, (c) acts or omissions that are in bad faith or constitute gross negligence, or willful or reckless misconduct, or (d) conviction, plea of guilty or nolo contendere, or judicial determination of civil liability, based on a federal or state felony or serious criminal or civil offense.

 

(d)           “Change of Control” means any one of the following events:

 

(i)             The date that any Person (other than the Company, any employee benefit plan of the Company or any entity holding shares of Common Stock or other securities of the Company for or pursuant to the terms of any such plan) in a transaction or series of transactions, has become the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly (with beneficial ownership determined as provided in Rule 13d-3, or any successor rule, under the Exchange Act), of securities of the Company entitling such person to fifty percent (50%) or more of all votes (without consideration of the rights of any class or stock to elect directors by a separate class vote) to which all stockholders of the Company would be entitled in the election of the Board, were an election held on such date; provided, however, notwithstanding the foregoing, a Change of Control will not be deemed to occur (A) on account of the acquisition of securities of the Company directly from the Company, (B) on account of the acquisition of securities of the Company by an investor, any affiliate thereof or any other Person that acquires the Company’s securities in a transaction or series of related transactions the primary purpose of which is to obtain financing for the Company through the issuance of equity securities, or (C) solely because the level of ownership held by any Person (the “Subject Person”) exceeds the designated percentage threshold of the outstanding voting securities as a result of a repurchase or other acquisition of voting securities by the Company reducing the number of shares outstanding, provided that if a Change of Control would occur (but for the operation of this clause) as a result of the acquisition of voting securities by the Company, and after such share acquisition, the Subject Person becomes the owner of any additional voting securities that, assuming the repurchase or other acquisition had not occurred, increases the percentage of the then outstanding voting securities owned by the Subject Person over the designated percentage threshold, then a Change in Control will be deemed to occur;

 

 - 8 - 
 

 

(ii)            the date, during any period of two consecutive years, when individuals who at the beginning of such period constitute the Board of the Company cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority thereof, unless the election, or the nomination for election by the stockholders of the Company, of each new director was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the directors then still in office who were directors at the beginning of such period; or

 

(iii)           the consummation of: (1) a merger or consolidation of the Company with another corporation where the stockholders of the Company, immediately prior to the merger or consolidation, do not beneficially own, immediately after the merger or consolidation, shares of the corporation issuing cash or securities in the merger or consolidation entitling such stockholders to fifty percent (50%) or more of all votes (without consideration of the rights of any class of stock to elect directors by a separate class vote) to which all stockholders of such corporation would be entitled in the election of directors, or where the members of the Board or the Company, immediately prior to the merger or consolidation, do not, immediately after the merger or consolidation, constitute a majority of the board of directors of the corporation issuing cash or securities in the merger or consolidation; or (2) a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all the assets of the Company and its subsidiaries, other than a sale or other disposition to an entity, more than 50% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of which are owned by stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of the outstanding voting securities of the Company immediately prior to such sale or other disposition;

 

but only if the applicable transaction otherwise constitutes a “change in control event” for purposes of Section 409A of the Code and Treas. Reg. §1.409A-3(i)(5).

 

(e)           “Code” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

(f)            "Date of Termination" has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 5(a) hereof.

 

(g)           “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

(h)           "Good Reason" means the occurrence of any of the following events:

 

(i)             any action by the Company which results in a material reduction in Executive’s duties (including responsibilities and/or authorities), excluding for this purpose an isolated and inadvertent action not taken in bad faith that is remedied by the Company promptly after receipt of notice thereof given by the Executive, and provided, however, that a change in job position shall not be deemed a “material reduction” in and of itself unless the Executive’s new duties are materially reduced from the prior duties;

 

(ii)            a change in the Executive’s title (unless agreed to by Executive) or a reduction by the Company in the Executive's annual base salary as in effect on the date hereof or as the same may be increased from time to time, except for an across the board salary reduction affecting all senior executives of the Company and which is implemented before a Change of Control occurs; and

 

 - 9 - 
 

 

(iii)           the failure by the Company to honor all the terms and provisions of this Agreement or any other agreement between the Executive and the Company;

 

provided, however, that in order to resign for Good Reason, the Executive must (1) provide written notice to the Company’s [General Counsel] within 30 days after the first occurrence of the event giving rise to Good Reason setting forth the basis for the Executive’s resignation, (2) allow the Company at least 30 days from receipt of such written notice to cure such event, and (3) if such event is not reasonably cured within such period, the Executive’s resignation from all positions the Executive then holds with the Company is effective not later than 90 days after the expiration of the cure period.

 

(i)            “Notice Period” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 7(o) hereof.

 

(j)            "Notice of Termination" has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 5(a) hereof.

 

(k)           “Notice of Termination Period” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 6 hereof.

 

(l)            “Person” means a "person" as used in Sections 3(a)(9) and 13(d) of the Exchange Act, or any group of Persons acting in concert that would be considered “persons acting as a group” within the meaning of Treas. Reg. §1.409A-3(i)(5).

 

(m)          “Severance Benefits” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 3 hereof.

 

(n)           "Severance Period" means, if a Triggering Event occurs within twenty-four (24) months following a Change of Control, the eighteen (18) month period following the Date of Termination, and, if a Triggering Event occurs at any time other than within twenty-four (24) months following a Change of Control, the twelve (12) month period following the Date of Termination.

 

(o)           “Target Bonus” means of the greater of (i) the actual bonus amount earned by the Executive under the Company’s bonus plan with respect to the calendar year prior to the calendar year in which the Termination Date occurs, (ii) the actual bonus amount earned by the Executive under the Company’s bonus plan for the calendar year in which the Termination Date occurs, or (iii) the Executive’s target bonus amount under the Company’s bonus plan for the calendar year in which the Termination Date occurs.

 

(p)           "Triggering Event" means (i) the termination of the Executive's employment by the Company, other than a termination for Cause, or (ii) a termination of the Executive's employment by the Executive for Good Reason, in each case prior to a Change of Control or on or within twenty-four months following a Change of Control.

 

[signature page follows]

 

 - 10 - 
 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Agreement to be executed by its duly authorized officer, and the Executive has executed this Agreement, all as of the day and year first above written.

 

MAXCYTE, INC.  
     
By: /s/ Ron Holtz  
Ron Holtz 
Chief Accounting Officer  
     
EXECUTIVE  
     
By: /s/ Doug Doerfler  
Doug Doerfler  
President & Chief Executive Officer  

 

 - 11 - 
 

 

Exhibit A

 

RELEASE

 

In consideration of the agreement of MaxCyte, Inc. (the “Company”) to enter into that certain MaxCyte, Inc. Severance Agreement, dated as of             , 20      (the “Severance Agreement”), with and the promises and covenants of the Company and the undersigned made thereunder, the undersigned, on behalf of himself and his respective heirs, representatives, executors, family members, and assigns hereby fully and forever releases and discharges the Company, and its past, present and future directors, officers, employees, agents, attorneys, investors, administrators, affiliates, divisions, subsidiaries, predecessors, successors, and assigns (collectively the “Company Parties”) from and against, and agrees not to sue or otherwise institute or cause to be instituted any legal, alternative dispute resolution, or administrative proceeding concerning, any claim, duty, obligation, or cause of action relating to any matters of any kind, whether presently known or unknown, suspected or unsuspected, that he may possess arising from any omissions, acts, or facts that have occurred through the date his employment terminates, including without limitation (individually a “Claim” and collectively “Claims”):

 

1.            Any and all claims relating to or arising from his employment by the Company and the termination of such employment, including allegations that any of the Company Parties has violated its personnel policies, handbooks, contracts of employment, or covenants of good faith and fair dealing;

 

2.            Any and all claims under the Severance Agreement or any other agreement or understanding governing the service relationship between the Company and the undersigned;

 

3             Any and all claims against any of the Company Parties for wrongful discharge, termination in violation of good policy, discrimination, breach of contract, both expressed or implied, covenants of good faith or fair dealing, both expressed or implied, promissory estoppel, negligent or intentional infliction of emotional distress, negligent or intentional misrepresentation, negligent or intentional interference with contract or prospective economic advantage, unfair business practice, defamation, libel, slander, negligence, personal injury, assault, battery, invasion of privacy, false imprisonment, or conversion;

 

4.            Any and all claims against any of the Company Parties has discriminated against the Undersigned on the basis of age, race, color, sex (including sexual harassment), national origin, ancestry, disability, religion, sexual orientation, marital status, parental status, source of income, entitlement to benefits, any union activities or other protected category or has otherwise violated any federal, state or municipal statute, including, without limitation, Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, the Civil Rights Act of 1991, the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967, the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, the Fair Labor Standards Act, the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, the Worker Adjustment and Retraining Notification Act, the Equal Pay Act, the Genetic Information Nondiscrimination Act, the Family and Medical Leave Act, the Fair Employment Practice Act of Maryland, Md. Code Ann., State Government, tit. 20, the Older Workers Benefit Protection Act, the anti-retaliation provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, or any other federal or state law regarding whistleblower retaliation, the Lilly Ledbetter Fair Pay Act, the Uniformed Services Employment and Reemployment Rights Act, the Fair Credit Reporting Act, the National Labor Relations Act; and all amendments to each such Acts as well as the regulations issued there under;

 

5.            Any and all claims based on the violation of the federal or any state constitution;

 

 - 12 - 
 

 

6.            Any and all claims for attorneys’ fees and costs.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, other than events expressly contemplated by this Release the Undersigned does not waive or release rights or Claims that may arise from events that occur after the date this waiver is executed, nor any right under the Severance Agreement, and the Undersigned is not releasing any right of indemnification he may have for any liabilities arising from his actions within the course and scope of his employment with the Company. Also excluded from this Release are any Claims which cannot be waived by law, including, without limitation, any rights the Undersigned may have under applicable workers’ compensation laws and his/her right, if applicable, to file or participate in an investigative proceeding of any federal, state or local governmental agency. Nothing in this Release shall prevent the Undersigned from filing, cooperating with, or participating in any proceeding or investigation before the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission, United States Department of Labor, the National Labor Relations Board, the Occupational Safety and Health Administration, the Securities and Exchange Commission or any other federal government agency, or similar state or local agency (“Government Agencies”), or exercising any rights pursuant to Section 7 of the National Labor Relations Act. The Undersigned further understands this Release does not limit his ability to voluntarily communicate with any Government Agencies or otherwise participate in any investigation or proceeding that may be conducted by any Government Agency, including providing documents or other information, without notice to the Company. While this Release does not limit the Undersigned’s right to receive an award for information provided to the Securities and Exchange Commission, the Undersigned understands and agrees that, he is otherwise waiving, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any and all rights he may have to individual relief based on any Claims that he has released and any rights he has waived by signing this Release. If any Claim is not subject to release, to the extent permitted by law, the Undersigned waives any right or ability to be a class or collective action representative or to otherwise participate in any putative or certified class, collective or multi-party action or proceeding based on such a Claim in which any of the Company Parties is a party. This Release does not abrogate the Undersigned existing rights under any Company benefit plan or any plan or agreement related to equity ownership in the Company; however, it does waive, release and forever discharge Claims existing as of the date the Undersigned executes this Release pursuant to any such plan or agreement.

 

The Undersigned acknowledges and agrees that (i) the consideration given to the Undersigned in exchange for the waiver and release in this Release is in addition to anything of value to which the Undersigned was already entitled, and (ii) that the Undersigned has been paid for all time worked, has received all the leave, leaves of absence and leave benefits and protections for which the Undersigned is eligible, and has not suffered any on-the-job injury for which the Undersigned has not already filed a Claim. The Undersigned affirms that all of the decisions of the Company Parties regarding his pay and benefits through the date of his execution of this Release were not discriminatory based on age, disability, race, color, sex, religion, national origin or any other classification protected by law. The Undersigned affirms that he has not filed or caused to be filed, and is not presently a party to, a Claim against any of the Company Parties. The Undersigned further affirms that he has no known workplace injuries or occupational diseases. The Undersigned acknowledges and affirms that he has not been retaliated against for reporting any allegation of corporate fraud or other wrongdoing by any of the Company Parties, or for exercising any rights protected by law, including any rights protected by the Fair Labor Standards Act, the Family Medical Leave Act or any related statute or local leave or disability accommodation laws, or any applicable state workers’ compensation law.

 

 - 13 - 
 

 

The undersigned acknowledges that (i) he has been advised by Company to consult a lawyer of his own choice prior to executing this release and has done so or voluntarily declined to seek such counsel, (ii) he has read this release and understands the terms and conditions hereof and the binding nature hereof, (iii) he has had at least twenty-one (21) days within which to consider the terms of this release and executed this release voluntarily and without duress or undue influence on the part of the Company, (iv) he has seven (7) days to revoke his execution of this release and that such execution shall not be effective until seven (7) days following delivery to the Company, and (v) he understands that his right to receive payments under Paragraph 3 of the Severance Agreement is subject to and conditioned on the undersigned’s signing and delivering this release to Company and its becoming effective.

 

 

Initially capitalized terms used in this release and defined in the Severance Agreement shall have the meanings given to such terms under the Severance Agreement.

 

_______________________________

Printed Name

 

_______________________________

Signature

 

Date: _______________________________

 

State of ______________

 

County of_____________

 

On this ___ day of ____, 20__, personally appeared before me, a Notary Public, the above named ________________________________, known to me, or satisfactorily proven, to be the person whose name is subscribed to the above instrument and who acknowledged that he executed the same for the purposes therein contained.

 

WITNESS my hand and official seal

 

  

 

(notary signature)

 

My Commission Expires: ______________________

 

 - 14 - 

 

 

Exhibit 10.14

 

SEVERANCE AGREEMENT

 

THIS SEVERANCE AGREEMENT is made as of January 11, 2021 (the “Effective Date”), by and between MaxCyte, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), and Brad Calvin (the "Executive").

 

WHEREAS, the Company considers it essential to its best interests and to the best interests of its shareholders and customers to foster the continuous employment of its key management personnel; and

 

WHEREAS, the Company desires to provide the Executive with certain severance benefits in the event the employment of the Executive is terminated after the Effective Date under certain circumstances.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants herein contained, the Company and the Executive hereby agree as follows:

 

1.            Defined Terms. Definitions of certain capitalized terms used in this Agreement are provided in Section 8 and elsewhere in this Agreement.

 

2.            Term of Agreement. This Agreement shall become effective on the date hereof and shall remain in effect indefinitely thereafter. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement shall terminate upon the earlier of (i) the Date of Termination, in the event the Executive’s employment is terminated by the Company for Cause or is terminated by the Executive without Good Reason, or (ii) the expiration of the Severance Period.

 

3.            Agreement of The Company. In order to induce the Executive to remain in the employ of the Company, the Company agrees, under the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein, including timely executing and not revoking the Release Agreement presented by the Company and complying with the notice requirements in Section 6, that, upon the occurrence of a Triggering Event after the Effective Date, provided that such Triggering Event constitutes a “separation from service” (as defined under Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h), without regard to any alternative definition thereunder, a “Separation from Service”), the Company shall provide to the Executive the benefits described in this Section 3 (collectively, the "Severance Benefits").

 

(a)            Severance Payment and Accelerated Vesting. The benefits that the Executive is eligible to receive under this Section 3(a) only are determined by whether the Triggering Event precedes or occurs on or within the specified period following a Change of Control:

 

(i)            Change of Control. If the Triggering Event occurs on or within twenty-four (24) Months following a Change of Control, in lieu of any further salary payments to the Executive for periods subsequent to the Date of Termination, the Company shall provide the Executive with the following:

 

(1)            The Company will pay to the Executive in equal monthly installments over the Severance Period a severance amount, in cash, equal to (1)  the Executive's Annual Base Salary divided by twelve (12) for the duration of the Severance Period, subject to standard payroll deductions and withholdings, plus (2) the Executive’s Target Bonus, prorated for the number of months set forth in the Severance Period, subject to standard payroll deductions and withholding. These payments will begin on the first day of the month that is at least five (5) business days after the Release Effective Date, as defined below.

 

 

 

(2)            100% of the unvested shares subject to any stock options granted to the Executive that remain outstanding and would otherwise not be vested and exercisable as of the Executive’s date of termination will be treated as vested and exercisable as of Executive’s date of termination.

 

(ii)            No Change of Control.

 

(1)            If the Triggering Event occurs at any time prior to a Change of Control, in lieu of any further salary payments to the Executive for periods subsequent to the Date of Termination, the Company shall pay to the Executive in equal monthly installments over the Severance Period a severance amount, in cash, equal to the Executive's Annual Base Salary divided by twelve (12) for the duration of the Severance Period, subject to standard payroll deductions and withholdings, and less any amounts paid to the Executive with respect to the Severance Period under the Company’s Short Term or Long Term Disability Plan. These payments will begin on the first day of the month that is at least five (5) business days after the Release Effective Date. For clarity, if the Executive’s employment is terminated for any reason, whether by the Executive or the Company and whether with our without Cause or Good Reason, after twenty-four (24) Months following a Change of Control, the Executive shall not receive, nor be entitled to, any severance pay or benefits under the terms of this Agreement.

 

(2)            If the Triggering Event occurs at any time within one-hundred eighty (180) days prior to a Change of Control, 100% of the unvested shares subject to any stock options granted to the Executive that remain outstanding and would otherwise not be vested and exercisable as of the Executive’s date of termination will be treated as vested and exercisable as of Executive’s date of termination.

 

(b)            COBRA Payments. Upon the occurrence of a Triggering Event, if the Executive timely elects continued coverage under COBRA for himself/herself and his/her covered dependents under the Company’s group health plans following the date of termination, then the Company will pay, as and when due to the insurance carrier or COBRA administrator (as applicable), the Executive’s COBRA premiums until the earliest of (A) the end of the Severance Period (B) the expiration of the Executive’s eligibility for the continuation coverage under COBRA, or (C) the date when the Executive becomes eligible for substantially equivalent health insurance coverage in connection with new employment or self-employment (such period from the termination date through the earliest of (A) through (C), the “COBRA Payment Period”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, if at any time the Company determines, in its sole discretion, that the payment of the COBRA premiums would result in a violation of the nondiscrimination rules of Section 105(h)(2)  of the Code or any statute or regulation of similar effect (including but not limited to the 2010 Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, as amended by the 2010 Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act), then provided the Executive remains eligible for reimbursement in accordance with this Section, in lieu of providing the COBRA premiums, the Company will instead pay the Executive on the last day of each remaining month of the COBRA Payment Period, a fully taxable cash payment equal to the COBRA premiums for that month, subject to applicable tax withholdings for the remainder of the COBRA Payment Period. If the Executive becomes eligible for coverage under another employer's group health plan through self-employment or otherwise cease to be eligible for COBRA during the period provided in this clause, the Executive must immediately notify the Company of such event, and all payments and obligations under this clause will cease.

 

- 2 -

 

(c)            Other Plans. The severance pay and other benefits provided for in this Section 3 shall be in lieu of, and not in addition to, any other severance or termination pay to which the Executive may be entitled under any general Company severance or termination plan, program, practice, or arrangement, but shall be in addition to any acceleration of vesting of stock options to which the Executive may become entitled based on the occurrence of a Change in Control under any Stock Option Agreement to which the Executive is a party.

 

(d)            Timing of Payments. The payments provided for in Sections 3 shall be made monthly following the Date of Termination, beginning on the first of the month that is at least five (5) business days after the Release Effective Date, subject to the requirements of Section 7(a). Further the first payment shall include the Executive's Annual Base Salary prorated for the number of days which equals the period of time from the Date of Termination to the Release Effective Date, subject to standard payroll deductions and withholdings.

 

(e)            Conditions to Receiving the Severance Benefits. The obligation of the Company to provide the Severance Benefits to the Executive shall be subject to the Executive, by the 60th day following the date of Executive’s Separation from Service, signing and delivering to the Company the Company’s then-standard Release Agreement of known and unknown claims against the Company, its officers, directors, and shareholders, which cannot be revoked in whole or part by such date (the date that the Release can no longer be revoked is referred to as the “Release Effective Date”). The Company’s current standard Release Agreement is attached as Exhibit A.

 

4.            Non-Exclusivity of Rights. Nothing in this Agreement shall prevent or limit the Executive’s continuing or future participation in any benefit, bonus, incentive, or other plan or program provided by the Company (except for any severance or termination policies, plans, programs, or practices covered in Section 3(d)) and for which the Executive may qualify, nor shall anything herein limit or reduce such rights as the Executive may have under any other agreements with the Company (except for any severance or termination agreement). Amounts which are vested benefits or which the Executive is otherwise entitled to receive under any plan or program of the Company shall be payable in accordance with such plan or program, except as explicitly modified by this Agreement.

 

- 3 -

 

 

5.            Termination Procedures.

 

(a)            Notice of Termination. Any termination of the Executive's employment (other than by reason of death) must be preceded by a written Notice of Termination from the terminating party to the other party hereto. For purposes of this Agreement, a "Notice of Termination" shall mean a notice which shall (i) specify the date of termination (the "Date of Termination") which shall not be more than three (3) months from the date such Notice of Termination is given, (ii) indicate the notifying party's opinion regarding the specific provisions of this Agreement that will apply upon such termination and (iii) set forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for the application of the provisions indicated. Termination of the Executive's employment shall occur on the specified Date of Termination even if there is a dispute between the parties pursuant to Section 5(b) hereof relating to the provisions of this Agreement applicable to such termination.

 

(b)            Dispute Concerning Applicable Termination Provisions. If within ten (10) days of receiving the Notice of Termination the party receiving such notice notifies the other party that a dispute exists concerning the provisions of this Agreement that apply to such termination, the dispute shall be resolved either by mutual written agreement of the parties or by expedited commercial arbitration under the rules of the American Arbitration Association, pursuant to the procedures set forth in Section 7(n) hereof. The parties shall pursue the resolution of such dispute with reasonable diligence. Within five (5) days of such a resolution, any party owing any payments pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement shall make all such payments together with interest accrued thereon at the Wall Street Journal Prime Rate; provided however, that if the Company is required to provide the Severance Benefits under Section 3, then the timing of payment will be in accordance with Section 3(e).

 

6.            Notice Requirements in the Event of Termination by the Executive. In consideration of the Company’s agreement to make the payments and to provide the benefits provided for in Section 3 hereof and as an express condition to receiving the Severance Benefits, the Executive agrees (a) to provide the Company with three (3) months’ Notice of Termination of his/her voluntary termination of his/her employment with the Company, other than for Good Reason, and to comply with the notice and cure periods set forth in the definition of Good Reason upon termination for Good Reason (in each case, the “Notice of Termination Period”), (b) to continue to perform his/her duties as an employee of the Company throughout the Notice of Termination Period, (c) to cooperate with the Company in the transfer of his/her duties to a successor employee during the Notice of Termination Period, and (d) notwithstanding any action he/she may take to the contrary, (i) during the Notice of Termination Period he/she shall be deemed to be an employee of the Company and (ii) the Notice of Termination Period shall be deemed to be “during the term of employment” for purposes of the Invention, Non-Disclosure, and non-Competition Agreement entered into between the Executive and the Company.

 

- 4 -

 

 

7.            Miscellaneous.

 

(a)            Application of Section 409A. It is intended that all of the severance payments and benefits payable under this Agreement satisfy, to the greatest extent possible, the exemptions from the application of Section 409A of the Code and the regulations and other guidance thereunder and any state law of similar effect (collectively, “Section 409A”) provided under Treasury Regulations Sections 1.409A-1(b)(4) and 1.409A-1(b)(9), and this Agreement will be construed in a manner that complies with Section 409A. If not so exempt, this Agreement (and any definitions hereunder) will be construed in a manner that complies with Section 409A, and incorporates by reference all required definitions and payment terms. No severance payments or benefits will be made under this Agreement unless the Executive’s termination of employment constitutes a Separation from Service. For purposes of Section 409A (including, without limitation, for purposes of Treasury Regulations Section 1.409A-2(b)(2)(iii)), the Executive’s right to receive any installment payments under this Agreement (whether severance payments or otherwise) shall be treated as a right to receive a series of separate payments and, accordingly, each installment payment hereunder shall at all times be considered a separate and distinct payment. To the extent that any severance payments are deferred compensation under Section 409A, and are not otherwise exempt from the application of Section 409A, then, if the period during which the Executive may consider and sign the Release Agreement spans two calendar years, the severance payments will not begin until the second calendar year. If the Company determines that the severance payments or benefits provided under this Agreement constitutes “deferred compensation” under Section 409A and if the Executive is a “specified employee” of the Company, as such term is defined in Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code at the time of the Executive’s Separation from Service, then, solely to the extent necessary to avoid the incurrence of the adverse personal tax consequences under Section 409A, the timing of the severance payments and benefits will be delayed as follows: on the earlier to occur of (a) the date that is six months and one day after the Executive’s Separation from Service, and (b) the date of the Executive’s death (such earlier date, the “Delayed Initial Payment Date”), the Company will (i) pay to the Executive a lump sum amount equal to the sum of the severance benefits that the Executive would otherwise have received through the Delayed Initial Payment Date if the commencement of the payment of the severance benefits had not been delayed pursuant to this Section 7(a) and (ii) commence paying the balance of the severance benefits in accordance with the applicable payment schedule set forth in Section 3. No interest shall be due on any amounts deferred pursuant to this Section 7(a).

 

(b)            No Mitigation. The Company agrees that, if the Executive's employment by the Company is terminated in a manner that results in the obligation of the Company to provide Severance Benefits hereunder, the Executive shall not be required to seek other employment or to attempt in any way to reduce any amounts payable to the Executive by the Company pursuant to this Agreement. Further, the amount of any payment or benefit provided for under this Agreement shall not be reduced by any compensation earned by the Executive as the result of employment by another employer, by retirement benefits, by offset against any amount claimed to be owed by the Executive to the Company, or otherwise, other than by payments under the Company’s Short Term or Long Term Disability Plan as provided for in Section 3(a) and COBRA premiums in accordance with Section 3(b).

 

(c)            Successors. In addition to any obligations imposed by law upon any successor to the Company, the Company shall be obligated to require any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation, operation of law, or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company to expressly assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform it if no such succession had taken place; in the event of such a succession, references to the "Company" herein shall thereafter be deemed to include such successor. Failure of the Company to obtain such assumption and agreement prior to the effectiveness of any such succession shall be a breach of this Agreement and shall entitle the Executive to terminate his employment and thereafter to receive the Severance Benefits.

 

(d)            Incompetency. Any benefit payable to or for the benefit of the Executive, if legally incompetent, or incapable of giving a receipt therefor, shall be deemed paid when paid to the Executive's guardian or to the party providing or reasonably appearing to provide for the care of such person, and such payment shall fully discharge the Company.

 

- 5 -

 

 

(e)            Death. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the Executive's personal or legal representatives, executors, administrators, successors, heirs, distributees, devisees and legatees.

 

(f)            Notices. For the purpose of this Agreement, notices and all other communications provided for in the Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given when delivered or mailed by United States registered mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed to the respective addresses set forth below, to the Executive’s Company-issued email address, or to such other address as either party may have furnished to the other in writing in accordance herewith, except that notice of change of address shall be effective only upon actual receipt:

 

To the Company:

 

MaxCyte, Inc.

Attention: CEO

22 Firstfield Road, Suite 110

Gaithersburg, MD 20878

 

With a copy to:

 

MaxCyte, Inc.

Attention: Legal

22 Firstfield Road, Suite 110

Gaithersburg, MD 20878

 

To the Executive:

 

Name:

Address:

 

(g)            Modification, Waiver. No provision of this Agreement may be modified, waived, or discharged unless such waiver, modification, or discharge is agreed to in writing and signed by the Executive and such officer as may be specifically designated by the Board or its delegee. No waiver by either party hereto at any time of any breach by the other party hereto of, or compliance with, any condition or provision of this Agreement to be performed by such other party shall be deemed a waiver of similar or dissimilar provisions or conditions at the same or at any prior or subsequent time.

 

(h)            Entire Agreement. No agreements or representations, oral or otherwise, express or implied, with respect to the subject matter hereof have been made by either party which are not expressly set forth in this Agreement. In the event of conflicting provisions with respect to the subject matter hereof as between this Agreement and any other agreement or representation (of any kind) made between Executive and Company, this Agreement shall govern.

 

(i)            Governing Law. The validity, interpretation, construction and performance of this Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of Maryland without regard to principles of conflicts of laws thereof.

 

- 6 -

 

 

(i)            Withholding. Any Severance Benefits provided for hereunder shall be provided net of any applicable withholding required under federal, state, or local law and of any additional withholding to which the Executive has agreed.

 

(j)            Validity. The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision of this Agreement, which shall remain in full force and effect.

 

(k)            Survival. In the event a Triggering Event occurs prior to the termination of this Agreement, the right of the Executive to receive the Severance Benefits shall survive the termination of this Agreement

 

(l)            No Right To Continued Employment. Nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to give any Executive the right to be retained in the employ of the Company, or to interfere with the right of the Company to discharge the Executive at any time and for any lawful reason, subject in all cases to the terms of this Agreement. By executing a copy of this Agreement, the Executive acknowledges and agrees that he is an at will employee of the Company.

 

(m)            No Assignment Of Benefits. Except as otherwise provided herein or by law, no right or interest of the Executive under this Agreement shall be assignable or transferable, in whole or in part, either directly or by operation of law or otherwise, including without limitation by execution, levy, garnishment, attachment, pledge, or in any manner; no attempted assignment or transfer thereof shall be effective; and no right or interest of the Executive under this Agreement shall be liable for, or subject to, any obligation or liability of the Executive.

 

(n)            Arbitration Procedures. The parties recognize that litigation in federal or state courts or before federal or state administrative agencies of disputes arising out of the Executive’s employment with the Company or out of this Agreement, or the Executive’s termination of employment or termination of this Agreement, may not be in the best interests of either the Executive or the Company, and may result in unnecessary costs, delays, complexities, and uncertainty. The parties agree that any dispute between the parties arising out of or relating to the negotiation, execution, performance or termination of this Agreement or the Executive’s employment, including, but not limited to, any claim arising out of this Agreement, claims under Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, as amended, the Civil Rights Act of 1991, the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967, the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, Section 1981 of the Civil Rights Act of 1966, as amended, the Family Medical Leave Act, the Executive Retirement Income Security Act, and any similar federal, state or local law, statute, regulation, or any common law doctrine, whether that dispute arises during or after employment, shall be settled by binding arbitration in accordance with the National Rules for the Resolution of Employment Disputes of the American Arbitration Association; provided however, that this dispute resolution provision shall not apply to any separate agreements between the parties that do not themselves specify arbitration as an exclusive remedy. The location for the arbitration shall be the Washington, DC metropolitan area. Any award made by such panel shall be final, binding and conclusive on the parties for all purposes, and judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrators may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof. The arbitrators’ fees and expenses and all administrative fees and expenses associated with the filing of the arbitration shall be borne by the Company; provided however, that at the Executive’s option, Executive may voluntarily pay up to one-half the costs and fees. The parties acknowledge and agree that their obligations to arbitrate under this Section survive the termination of this Agreement and continue after the termination of the employment relationship between Executive and the Company. The parties each further agree that the arbitration provisions of this Agreement shall provide each party with its exclusive remedy, and each party expressly waives any right it might have to seek redress in any other forum, except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement. By election arbitration as the means for final settlement of all claims, the parties hereby waive their respective rights to, and agree not to, sue each other in any action in a Federal, State or local court with respect to such claims, but may seek to enforce in court an arbitration award rendered pursuant to this Agreement. The parties specifically agree to waive their respective rights to a trial by jury, and further agree that no demand, request or motion will be made for trial by jury.

 

- 7 -

 

 

(o)            Reduction Of Benefits By Legally Required Benefits. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, if the Company is obligated by law or by contract (other than under this Agreement) to pay severance pay, a termination indemnity, notice pay, or the like, or if the Company is obligated by law or by contract to provide advance notice of separation ("Notice Period"), then any Severance Benefits hereunder shall be reduced by the amount of any such severance pay, termination indemnity, notice pay, or the like, as applicable, and by the amount of any pay received by the Executive with respect to any Notice Period.

 

(p)            Headings. The headings and captions herein are provided for reference and convenience only, shall not be considered part of this Agreement, and shall not be employed in the construction of this Agreement.

 

8.            Definitions.

 

(a)            "Annual Base Salary" means the Executive's total base salary during the twelve (12) month period preceding the Executive's Date of Termination.

 

(b)            "Board" means the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

(c)            Cause” or for or with “Cause” means with respect to the Executive any of the following as determined by the Board, in its sole discretion, (a) fraud or intentional misrepresentation, (b) embezzlement, misappropriation or conversion of assets or opportunities of the Company, (c) acts or omissions that are in bad faith or constitute gross negligence, or willful or reckless misconduct, or (d) conviction, plea of guilty or nolo contendere, or judicial determination of civil liability, based on a federal or state felony or serious criminal or civil offense.

 

(d)            Change of Control” means any one of the following events:

 

(i)            The date that any Person (other than the Company, any employee benefit plan of the Company or any entity holding shares of Common Stock or other securities of the Company for or pursuant to the terms of any such plan) in a transaction or series of transactions, has become the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly (with beneficial ownership determined as provided in Rule 13d-3, or any successor rule, under the Exchange Act), of securities of the Company entitling such person to fifty percent (50%) or more of all votes (without consideration of the rights of any class or stock to elect directors by a separate class vote) to which all stockholders of the Company would be entitled in the election of the Board, were an election held on such date; provided, however, notwithstanding the foregoing, a Change of Control will not be deemed to occur (A) on account of the acquisition of securities of the Company directly from the Company, (B) on account of the acquisition of securities of the Company by an investor, any affiliate thereof or any other Person that acquires the Company’s securities in a transaction or series of related transactions the primary purpose of which is to obtain financing for the Company through the issuance of equity securities, or (C) solely because the level of ownership held by any Person (the “Subject Person”) exceeds the designated percentage threshold of the outstanding voting securities as a result of a repurchase or other acquisition of voting securities by the Company reducing the number of shares outstanding, provided that if a Change of Control would occur (but for the operation of this clause) as a result of the acquisition of voting securities by the Company, and after such share acquisition, the Subject Person becomes the owner of any additional voting securities that, assuming the repurchase or other acquisition had not occurred, increases the percentage of the then outstanding voting securities owned by the Subject Person over the designated percentage threshold, then a Change in Control will be deemed to occur;

 

- 8 -

 

 

(ii)           the date, during any period of two consecutive years, when individuals who at the beginning of such period constitute the Board of the Company cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority thereof, unless the election, or the nomination for election by the stockholders of the Company, of each new director was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the directors then still in office who were directors at the beginning of such period; or

 

(iii)          the consummation of: (1) a merger or consolidation of the Company with another corporation where the stockholders of the Company, immediately prior to the merger or consolidation, do not beneficially own, immediately after the merger or consolidation, shares of the corporation issuing cash or securities in the merger or consolidation entitling such stockholders to fifty percent (50%) or more of all votes (without consideration of the rights of any class of stock to elect directors by a separate class vote) to which all stockholders of such corporation would be entitled in the election of directors, or where the members of the Board or the Company, immediately prior to the merger or consolidation, do not, immediately after the merger or consolidation, constitute a majority of the board of directors of the corporation issuing cash or securities in the merger or consolidation; or (2) a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all the assets of the Company and its subsidiaries, other than a sale or other disposition to an entity, more than 50% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of which are owned by stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of the outstanding voting securities of the Company immediately prior to such sale or other disposition;

 

but only if the applicable transaction otherwise constitutes a “change in control event” for purposes of Section 409A of the Code and Treas. Reg. §1.409A-3(i)(5).

 

(e)           Code” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

(f)            "Date of Termination" has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 5(a) hereof.

 

(g)           Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

(h)           "Good Reason" means the occurrence of any of the following events:

 

(i)            any action by the Company which results in a material reduction in Executive’s duties (including responsibilities and/or authorities), excluding for this purpose an isolated and inadvertent action not taken in bad faith that is remedied by the Company promptly after receipt of notice thereof given by the Executive, and provided, however, that a change in job position shall not be deemed a “material reduction” in and of itself unless the Executive’s new duties are materially reduced from the prior duties;

 

- 9 -

 

 

(ii)           a change in the Executive’s title (unless agreed to by Executive) or a reduction by the Company in the Executive's annual base salary as in effect on the date hereof or as the same may be increased from time to time, except for an across the board salary reduction affecting all senior executives of the Company and which is implemented before a Change of Control occurs; and

 

(iii)          the failure by the Company to honor all the terms and provisions of this Agreement or any other agreement between the Executive and the Company;

 

provided, however, that in order to resign for Good Reason, the Executive must (1) provide written notice to the Company’s [General Counsel] within 30 days after the first occurrence of the event giving rise to Good Reason setting forth the basis for the Executive’s resignation, (2) allow the Company at least 30 days from receipt of such written notice to cure such event, and (3) if such event is not reasonably cured within such period, the Executive’s resignation from all positions the Executive then holds with the Company is effective not later than 90 days after the expiration of the cure period.

 

(i)            Notice Period” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 7(o) hereof.

 

(j)            "Notice of Termination" has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 5(a) hereof.

 

(k)            Notice of Termination Period” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 6 hereof.

 

(l)            Person” means a "person" as used in Sections 3(a)(9) and 13(d) of the Exchange Act, or any group of Persons acting in concert that would be considered “persons acting as a group” within the meaning of Treas. Reg. §1.409A-3(i)(5).

 

(m)            Severance Benefits” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 3 hereof.

 

(n)            "Severance Period" means the nine (9) month period following the Date of Termination.

 

(o)            Target Bonus” means of the greater of (i) the actual bonus amount earned by the Executive under the Company’s bonus plan with respect to the calendar year prior to the calendar year in which the Termination Date occurs, (ii) the actual bonus amount earned by the Executive under the Company’s bonus plan for the calendar year in which the Termination Date occurs, or (iii) the Executive’s target bonus amount under the Company’s bonus plan for the calendar year in which the Termination Date occurs.

 

(p)            "Triggering Event" means (i) the termination of the Executive's employment by the Company, other than a termination for Cause, or (ii) a termination of the Executive's employment by the Executive for Good Reason, in each case prior to a Change of Control or on or within twenty-four months following a Change of Control.

 

[signature page follows]

 

- 10 -

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Agreement to be executed by its duly authorized officer, and the Executive has executed this Agreement, all as of the day and year first above written.

 

MAXCYTE, INC.

 

By: /s/ Douglas A. Doerfler  
Douglas A. Doerfler  
President & CEO  

 

EXECUTIVE

 

By: /s/ Brad Calvin  
Brad Calvin  
Chief Commercial Officer  

 

- 11 -

 

 

Exhibit A

 

RELEASE

 

In consideration of the agreement of MaxCyte, Inc. (the “Company”) to enter into that certain MaxCyte, Inc. Severance Agreement, dated as of                  , 20      (the “Severance Agreement”), with and the promises and covenants of the Company and the undersigned made thereunder, the undersigned, on behalf of himself and his respective heirs, representatives, executors, family members, and assigns hereby fully and forever releases and discharges the Company, and its past, present and future directors, officers, employees, agents, attorneys, investors, administrators, affiliates, divisions, subsidiaries, predecessors, successors, and assigns (collectively the “Company Parties”) from and against, and agrees not to sue or otherwise institute or cause to be instituted any legal, alternative dispute resolution, or administrative proceeding concerning, any claim, duty, obligation, or cause of action relating to any matters of any kind, whether presently known or unknown, suspected or unsuspected, that he may possess arising from any omissions, acts, or facts that have occurred through the date his employment terminates, including without limitation (individually a “Claim” and collectively “Claims”):

 

1.            Any and all claims relating to or arising from his employment by the Company and the termination of such employment, including allegations that any of the Company Parties has violated its personnel policies, handbooks, contracts of employment, or covenants of good faith and fair dealing;

 

2.            Any and all claims under the Severance Agreement or any other agreement or understanding governing the service relationship between the Company and the undersigned;

 

3            Any and all claims against any of the Company Parties for wrongful discharge, termination in violation of good policy, discrimination, breach of contract, both expressed or implied, covenants of good faith or fair dealing, both expressed or implied, promissory estoppel, negligent or intentional infliction of emotional distress, negligent or intentional misrepresentation, negligent or intentional interference with contract or prospective economic advantage, unfair business practice, defamation, libel, slander, negligence, personal injury, assault, battery, invasion of privacy, false imprisonment, or conversion;

 

4.            Any and all claims against any of the Company Parties has discriminated against the Undersigned on the basis of age, race, color, sex (including sexual harassment), national origin, ancestry, disability, religion, sexual orientation, marital status, parental status, source of income, entitlement to benefits, any union activities or other protected category or has otherwise violated any federal, state or municipal statute, including, without limitation, Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, the Civil Rights Act of 1991, the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967, the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, the Fair Labor Standards Act, the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, the Worker Adjustment and Retraining Notification Act, the Equal Pay Act, the Genetic Information Nondiscrimination Act, the Family and Medical Leave Act, the Fair Employment Practice Act of Maryland, Md. Code Ann., State Government, tit. 20, the Older Workers Benefit Protection Act, the anti-retaliation provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, or any other federal or state law regarding whistleblower retaliation, the Lilly Ledbetter Fair Pay Act, the Uniformed Services Employment and Reemployment Rights Act, the Fair Credit Reporting Act, the National Labor Relations Act; and all amendments to each such Acts as well as the regulations issued there under;

 

5.            Any and all claims based on the violation of the federal or any state constitution;

 

- 12 -

 

 

6.            Any and all claims for attorneys’ fees and costs.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, other than events expressly contemplated by this Release the Undersigned does not waive or release rights or Claims that may arise from events that occur after the date this waiver is executed, nor any right under the Severance Agreement, and the Undersigned is not releasing any right of indemnification he may have for any liabilities arising from his actions within the course and scope of his employment with the Company. Also excluded from this Release are any Claims which cannot be waived by law, including, without limitation, any rights the Undersigned may have under applicable workers’ compensation laws and his/her right, if applicable, to file or participate in an investigative proceeding of any federal, state or local governmental agency. Nothing in this Release shall prevent the Undersigned from filing, cooperating with, or participating in any proceeding or investigation before the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission, United States Department of Labor, the National Labor Relations Board, the Occupational Safety and Health Administration, the Securities and Exchange Commission or any other federal government agency, or similar state or local agency (“Government Agencies”), or exercising any rights pursuant to Section 7 of the National Labor Relations Act. The Undersigned further understands this Release does not limit his ability to voluntarily communicate with any Government Agencies or otherwise participate in any investigation or proceeding that may be conducted by any Government Agency, including providing documents or other information, without notice to the Company. While this Release does not limit the Undersigned’s right to receive an award for information provided to the Securities and Exchange Commission, the Undersigned understands and agrees that, he is otherwise waiving, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any and all rights he may have to individual relief based on any Claims that he has released and any rights he has waived by signing this Release. If any Claim is not subject to release, to the extent permitted by law, the Undersigned waives any right or ability to be a class or collective action representative or to otherwise participate in any putative or certified class, collective or multi-party action or proceeding based on such a Claim in which any of the Company Parties is a party. This Release does not abrogate the Undersigned existing rights under any Company benefit plan or any plan or agreement related to equity ownership in the Company; however, it does waive, release and forever discharge Claims existing as of the date the Undersigned executes this Release pursuant to any such plan or agreement.

 

The Undersigned acknowledges and agrees that (i) the consideration given to the Undersigned in exchange for the waiver and release in this Release is in addition to anything of value to which the Undersigned was already entitled, and (ii) that the Undersigned has been paid for all time worked, has received all the leave, leaves of absence and leave benefits and protections for which the Undersigned is eligible, and has not suffered any on-the-job injury for which the Undersigned has not already filed a Claim. The Undersigned affirms that all of the decisions of the Company Parties regarding his pay and benefits through the date of his execution of this Release were not discriminatory based on age, disability, race, color, sex, religion, national origin or any other classification protected by law. The Undersigned affirms that he has not filed or caused to be filed, and is not presently a party to, a Claim against any of the Company Parties. The Undersigned further affirms that he has no known workplace injuries or occupational diseases. The Undersigned acknowledges and affirms that he has not been retaliated against for reporting any allegation of corporate fraud or other wrongdoing by any of the Company Parties, or for exercising any rights protected by law, including any rights protected by the Fair Labor Standards Act, the Family Medical Leave Act or any related statute or local leave or disability accommodation laws, or any applicable state workers’ compensation law.

 

- 13 -

 

 

The undersigned acknowledges that (i) he has been advised by Company to consult a lawyer of his own choice prior to executing this release and has done so or voluntarily declined to seek such counsel, (ii) he has read this release and understands the terms and conditions hereof and the binding nature hereof, (iii) he has had at least twenty-one (21) days within which to consider the terms of this release and executed this release voluntarily and without duress or undue influence on the part of the Company, (iv) he has seven (7) days to revoke his execution of this release and that such execution shall not be effective until seven (7) days following delivery to the Company, and (v) he understands that his right to receive payments under Paragraph 3 of the Severance Agreement is subject to and conditioned on the undersigned’s signing and delivering this release to Company and its becoming effective.

 

Initially capitalized terms used in this release and defined in the Severance Agreement shall have the meanings given to such terms under the Severance Agreement.

 

 
   
Printed Name  
   
   
Signature  
   
Date:  

 

State of ______________

 

County of_____________

 

On this ___ day of ____, 20__, personally appeared before me, a Notary Public, the above named ________________________________, known to me, or satisfactorily proven, to be the person whose name is subscribed to the above instrument and who acknowledged that he executed the same for the purposes therein contained.

 

WITNESS my hand and official seal

 

  
(notary signature) 

 

 

My Commission Expires: ______________________

 

- 14 -

 

 

Exhibit 10.15

 

SEVERANCE AGREEMENT

 

THIS SEVERANCE AGREEMENT is made as of January 21, 2021 (the “Effective Date”), by and between MaxCyte, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), and Amanda Murphy (the "Executive").

 

WHEREAS, the Company considers it essential to its best interests and to the best interests of its shareholders and customers to foster the continuous employment of its key management personnel; and

 

WHEREAS, the Company desires to provide the Executive with certain severance benefits in the event the employment of the Executive is terminated after the Effective Date under certain circumstances.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants herein contained, the Company and the Executive hereby agree as follows:

 

1.            Defined Terms. Definitions of certain capitalized terms used in this Agreement are provided in Section 8 and elsewhere in this Agreement.

 

2.            Term of Agreement. This Agreement shall become effective on the date hereof and shall remain in effect indefinitely thereafter. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement shall terminate upon the earlier of (i) the Date of Termination, in the event the Executive’s employment is terminated by the Company for Cause or is terminated by the Executive without Good Reason, or (ii) the expiration of the Severance Period.

 

3.            Agreement of The Company. In order to induce the Executive to remain in the employ of the Company, the Company agrees, under the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein, including timely executing and not revoking the Release Agreement presented by the Company and complying with the notice requirements in Section 6, that, upon the occurrence of a Triggering Event after the Effective Date, provided that such Triggering Event constitutes a “separation from service” (as defined under Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h), without regard to any alternative definition thereunder, a “Separation from Service”), the Company shall provide to the Executive the benefits described in this Section 3 (collectively, the "Severance Benefits").

 

(a)            Severance Payment and Accelerated Vesting. The benefits that the Executive is eligible to receive under this Section 3(a) only are determined by whether the Triggering Event precedes or occurs on or within the specified period following a Change of Control:

 

(i)            Change of Control. If the Triggering Event occurs on or within twenty-four (24) Months following a Change of Control, in lieu of any further salary payments to the Executive for periods subsequent to the Date of Termination, the Company shall provide the Executive with the following:

 

(1)            The Company will pay to the Executive in equal monthly installments over the Severance Period a severance amount, in cash, equal to (1)  the Executive's Annual Base Salary divided by twelve (12) for the duration of the Severance Period, subject to standard payroll deductions and withholdings, plus (2) the Executive’s Target Bonus, prorated for the number of months set forth in the Severance Period, subject to standard payroll deductions and withholding. These payments will begin on the first day of the month that is at least five (5) business days after the Release Effective Date, as defined below.

 

  

 

 

(2)            100% of the unvested shares subject to any stock options granted to the Executive that remain outstanding and would otherwise not be vested and exercisable as of the Executive’s date of termination will be treated as vested and exercisable as of Executive’s date of termination.

 

(ii)            No Change of Control.

 

(1)            If the Triggering Event occurs at any time prior to a Change of Control, in lieu of any further salary payments to the Executive for periods subsequent to the Date of Termination, the Company shall pay to the Executive in equal monthly installments over the Severance Period a severance amount, in cash, equal to the Executive's Annual Base Salary divided by twelve (12) for the duration of the Severance Period, subject to standard payroll deductions and withholdings, and less any amounts paid to the Executive with respect to the Severance Period under the Company’s Short Term or Long Term Disability Plan. These payments will begin on the first day of the month that is at least five (5) business days after the Release Effective Date. For clarity, if the Executive’s employment is terminated for any reason, whether by the Executive or the Company and whether with our without Cause or Good Reason, after twenty-four (24) Months following a Change of Control, the Executive shall not receive, nor be entitled to, any severance pay or benefits under the terms of this Agreement.

 

(2)            If the Triggering Event occurs at any time within one-hundred eighty (180) days prior to a Change of Control, 100% of the unvested shares subject to any stock options granted to the Executive that remain outstanding and would otherwise not be vested and exercisable as of the Executive’s date of termination will be treated as vested and exercisable as of Executive’s date of termination.

 

(b)            COBRA Payments. Upon the occurrence of a Triggering Event, if the Executive timely elects continued coverage under COBRA for himself/herself and his/her covered dependents under the Company’s group health plans following the date of termination, then the Company will pay, as and when due to the insurance carrier or COBRA administrator (as applicable), the Executive’s COBRA premiums until the earliest of (A) the end of the Severance Period (B) the expiration of the Executive’s eligibility for the continuation coverage under COBRA, or (C) the date when the Executive becomes eligible for substantially equivalent health insurance coverage in connection with new employment or self-employment (such period from the termination date through the earliest of (A) through (C), the “COBRA Payment Period”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, if at any time the Company determines, in its sole discretion, that the payment of the COBRA premiums would result in a violation of the nondiscrimination rules of Section 105(h)(2)  of the Code or any statute or regulation of similar effect (including but not limited to the 2010 Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, as amended by the 2010 Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act), then provided the Executive remains eligible for reimbursement in accordance with this Section, in lieu of providing the COBRA premiums, the Company will instead pay the Executive on the last day of each remaining month of the COBRA Payment Period, a fully taxable cash payment equal to the COBRA premiums for that month, subject to applicable tax withholdings for the remainder of the COBRA Payment Period. If the Executive becomes eligible for coverage under another employer's group health plan through self-employment or otherwise cease to be eligible for COBRA during the period provided in this clause, the Executive must immediately notify the Company of such event, and all payments and obligations under this clause will cease.

 

 - 2 - 

 

 

(c)            Other Plans. The severance pay and other benefits provided for in this Section 3 shall be in lieu of, and not in addition to, any other severance or termination pay to which the Executive may be entitled under any general Company severance or termination plan, program, practice, or arrangement, but shall be in addition to any acceleration of vesting of stock options to which the Executive may become entitled based on the occurrence of a Change in Control under any Stock Option Agreement to which the Executive is a party.

 

(d)            Timing of Payments. The payments provided for in Sections 3 shall be made monthly following the Date of Termination, beginning on the first of the month that is at least five (5) business days after the Release Effective Date, subject to the requirements of Section 7(a). Further the first payment shall include the Executive's Annual Base Salary prorated for the number of days which equals the period of time from the Date of Termination to the Release Effective Date, subject to standard payroll deductions and withholdings.

 

(e)            Conditions to Receiving the Severance Benefits. The obligation of the Company to provide the Severance Benefits to the Executive shall be subject to the Executive, by the 60th day following the date of Executive’s Separation from Service, signing and delivering to the Company the Company’s then-standard Release Agreement of known and unknown claims against the Company, its officers, directors, and shareholders, which cannot be revoked in whole or part by such date (the date that the Release can no longer be revoked is referred to as the “Release Effective Date”). The Company’s current standard Release Agreement is attached as Exhibit A.

 

4.            Non-Exclusivity of Rights. Nothing in this Agreement shall prevent or limit the Executive’s continuing or future participation in any benefit, bonus, incentive, or other plan or program provided by the Company (except for any severance or termination policies, plans, programs, or practices covered in Section 3(d)) and for which the Executive may qualify, nor shall anything herein limit or reduce such rights as the Executive may have under any other agreements with the Company (except for any severance or termination agreement). Amounts which are vested benefits or which the Executive is otherwise entitled to receive under any plan or program of the Company shall be payable in accordance with such plan or program, except as explicitly modified by this Agreement.

 

 - 3 - 

 

 

5.            Termination Procedures.

 

(a)            Notice of Termination. Any termination of the Executive's employment (other than by reason of death) must be preceded by a written Notice of Termination from the terminating party to the other party hereto. For purposes of this Agreement, a "Notice of Termination" shall mean a notice which shall (i) specify the date of termination (the "Date of Termination") which shall not be more than three (3) months from the date such Notice of Termination is given, (ii) indicate the notifying party's opinion regarding the specific provisions of this Agreement that will apply upon such termination and (iii) set forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for the application of the provisions indicated. Termination of the Executive's employment shall occur on the specified Date of Termination even if there is a dispute between the parties pursuant to Section 5(b) hereof relating to the provisions of this Agreement applicable to such termination.

 

(b)            Dispute Concerning Applicable Termination Provisions. If within ten (10) days of receiving the Notice of Termination the party receiving such notice notifies the other party that a dispute exists concerning the provisions of this Agreement that apply to such termination, the dispute shall be resolved either by mutual written agreement of the parties or by expedited commercial arbitration under the rules of the American Arbitration Association, pursuant to the procedures set forth in Section 7(n) hereof. The parties shall pursue the resolution of such dispute with reasonable diligence. Within five (5) days of such a resolution, any party owing any payments pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement shall make all such payments together with interest accrued thereon at the Wall Street Journal Prime Rate; provided however, that if the Company is required to provide the Severance Benefits under Section 3, then the timing of payment will be in accordance with Section 3(e).

 

6.            Notice Requirements in the Event of Termination by the Executive. In consideration of the Company’s agreement to make the payments and to provide the benefits provided for in Section 3 hereof and as an express condition to receiving the Severance Benefits, the Executive agrees (a) to provide the Company with three (3) months’ Notice of Termination of his/her voluntary termination of his/her employment with the Company, other than for Good Reason, and to comply with the notice and cure periods set forth in the definition of Good Reason upon termination for Good Reason (in each case, the “Notice of Termination Period”), (b) to continue to perform his/her duties as an employee of the Company throughout the Notice of Termination Period, (c) to cooperate with the Company in the transfer of his/her duties to a successor employee during the Notice of Termination Period, and (d) notwithstanding any action he/she may take to the contrary, (i) during the Notice of Termination Period he/she shall be deemed to be an employee of the Company and (ii) the Notice of Termination Period shall be deemed to be “during the term of employment” for purposes of the Invention, Non-Disclosure, and non-Competition Agreement entered into between the Executive and the Company.

 

7.            Miscellaneous.

 

(a)            Application of Section 409A. It is intended that all of the severance payments and benefits payable under this Agreement satisfy, to the greatest extent possible, the exemptions from the application of Section 409A of the Code and the regulations and other guidance thereunder and any state law of similar effect (collectively, “Section 409A”) provided under Treasury Regulations Sections 1.409A-1(b)(4) and 1.409A-1(b)(9), and this Agreement will be construed in a manner that complies with Section 409A. If not so exempt, this Agreement (and any definitions hereunder) will be construed in a manner that complies with Section 409A, and incorporates by reference all required definitions and payment terms. No severance payments or benefits will be made under this Agreement unless the Executive’s termination of employment constitutes a Separation from Service. For purposes of Section 409A (including, without limitation, for purposes of Treasury Regulations Section 1.409A-2(b)(2)(iii)), the Executive’s right to receive any installment payments under this Agreement (whether severance payments or otherwise) shall be treated as a right to receive a series of separate payments and, accordingly, each installment payment hereunder shall at all times be considered a separate and distinct payment. To the extent that any severance payments are deferred compensation under Section 409A, and are not otherwise exempt from the application of Section 409A, then, if the period during which the Executive may consider and sign the Release Agreement spans two calendar years, the severance payments will not begin until the second calendar year. If the Company determines that the severance payments or benefits provided under this Agreement constitutes “deferred compensation” under Section 409A and if the Executive is a “specified employee” of the Company, as such term is defined in Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code at the time of the Executive’s Separation from Service, then, solely to the extent necessary to avoid the incurrence of the adverse personal tax consequences under Section 409A, the timing of the severance payments and benefits will be delayed as follows: on the earlier to occur of (a) the date that is six months and one day after the Executive’s Separation from Service, and (b) the date of the Executive’s death (such earlier date, the “Delayed Initial Payment Date”), the Company will (i) pay to the Executive a lump sum amount equal to the sum of the severance benefits that the Executive would otherwise have received through the Delayed Initial Payment Date if the commencement of the payment of the severance benefits had not been delayed pursuant to this Section 7(a) and (ii) commence paying the balance of the severance benefits in accordance with the applicable payment schedule set forth in Section 3. No interest shall be due on any amounts deferred pursuant to this Section 7(a).

 

 - 4 - 

 

 

(b)            No Mitigation. The Company agrees that, if the Executive's employment by the Company is terminated in a manner that results in the obligation of the Company to provide Severance Benefits hereunder, the Executive shall not be required to seek other employment or to attempt in any way to reduce any amounts payable to the Executive by the Company pursuant to this Agreement. Further, the amount of any payment or benefit provided for under this Agreement shall not be reduced by any compensation earned by the Executive as the result of employment by another employer, by retirement benefits, by offset against any amount claimed to be owed by the Executive to the Company, or otherwise, other than by payments under the Company’s Short Term or Long Term Disability Plan as provided for in Section 3(a) and COBRA premiums in accordance with Section 3(b).

 

(c)            Successors. In addition to any obligations imposed by law upon any successor to the Company, the Company shall be obligated to require any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation, operation of law, or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company to expressly assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform it if no such succession had taken place; in the event of such a succession, references to the "Company" herein shall thereafter be deemed to include such successor. Failure of the Company to obtain such assumption and agreement prior to the effectiveness of any such succession shall be a breach of this Agreement and shall entitle the Executive to terminate his employment and thereafter to receive the Severance Benefits.

 

(d)            Incompetency. Any benefit payable to or for the benefit of the Executive, if legally incompetent, or incapable of giving a receipt therefor, shall be deemed paid when paid to the Executive's guardian or to the party providing or reasonably appearing to provide for the care of such person, and such payment shall fully discharge the Company.

 

 - 5 - 

 

 

(e)            Death. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the Executive's personal or legal representatives, executors, administrators, successors, heirs, distributees, devisees and legatees.

 

(f)            Notices. For the purpose of this Agreement, notices and all other communications provided for in the Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given when delivered or mailed by United States registered mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed to the respective addresses set forth below, to the Executive’s Company-issued email address, or to such other address as either party may have furnished to the other in writing in accordance herewith, except that notice of change of address shall be effective only upon actual receipt:

 

To the Company:

 

MaxCyte, Inc.

Attention: CEO

22 Firstfield Road, Suite 110

Gaithersburg, MD 20878

 

With a copy to:

 

MaxCyte, Inc.

Attention: Legal

22 Firstfield Road, Suite 110

Gaithersburg, MD 20878

 

To the Executive:

 

Name: Amanda Murphy

Address: 422 Ninth Street

Wilmette, IL 60091

 

(g)            Modification, Waiver. No provision of this Agreement may be modified, waived, or discharged unless such waiver, modification, or discharge is agreed to in writing and signed by the Executive and such officer as may be specifically designated by the Board or its delegee. No waiver by either party hereto at any time of any breach by the other party hereto of, or compliance with, any condition or provision of this Agreement to be performed by such other party shall be deemed a waiver of similar or dissimilar provisions or conditions at the same or at any prior or subsequent time.

 

(h)            Entire Agreement. No agreements or representations, oral or otherwise, express or implied, with respect to the subject matter hereof have been made by either party which are not expressly set forth in this Agreement. In the event of conflicting provisions with respect to the subject matter hereof as between this Agreement and any other agreement or representation (of any kind) made between Executive and Company, this Agreement shall govern.

 

(i)            Governing Law. The validity, interpretation, construction and performance of this Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of Maryland without regard to principles of conflicts of laws thereof.

 

 - 6 - 

 

 

(i)            Withholding. Any Severance Benefits provided for hereunder shall be provided net of any applicable withholding required under federal, state, or local law and of any additional withholding to which the Executive has agreed.

 

(j)            Validity. The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision of this Agreement, which shall remain in full force and effect.

 

(k)            Survival. In the event a Triggering Event occurs prior to the termination of this Agreement, the right of the Executive to receive the Severance Benefits shall survive the termination of this Agreement

 

(l)            No Right To Continued Employment. Nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to give any Executive the right to be retained in the employ of the Company, or to interfere with the right of the Company to discharge the Executive at any time and for any lawful reason, subject in all cases to the terms of this Agreement. By executing a copy of this Agreement, the Executive acknowledges and agrees that he is an at will employee of the Company.

 

(m)            No Assignment Of Benefits. Except as otherwise provided herein or by law, no right or interest of the Executive under this Agreement shall be assignable or transferable, in whole or in part, either directly or by operation of law or otherwise, including without limitation by execution, levy, garnishment, attachment, pledge, or in any manner; no attempted assignment or transfer thereof shall be effective; and no right or interest of the Executive under this Agreement shall be liable for, or subject to, any obligation or liability of the Executive.

 

(n)            Arbitration Procedures. The parties recognize that litigation in federal or state courts or before federal or state administrative agencies of disputes arising out of the Executive’s employment with the Company or out of this Agreement, or the Executive’s termination of employment or termination of this Agreement, may not be in the best interests of either the Executive or the Company, and may result in unnecessary costs, delays, complexities, and uncertainty. The parties agree that any dispute between the parties arising out of or relating to the negotiation, execution, performance or termination of this Agreement or the Executive’s employment, including, but not limited to, any claim arising out of this Agreement, claims under Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, as amended, the Civil Rights Act of 1991, the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967, the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, Section 1981 of the Civil Rights Act of 1966, as amended, the Family Medical Leave Act, the Executive Retirement Income Security Act, and any similar federal, state or local law, statute, regulation, or any common law doctrine, whether that dispute arises during or after employment, shall be settled by binding arbitration in accordance with the National Rules for the Resolution of Employment Disputes of the American Arbitration Association; provided however, that this dispute resolution provision shall not apply to any separate agreements between the parties that do not themselves specify arbitration as an exclusive remedy. The location for the arbitration shall be the Washington, DC metropolitan area. Any award made by such panel shall be final, binding and conclusive on the parties for all purposes, and judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrators may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof. The arbitrators’ fees and expenses and all administrative fees and expenses associated with the filing of the arbitration shall be borne by the Company; provided however, that at the Executive’s option, Executive may voluntarily pay up to one-half the costs and fees. The parties acknowledge and agree that their obligations to arbitrate under this Section survive the termination of this Agreement and continue after the termination of the employment relationship between Executive and the Company. The parties each further agree that the arbitration provisions of this Agreement shall provide each party with its exclusive remedy, and each party expressly waives any right it might have to seek redress in any other forum, except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement. By election arbitration as the means for final settlement of all claims, the parties hereby waive their respective rights to, and agree not to, sue each other in any action in a Federal, State or local court with respect to such claims, but may seek to enforce in court an arbitration award rendered pursuant to this Agreement. The parties specifically agree to waive their respective rights to a trial by jury, and further agree that no demand, request or motion will be made for trial by jury.

 

 - 7 - 

 

 

(o)            Reduction Of Benefits By Legally Required Benefits. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, if the Company is obligated by law or by contract (other than under this Agreement) to pay severance pay, a termination indemnity, notice pay, or the like, or if the Company is obligated by law or by contract to provide advance notice of separation ("Notice Period"), then any Severance Benefits hereunder shall be reduced by the amount of any such severance pay, termination indemnity, notice pay, or the like, as applicable, and by the amount of any pay received by the Executive with respect to any Notice Period.

 

(p)            Headings. The headings and captions herein are provided for reference and convenience only, shall not be considered part of this Agreement, and shall not be employed in the construction of this Agreement.

 

8.            Definitions.

 

(a)            "Annual Base Salary" means the Executive's total base salary during the twelve (12) month period preceding the Executive's Date of Termination.

 

(b)            "Board" means the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

(c)            Cause” or for or with “Cause” means with respect to the Executive any of the following as determined by the Board, in its sole discretion, (a) fraud or intentional misrepresentation, (b) embezzlement, misappropriation or conversion of assets or opportunities of the Company, (c) acts or omissions that are in bad faith or constitute gross negligence, or willful or reckless misconduct, or (d) conviction, plea of guilty or nolo contendere, or judicial determination of civil liability, based on a federal or state felony or serious criminal or civil offense.

 

(d)            Change of Control” means any one of the following events:

 

(i)            The date that any Person (other than the Company, any employee benefit plan of the Company or any entity holding shares of Common Stock or other securities of the Company for or pursuant to the terms of any such plan) in a transaction or series of transactions, has become the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly (with beneficial ownership determined as provided in Rule 13d-3, or any successor rule, under the Exchange Act), of securities of the Company entitling such person to fifty percent (50%) or more of all votes (without consideration of the rights of any class or stock to elect directors by a separate class vote) to which all stockholders of the Company would be entitled in the election of the Board, were an election held on such date; provided, however, notwithstanding the foregoing, a Change of Control will not be deemed to occur (A) on account of the acquisition of securities of the Company directly from the Company, (B) on account of the acquisition of securities of the Company by an investor, any affiliate thereof or any other Person that acquires the Company’s securities in a transaction or series of related transactions the primary purpose of which is to obtain financing for the Company through the issuance of equity securities, or (C) solely because the level of ownership held by any Person (the “Subject Person”) exceeds the designated percentage threshold of the outstanding voting securities as a result of a repurchase or other acquisition of voting securities by the Company reducing the number of shares outstanding, provided that if a Change of Control would occur (but for the operation of this clause) as a result of the acquisition of voting securities by the Company, and after such share acquisition, the Subject Person becomes the owner of any additional voting securities that, assuming the repurchase or other acquisition had not occurred, increases the percentage of the then outstanding voting securities owned by the Subject Person over the designated percentage threshold, then a Change in Control will be deemed to occur;

 

 - 8 - 

 

 

(ii)            the date, during any period of two consecutive years, when individuals who at the beginning of such period constitute the Board of the Company cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority thereof, unless the election, or the nomination for election by the stockholders of the Company, of each new director was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the directors then still in office who were directors at the beginning of such period; or

 

(iii)            the consummation of: (1) a merger or consolidation of the Company with another corporation where the stockholders of the Company, immediately prior to the merger or consolidation, do not beneficially own, immediately after the merger or consolidation, shares of the corporation issuing cash or securities in the merger or consolidation entitling such stockholders to fifty percent (50%) or more of all votes (without consideration of the rights of any class of stock to elect directors by a separate class vote) to which all stockholders of such corporation would be entitled in the election of directors, or where the members of the Board or the Company, immediately prior to the merger or consolidation, do not, immediately after the merger or consolidation, constitute a majority of the board of directors of the corporation issuing cash or securities in the merger or consolidation; or (2) a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all the assets of the Company and its subsidiaries, other than a sale or other disposition to an entity, more than 50% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of which are owned by stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of the outstanding voting securities of the Company immediately prior to such sale or other disposition;

 

but only if the applicable transaction otherwise constitutes a “change in control event” for purposes of Section 409A of the Code and Treas. Reg. §1.409A-3(i)(5).

 

(e)            Code” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

(f)            "Date of Termination" has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 5(a) hereof.

 

(g)            Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

(h)            "Good Reason" means the occurrence of any of the following events:

 

(i)            any action by the Company which results in a material reduction in Executive’s duties (including responsibilities and/or authorities), excluding for this purpose an isolated and inadvertent action not taken in bad faith that is remedied by the Company promptly after receipt of notice thereof given by the Executive, and provided, however, that a change in job position shall not be deemed a “material reduction” in and of itself unless the Executive’s new duties are materially reduced from the prior duties;

 

 - 9 - 

 

 

(ii)            a change in the Executive’s title (unless agreed to by Executive) or a reduction by the Company in the Executive's annual base salary as in effect on the date hereof or as the same may be increased from time to time, except for an across the board salary reduction affecting all senior executives of the Company and which is implemented before a Change of Control occurs; and

 

(iii)            the failure by the Company to honor all the terms and provisions of this Agreement or any other agreement between the Executive and the Company;

 

provided, however, that in order to resign for Good Reason, the Executive must (1) provide written notice to the Company’s [General Counsel] within 30 days after the first occurrence of the event giving rise to Good Reason setting forth the basis for the Executive’s resignation, (2) allow the Company at least 30 days from receipt of such written notice to cure such event, and (3) if such event is not reasonably cured within such period, the Executive’s resignation from all positions the Executive then holds with the Company is effective not later than 90 days after the expiration of the cure period.

 

(i)            Notice Period” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 7(o) hereof.

 

(j)            "Notice of Termination" has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 5(a) hereof.

 

(k)            Notice of Termination Period” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 6 hereof.

 

(l)            Person” means a "person" as used in Sections 3(a)(9) and 13(d) of the Exchange Act, or any group of Persons acting in concert that would be considered “persons acting as a group” within the meaning of Treas. Reg. §1.409A-3(i)(5).

 

(m)            Severance Benefits” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 3 hereof.

 

(n)            "Severance Period" means the nine (9) month period following the Date of Termination.

 

(o)            Target Bonus” means of the greater of (i) the actual bonus amount earned by the Executive under the Company’s bonus plan with respect to the calendar year prior to the calendar year in which the Termination Date occurs, (ii) the actual bonus amount earned by the Executive under the Company’s bonus plan for the calendar year in which the Termination Date occurs, or (iii) the Executive’s target bonus amount under the Company’s bonus plan for the calendar year in which the Termination Date occurs.

 

(p)            "Triggering Event" means (i) the termination of the Executive's employment by the Company, other than a termination for Cause, or (ii) a termination of the Executive's employment by the Executive for Good Reason, in each case prior to a Change of Control or on or within twenty-four months following a Change of Control.

 

 - 10 - 

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Agreement to be executed by its duly authorized officer, and the Executive has executed this Agreement, all as of the day and year first above written.

 

[signature page follows]

 

MAXCYTE, INC.  
   
By: /s/ Douglas A. Doerfler  
Douglas A. Doerfler  
President & CEO  
   
EXECUTIVE  
   
By: /s/ Amanda Murphy  
Amanda Murphy  
CFO  

 

 - 11 - 

 

 

Exhibit A

 

RELEASE

 

In consideration of the agreement of MaxCyte, Inc. (the “Company”) to enter into that certain MaxCyte, Inc. Severance Agreement, dated as of                  , 20      (the “Severance Agreement”), with and the promises and covenants of the Company and the undersigned made thereunder, the undersigned, on behalf of himself and his respective heirs, representatives, executors, family members, and assigns hereby fully and forever releases and discharges the Company, and its past, present and future directors, officers, employees, agents, attorneys, investors, administrators, affiliates, divisions, subsidiaries, predecessors, successors, and assigns (collectively the “Company Parties”) from and against, and agrees not to sue or otherwise institute or cause to be instituted any legal, alternative dispute resolution, or administrative proceeding concerning, any claim, duty, obligation, or cause of action relating to any matters of any kind, whether presently known or unknown, suspected or unsuspected, that he may possess arising from any omissions, acts, or facts that have occurred through the date his employment terminates, including without limitation (individually a “Claim” and collectively “Claims”):

 

1.            Any and all claims relating to or arising from his employment by the Company and the termination of such employment, including allegations that any of the Company Parties has violated its personnel policies, handbooks, contracts of employment, or covenants of good faith and fair dealing;

 

2.            Any and all claims under the Severance Agreement or any other agreement or understanding governing the service relationship between the Company and the undersigned;

 

3            Any and all claims against any of the Company Parties for wrongful discharge, termination in violation of good policy, discrimination, breach of contract, both expressed or implied, covenants of good faith or fair dealing, both expressed or implied, promissory estoppel, negligent or intentional infliction of emotional distress, negligent or intentional misrepresentation, negligent or intentional interference with contract or prospective economic advantage, unfair business practice, defamation, libel, slander, negligence, personal injury, assault, battery, invasion of privacy, false imprisonment, or conversion;

 

4.            Any and all claims against any of the Company Parties has discriminated against the Undersigned on the basis of age, race, color, sex (including sexual harassment), national origin, ancestry, disability, religion, sexual orientation, marital status, parental status, source of income, entitlement to benefits, any union activities or other protected category or has otherwise violated any federal, state or municipal statute, including, without limitation, Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, the Civil Rights Act of 1991, the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967, the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, the Fair Labor Standards Act, the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, the Worker Adjustment and Retraining Notification Act, the Equal Pay Act, the Genetic Information Nondiscrimination Act, the Family and Medical Leave Act, the Fair Employment Practice Act of Maryland, Md. Code Ann., State Government, tit. 20, the Older Workers Benefit Protection Act, the anti-retaliation provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, or any other federal or state law regarding whistleblower retaliation, the Lilly Ledbetter Fair Pay Act, the Uniformed Services Employment and Reemployment Rights Act, the Fair Credit Reporting Act, the National Labor Relations Act; and all amendments to each such Acts as well as the regulations issued there under;

 

5.            Any and all claims based on the violation of the federal or any state constitution;

 

 - 12 - 

 

 

6.            Any and all claims for attorneys’ fees and costs.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, other than events expressly contemplated by this Release the Undersigned does not waive or release rights or Claims that may arise from events that occur after the date this waiver is executed, nor any right under the Severance Agreement, and the Undersigned is not releasing any right of indemnification he may have for any liabilities arising from his actions within the course and scope of his employment with the Company. Also excluded from this Release are any Claims which cannot be waived by law, including, without limitation, any rights the Undersigned may have under applicable workers’ compensation laws and his/her right, if applicable, to file or participate in an investigative proceeding of any federal, state or local governmental agency. Nothing in this Release shall prevent the Undersigned from filing, cooperating with, or participating in any proceeding or investigation before the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission, United States Department of Labor, the National Labor Relations Board, the Occupational Safety and Health Administration, the Securities and Exchange Commission or any other federal government agency, or similar state or local agency (“Government Agencies”), or exercising any rights pursuant to Section 7 of the National Labor Relations Act. The Undersigned further understands this Release does not limit his ability to voluntarily communicate with any Government Agencies or otherwise participate in any investigation or proceeding that may be conducted by any Government Agency, including providing documents or other information, without notice to the Company. While this Release does not limit the Undersigned’s right to receive an award for information provided to the Securities and Exchange Commission, the Undersigned understands and agrees that, he is otherwise waiving, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any and all rights he may have to individual relief based on any Claims that he has released and any rights he has waived by signing this Release. If any Claim is not subject to release, to the extent permitted by law, the Undersigned waives any right or ability to be a class or collective action representative or to otherwise participate in any putative or certified class, collective or multi-party action or proceeding based on such a Claim in which any of the Company Parties is a party. This Release does not abrogate the Undersigned existing rights under any Company benefit plan or any plan or agreement related to equity ownership in the Company; however, it does waive, release and forever discharge Claims existing as of the date the Undersigned executes this Release pursuant to any such plan or agreement.

 

The Undersigned acknowledges and agrees that (i) the consideration given to the Undersigned in exchange for the waiver and release in this Release is in addition to anything of value to which the Undersigned was already entitled, and (ii) that the Undersigned has been paid for all time worked, has received all the leave, leaves of absence and leave benefits and protections for which the Undersigned is eligible, and has not suffered any on-the-job injury for which the Undersigned has not already filed a Claim. The Undersigned affirms that all of the decisions of the Company Parties regarding his pay and benefits through the date of his execution of this Release were not discriminatory based on age, disability, race, color, sex, religion, national origin or any other classification protected by law. The Undersigned affirms that he has not filed or caused to be filed, and is not presently a party to, a Claim against any of the Company Parties. The Undersigned further affirms that he has no known workplace injuries or occupational diseases. The Undersigned acknowledges and affirms that he has not been retaliated against for reporting any allegation of corporate fraud or other wrongdoing by any of the Company Parties, or for exercising any rights protected by law, including any rights protected by the Fair Labor Standards Act, the Family Medical Leave Act or any related statute or local leave or disability accommodation laws, or any applicable state workers’ compensation law.

 

 - 13 - 

 

 

The undersigned acknowledges that (i) he has been advised by Company to consult a lawyer of his own choice prior to executing this release and has done so or voluntarily declined to seek such counsel, (ii) he has read this release and understands the terms and conditions hereof and the binding nature hereof, (iii) he has had at least twenty-one (21) days within which to consider the terms of this release and executed this release voluntarily and without duress or undue influence on the part of the Company, (iv) he has seven (7) days to revoke his execution of this release and that such execution shall not be effective until seven (7) days following delivery to the Company, and (v) he understands that his right to receive payments under Paragraph 3 of the Severance Agreement is subject to and conditioned on the undersigned’s signing and delivering this release to Company and its becoming effective.

 

Initially capitalized terms used in this release and defined in the Severance Agreement shall have the meanings given to such terms under the Severance Agreement.

 

   
Printed Name  
   
   
Signature  
   
Date:    

 

State of ______________

 

County of_____________

 

On this ___ day of ____, 20__, personally appeared before me, a Notary Public, the above named ________________________________, known to me, or satisfactorily proven, to be the person whose name is subscribed to the above instrument and who acknowledged that he executed the same for the purposes therein contained.

 

WITNESS my hand and official seal

 

   
   
(notary signature)  
   
My Commission Expires:    

 

 - 14 - 

 

 

Exhibit 23.1

 

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

We consent to the inclusion in Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-257810) of MaxCyte, Inc. of our report dated April 20, 2021, on our audits of the consolidated financial statements of MaxCyte, Inc. as of December 31, 2020 and 2019 and for the years then ended. We also consent to the reference to our firm under the heading “Experts.”

 

/s/CohnReznick LLP

 

Tysons, Virginia 

July 23, 2021